Professional Documents
Culture Documents
MSC - Nastran 2014 DMAP Programmer's Guide PDF
MSC - Nastran 2014 DMAP Programmer's Guide PDF
Main Index
Corporate
Japan
Asia-Pacific
Worldwide Web
www.mscsoftware.com
Disclaimer
MSC Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained
in this document without prior notice.
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only,
and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC Software
Corporation assumes no liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting
from the use of any information contained herein.
User Documentation: Copyright 2014 MSC Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved.
This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC Software Corporation is
prohibited.
This software may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from MSC
Software suppliers. Additional terms and conditions and/or notices may apply for certain third party software. Such
additional third party software terms and conditions and/or notices may be set forth in documentation and/or at
http://www.mscsoftware.com/thirdpartysoftware (or successor website designated by MSC from time to time).
PCGLSS 7.0, Copyright 1992-2008, Computational Applications and System Integration Inc. All rights reserved.
PCGLSS 7.0 is licensed from Computational Applications and System Integration Inc. METIS is copyrighted by
the regents of the University of Minnesota. A copy of the METIS product documentation is included with this
installation. Please see A Fast and High Quality Multilevel Scheme for Partitioning Irregular Graphs. George
Karypis and Vipin Kumar. SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, Vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 359-392, 1999. MPICH2 is
developed by Argonne National Laboratory. Copyright + 2002 University of Chicago.
MSC, Dytran, Marc, MSC Nastran, Patran, the MSC Software corporate logo, OpenFSI, e-Xstream, Digimat, and
Simulating Reality are trademarks or registered trademarks of the MSC Software Corporation in the United States
and/or other countries.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Livermore
Software Technology Corporation. FLEXlm and FlexNet Publisher are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Flexera Software. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Revision 0. November 13, 2014
NA*V2014*Z*DMAP*Z*DC-PROG
Main Index
C O N T E N T S
MSC Nastran DMAP Programmers Guide
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Preface
1
Direct Matrix
Abstraction
Introduction, 2
The MSC Nastran DMAP Language, 3
Parameters, 4
Constant Parameters, 4
Variable Parameters, 6
Expressions and Operators, 8
Data Blocks, 12
Table Trailers, 12
Matrix Trailers, 12
Data Block Type and Status, 13
Instructions, 15
Modules, 15
Statements, 18
Output from a Previous Module Rule, 37
Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data Blocks, 38
Preface Modules and SOLution 100, 39
Processing of User Errors, 40
SubDMAPs DBMGR, DBSTORE, and DBFETCH, 41
WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43
2
Data Blocks
Introduction, 46
Matrix Data Blocks, 47
Main Index
3
Nastran Data
Definition Language
(NDDL)
Main Index
- GEOM4705, 299
- GPDT68, 300
- GPL, 302
- HIS, 303
- KDICT, 304
- LAMA, 306
- MPT, 308
- OBJTAB, 324
- OEE, 325
- OEF, 330
- OES, 383
- OEFTG, 507
- OEFTGM, 512
- OGF, 515
- OGS, 520
- OPG, 526
- OPTPRM, 531
- OQG, 533
- OUG, 538
- R1MAP, 548
- R1TAB, 549
- RBSET, 556
- RESP12, 557
- SEMAP, 561
- SET, 565
- TOL, 566
- VIEWTB, 567
4
DMAP Modules and
Statements
Main Index
- DOM6, 780
- DOM9, 782
- DOPFS, 785
- DOPR1, 787
- DOPR2, 791
- DOPR3, 793
- DOPR3X, 797
- DOPR4, 798
- DOPR5, 799
- DOPR6, 801
- DOPRAN, 803
- DPD, 804
- DRMH1, 807
- DRMH3, 809
- DRMS1, 811
- DSABO, 813
- DSAD, 815
- DSADJ, 822
- DSADX, 825
- DSAE, 827
- DSAF, 829
- DSAH, 831
- DSAJ, 835
- DSAL, 837
- DSAM, 841
- DSAN, 842
- DSAP, 843
- DSAPRT, 845
- DSAR, 846
- DSARLP, 848
- DSARME, 850
- DSARSN, 851
- DSAW, 853
- DSDVRG, 854
- DSFLTE, 855
- DSFLTF, 857
- DSGRDM, 858
- DSMA, 859
- DSPRM, 861
- DSTA, 864
- DSTAP2, 866
- DSVG1, 867
- DSVG1P, 870
- DSVG2, 872
- DSVG3, 874
- DSVGP4, 875
- DSVGP5, 877
- DTIIN, 879
- DUMMOD1, 880
- DUMMOD2, 881
- DUMMOD3, 882
- DUMMOD4, 883
Main Index
- DVIEWP, 884
- DYNCXPNT, 886
- EFFMASS, 887
- ELFDR, 889
- ELTPRT, 890
- EMA, 893
- EMAKFR, 895
- EMG, 896
- EQUIVX, 902
- ESTINDX, 904
- EXPORTLD, 905
- FA1, 906
- FA2, 908
- FBODYLD, 910
- FBS, 911
- FILE, 914
- FORTIO, 916
- FRLG, 918
- FRLGEN, 920
- FRQDRV, 922
- FRRD1, 923
- FRRD2, 926
- FTGCAS, 929
- FTGSOL, 931
- GENTRAN, 933
- GETCOL, 935
- GETFUNIT, 936
- GETMKL, 937
- GI, 938
- GIC2C, 940
- GKAM, 941
- GM4APD, 945
- GNFM, 946
- GP0, 948
- GP1, 950
- GP2, 952
- GP3, 954
- GP4, 956
- GP5, 961
- GPFDR, 963
- GPJAC, 967
- GPSP, 968
- GPSTR1, 972
- GPSTR2, 973
- GPSTRPBX, 975
- GPWG, 976
- GUST, 981
- GUSTLDW, 983
- GYROLD, 984
- IFP, 985
- IFP1, 988
- IFP3, 990
- IFP4, 992
- IFP5, 994
- IFP6, 996
- IFP7, 998
- IFP8, 999
- IFP9, 1000
- IFP10, 1002
- IFPINDX, 1003
- IFPBSH2, 1004
- IFT, 1005
- ILMP1, 1010
- ILMP2, 1011
- ILMPGPF, 1012
- INDXBULK, 1013
- INPUTT2, 1014
- INPUTT4, 1017
- INTERR, 1019
- ISHELL, 1021
- LAMX, 1023
- LANCZOS, 1028
- LCGEN, 1031
- LMATPRT, 1033
- M3DCONT1, 1034
- MACOFP, 1035
- MAKAEFA, 1037
- MAKAEFS, 1039
- MAKAEMON, 1040
- MAKCOMP, 1041
- MAKENEW, 1042
- MAKEOLD, 1044
- MAKETR, 1046
- MAKMON, 1048
- MASSCOMB, 1049
- MATGEN, 1050
- MATGPR, 1063
- MATMOD, 1068
- MATOFP, 1116
- MATPCH, 1120
- MATPRN, 1122
- MATPRT, 1123
- MATREDU, 1124
- MCE1, 1127
- MCE2, 1128
- MCFRAC, 1130
- MDATA, 1132
- MDCASE, 1134
- MDENZO, 1138
- MDISUTIL, 1143
- MDUSTMNF, 1144
- MERGE, 1145
- MERGEOFP, 1150
- MESSAGE, 1151
Main Index
- MGEN, 1153
- MKCNTRL, 1155
- MKCSTMA, 1156
- MKMNTIFP, 1157
- MKRBVEC, 1158
- MKSPLINE, 1160
- MODACC, 1162
- MODCASE, 1164
- MODENRGY, 1165
- MODEPF, 1167
- MODEPOUT, 1170
- MODEPT, 1173
- MODGDN, 1174
- MODGM2, 1175
- MODGM4, 1179
- MODQSET, 1181
- MODTRK, 1183
- MODTRL, 1185
- MODUG, 1187
- MODUSET, 1188
- MONVEC, 1191
- MONVEC3, 1192
- MPP, 1193
- MPPTRAN, 1195
- MPYAD, 1196
- MRGCOMP, 1202
- MRGCSTM, 1203
- MRGMON, 1204
- MSGHAN, 1205
- MSGSTRES, 1206
- MTRXIN, 1207
- NASSETS, 1213
- NDINTERP, 1214
- NEWUSET, 1215
- NLCOMB, 1216
- NLHARM, 1218
- NLICLOOP, 1220
- NLITER, 1221
- NLRSLOOP, 1227
- NLRSMAP, 1229
- NLSOLV, 1230
- NLTRD, 1244
- NLTRD2, 1248
- NLTRLG, 1253
- NORM, 1255
- NSMEPT, 1257
- OFP, 1258
- OPTGP0, 1261
- ORTHOG, 1263
- OUTADF, 1265
- OUTPRT, 1266
- OUTPUT2, 1269
- OUTPUT4, 1280
- PARAML, 1286
- PARTN, 1306
- PCOMB, 1311
- PCOPY, 1313
- PFCALC, 1314
- PFOFP, 1318
- PLOT, 1319
- PLTHBDY, 1321
- PLTSET, 1322
- PNCHGRP, 1324
- PNMKGRP, 1325
- PRESOL, 1327
- PROJVER, 1330
- PRTMSG, 1331
- PRTPARM, 1332
- PURGEX, 1334
- PVT, 1335
- RANDOM, 1337
- RBMG3, 1345
- RBMG4, 1347
- READ, 1348
- RESMOD, 1356
- RESTART, 1361
- RMDUPBLK, 1364
- RMG2, 1365
- ROTOR, 1367
- ROTRDR1, 1369
- ROTRDR2, 1371
- ROTRUTL, 1373
- RSPEC, 1382
- SCALAR, 1384
- SDP, 1386
- SDR1, 1388
- SDR2, 1392
- SDR3, 1398
- SDRCOMP, 1399
- SDRHT, 1401
- SDRNL, 1403
- SDRP, 1405
- SDRX, 1408
- SDRXD, 1410
- SDSA, 1412
- SDSB, 1414
- SDSC, 1416
- SECONVRT, 1417
- SEDR, 1418
- SEDRDR, 1420
- SEEFMBND, 1423
- SEEFMCLF, 1424
- SEEFMDMP, 1426
- SEEFMLST, 1427
Main Index
- SEEFMNOR, 1428
- SEEFMOUT, 1429
- SEEFMXIT, 1430
- SELA, 1431
- SEMA, 1433
- SEP1, 1435
- SEP1X, 1437
- SEP2, 1440
- SEP2CT, 1442
- SEP2DR, 1443
- SEP2X, 1447
- SEP3, 1449
- SEP4, 1451
- SEPLOT, 1453
- SEPR1, 1455
- SEQP, 1456
- SHPCAS, 1462
- SMA3, 1463
- SMPYAD, 1464
- SOLVE, 1466
- SOLVIT, 1468
- SSG1, 1474
- SSG2, 1478
- SSG3, 1481
- SSG4, 1484
- ST2DYN, 1486
- STATICS, 1487
- STDCON, 1489
- STRSORT, 1491
- TA1, 1493
- TA1M, 1496
- TABEDIT, 1498
- TABPRT, 1503
- TABPT, 1512
- TAFF, 1513
- TAHT, 1514
- TASNP1, 1516
- TASNP2, 1517
- TIMETEST, 1519
- TOLAPP, 1525
- TRD1, 1527
- TRD2, 1538
- TRLG, 1540
- TRMCHK, 1544
- TRMUTIL, 1546
- TRNSP, 1548
- TYPE, 1549
- UEIGL, 1553
- UGVADD, 1556
- UMERGE, 1557
- UMERGE1, 1560
- UPARTN, 1563
- UREDUC, 1566
- VDR, 1568
- VEC, 1570
- VECPLOT, 1573
- VIEW, 1578
Glossary
Main Index
- VIEWP, 1579
- WEIGHT, 1581
- XSORT, 1583
- XYPLOT, 1585
- XYTRAN, 1586
Main Index
Preface
DMAP Programmers Guide
Preface
Main Index
Technical Support
Main Index
Preface xi
List of MSC Nastran Books
Guides
Reference Books
Quick Reference Guide
DMAP Programmers Guide
Reference Manual
Users Guides
Getting Started
Linear Static Analysis
Dynamic Analysis
Embedded Fatigue
MSC Nastran Demonstration Problems
Thermal Analysis
Superelements
Design Sensitivity and Optimization
Implicit Nonlinear (SOL 600)
Explicit Nonlinear (SOL 700)
Aeroelastic Analysis
User Defined Services
Nastran Embedded Fatigue Users Guide
Non Linear User's Guide (SOL 400)
Main Index
xii
Technical Support
For technical support phone numbers and contact information, please visit:
http://www.mscsoftware.com/Contents/Services/Technical-Support/Contact-Technical-Support.aspx
Main Index
Main Index
Introduction
Data Blocks
Instructions
Introduction
MSC Nastran DMAP (Direct Matrix Abstraction Program) is a high-level language with its own
compiler and grammatical rules. This section provides a summary description of the MSC Nastran
DMAP language, rules, and syntax.
A DMAP program consists of a series of functional blocks called modules, each of which has a unique
name and a specific function. Modules are executed sequentially; branching and looping operations are
performed by DMAP control statements. Modules communicate through the MSC Nastran Executive
System (NES) via logical collections of data called data blocks and parameters.
Data blocks come in two distinct forms: matrices that obey the rules of matrix algebra, and tables
that represent a convenient collection of data items. Data blocks are given arbitrary names (mnemonic
names are recommended) and have header and trailer information defining their characteristics.
Parameters are scalar items used for specifying control, operation, or system characteristics. Modules can
use input parameters, output parameters, or both. Input parameters affect the internal operation of
the modules. Output parameters are used to control DMAP logic and/or to pass scalar information to
subsequent modules.
Data blocks and parameters can be written onto either scratch or permanent physical files. When the
normal MSC Nastran execution is completed, data blocks and parameters written to scratch files are
erased, and those written to the permanent physical file are available for future use. The NDDL (MSC
Nastran Data Definition Language) designates whether a data block is scratch or permanent. A detailed
description of the NDDL statements can be found in Nastran Data Definition Language (NDDL), 573.
MSC Nastran provides the user with a variety of prewritten solution sequences. These solution sequences
consist of a series of DMAP statements. MSC Nastran allows the user to modify prewritten solution
sequences or to write his or her own solution sequences using DMAP. The compilation, linkage, and
execution of a DMAP program is specified by executive control statements in the input file. The creation
of and access to databases is specified by file management statements also contained in the input file. File
management statements are described in the File Management Statements (Ch. 2) in the MSC Nastran
Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
Data Blocks
used for comments, but these columns do not appear in the printed listing and are not stored on
the database.
For the specification of modules or statements, a parent entry continues to a subsequent entry if it
commentary. The recommended convention is to terminate all DMAP instructions with a dollar
sign.
DMAP symbolic names are used to identify variable parameters, data blocks, DBVIEW view-
Main Index
Parameters
Parameters can be either constants, variables, or expressions and can represent one of several types:
Type
Description
Example(s)
Integer
whole number
10 or -4
Real
Complex
(1.1,2.3) or
(1.D0,3.5D1)
Logical
TRUE or FALSE
Character
a string of 1 to 80 characters
'GEORGE'
Also, the real and complex types are either single or double precision. The following table indicates the
storage units required as a function of data type. One storage unit is the basic word size on a computer.
Typically, a word is 32 bits long on a short-word computer and 64 bits on a long-word computer.
Type
No. of words
Integer
Logical
1
1 to 20
Character
Constant
Explicit
Implicit
Constant Parameters
A constant represents a fixed value and is a number (integer, real, or complex), logical, or character
string.
Main Index
Integer Constants
An integer constant is a whole number with no decimal point. Its form is
snn
where:
s
nn
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign must be used to indicate a negative integer constant.
The absolute value of an integer constant cannot be greater than
2
31
1 = 214748367.
Real Constants
A real constant is a whole number with a decimal point that can be followed by a decimal fraction and/or
a decimal exponent. The complete form is:
snn.ddEsee
snn.ddDsee
where:
s
nn, dd, ee
E or D
= that snn.dd is multiplied by ee raised to the power of 10. E indicates single precision,
and D indicates double precision.
s is optional if the sign is positive (+). A minus sign (-) indicates a negative real constant or negative
exponent. D is required to specify double precision. E is optional if no exponent is required and the
constant is single precision. However, if either E or D is specified, then an integer must follow, even if
the exponent is 0.
Only the leftmost 14 digits in nn.dd are used by MSC Nastran. Leading zeros are ignored in counting the
leftmost 14 digits.
Complex Constants
A complex constant is a pair of real constants separated by a comma and enclosed in parentheses. The
first real constant represents the real part of the complex number, and the second real constant represents
the imaginary part.
Main Index
Logical Constants
A logical constant is specified as TRUE or FALSE.
Character Constants
A character constant is a string of 1 through 80 characters that may have embedded blanks. A character
constant must also be enclosed by right hand single quotation marks.
Variable Parameters
A variable parameter is represented by a symbolic name, and its value may change during the DMAP
execution. The name of a variable parameter does not have to be unique with respect to symbolic names
for modules, data blocks, subDMAPs, or LABELs. The name of a variable parameter cannot be NOT,
AND, XOR, OR, or EQV.
Variable parameters can have their attributes (type, authorization, and default) set explicitly with a TYPE
DMAP statement or implicitly by a module. (Variable parameters that are saved on the database must
also be designated as NDDL parameters in the TYPE DMAP statement). Variable parameters that are not
specified with a TYPE DMAP statement use the attributes from the DMAP instruction where the
parameter first appears.
All variable parameters that are used as input to a DMAP instruction must be initialized on a TYPE
statement or previously defined in one or more of the following:
Assignment (=) statement output
DMAP module output with "S,N" prefix
CALL statement output with "S," prefix
SUBDMAP statement parameter list
If one or more of the above is not satisfied, then User Fatal Message 439 will be issued during DMAP
compilation.
Value of a Variable Parameter
During a DMAP execution or when restarting a DMAP from the database, the value of a variable
parameter is determined by the first applicable value on the following sequential list:
1. Value from the most recently executed assignment DMAP statement or the most recently
executed save function (S,N prefix. See DMAP Modules and Statements, 591).
2. Value from the PARAM Bulk Data entry, if the parameter NAME has the Y authorization.
3. Value saved on the database, if the parameter NAME is listed with an NDDL TYPE DMAP
statement and the run is a restart.
4. Value from the NAME=v, if present in a non-NDDL parameter TYPE instruction. This value is
determined at DMAP compile time from the TYPE instruction (regardless of its location in
DMAP) that contains the statement.
Main Index
5. Default value from the NDDL, if the NDDL keyword is specified on the TYPE DMAP statement.
Parameters listed in the NDDL always have a default value of zero, blank, or FALSE, unless a
value is explicitly given in the PARAM NDDL statement.
Determining the current value of a variable parameter is also summarized in the following table.
Not TYPEd
Last executed assignment statement or module output with "S,N," prefix or CALL statement output
with "S," prefix. The qualifier values for NDDL parameters cannot change.
Bulk Data PARAM entry override, if parameter is type Y and has not been previously reassigned in an
assignment (=) statement (unless the PVT module has been executed to reset the Bulk Data and Case
Control PARAM entries).
Value on the data base
name=v
from its first occurrence in a
TYPE statement
NAME
VALUE
TYPE
ALWAYS
-1
Integer
NEVER
+1
Integer
TRUE
TRUE
Logical
FALSE
FALSE
*Logical
NOGO
Integer
Initial values for variable parameters can be specified using the PARAM Bulk Data entry or the PARAM
Case Control command.
Parameter values from the Bulk Data Section are brought into the DMAP sequence via the IFP module.
Parameter values from case control are brought into the DMAP sequence via the PVT module. The PVT
module reads the case control PARAM commands and resolves parameter values specified in both the
Case Control and Bulk Data Sections.
Recommended Parameter Type Specification
Follow these recommendations to produce a more readable DMAP sequence where all Y parameters and
parameters with non-MPL defaults are specified on TYPE statements.
Main Index
If the parameter's value is to be specified in the Case Control or Bulk Data Section, then type the
the NDDL default value, then type the parameter near the top of the DMAP sequence:
TYPE PARM,NDDL,type,Y,param_name $
If the desired default value differs from the MPL default, then specify the parameter and the
default value on a TYPE statement:
TYPE PARM,,type,Y,param_name=default_value $
Specify in module instructions, as needed, "/param_name/" or "/S,N,param_name/"
Do not use the following obsolete parameter prefix specifications in module instructions:
/V,Y,param_name/
/S,Y,param_name/
/V,N,param_name/
/C,Y,param_name/
/C,N,param_name/
For example, the following sequence is recommended for setting the TYPE of ALPHA:
TYPE PARM,,CS,Y,ALPHA=(1.,1.) $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,ALPHAX $
.
.
.
ALPHAX=ALPHA $
IF( FLAG ) ALPHAX=CMPLX(BETA,GAMMA) $
.
.
.
ADD
A,B/C/ALPHAX $
Main Index
statements
Arithmetic Operators
The allowable arithmetic operations are shown in the table below in the order of execution precedence.
Parentheses are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are performed
first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the parentheses.
Operator
Operation
Sample
Expressions
Interpreted As
X-Y
X(-Y)
-,+
Negative or Positive
immediately preceded
by exponentiation
**
Exponentiation
-X**Y
-(X**Y)
-,+
Negative or Positive
-X - Y
(-X) - Y
*,/
Multiplication or Division
X*Y+Z
(X*Y)+Z
+,-
Addition or Subtraction
X+Y
X+Y
In general, mixed mode expressions are not supported. For example, to compute A=B*C, where A and
B are complex, but C is real, it is necessary to convert C to a complex number: A=B*CMPLX (C), where
CMPLX is described under Intrinsic Functions in this section.
Character Operator
The only character operation is concatenation. Its form is shown below.
Operator
&
Operation
Concatenation
Sample Expressions
ABC & DE = ABCDE
Relational Operators
Relational operators are used to compare two expressions. The result of the comparison is a logical
TRUE or FALSE. When arithmetic and relational operators are combined in one expression, the
arithmetic operations are performed first. The table below shows the allowable relational operators.
Main Index
10
Operator
=
Relation Tested
Expression
X=Y
Equality
<>,><
Inequality
X<>Y, X><Y
<
Less than
X<Y
>
Greater than
X>Y
<
X<Y
>
X>Y
Logical Operators
Logical operators perform tests on multiple relations or Boolean operations. A logical operator returns a
result that is either TRUE or FALSE. The outcome of a logical operation is determined as shown in the
table below. These outcomes are listed in order of precedence. Parentheses are used to change the order
of precedence.
Operations within parentheses are performed first, with the usual order of precedence being maintained
within the parentheses.
Operator
NOT
X AND Y
X OR Y
X XOR Y
Main Index
Output
TRUE
n/a
FALSE
FALSE
n/a
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
Operator
X EQV Y
Main Index
Output
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
TRUE
12
Data Blocks
A data block is a table or matrix represented by a symbolic name. All data blocks are comprised of
records. Each record can contain a variable number of words.
The first record ("Record 0") is called the header record, of which the first two words (when
concatenated) form the name of the data block. The third and subsequent words are not usually used.
The subsequent records are sometimes called "data records." For tables the data record can contain a
mixture of any type of data; i.e, real, integer, complex, character, etc. For matrices the data record
corresponds to the nonzero values in the column of the matrix; e.g., record 3 corresponds to the nonzero
values in column 3.
The last record is called the trailer record and contains summary information about the table or matrix.
More detailed descriptions of a data blocks records are appear in Data Blocks, 45.
Table Trailers
In tables, the trailer record contains six words. The contents vary among the tables and are described in
Data Blocks, 45 at the end of the tables description. Table trailers are printed when DIAG 15 is specified
in the Executive Control or DIAGON(15) is specified in the DMAP sequence.
Matrix Trailers
In matrices the characteristics of a matrix are described in a twelve-word matrix trailer. Matrix trailers
are printed when DIAG 8 is present in the Executive Control Section DIAGON(8) or is specified in the
DMAP sequence. The contents of a matrix trailer are as follows:
Word
Main Index
Contents
Size in blocks
Number of strings
10
Average bandwidth
11
Maximum bandwidth
12
Form
Meaning
Square
Rectangular
Diagonal
Symmetric
Identity
Pseudoidentity
10
Cholesky factor
11
Trapezoidal factor
13
15
Type
Meaning
Permanent NDDL
Main Index
14
Scratch NDDL
Local
At any point during a DMAP execution a data block is in one of the three following states:
Generated
Not generated
Empty
The data block has been created but has no data (or purged). In
other words, the name of the data block is stored on a permanent
DBset without any associated data.
Permanent blocks can have all states: generated, not generated, and empty. Empty data blocks are created
when a module is executed, but no data is actually generated for the data block. For example, the ADD
module has two inputs; if both inputs do not exist (not generated), then the output is empty or purged.
Empty data blocks are required to support automatic restarts. A permanent data block can be explicitly
purged with the PURGEX statement. Permanent data blocks can be deleted from the database with the
DELETE statement.
Scratch data blocks can have only two states: generated and not generated. These data blocks can be
deleted with the DELETE or PURGEX statements.
Main Index
Instructions
A DMAP instruction can be classified as either a module or a statement. A module is similar to a "macro"
function and, in general, processes data blocks as input and/or output. A module may also have
parameters as input and/or output. A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that does not
operate on data blocks.
Modules
A module instruction has the following form: the name of the module followed by a comma [,] and a list
of input data block names separated by commas, a slash [/], a list of output data block names separated
by commas, a slash, and a list of parameter (variable names or constants) separated by slashes:
module_name ,
input_data_block_list /
output_data_block_list /
parameter_list $
The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate the module instruction. The modules are described in Detailed
Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601. Most modules have a prescribed number of inputs,
outputs, and parameters, which are defined in the Module Property List (MPL). The MPL is an internal
MSC Nastran table that prescribes the exact format of all modules--the number of input and output data
block lists and the number, type, and default of the parameters in the parameter list. The MPL can be
listed by specifying DIAG 31 in the Executive Control Section. The position of the data block and
parameter names is critical to the proper execution of the module.
Below is an example using the MPYAD module, which performs the following matrix operation:
[D] = SIGNAB*[A][B] + SIGNC*[C]
or
[D] = SIGNAB*[A]T[B] + SIGNC*[C]
where [A], [B], [C] and [D] represent matrices, and SIGNAB and SIGNC represent the sign to be applied
to the product and additive matrices, respectively.
The format of the MPYAD module is:
MPYAD , A , B , C / D / T / SIGNAB / SIGNC / PREC / FORM $
where A, B, and C, represent the input data block names, D represents the output data block name, and
T, SIGNAB, SIGNC, PREC, and FORM represent the parameter names.
The MPL listing for the MPYAD and PARAML modules appears below:
Main Index
16
P R O P E R T I E S L I S T
- - - - - - - P A R A M E T E R S - - - - - - - MPLID NWDS WD1 MOD-NAME TYP IN OUT SCR TOT
ID TYP P
DEFAULT (IF ANY)
W1-W2 FLG
104
17 1594 MPYAD
1
3 1
1
5
1. INT 1601
0
2. INT 1603
1
3. INT 1605
1
4. INT 1607
0
5. INT 1609
0
116
78 1854
PARAML
1 1
2
1. BCD 1861
2. INT 1862
3. INT 1864
-- NO DEFAULT -1
1
The MPL listing contains useful information under the following column headers:
Header
Description
MOD-NAME
Module name
IN
OUT
ID
Parameter position
TYP
type of parameter:
INT - integer
RSP - real single precision
RDP - real double precision
CSP - complex single precision
CDP - complex double precision
BCD - character
LOG - logical
DEFAULT
The other column headers are less important to the DMAP programmer.
Some or all data blocks and parameters can be left unspecified (or purged), according to the module
description in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601. If a parameter is
unspecified, then the default value is assumed and obtained from the MPL. For example,
MPYAD
Main Index
A , B , / D $
1
2
3
4
5
1- 2
3
4
According to the MPYAD module description, if C is unspecified, then only the matrix multiplication of
A and B is performed. Also, by default, T=0 and therefore A is not transposed. SIGNAB and SIGNC
parameters are defaulted to 1 resulting in:
[D] = [A][B]
However, if no default is defined in the MPL, then a constant or variable parameter must be specified for
the first parameter. For example,
-- NO DEFAULT -on the PARAML module indicates there is no default value for the first parameter.
The first comma after the module name can be omitted as long as the first input data block name is
specified. For example, the ELTPRT module has the following format:
ELTPRT
ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,UNUSED4,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,CASECC/
VELEM/PROUT/S,N,ERROR $
To obtain a printout of the elements connected to each grid point, only GPECT and BGPDTS need to be
specified; however, a comma must also be specified after the module name:
ELTPRT ,
,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
ELTPRT ,
,GPECT,BGPDTS,,,,,,/ $
Each module has its own rules for parameter specification, as described in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP
Modules and Statements, 601. If a parameter is specified as input, then either a constant or variable can
be specified. Note that character strings or variables specified for parameters are limited to eight
characters in length.
For example, the first parameter of the ADD module specifies a scalar multiplier of 1+2i on the first input
matrix:
ADD
A , B / C / (1.,2.) $
or ALPHA:
Main Index
18
ADD
A , B / C / ALPHA $
If a parameter is to be used as both input and output, or output only, then a variable name must be
specified and preceded by S, N,. For example, on the PARAML module, the fourth parameter, TERM, is
an output parameter:
PARAML
A // 'DMI' / 4 / 7 / S, N, TERM $
TERM is the value of matrix A at column 4 and row 7, which will be returned by the PARAM module
for later use in the DMAP program. If the S,N prefix is omitted, then TERM is assumed to be input only,
no fatal message is issued, and the TERM value is incorrect.
Statements
A statement is any instruction that is not a module and that typically does not produce output data blocks
from input data blocks or parameters. Another distinction is that a statement has no definition in the MPL
(Module Property List). The different types of statements are:
Assignment (=)
Function
Control
Declarative
Data Base Function
Assignment Statement
The assignment statement evaluates an expression and assigns the resulting value to a variable parameter.
This statement has the following form:
v = e $
where v is a variable parameter name, and e is an expression. The dollar sign [$] is required to terminate
the statement. Assignment statements are arithmetic, logical, or character, depending on the type of the
variable parameter. The type of the variable and the expression must be the same. In other words, no
mixed mode specification is allowed.
Type conversions can be performed with the INT, REAL, CMPLX, ITOL, and LTOI DMAP functions.
For character assignment statements, if the length of the expression does not match the size of the
variable, the expression is adjusted as follows:
If the expression is shorter than the variable, the expression is padded with enough blanks on the
right before the assignment takes place to make the sizes equal.
If the expression is longer than the variable, characters on the right are truncated to make the
Main Index
Function Statement
Functions can only appear within an arithmetic or logical expression; they cannot be referenced within
module or CALL statements. Execution of the function causes the evaluation of the function and returns
a value to the referencing expression. Some functions, however, may appear as a DMAP statement
without appearing in an arithmetic or logical expression. These functions are DIAGON, DIAGOFF,
NOOP, PUTSYS, PUTDIAG, RDIAGOFF, and RDIAGON.
The type of the value returned from a function is dependent on the type of the argument(s) supplied, in
addition to the functional operation. In general, the precision (single, double) and form (integer, real,
complex) of the result returned by the function carries at least as much information as the arguments
supplied. For example, ACOS(X) is typed as follows:
ACOS(X)
RS
RS
RS
RD
RD
CS
CS
CD
CD
Main Index
Abbreviation
Type
Integer
R, RS, or RD
Real
C, CS, or CD
Complex
Character
Logical
20
Format
ABS ( x )
Definition
absolute value
Result
x
if x is I or R
a +b x,
2
ACOS ( x )
arccosine
if x = a + ib
where
1 x 1 , if x is I or R
cos ( x )
Argument Type
to Result Type
I to I
R and C to R
I and R to C
C to C
hyperbolic arccosine
cosh (x)
x1
I and R to R
C to C
For real and integer arguments, values less than 1 result in errors.
ANDL ( x, y )
numeric AND
ASIN ( x )
arcsin
where
1 x 1 , if x is I or R
sin ( x )
I, R, and C to L
I and R to R
C to C
hyperbolic sine
ATAN ( x )
arctangent
sinh (x)
I and R to R
C to C
tan (x)
I and R to R
C to C
arctangent of quotient
I and R to R
C to C
Main Index
Format
Definition
Result
Argument Type
to Result Type
x1 = 0
x1 > 0
x1 < 0
a = b = 0
ATANH ( x )
ATANH2 (x1,x2)
hyperbolic arctangent
where
1 x 1 , if x is I or R
tanh ( x )
hyperbolic arctangent
of quotient
tanh ( x1 x2 )
I and R to R
C to C
I and R to R
C to C
a = b = 0
CHAR ( x )
character value
I to A
Main Index
CLEN ( c )
character length
CLOCK( )
.
Character string length in A to I
multiples of 4
I
22
Format
CMPLX ( a, b )
CMPLX ( x )
Definition
convert to complex
Result
a + ib
x, if complex
x + i0 , otherwise
Argument Type
to Result Type
See below
For real arguments if one value is specified, the result is (value, 0). The
precision of the complex number is dependent on the precision of the
argument; i.e., integer and real single values create complex single
results, and real double values create complex double results.
For complex arguments only one value can be specified. The result is
the value and type of the argument.
Integer, real single, and real double values are allowed with two
arguments only. The results are complex double if either or both
arguments are real double. The results are complex single if neither
argument is real double.
CONCAT1(a1,a2)
a1 & a2
A to A
CONCAT2(a1,a2)
concatenation
a1 & a2
A to A
concatenation
a1 & a2
A to A
complex
conjugate
a ib
cosine
cos ( x )
is conjugate to
C to C
a + ib
I,R to R, C to C
hyperbolic cosine
cosh ( x )
I,R to R, C to C
convert to
double precision
I to RD, R to RD
C to CD
Integer and real single values are converted to real double values.
Real double values are not changed.
Complex single values are converted to complex double values.
Complex double values are not changed.
Main Index
DIAGOFF(x1,..)
I to L
DIAGON(x1,..)
turn on DIAG
I to L
Format
DIM (x1,x2)
Definition
positive difference
Result
x1 - MIN(x1,x2)
Argument Type
to Result Type
I to I, R to R
C not allowed
AB = DLABLANK(A
B)
A to A
DLXBLANK ( x )
AB = DLXBLANK(A
B)
A to A
DPROD(x1,x2)
double product
x1 x2
I to RD, R to RD
C to CD
numeric equivalence
I,R,C to L
exponential
GETDIAG ( x )
I,R to R, C to C
I to I
GETSYS (x,y)
I to I
The value extracted has the same type (I, RS, RD ...) as x .
The value x must be a variable parameter.
In order to obtain the value for later use in the DMAP, specify
x = GETSYS(x,y). Please see PUTSYS, GETSYS, 30.
ICHAR ( x )
ASCII code
A to I
Main Index
24
Format
IMAG ( x )
Definition
imaginary part
Result
b,
for x = a + ib
Argument Type
to Result Type
I,R,C to R
For integer arguments, the result is zero. Results are single precision
real.
For real arguments, the result is zero. Resultant precision is the same
as the argument.
For complex numbers, the result is the imaginary component, with
precision equal to that of the argument.
IMPL (x,y)
numeric implication
I,R,C to L
The result is FALSE if the first argument is negative and the second is
positive or zero. The result is true otherwise.
INDEX (a1,a2)
start position of a2 in
2 = INDEX(ABC,B)
A to I
a1
The result is zero if the second string is not found in the first string.
INDEXSTR
(a1,a2, x1, x2)
A,I to I
start position of a2
from x1 to x2 in a1
Arguments 1 and 2 must be character strings.
type to I
I,R,C to I
Main Index
ITOL ( x )
type to L
TRUE, if x < 0
FALSE, if x 0
I,R to L
LEQ (a1,a2)
lexical
equality
TRUE, if a1 = a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
LGE (a1,a2)
lexical greater
than or equal to
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE, if a1 < a2
A to L
Format
Definition
Result
Argument Type
to Result Type
LGT (a1,a2)
lexical greater
than
TRUE, if a1 > a2
FALSE, if a1 a2
A to L
LLE (a1,a2)
lexical less
than or equal
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
LLT (a1,a2)
lexical less
than
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
LNE (a1,a2)
lexical not
equal to
TRUE, if a1 a2
FALSE otherwise
A to L
natural logarithm
log e( x )
I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in
errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOG10 ( x )
Common logarithm
log 10( x )
I,R to R, C to C
For integer and real arguments, values less than or equal to 0 result in
errors. For complex arguments the value of (0.,0.) results in an error.
LOGX (x1,x2)
base x logarithm
log 1( x2 )
I,R to R C to C
type to I
MCGETSYS (x,y)
MODCOM get
-1, if x is TRUE
+1, if x is FALSE
L to I
I output
Main Index
MODCOM put
I output
26
Format
Definition
Result
Argument Type
to Result Type
max(x1,x2,...)
I to I, R to R
The argument list must have at least two arguments and can have up
to the system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types are not
allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least
one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real
double if at least one argument is real double.
MIN(x1,x2,...)
min(x1,x2,...)
I to I, R to R
The argument list must have at least two arguments and may have up
to the system limit (100) of arguments.
Mixed argument types are allowed. Complex argument types not
allowed.
The results are integer if all arguments are integer, real single if at least
one argument is real single and no arguments are real double, and real
double if at least one argument is real double.
MOD(x1,x2)
remainder
( x1 x2 ) INT(x1 x2)
I to I, R to R
The results are integer only if both arguments are integer, real single if
at least one argument is real single and neither argument is real
double, and real double if at least one argument is real double.
x2
NEQVL(X,Y)
numeric
nonequivalence
I,R,C to L
The result is TRUE if the signs of the arguments are different, FALSE
otherwise.
NINT ( x )
I,R,C to I
Main Index
no-operation
returns TRUE
logical output
no input
Format
NORMAL ( x )
Definition
normalize
Result
2
a +b
Argument Type
to Result Type
C to R
if x = a + ib
NOTL ( x )
numeric not
FALSE if x < 0
TRUE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMEQ (x1,x2)
equality
TRUE, if x1 = x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMGE (x1,x2)
greater than or
equal to
TRUE if x1 x2
FALSE, if x1 < x2
I,R,C to L
NUMGT(x1,x2)
greater than
TRUE, if x1 > x2
FALSE, if x1 x2
I,R,C to L
NUMLE(x1,x2)
TRUE if x1 x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMLT(x1,x2)
less than
TRUE, if x1 < x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
NUMNE(x1,x2)
not equal to
TRUE, if x1 x2
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
ORL(x1,x2)
numeric or
I,R,C to L
PI(x)
multiples of pi
I,R to R, C to C
current analysis
precision
integer output
I to I
I to I
Main Index
28
Format
RAND(x)
Definition
random number
generator
Result
x = seed if x>0
Use last RAND(x) as
seed if x=0. If x<0
use wall clock as seed.
Argument Type
to Result Type
I,R to R
turns on DIAG
over range x to y
I to L
Type to R
real(x)
a, if x=a+ib
I,R to R, C to R
Integer, real single, and complex single arguments return real single
values.
Real double and complex double arguments return real double values.
Complex arguments return the real component.
RTIMTOGO()
returns R
set core
I,RS,L
SIGN(x1,x2)
transfer of sign
x1 , if x2 0
x1 , if x2 < 0
I to I, R to R
sine
sin(x)
Main Index
I,R to R, C to C
Format
SINH(x)
Definition
hyperbolic sine
Result
sinh(x)
Argument Type
to Result Type
I,R to R, C to C
convert to single
SPROD(x1,x2)
I,R to RS, C to
CS
x1 x2
RD to RS, CD to
CS
The results are real single if both arguments are real double and
complex single if at least one of the arguments is complex double.
SQRT(x)
square root
I,R to R, C to C
substring
SUBSTRIN
( ABC , 2, 3 ) BC
x1,x2 may be I, R
or C
tangent
tan(x)
I,R to R, C to C
TANH(x)
hyperbolic tangent
tanh(x)
I,R to R, C to C
TIMETOGO()
returns I
A,I,R,C,L to I
Returns VPS word length of argument. Constant for all types, except
character data that ranges from 1-20.
XORL(x1,x2)
Main Index
numeric exclusive OR
TRUE, if x1 or x2 <0
FALSE otherwise
I,R,C to L
30
PUTDIAG, GETDIAG
In the PUTDIAG and GETDIAG examples below, DVALUE is an integer whose 32 bits from left to right
represent 32 DIAG values.
DVALUE=GETDIAG(DWORD) $
PUTDIAG(DVALUE,DWORD) $
DWORD=1 represents the 1st through 32nd DIAG settings and DWORD=2, the 33rd through 64th
DIAG settings. GETDIAG and PUTDIAG are best used in pairs. For example, to turn on DIAG 8
temporarily and then restore the original DIAG 8 setting, the following sequence may be used:
TYPE PARM,,I,,DIAG32 $
DIAG32=GETDIAG(1) $
DIAGON(8) $ DIAG 8 WILL BE ON HERE REGARDLESS OF SETTING IN
$ EXEC. CONTROL
.
.
.
PUTDIAG(DIAG32,1) $ RESTORE DIAGs TO THEIR ORIGINAL VALUE
PUTSYS, GETSYS
System cell values may be set and recovered via the PUTSYS and GETSYS DMAP functions. See
nastran Command and NASTRAN Statement (Ch. 1) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a
description of various system cells. System cells 253 through 262 are reserved for the DMAP writer. This
permits the DMAP writer to pass parameter values in via the NASTRAN statement or between
subDMAPs.
For example,
NASTRAN SYSTEM(253)=4
SOL MYDMAP
COMPILE MYDMAP
SUBDMAP MYDMAP $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NP $
.
.
.
IF ( GETSYS(NP,253)<>4 ) THEN $
.
.
.
ENDIF $
Control Statement
The MSC Nastran DMAP language contains control statements that perform conditional branching and
looping similar to those found in the FORTRAN programming language.
The control statements are:
Main Index
Conditional Execution
IF
Unconditional Branching
Conditional Branching
Looping
Suspension
HALT
Termination
The JUMP and LABEL statements are analogous to the GO TO and CONTINUE statements in
FORTRAN, except the LABEL statement cannot appear above the JUMP statement. For example,
JUMP n $
.
.
.
LABEL n $
where n is character string, up to eight alphanumeric characters in length, and the first character must be
alphabetic.
JUMP and LABEL can be used to jump out of a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block, but JUMP and
LABEL cannot be used to jump into a DO WHILE loop or IF( )THEN block.
JUMP can appear on an IF statement; however, in this case we recommend an
IF( )THEN statement.
Main Index
32
IF(expression)THEN $
. DMAP executed if expression is TRUE
ENDIF $
2.
IF(expression)THEN $
.
ELSE $
.
ENDIF $
3.
IF(expression 1)THEN $
.
DO WHILE(expression) $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
The expression in the above example is a relational and/or logical operation that results in a logical output
of either TRUE or FALSE. The allowable relational and logical operators are discussed under
Expressions and Operators, 8. There is no limit to the allowable number of DO WHILE statements.
Scratch NDDL and local blocks (see page 13), which are first referenced and created inside a DO
WHILE loop, are automatically deleted at the end of the loop (see page 38). The FILE statement with
the APPEND or SAVE keyword may be specified to override the automatic deletion in order to "save" a
scratch data block for subsequent passes through the DO WHILE loop. See the APPEND and FILE
statement descriptions in DMAP Modules and Statements, 591 for examples.
Calling SubDMAP Operations -- SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN Statements
The CALL and SUBDMAP statements allow for the definition of DMAP subprograms called
subDMAPs. The RETURN statement can be used in a subDMAP to return to the calling subDMAP.
The SUBDMAP statement denotes the beginning of a DMAP subprogram, either a main subDMAP or a
called subDMAP. A main subDMAP can be invoked with the SOL Executive Control statement and
cannot have any arguments. A called subDMAP may or may not have arguments and is invoked by a
CALL statement in another subDMAP, defined as the calling subDMAP.
The form of the SUBDMAP and CALL statements are:
SUBDMAP
subDMAP-name
CALL
subDMAP-name
[I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
P1/P2/P3/... $]
[I1,I2,I3,.../
O1,O2,O3,.../
[S,]P1/[S,]P2/[S,]P3/...] $
where subDMAP-name is the name of a subDMAP. The arguments Ii, Oi, and Pi are the list of input data
block names, output data block names, and variable parameter names or constant parameters. The
specification of arguments is optional. If arguments are specified, the CALL and SUBDMAP statements
must agree in order, in number, and, for parameters only, in type.
The linker checks for correspondence of the arguments. The linker also checks for consistent parameter
authorization if NASTRAN SYSTEM(147)=1. In addition, a view-name defined by the DBVIEW
statement cannot be specified in the argument list.
If an argument list is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, no argument can be left unspecified. Also,
all parameter arguments must be variable parameter names. Any data block argument on the CALL
statement can be left unspecified. Inside the called subDMAP, the data block argument is treated as
purged. All parameters must be specified on the CALL statement, but the parameters can be either a
variable parameter name or a constant value. Also on the CALL statement, parameter values, such as
qualifiers or local parameters (which are computed in the called subDMAP), can be returned to calling
subDMAP by preceding the parameter name with "S,". This method is called the save option. The save
option is not required for parameters specified on TYPE PARM,NDDL statements in the called
subDMAP.
The RETURN statement can be specified anywhere in the subDMAP. This statement terminates
execution of the current subDMAP and resumes execution of the calling subDMAP. If the RETURN
Main Index
34
statement is not specified in the subDMAP, all DMAP execution is terminated at the END statement
(discussed in the next section).
Below is an example using the SUBDMAP, CALL, and RETURN statements. The main subDMAP is
called MAIN and contains two calls to subDMAP TEST. In the first CALL to subDMAP TEST, the
second input and output data blocks are marked as ",," and are not generated. The value of Q1 is returned
as computed in TEST. In both CALL statements, the value of P2 is returned from TEST. Although Q3
may have changed in subDMAP TEST, Q3s value is not returned to MAIN. In the second call a constant
value of 0 is specified for P1.
SUBDMAP MAIN $ Main SUBDMAP
TYPE PARM,,I,N,Q1=5 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,P1,P2,P3,Q3 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,,C/D,,F/P1/S,P2/S,Q1 $
.
.
.
CALL TEST A,B,C/I,J,K/0/S,P2/Q3 $
.
.
.
END $
SUBDMAP TEST X,Y,Z/L,M,N/A1/A2/A3 $
TYPE PARM,,I,Y,A3 $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,A1,A2 $
.
.
.
RETURN $
END $
The following should also be noted:
The data block names specified on the SUBDMAP statement argument list are called local
names and will not appear in any diagnostic output. Diagnostic output, such as data base
directory print or DIAGs 8 and 15, only indicate the top-level name. The top-level name is the
name of the data block in the highest CALL statement in which it appears. In the example above
the local names are X, Y, Z, etc., and the top-level names are A, B,C, etc.
All input data blocks specified on a CALL statement must have been previously defined by
output from a module in the calling subDMAP or from a previously specified CALL statement,
or specified on TYPE DB statements. See the TYPE, 1549 statement.
Recursive subDMAP calls are allowed; i.e., a subDMAP can call itself either directly or
indirectly.
The last parameter in the argument list must not be followed by a slash (/).
In a restart, if a CALL statement has no output data blocks or saved parameters ("S,") then the
Main Index
The HALT statement defines a breakpoint in the DMAP sequence. DMAP execution will stop when the
breakpoint is reached.
Example
sol prtmat
compile prtmat list
subdmap prtmat $
$
type db, zuzr01 $
$
halt $
matprn zuzr01 // $
$
end $
diag 8
cent
begin bulk
end data
DMAP execution will be stopped when the HALT statement is reached. Now the client program will
place data block ZUZR01 into the database. Subsequently, DMAP execution is resumed, and the
MATPRN module will print data block ZUZR01.
Termination -- EXIT and END statements
Both EXIT and END statements terminate the DMAP execution. However, the EXIT statement can be
specified at any time in a subDMAP, and the END statement can be specified only once and must appear
at the end of a subDMAP.
The following example demonstrates the use of both statements:
SUBDMAP AAA $
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
IF(ERROR)EXIT$
.
. (some DMAP instructions)
.
END $
If ERROR is true, the EXIT statement is used to terminate the subDMAP. The END statement is required
and must be the last statement in the subDMAP.
Main Index
36
Declarative Statement
The declarative statements are TYPE, DBVIEW, and FILE. See DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4)
for a description and Output from a Previous Module Rule, 37 and Automatic Deletion of Scratch Data
Blocks, 38 for related discussion.
Data Base Function Statement
The data base function statements are DBEQUIV and DBDELETE. See DMAP Modules and Statements
(Ch. 4) for a description.
Main Index
are different from the qualifier values given at the time of the previous module execution.
The data block is specified as output on a CALL statement and TYPEd.
Main Index
38
extended to the bottom of the loop (e.g, ENDDO), meaning that the data block is deleted when
the loop is exited. If the data block is Scratch NDDL, the entire family is deleted, regardless of
the current qualifier values.
For a local data block created inside a DMAP loop and last used after the loop, the data block is
deleted after the next execution of the top of the loop, e.g., DO WHILE, even though the data
blocks LTU is located after the loop (i.e., when the loop is exited). Thus, the last generated data
block can be used after the loop exits.
For a scratch data block created and last used inside a DMAP loop, the FILE statement with the
SAVE keyword extends the data blocks original LTU to the bottom of the loop; otherwise, the
data block is deleted at the original LTU within the loop.
For a Scratch NDDL data block used in a DBVIEW statement, the data block is deleted at the
LTU of the view name or the data block name, whichever is last.
DlAG 57 prints the LTU information of all data blocks and a message indicating when they are deleted.
Main Index
1.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
2.
If matrices or tables are to be input with DMI or DTI Bulk Data entries, the DMIIN or DTIIN
modules must be specified by the DMAP writer. For example, the following DMAP statements
generate matrices A, B, C, D, and E and tables TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE:
DMIINDMI,DMINDX/A,B,C,D,E,,,,,/ $
DTIINDIT,DTINDX/TA,TB,TC,TD,TE,,,,,/ $
Data block names A, B, C, D, E, TA, TB, TC, TD, and TE can now be referenced in subsequent
DMAP statements.
Main Index
3.
4.
TYPE statements that reference data blocks or parameters defined in the NDDL of the structured
solution sequences (SOLutions 101 through 200) can also be inserted.
40
DCMP
MGEN
DECOMP
MTRXIN
DYCNTRL
SEDR
EMG
SELA
GP2
SEMA
GP3
SSG1
GP4
TA1
LCGEN
Main Index
DBMGR //OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
DBSTORE DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
DBFETCH /DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/Q1/Q2/FLAG/0/S,SUCCESS $
The complete descriptions can be found in DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4) under subDMAPs
DBFETCH, DBMGR, and DBSTORE.
Prior to Version 66, data blocks could be stored, fetched, and manipulated from the database via the
DMAP modules DBSTORE, DBFETCH and DBMGR. In Version 66, these modules were removed in
favor of a more robust and automatic capability. To help users store data blocks that are not already
defined in the NDDL, a set of subDMAPs are available that emulate most of the capabilities in those
modules. The subDMAPs and their capabilities are:
CALL DBSTORE
CALL DBFETCH
CALL DBMGR
DIAG 47 can be specified in the Executive Control Section to print diagnostics related to these
operations.
These subDMAPs are stored in the delivery database and do not have to be compiled by the user if they
are being used in any MSC Nastran solution sequences. For example:
SOL 101
DIAG 47
COMPILE
SEDRCVR
ALTER AFTER ELEMENT STRESS
CALL
DBSTORE OES1,,,,//0/SEID/
CEND
/0 $
Main Index
/0 $
42
A listing of these subDMAPs and the subDMAPs that they call (DBSTOR and FNAME) can be obtained
with the following input file:
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
COMPILE
CEND
Main Index
(where-expr)
where-expr is a logical expression that specifies the desired values of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION,
and DBSET. If the result of the logical expression is TRUE for an item on the database then the item is
selected. For example, WHERE(VERSlON=4 AND SElD<>2 AND SElD>0) selects all items under
version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2.
A simple where-expr is a comparison using the following relational operators =,><<, >, or utortu. For
example, SElD>0 means if SEID is greater than zero, then the logical expression is true. Several simple
where-exprs may be joined into one where-expr by the following logical operators: AND, OR, XOR, and
EQV. The NOT operator may be used to negate a where where-expr. For example, NOT(SEID>0) is the
same as SEID>0. Arithmetic operations and DMAP functions may also be specified in the where-expr
(see Expressions and Operators, 8).
If a qualifier in a where-expr is not a qualifier in the path of a specified item, then the where-expr is set
to FALSE. If the where-expr does not contain a specification for all qualifiers in the path of an item, then
the unspecified qualifiers will be wildcarded (i.e., quali=*, all values will be selected). The default values
of qualifiers, PROJECT, VERSION, and DBSET are described under the statement in which the
WHERE clause is specified.
If where-expr is to be used on a DBVIEW statement to define an output data block from a module, then
the following restrictions apply:
The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";", for example, WHERE
(SEID=10; PEID=20).
Main Index
44
Only one data block can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported for
Main Index
Main Index
Data Blocks
Introduction
Table Descriptions
46
Introduction
Data block descriptions are provided for all matrices and tables that are currently processed by the
OUTPUT2 and DBC modules in the MSC Nastran solution sequences with PARAM,POST.
Main Index
Analysis Type
Linear Statics
Nonlinear Statics
Mode number
Frequency Response
Transient Response
In transient response analysis, the columns of the solution matrix U_T correspond to "time step triplets".
The first column in the triplet represents displacement, then velocity and acceleration. The triplet is then
repeated for each time step. For example, if there are 10 time steps, then U_T will have 30 columns. If
multiple TSTEP command subcases are requested, then there will be a separate solution matrix for each
subcase. The columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, and SPCForce matrices; P_T, QM_T, and Q_T,
correspond to time step and, using the example above, they will each have 10 columns.
In frequency response analysis, the columns of the dynamic load, MPCForce, SPCForce, and solution
matrices (P_F, QM_F, Q_F, and U_F), correspond to forcing frequency. If multiple dynamic load
(DLOAD) subcases are requested with NFREQ number of forcing frequencies, the first NFREQ columns
represent the first DLOAD subcase and NFREQ frequencies, the second NFREQ columns the second
subcase, etc. For example, if an analysis is performed with four forcing frequencies and three DLOAD
subcases, then the solution matrix will have 12 columns in which the first four columns correspond to all
forcing frequencies in the first subcase. If multiple FREQUENCY command subcases are requested, then
Main Index
48
there will be a separate solution matrix for each subcase. For a description of matrix trailers, see Data
Blocks, 12.
Main Index
IFP Tables
The IFP module processes the Bulk Data Section and creates data blocks that contain images of each Bulk
Data entry. Then the modules IFP2 through IFP9, MODEPT, MODGM2, GP0, SEQP, and MODGM4
create pseudo-images based on the presence of elements used in hydroelastic, axisymmetric, laminated
composite, composite beam, acoustic, hyperelastic, beam library and p-version analyses. For example,
the IFP6 module converts PCOMP and MAT8 images to MAT2 and PSHELL pseudo-images. All of the
tables produced by these modules are also called "IFP Tables". In an IFP Table, there is one record written
for each image type present in, or derived from, the Bulk Data Section and that record contains all of the
images for that type. If the image type is not present, then no record is written.
Location in Trailer
Main Index
Trailer Bit
Word
Position
1 -- 16
16 -- 1
17 -- 32
16 -- 1
33 -- 48
16 -- 1
49 -- 64
16 -- 1
65 -- 80
16 -- 1
81 -- 96
16 -- 1
50
Location in Trailer
Trailer Bit
Word
Position
97 -- 112
32 -- 17
113 -- 128
32 -- 17
129 -- 144
32 -- 17
145 -- 160
32 -- 17
161 -- 176
32 -- 17
For example, the GRID record in the GEOM1 data block is assigned to trailer bit 45 that corresponds to
the 4th bit position, numbered from the right, in trailer word 3. Based on the trailer bit, the following
FORTRAN statements may be used to determine the corresponding trailer word and bit position:
WORD = MOD(TBIT-1,96)/16 + 1
BIT = 16*(1+TBIT/97) -- MOD(TBIT-1,16)
where TBIT = trailer bit from second word of header record
WORD = trailer word
BIT = trailer word bit position numbered from the right
and all variables are defined as integers.
OFP Tables
Header Record
The header record of all OFP tables contains codes that indicate how the output should be labeled,
formatted, and printed.
Word
Name
Contains
approach_code
table_code
format_code
11
stress_code
12
jflag
13
iacflg
Main Index
14
q4cstr
21
metrik
Word
Name
Contains
22
emssol
23
thermal
Description
Thermal
Approach_Code
Approach_code indicates analysis type and device type(s).
1. Analysis type is equal to approach_code/10 indicates:
Type
Description
Statics
Frequency
Transient
Pre-buckling
Post-buckling
Complex eigenvalues
10
Nonlinear statics
11
2. Device type(s) are extracted from the bit pattern equal to MOD(approach_code,10). The bits
numbered from the right are:
Bit
1
Main Index
Description
Print
52
Bit
Description
Plot
Punch
Device Type(s)
None
Plot
Punch
Examples:
Approach_code
Description
61
15
106
Table_code
Table_code indicates basic table content (displacements, stresses, etc.), data format (Real or complex),
and sort type (SORT1 or SORT2).
1. MOD(table_code,1000) indicates table content; e.g., displacements, stresses, etc.
Type
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OUG
Displacement vector
OPG
Load vector
OQG
SPCforce vector
OEF
OES
Type
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
LAMA
OUG
Eigenvector
none
OEIGS
10
OUG
Velocity vector
11
OUG
Acceleration vector
12
OPG
13
OGPWG
14
OUG
15
OUG
16
OUG
17
OUG
18
OEE
19
OGF
20
OES
21
OES
22
OELOF1
23
OELOP1
24
OEP
Element pressures
25
OEF
26
OGS
27
OGS
28
OGS
29
OGS
30
OGS
31
OGS
32
OGS
33
OGS
34
OGS
35
OGS
36
OEE
37
OEE
Eigenvalue summary
54
Type
Chapter 2
Name
Description
38
OMM
MAXMIN summary
39
OQG
MPC forces
40
OGPKE
2. Data format, sort type and random type is extracted from the bit pattern equal to table_code/1000.
Bits numbered from the right are:
Bit
Description
Sort Type
Random ?
SORT1
Real
No
SORT1
Complex
No
SORT2
Real
No
SORT2
Complex
No
SORT1
Real
Yes
SORT2
Real
Yes
table_code
Main Index
Data Format
Description
1005
2010
3005
5003
Foremat_code
Format_code is somewhat redundant and may conflict with table_code. In regards to real or complex,
table_code/1000 always overrides format_code and if table_code indicates complex data, then
format_code is used to distinguish between real/imaginary and magnitude/phase output.
Value
Data Format
Real
Real/imaginary
Magnitude/phase
Stress_code
In the OES data block description, word 11 (stress_code) of the header record determines the following:
Octahedral (or maximum shear) or Hencky-von Mises
Stress or strain
If the strain is curvature or fibre
If the strain or stress is in the material coordinate system
Stress_code is a bit pattern and the bits numbered from the right are:
Bit
Main Index
Description
Same as bit 2
56
Main Index
Value
On bits
Coordinate
System
00000
Element
00001
10
01010
11
01011
14
01110
15
01111
16
10000
17
10001
26
11010
27
11011
30
11110
31
11111
Material
Description
Stress maximum shear or octahedral
Element Type
Some tables reference an element type number; for example, EST, KDICT, OES, and EGPSF. The
element type numbers are unique across all tables but do not necessarily appear in all tables. Some
element types are pseudo-elements for data recovery purposes only; e.g., see types 85 through 98, 100,
144, and 201 through 223.
Type
Name
00
Grid
01
ROD
Rod
02
BEAM
Beam
03
TUBE
Tube
04
SHEAR
Shear panel
05
FORMON12
06
FORCE
07
PLOAD4
08
PLOADX1
09
PLOAD/PLOAD2
10
CONROD
11
ELAS1
Scalar spring
12
ELAS2
13
ELAS3
14
ELAS4
15
AEROT3
16
AEROBEAM
17
TRIAX
Harmonic triangular
18
QUADX
Harmonic quadrilateral
19
Main Index
Description
20
DAMP1
Scalar damper
21
DAMP2
22
DAMP3
23
DAMP4
24
VISC
Viscous damper
25
MASS1
Scalar mass
26
MASS2
58
Type
Name
27
MASS3
28
MASS4
29
CONM1
30
CONM2
31
PLOTEL
Plot
32
Unused
33
QUAD4
Quadrilateral plate
34
BAR
35
CONEAX
Axisymmetric shell
36
37
38
GAP
Gap
39
TETRA
Tetrahedral
40
BUSH1D
41
42
43
FLUID2
44
FLUID3
45
FLUID4
46
FLMASS
47
AXIF2
48
AXIF3
49
AXIF4
50
SLOT3
Three-point slot
51
SLOT4
Four-point slot
52
HBDY
53
TRIAX6
Axisymmetric triangular
54
Main Index
Description
55
DUM3
Three-point dummy
56
DUM4
Four-point dummy
57
DUM5
Five-point dummy
58
DUM6
Six-point dummy
59
DUM7
Seven-point dummy
Type
Name
60
DUM8
61
DUM9
62
63
IFQUAD
64
QUAD8
65
IFHEX
66
IFPENT
67
HEXA
Six-sided solid
68
PENTA
Five-sided solid
69
BEND
70
TRIAR
71
Main Index
Description
Unused
72
AEROQ4
73
IFQDX
74
TRIA3
Triangular plate
75
TRIA6
76
HEXPR
77
PENPR
78
TETPR
79
Unused
80
Unused
81
Unused
82
QUADR
83
HACAB
Acoustic absorber
84
HACBR
Acoustic barrier
85
TETRANL
86
GAPNL
87
TUBENL
88
TRIA3NL
89
RODNL
90
QUAD4NL
91
PENTANL
92
CONRODNL
60
Type
Name
93
HEXANL
94
BEAMNL
95
QUAD4LC
96
QUAD8LC
97
TRIA3LC
98
TRIA6LC
99
Main Index
Description
Unused
100
BARS
101
AABSF
102
BUSH
103
QUADP
104
TRIAP
105
BEAMP
p-version beam
106
DAMP5
107
CHBDYE
108
CHBDYG
109
CHBDYP
110
CONV
111
CONVM
112
QBDY3
113
QVECT
114
QVOL
115
RADBC
116
SLIF1D
Slideline contact
117
WELDC
118
WELDP
119
SEAM
120
GENEL
General element
121
DMIG
122
123
124
125
Type
126
Main Index
Name
FASTP
Description
Shell patch fastener
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
QUAD4FD
140
HEXA8FD
141
HEXAP
142
PENTAP
143
TETRAP
144
QUAD144
145
VUHEXA
146
VUPENTA
147
VUTETRA
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
RADINT
156
BUSH2D
157
158
62
Type
Description
159
SEAMP
160
PENTA6FD
161
TETRA4FD
162
TRIA3FD
163
HEXAFD
164
QUADFD
165
PENTAFD
166
TETRAFD
167
TRIAFD
168
TRIAX3FD
169
TRIAXFD
170
QUADX4FD
171
QUADXFD
172
QUADRNL
Nonlinear QUADR
173
TRIARNL
Nonlinear TRIAR
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
Main Index
Name
BEAM3
Three-noded beam
185
186
187
188
189
VUQUAD
190
VUTRIA
191
VUBEAM
Type
192
Main Index
Name
CVINT
Description
Curve interface
193
194
195
196
197
SFINT
Surface interface
198
CNVPEL
199
VUHBDY
200
WELD
201
QUAD4FD
202
HEXA8FD
203
SLIF1D
Slideline contact
204
PENTA6FD
205
TETRA4FD
206
TRIA3FD
207
HEXAFD
208
QUADFD
209
PENTAFD
210
TETRAFD
211
TRIAFD
212
TRIAX3FD
213
TRIAXFD
214
QUADX4FD
215
QUADXFD
216
TETRA4FD
217
TRIA3FD
218
HEXAFD
219
QUADFD
64
Type
Main Index
Name
Description
220
PENTAFD
221
TETRAFD
222
TRIAX3FD
223
QUADXFD
224
ELAS1
Nonlinear ELAS1
225
ELAS3
Nonlinear ELAS3
226
BUSH
Nonlinear BUSH
227
RBAR
Rigid bar
228
RBE1
229
RBE3
230
RJOINT
Rigid joint
231
RROD
232
QUADRLC
Composite QUADR
233
TRIARLC
Composite TRIAR
234
Unused
Unused
235
QUADR
236
TRIAR
237
TRIAR
238
BAR
239
BEAM
240
BAR
Nonlinear bar
241
AXISYM
Axisymmetric shell
Table Descriptions
Table descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the generic name of the data block. A data block
description may encompass descriptions of several data blocks from different modules; for example, the
OES data block description describes data blocks OES1, OES2, OESNL, OSTR1, and OES1C, which are
output by the SDR2, SDR3, SDRNL, and SDRCOMP modules. The generic name of a data block also
appears in the Data Block Glossary, 1591 at the end of DMAP Modules and Statements (Ch. 4).
Main Index
66
BGPDT
Data Block Descriptions
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic
coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- DATA
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
SIL
EXTID
DOF_TYPE
PSC
BGID
XCOORD
RX
YCOORD
RX
ZCOORD
RX
Name
Type
EXTID
INTID
Main Index
Description
BGPDT 67
Basic grid point definition table
Record 3 -- BIDMAP
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
BGID
INTID
Name
Type
Description
XNORM
RX
YNORM
RX
ZNORM
RX
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
WORD2
WORD3
Number of degrees-of-freedom
WORD4
WORD5
WORD6
Notes:
Main Index
68
BGPDT68
Basic grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
BGPDT68
Contains a list of all grid points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z locations in the basic
coordinate system along with a displacement coordinate system identification number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- DATA
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
XCOORD
RS
YCOORD
RS
ZCOORD
RS
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Note:
Main Index
Name
Type
I
none
Description
Number of grid and scalar points
Not used
CASECC 69
Case Control information
CASECC
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat
Word
Type
Description
SID
MPCSET
SPCSET
ESLSET
REESET
ELDSET
THLDSET
THMATSET
TIC
10
NONPTSET
11
NONMEDIA
NONFMT
13
DYMLDSET
14
FEQRESET
15
TFSET
16
SYMFLG
17
LDSPTSET
18
LDSMEDIA
19
LDSFMT
20
DPLPTSET
21
DPLMEDIA
12
Main Index
Name
70
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
22
DPLFMT
23
STSPTSET
24
STSMEDIA
25
STSFMT
26
FCEPTSET
27
FCEMEDIA
28
FCEFMT
29
ACCPTSET
30
ACCMEDIA
31
ACCFMT
32
VELPTSET
33
VELMEDIA
34
VELFMT
35
FOCPTSET
36
FOCMEDIA
37
FOCFMT
38
TSTEPTRN
39
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
71
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
103
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
135
STPLTFLG
136
AXSYMSET
137
NOHARMON
138
TSTRV
Need definition
CASECC 71
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
139
K2PP(2)
CHAR4
141
M2PP(2)
CHAR4
143
B2PP(2)
CHAR4
145
OUTRESPV
146
SEDR
147
FLDBNDY
148
CEESET
149
DAMPTBL
150
DYNRED
151
SSDSET
152
SSDMEDIA
153
SSDFMT
154
SSVSET
155
SSVMEDIA
156
SSVFMT
157
SSASET
158
SSAMEDIA
159
SSAFMT
160
NONLINLD
161
PARTIT
162
CYCLIC
163
RANDOM
164
NONPARAM
165
FLUTTER
166
LCC
167
GPFSET
72
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
168
GPFMEDIA
169
GPFFMT
170
ESESET
171
ESEMEDIA
172
ESEFMT
173
ARFPTSET
174
ARFMEDIA
175
ARFFMT
176
SEID
177
LCN
178
GUST
179
SEFINAL
180
SEMG
181
SEKR
182
SELG
183
SELR
184
SEEX
185
K2GG(2)
CHAR4
187
M2GG(2)
CHAR4
189
B2GG(2)
CHAR4
191
SVSET
192
SVMEDIA
193
SVFMT
194
FLUPTSET
195
FLUMEDIA
CASECC 73
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
196
FLUFMT
197
HOUT(3)
200
NOUT(3)
203
P2G(2)
CHAR4
205
LOADSET
206
SEMR
207
VONMISES
208
SECMDFLG
209
GPSPTSET
210
GPSMEDIA
211
GPSFMT
212
STFSET
213
STFMEDIA
214
STFFMT
215
CLOAD
216
SET2ID
217
DSAPRT
218
DSASTORE
219
DSAOUTPT
220
STNSET
221
STNMEDIA
222
STNFMT
223
APRESS
224
TRIM
225
MODLIST
74
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
226
REESETF
227
ESDPTSET
228
ESDMEDIA
229
ESDFMT
230
GSDPTSET
231
GSDMEDIA
232
GSDFMT
233
SEDV
234
SERE
235
SERS
236
CNTSET
237
CNTMEDIA
238
CNTFMT
239
DIVERG
240
OUTRCV
241
STATSUBP
242
UNDEF(2 )
none
244
DFT1
RS
245
DFT2
RS
246
ADAPT
247
DESOBJ
248
DESSUB
242
CASECC 75
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
249
SUBSPAN
250
DESGLB
251
ANALYSIS
CHAR4
252
GPQSTRS
253
GPQFORC
254
GPQSTRN
255
SUPORT1
256
STATSUBB
257
BCID
258
AUXMODEL
259
ADACT
260
DATSET
261
DATMEDIA
262
DATFMT
263
VUGSET
264
VUGMEDIA
265
VUGFMT
266
MPCFSET
267
MPCMEDIA
268
MPCFFMT
269
REUESET
270
DAMPTBLF
271
ITERMETH
272
NLSSET
273
NLSMEDIA
76
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
274
NLSFMT
275
MODTRKID
276
DSAFORM
277
DSAEXPO
278
DSABEGIN
279
DSAINTVL
280
DSAFINAL
281
DSASETID
282
SORTFLG
283
RANDBIT
284
AECONFIG(2)
286
AESYMXY
287
AESYMXZ
288
UNDEF
none
Not used
289
UNDEF
none
Not used
290
UNDEF
none
Not used
291
GPEPTSET
292
GPEMEDIA
293
GPEFMT
294
TEMPMAT
295
AECSSSET
296
EKEPTSET
297
EKEMEDIA
298
EKEFMT
299
EKETHRSH
RS
300
EDEPTSET
301
EDEMEDIA
CHAR4
CASECC 77
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
302
EDEFMT
303
EDETHRSH
RS
304
DFT3
RS
305
DFR1
RS
306
DFR2
RS
307
DFR3
RS
308
K42GG (2)
CHAR4
310
A2GG (2)
CHAR4
312
NK42GG
313
NA2GG
314
EFFMASET
315
EFFMAGID
316
EFFMATHR
RS
317
EQUILMED
318
EQUILGRD
319
RCRSET
320
RCRFMT
RCROSS format
321
AEUXREF
AEUXREF
322
GCHK
323
GCHKOUT
324
GCHKSET
325
GCHKGID
326
GCHKTHR
RS
327
GCHKRTHR
RS
328
GCHKDREC
329
ASPCMED
330
ASPCEPS
RS
331
ASPCPRT
332
ASPCPCH
333
UNDEF
none
Not used
334
UNDEF
none
Not used
78
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
335
NK2PP
336
NM2PP
337
NB2PP
338
NK2GG
339
NM2GG
340
NB2GG
341
NP2G
342
GEODSET
343
GEODMXMN
344
GEODOCID
345
GEODNUMB
346
GEOLSET
347
GEOLMXMN
348
GEOLOCID
349
GEOLNUMB
350
GEOSSET
351
GEOSMXMN
352
GEOSOCID
353
GEOSNUMB
354
GEOMSET
355
GEOMMXMN
356
GEOMOCID
CASECC 79
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
357
GEOMNUMB
358
GEOASET
359
GEOAMXMN
360
GEOAOCID
361
GEOANUMB
362
GEOVSET
363
GEOVMXMN
364
GEOVOCID
365
GEOVNUMB
366
NTFL
367
UNDEF
368
GPKESET
369
GPKEMEDI
370
GPKEFMT
371
UNDEF
none
372
WCHK
373
WCHKOUT
374
WCHKSET
375
WCHKGID
376
WCHKCGI
377
WCHKWM
378
EXSEOUT
379
EXSEMED
none
Not used
Not used
80
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
380
EXSEUNIT
381
EXSERES1
382
EXSERES2
383
FK2PP
384
FM2PP
385
FB2PP
386
FK2GG
387
FM2GG
388
FB2GG
389
TICTYPE
CHAR4
390
FK42GG
391
FA2GG
392
NLTYPE
393
STEPID
394
NSMID
395
ROUTDISP
396
ROUTVELO
397
ROUTACCE
398
ROUTLOAD
399
ROUTSPCF
400
ROUTSTRS
401
ROUTFORC
402
ROUTSTRN
403
ROUTMSCF
404
MDLSSET
CASECC 81
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
405
MDLSMEDIA
406
MDLSFMT
407
MDLSESRT
408
MDLSTHRE
RS
409
MDLSTFVL
410
MDLKSET
411
MDLKMEDIA
412
MDLKFMT
413
MDLKESRT
CHAR4
414
MDLKTHRE
RS
415
MDLKTFVL
416
UNDEF
none
Not used
417
UNDEF
none
Not used
418
UNDEF
none
Not used
419
UNDEF
none
Not used
420
UNDEF
none
Not used
421
SEEFMNO
422
SEEFMHV
CHAR4
423
SEEFMDLF
424
SEEFMBND
425
SEEFMSDP
426
UNDEF
427
ESETHRSH
RS
428
POSTUNIT
429
POSTOPT1
430
POSTOPT2
431
TICDIFF
432
none
Not used
ESE threshold value
CHAR4
DSAESEID
433
MXMNGSET
434
MXMNGMDA
435
MXMNGFMT
82
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
436
MXMNESET
437
MXMNEMDA
438
MXMNEFMT
439
MCFRSET
440
MCFRSOLN
441
MCFRFILT
RS
442
MCFROPT
443
ELSUMID
444
ELSUMOPT
445
ELSUMDUM
446
RGYRO
447
CMSESET
448
CMSEMDIA
449
CMSEOPTS
450
CMSETHRE
RS
451
CMSETOPN
452
GPRSORT
453
MASSSET
454
UNDEF
none
Not used
455
UNDEF
none
Not used
456
POSTO2NM(2)
458
RANDVAR
459
RSVCRQTS
460
RSVCOPTS
461
RSVCSTBS
CHAR4
CASECC 83
Case Control information
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
462
RSVCRQTC
463
RSVCOPTC
464
RSVCSTBC
465
DESVAR
466
BCONTACT
467
BCONTACT
CHAR4
468
MODSELS1
469
MODSELS2
470
MODSELS3
471
MODSELS4
RS
472
MODSELS5
RS
473
MODSELS6
RS
474
MODSELS7
RS
475
MODSELS8
RS
476
MODSELS9
RS
477
UNDEF
478
MODSELF1
479
MODSELF2
480
MODSELF3
481
MODSELF4
RS
482
MODSELF5
RS
483
MODSELF6
RS
484
MODSELF7
RS
485
MODSELF8
RS
486
MODSELF9
RS
487
UNDEF
488
FTNURN
489
SUFNAM1
490
SUFNAM2
none
none
Not used
Not used
84
CASECC
Case Control information
Word
Name
Type
Description
491
ENVELOP1
CHAR4
492
ENVELOP2
CHAR4
493
GPFLXSET
494
GPFLXMED
495
UNDEF(105)
none
600
LSEM(C)
601
COEF
I
RS
Not used
Number of symmetry subcase coefficients from
item SYMFLG
Symmetry subcase coefficients (SUBSEQ or
SYMSEQ)
SETID
603
SETLEN(C)
604
SETMEM
605
PARA
606
PARLEN(C)
607
CHTYPE(C)
608
PARAM(2)
CHAR4
610
PNAME(2)
CHAR4
Name of parameter
PARLEN =8
612
Length
INTEGER
Integer value
Real-double parameter value
PARLEN =9
612
TYPE
613
REAL
RD
PARLEN =10
612
RTYPE
613
REAL
RS
614
ITYPE
615
IMAG
RS
PARLEN =12
Main Index
Hard-coded to "PARA"
612
RTYPE
613
REAL
RD
CASECC 85
Case Control information
Word
Name
Type
614
ITYPE
615
IMAG
RD
Description
Imaginary part type -- hard-coded to -4
Imaginary part value
End PARLEN
Words 605 through max repeat until NANQ occurs
Words 605 through 615 repeat until End of Record
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
Number of records
WORD2
Number of records
WORD3
WORD4
Plot flag
UNDEF(2)
none
Not used
86
CASECC
Case Control information
Notes:
Main Index
CASECC 87
Case Control information
Notes:
Main Index
88
CLAMA
Complex eigenvalue summary table
CLAMA
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Record 1 -- OFPID
Word
Name
RECID(2)
UNDEF(7 )
Type
I
none
I
Description
Constants 90 and 1006
Not used
10
SIX
11
UNDEF(40 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
83
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
none
Constant 6
Not used
Record 2 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.
Word
Name
Type
Description
Mode number
Extraction order
MODE
ORDER
REIGEN
RS
IEIGEN
RS
FREQ
RS
Frequency: ABS(IEIGEN)/(2*Pi)
DAMP
RS
Damping Coefficient:
(-2*REIGEN)/ABS(IEIGEN)
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(3 )
Type
I
none
Description
1006
Not used
CLAMA 89
Complex eigenvalue summary table
Word
Main Index
Name
SIX
UNDEF
Type
I
none
Description
Constant 6
Not used
90
CONTAB
Design constraint table
CONTAB
Contains a record for each design constraint. Records are sorted by the internal constraint identification
number.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Name
Type
Description
IDCID
DCID
IRID
RTYPE
Response type
TYPE
Type of response (1 or 2)
LUFLAG
BOUND
RS
REGION
SCID
Bound value
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of records; i.e., design constraints
Not used
CSTM 91
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
CSTM
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
TYPE
Type of system
IINDEX
RINDEX
Record 2 -- REALDATA
Word
1
Name
Type
RX
REALDATA
Description
Real data
Record 3 -- INTDATA
Word
1
Name
Type
I
INTDATA
Description
Integer data
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
WORD1
WORD2
WORD3
WORD4
WORD5
WORD6
5
6
Main Index
Name
92
CSTM
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
Notes:
Main Index
CSTM68 93
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
CSTM68
(Pre-Version 69)
The transformation is from global to basic.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Description
CID
CIDTYPE
CIDTYPE =0
Unknown
TR1
RS
Translation in direction 1
TR2
RS
Translation in direction 2
TR3
RS
Translation in direction 3
R11
RS
R12
RS
R13
RS
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =1
Main Index
Type
Rectanglar
TR1
RS
Translation in direction 1
TR2
RS
Translation in direction 2
TR3
RS
Translation in direction 3
R11
RS
R12
RS
R13
RS
94
CSTM68
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
Word
Name
Description
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =2
Cylindrical
TR1
RS
Translation in direction 1
TR2
RS
Translation in direction 2
TR3
RS
Translation in direction 3
R11
RS
R12
RS
R13
RS
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =3
Spherical
TR1
RS
Translation in direction 1
TR2
RS
Translation in direction 2
TR3
RS
Translation in direction 3
R11
RS
R12
RS
R13
RS
R21
RS
10
R22
RS
11
R23
RS
12
R31
RS
13
R32
RS
14
R33
RS
CIDTYPE =4
Main Index
Type
CSTM68 95
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
Word
Name
none
Description
UNDEF(2 )
CURVID
SURFID
CURCID
SURCID
UNDEF(6 )
CIDTYPE =5
none
Reserved
Reserved
UNDEF(2 )
SURFID
SURCID
UNDEF(8 )
CIDTYPE =6
3
none
Reserved
Reserved
RECINDX =1
Index 1
RECTOTAL
EDGEID
FACEID
GP(4)
11
GFACE(4)
RECINDX =2
Index 2
RECTOTAL
GFACE(8)
13
UNDEF(2 )
none
RECINDX =3
Reserved
Index 3
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =4
4
Main Index
Type
Reserved
Index 4
RECTOTAL
96
CSTM68
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
Word
Name
Type
Description
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =5
Reserved
Index 5
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =6
Reserved
Index 6
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =7
Reserved
Index 7
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =8
Reserved
Index 8
RECTOTAL
XYZ(3)
UNDEF(7 )
I
RS
none
End RECINDX
CIDTYPE =7
3
RECINDX =1
Main Index
Index 1
RECTOTAL
FACEID
CSTM68 97
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
Word
6
Name
GFACE(9)
RECINDX =2
Description
Grid identification numbers of first 9 of 12
FEFACE grids
Index 2
RECTOTAL
GFACE(3)
XYZ1(3)
RS
11
XYZ2(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =3
Reserved
Index 3
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =4
Reserved
Index 4
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =5
Reserved
Index 5
I
RECTOTAL
XYZ1(3)
RS
XYZ2(3)
RS
11
XYZ(3)
RS
14
UNDEF
none
RECINDX =6
Reserved
Index 6
RECTOTAL
XYZ(3)
UNDEF(7 )
End RECINDX
End CIDTYPE
Main Index
Type
I
RS
none
98
CSTM68
Coordinate system transformation matrices table
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
WORD2
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
Main Index
DBCOPT 99
Design optimization history table for postprocessing
Name
Type
Description
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Record 1 -- EXACT
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
RS
REAL
Name
REAL
Type
Description
RS
Name
Type
RS
REAL
Description
Objective function values, maximum values of
constraints
Name
Type
I
INTGR
Description
Design variable identification number
Name
REAL
Main Index
Type
RS
Description
Design variable values, 1st cycle ?
100
DBCOPT
Design optimization history table for postprocessing
Name
Type
Description
RS
REAL
Name
Type
Description
IDVID
DVID
LABEL1
CHAR4
LABEL2
CHAR4
Record 8 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
NFEA
NAOP
NDV
NCC
Convergence criterion
UNDEF(2 )
Notes:
none
Not used
1. Convergence criterion:
1 = Hard convergence
2 = Soft convergence
3 = Compromise
4 = Maximum design cycles reached
Main Index
DESTAB 101
Design variable attributes
DESTAB
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat
Word
Name
IDVID
DVID
Type
Description
LABEL1
CHAR4
LABEL2
CHAR4
VMIN
RS
Lower bound
VMAX
RS
Upper bound
DELX
RS
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
NDV
NDVI
NDVD
UNDEF(3 )
Note:
Main Index
Name
none
Not used
102
DIT
Direct input tables
DIT
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- GUST(1005,10,174)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DLOAD
WG
RS
Scale factor
X0
RS
RS
Velocity of vehicle
Record 2 -- TABDMP1(15,21,162)
Word
Name
ID
UNDEF(7 )
9
10
Type
none
Description
Table identification number
Not used
RS
Natural frequency
RS
Damping
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
X0
RS
Y0
RS
Z0
RS
F0
RS
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
DIT 103
Direct input tables
Word
Name
Type
Description
XI
RS
X independent variable
10
YI
RS
Y independent variable
11
ZI
RS
Z independent variable
12
FI
RS
Dependent variable
Name
Type
Description
ID
CODEX
CODEY
UNDEF(5 )
RS
X tabular value
10
RS
Y tabular value
none
Not used
Name
Type
ID
X1
RS
UNDEF(6 )
9
10
Description
Table identification number
X-axis shift
none
Not used
RS
X value
RS
Y value
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
X1
RS
X-axis shift
X2
RS
X-axis normalization
UNDEF(5 )
none
Not used
RS
X value
104
DIT
Direct input tables
Word
10
Name
Type
RS
Description
Y value
Name
Type
Description
ID
X1
RS
X-axis shift
X2
RS
X-axis normalization
X3
RS
X4
RS
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
RS
Name
TIB
VALUE
TBID
Type
I
RS
I
Description
Table rate identification number
Value related to the following TABLED1
identification number
TABLED1 identification number
Main Index
DIT 105
Direct input tables
Record 13 -- TABLES1(3105,31,97)
Word
Name
Type
I
ID
UNDEF(7 )
9
10
Description
Table identification number
none
Not used
RS
X value
RS
Y value
Name
Type
I
ID
UNDEF(7 )
TI
10
TIDI
Description
Table identification number
none
RS
I
Not used
Temperature
TABLES1 Bulk Data entry identification number
Name
Type
Description
ID
CODEX
CODEY
UNDEF(5 )
RS
Frequency
10
RS
none
Not used
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
TYPE
LU
RS
106
DIT
Direct input tables
Word
Name
Type
RS
WG
UNDEF(4 )
none
Description
Root-mean-square gust velocity
Not used
Name
Description
WORD1
WORD2
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
Main Index
Type
DSCMCOL 107
Design sensitivity parameters
DSCMCOL
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Name
Description
IRID
RID
RTYPE
Response Type
3
RTYPE =1
4
9
Weight
UNDEF(5 )
SEID
RTYPE =2
4
9
4
5
none
I
UNDEF(5 )
SEID
none
I
MODE
UNDEF
none
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =4
UNDEF
none
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
Superelement identification number
Mode number
Not used
Subcase identification number
Not used
Superelement identification number
Normal modes
MODE
Buckling
Not used
Volume
RTYPE =3
SEID
RTYPE =5
Main Index
Type
Mode number
Subcase identification number
Not used
Superelement identification number
GRID
COMP
108
DSCMCOL
Design sensitivity parameters
Word
Name
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =6
Description
Subcase identification number
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =7
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
VIEWID
UNDEF
none
SEID
RTYPE =8
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
VIEWID
UNDEF
none
SEID
RTYPE =9
Not used
Superelement identification number
Composite failure
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
PLY
Ply number
SEID
RTYPE =10
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
Composite stress
EID
COMP
DSCMCOL 109
Design sensitivity parameters
Word
Name
Description
SUBCASE
UNDEF
PLY
Ply number
SEID
RTYPE =11
none
Composite strain
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
PLY
Ply number
SEID
RTYPE =13
none
Not used
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =14
Not used
Superelement identification number
Strain Energy
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =15
Not used
Superelement identification number
Complex eigenvalue
CMODE
UNDEF
none
SUBCASE
UNDEF(2 )
none
SEID
RTYPE =16
Main Index
Type
Acoustic Pressure
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
110
DSCMCOL
Design sensitivity parameters
Word
Name
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =18
RS
none
I
Description
Frequency
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
none
MODE
SEID
RTYPE =40
Not used
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =41
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Superelement identification number
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =42
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Superelement identification number
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =43
4
Main Index
Type
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Superelement identification number
DSCMCOL 111
Design sensitivity parameters
Word
Name
Description
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =44
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =45
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
FREQ
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =46
RS
none
I
Frequency
Not used
Superelement identification number
PSD displacement
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
RTYPE =47
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
PSD velocity
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
none
Not used
112
DSCMCOL
Design sensitivity parameters
Word
Name
RTYPE =48
Description
PSD acceleration
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
RTYPE =49
none
Not used
RMS displacement
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
RTYPE =50
none
Not used
RMS velocity
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
RANDPS
SEID
RTYPE =51
none
Not used
RMS acceleration
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
UNDEF
FREQ
RS
SEID
RTYPE =60
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
Frequency
Superelement identification number
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
RS
Time
DSCMCOL 113
Design sensitivity parameters
Word
Name
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =61
none
I
Description
Not used
Superelement identification number
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =62
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Superelement identification number
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =63
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Superelement identification number
GRID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =64
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =65
Main Index
Type
RS
none
I
Time
Not used
Superelement identification number
EID
COMP
114
DSCMCOL
Design sensitivity parameters
Word
Name
SUBCASE
TIME
UNDEF
SEID
RTYPE =81
I
RS
none
I
Description
Subcase identification number
Time
Not used
Superelement identification number
Aeroelastic divergence
I
SUBCASE
UNDEF
ROOT
MACH
RS
UNDEF
none
SEID
RTYPE =82
none
Root
Mach number
Not used
Superelement identification number
Aeroelastic trim
SUBCASE
UNDEF
XID
UNDEF(2 )
SEID
RTYPE =83
I
none
I
none
I
Not used
Superelement identification number
SUBCASE
RU
R/U
COMP
Component number
UNDEF
none
XID
SEID
RTYPE =84
Not used
Superelement identification number
SUBCASE
MODE
Mode number
DENSITY
RS
Density
MACH
RS
Mach number
VEL
RS
Velocity
SEID
End RTYPE
Main Index
Type
DSCMCOL 115
Design sensitivity parameters
Name
Type
Description
IRID
RID
SUBCASE
DFLAG
FREQTIME
SEID
RS
I
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
Description
NR1
NR2
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
Main Index
116
DVPTAB
Designed property table
DVPTAB
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- Repeat
By ascending internal property identification number order. Type one properties are first and type two
follow.
Word
Name
Type
Description
IPID
DVTYP
EPPNT
Property type (1 or 2)
PTYP1
CHAR4
PTYP2
CHAR4
PID
FID
PMIN
RS
PMAX
RS
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
Number of designed properties (number of records
in table
NPROP
NENT1
NENT2
Note:
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
1. There are as many records as there are designed properties. (NPROP = NENT1 +
NENT2).
DYNAMIC 117
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
DYNAMIC
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- ACSRCE(5307,53,379)
Power versus frequency for a simple acoustic source.
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DPHASE
DELAY
TC
RHO
RS
RS
RS
Time delay
PH
RS
Phase lead
Record 2 -- DAREA(27,17,182)
Scale factor for dynamic loads.
Word
Name
Type
SID
Component number
RS
Record 3 -- DELAY(37,18,183)
Main Index
Description
Scale factor
118
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Name
Type
Description
SID
Component number
RS
Time delay
Record 4 -- DLOAD(57,5,123)
Linear combination of dynamic loads.
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
RS
SI
RS
Scale factor i
LI
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Component number
TH
RS
Phase lead
Record 6 -- DYNRED(4807,48,306)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
FMAX
RS
NIRV
NIT
Number of iterations
IDIR
DYNAMIC 119
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
NQDES
UNDEF(2 )
Type
Description
none
Not used
Record 7 -- EIGB(107,1,86)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
METHOD(2)
L1
RS
L2
RS
NEP
NDP
NDN
UNDEF
10
NORM(2)
12
13
Component number
14
UNDEF(5 )
CHAR4
none
CHAR4
none
Not used
Method for normalizing eigenvectors
Not used
Record 8 -- EIGC(207,2,87)
Word
Name
Description
SID
METHOD(2)
CHAR4
NORM(2)
CHAR4
Component number
RS
ND1
10
CONTFLG
Continuation flag
CONTFLG =0
Main Index
Type
Convergence criterion
With continuation
11
AAJ
RS
12
WAJ
RS
13
ABJ
RS
120
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
WBJ
RS
15
LJ
RS
16
NEJ
17
NDJ
Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Record 9 -- EIGP(257,4,158)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ALPHA
RS
OMEGA
RS
Record 10 -- EIGR(307,3,85)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
METHOD(2)
F1
RS
F2
RS
NE
ND
UNDEF(2 )
10
NORM(2)
12
13
Component number
14
UNDEF(5 )
CHAR4
none
CHAR4
none
Not used
Method for normalizing eigenvectors
Not used
DYNAMIC 121
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Record 11 -- EIGRL(308,8,348)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
V1
RS
V2
RS
ND
MSGLVL
Diagnostic level
MAXSET
SHFSCL
RS
FLAG1
LOGI
FLAG2
LOGI
10
NORM(2)
CHAR4
12
ALPH
RS
13
NUMS
14
FI
RS
Name
Type
I
ID
Description
Extra point identification number
Record 13 -- FREQ(1307,13,126)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
SID
RS
Description
Set identification number
Frequency
Main Index
Name
SID
F1
Type
I
RS
Description
Set identification number
First frequency
122
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
RS
DF
NDF
Description
Frequency increment
Number of frequency increments
Record 15 -- FREQ2(1107,11,166)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
F1
RS
First frequency
F2
RS
Last frequency
NF
Record 16 -- FREQ3(1407,14,39)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
F1
RS
F2
RS
TYPE
NEF
BIAS
RS
CHAR4
Record 17 -- FREQ4(1507,15,40)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
F1
RS
F2
RS
FSPD
RS
Frequency spread
NFM
Record 18 -- FREQ5(1607,16,41)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
F1
Type
I
RS
Description
Load set identification number
Lower bound of modal frequency range
DYNAMIC 123
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
Description
F2
RS
FRI
RS
Name
Type
Description
SID
GA
GB
PLANE(2)
BDIA
RS
BLEN
RS
Damper length
BCLR
RS
SOLN(2)
11
VISCO
RS
Lubricant viscosity
12
PVAPCO
RS
13
NPORT
14
PRES1
RS
15
THETA1
RS
16
PRES2
RS
17
THETA2
RS
18
NPNT
19
OFFSET1
RS
20
OFFSET2
RS
CHAR4
CHAR4
Solution option
Record 20 -- NOLIN1(3107,31,127)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
CI
RS
GJ
Scale factor
Grid, scalar, or extra point identification number of J
124
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
Description
CJ
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 21 -- NOLIN2(3207,32,128)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
CI
RS
GJ
CJ
GK
CK
Scale factor
Record 22 -- NOLIN3(3307,33,129)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
CI
RS
GJ
CJ
RS
UNDEF
none
Scale factor
Record 23 -- NOLIN4(3407,34,130)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
GI
CI
RS
Scale factor
DYNAMIC 125
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
Description
GJ
CJ
RS
UNDEF
none
Record 24 -- RANDPS(2107,21,195)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
X component
RS
Y component
TID
Record 25 -- RANDT1(2207,22,196)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
TO
RS
TMAX
RS
Record 26 -- RLOAD1(5107,51,131)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DPHASE
RS
DELAY
RS
TC
TD
126
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
TYPE
RS
Time delay
PH
RS
Phase lead
Record 27 -- RLOAD2(5207,52,132)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DPHASE
DELAY
TB
TP
TYPE
RS
Time delay
PH
RS
Phase lead
Record 28 -- RGYRO(10701,107,117)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ATYPE(2)
CHAR4
REFROT
UNIT(2)
CHAR4
SPDLOW
RS
SPDHGH
RS
SPEED
RS
Specific speed
Record 29 -- ROTORG(10801,108,242)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
RID
THRUFLAG
DYNAMIC 127
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
THRUFLAG=1
No
ID
Type
I
Description
Grid identification number
THRUFLAG
ID1
ID2
BY
Grid increment
MINUS1
End entry
End THRUFLAG
Record 30 -- RSPINR(10901,109,260)
Word
Name
Type
Description
RID
GRIDA
GRIDB
GR
RS
UNIT(2)
CHAR4
SPEED
RS
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
RID
GRIDA
GRIDB
GR
UNIT(2)
TABLEID
RS
CHAR4
I
128
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Record 32 -- SEQEP(5707,57,135)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
ID
SEQID
Record 33 -- TF(6207,62,136)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
GD
CD
B0
RS
B1
RS
B2
RS
GI
CI
A0I
RS
10
A1I
RS
11
A2I
RS
Name
Type
Description
SID
U0
RS
Initial displacement
V0
RS
Initial velocity
Record 35 -- TIC(11601,116,655)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID of a set of loads
DYNAMIC 129
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
Description
UNDEF
none
SCALE
RS
Scale
XVEL
RS
YVEL
RS
ZVEL
RS
XROT
RS
YROT
RS
10
ZROT
RS
11
THRUFLA
G
THRUFLAG=0
12
Not used
No
GI
Yes
12
G1
13
G2
14
GINC
End THRUFLAG
Words 11 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 36 -- TIC3(11601,116,655)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID of a set of loads
UNDEF
none
SCALE
RS
Scale
XVEL
RS
YVEL
RS
ZVEL
RS
XROT
RS
YROT
RS
10
ZROT
RS
Not used
130
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
11
Name
Type
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
12
Description
No
GI
Yes
12
G1
13
G2
14
GINC
End THRUFLAG
Words 11 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 37 -- TLOAD1(7107,71,138)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DELAY
TYPE
TID
U0
RS
V0
RS
RS
Time delay
Record 38 -- TLOAD2(7207,72,139)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
DELAY
TYPE
T1
RS
Time constant 1
T2
RS
Time constant 2
RS
Frequency
DYNAMIC 131
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
Phase angle
RS
Exponential coefficient
10
RS
Growth coefficient
11
U0
RS
12
V0
RS
13
RS
Time delay
Record 39 -- TSTEP(8307,83,142)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
DT
RS
NO
Time increment
Skip factor for output
Name
Type
Description
SID
MASS
MASS =1
3
TABLED1
MTABLE
MASS =2
Constant
MASS
RS
GRID
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
ROFFSET
3
End MASS
ROFFSET =1
9
ROFFSET =2
Main Index
TABLED1
ROFFTAB
Constant
132
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics
Word
9
Name
ROFFSET
Type
Description
RS
End ROFFSET
10
THETA
11
ZOFFSET
ZOFFSET =1
12
TABLED1
ZOFFTAB
ZOFFSET =2
12
RS
Constant
ZOFFSET
RS
End ZOFFSET
13
TON
RS
14
TOFF
RS
15
CFLAG(2)
CHAR4
Correction flag
Record 41 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
EGPSF 133
Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
EGPSF
Contains surface and volume data and element stress factors for each grid point in that surface or volume.
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
SRFTYP(C)
Record 2 -- DATA
Word
Name
SRFTYP =2
Description
Surface definition
SURFID
NKEYS(C)
SURFID
SETID
FIBRE
OCID
AXIS
Axis code
NORMAL
Normal code
METH
Method of calculation
10
TOL
RS
11
MSG
12
BREAK
Break flag
13
ECID
14
UNDEF(7 )
none
21
UWMREF
22
GPELREC
23
NELS(C)
Main Index
Type
Tolerance
Not used
134
EGPSF
Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
Word
24
Name
Type
EID
Description
NG(C)
26
GRID
27
REFID
28
NE(C)
29
ELTYPE
Element type
30
ELID
31
THETA
32
FLAG
33
FACTOR
RS
RS
Stress Factor
Volume definition
VOLID
NKEYS(C)
VOLIDN
SETID
STRESS
Stress code
UNDEF(7 )
13
ECID
14
UNDEF(8 )
none
22
GPELREC
23
NELS(C)
24
EID
none
I
Not used
Element coordinate system usage flag
Not used
Main Index
25
NG(C)
26
GRID
27
REFID
28
NE(C)
29
ELTYPE
Element type
30
ELID
31
TOE(9)
RS
EGPSF 135
Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
Word
Name
Type
I
40
FLAG
41
FACTOR
RS
Description
10*connectivity+identity flag. See Note 2.
Factor to apply to stress
End of Data
End SRFTYP
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
NSV
UNDEF(5 )
Notes:
Type
none
Description
Number of surfaces and volumes
Not used
1. Records IDENT and DATA are repeated for each surface and volume.
2. In FLAG for volumes, connectivity refers to grid point position on connection entry
and identity flag will be 1 if TOE is an identity matrix.
3. Possible values for items in RECORD=DATA are
FIBRE
STRESS
OCID
Main Index
136
EGPSF
Table of element to grid point surface interpolation factors
AXIS
NORMAL
METH
MSG
BREAK
ECID
Notes:
Main Index
EGPSTR 137
Element grid point stress table
EGPSTR
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Record 1 -- Repeat
See EGPSF, 133 for a description of surface and volume definition data.
Word
Name
SUBVEC
TSEIG
Type
I
RS
Description
Subcase or vector identification number
Eigenvalue or time step value
TYPE(C)
SVID
NE(C)
Number of elements
EID
NS(C)
DATA
NG(C)
10
GRID
11
ELID
Surface/volume type
TYPE =2
Main Index
Surface stresses
CHAR4
12
FIBRE
13
SX
RS
Normal x
14
SY
RS
Normal y
15
TXY
RS
Shear xy
16
RS
Shear angle
17
SMAJ
RS
Major principal
18
SMIN
RS
Minor principal
Fibre name
138
EGPSTR
Element grid point stress table
Word
Name
Type
Description
19
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
20
HVM
RS
Hencky/Von Mises
Volume stresses
12
SX
RS
Normal x
13
SY
RS
Normal y
14
SZ
RS
Normal z
15
TXY
RS
Shear xy
16
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
17
TZX
RS
Shear zx
18
MP
RS
Mean pressure
19
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
20
SA
RS
21
SB
RS
22
SC
RS
23
LXA
RS
24
LXB
RS
25
LXC
RS
26
LYA
RS
27
LYB
RS
28
LYC
RS
29
LZA
RS
30
LZB
RS
31
LZC
RS
End TYPE
Words 10 through max repeat NG times
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
Type
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Not used
EGPSTR 139
Element grid point stress table
Notes:
Main Index
140
ELDCT
Element stress discontinuity table
ELDCT
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- Repeat
See EGPSF, 133 for a description of surface and volume definition data.
Word
Name
SUBVEC
TSEIG
Type
I
RS
Description
Subcase or vector identification number
Eigenvalue or time step value
TYPE(C)
SVID
NS(C)
DATA
NE(C)
Number of elements
EID
TYPE
Element type
Surface/volume type
Main Index
10
FIBRE
11
SX
RS
Normal x
12
SY
RS
Normal y
13
TXY
RS
Shear xy
14
RS
Shear angle
15
SMAJ
RS
Major principal
16
SMIN
RS
Minor principal
17
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
18
HVM
RS
Hencky/Von Mises
19
ERR
RS
Error estimate
Fibre name
ELDCT 141
Element stress discontinuity table
Word
Name
Type
Description
10
SX
RS
Normal x
11
SY
RS
Normal y
12
SZ
RS
Normal z
13
TXY
RS
Shear xy
14
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
15
TZX
RS
Shear zx
16
MP
RS
Mean pressure
17
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
18
SA
RS
19
SB
RS
20
SC
RS
21
ERRN
RS
22
ERRP
RS
End TYPE
Words 8 through max repeat NE times
Record 2 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Notes:
Name
Type
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Not used
Main Index
142
EPT
Element property table
EPT
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
I
SID
PROP
CHAR4
TYPE
CHAR4
ORIGIN
ORIGIN =0
Description
Set identification number
ID
VALUE
RS
ID
VALUE
RS
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
HID
PROP(2)
PID
HGTYPE
HGCMEM
RS
HGCWRP
RS
HGCTWS
RS
HGCSOL
RS
10
IBQ
11
Q1
RS
12
Q2
RS
CHAR4
EPT 143
Element property table
Record 2 -- NSM(3201,32,55)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
SID
PROP
ID
VALUE
Description
Set identification number
CHAR4
RS
Name
Type
I
SID
PROP
CHAR4
TYPE
CHAR4
ORIGIN
ORIGIN =0
5
6
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
7
Description
By IDs
I
ID
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4
Thru range
ID
THRU(2)
10
ID
I
CHAR4
I
Main Index
ID
THRU(2)
I
CHAR4
144
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
10
ID
11
BY(2)
13
Type
Description
I
CHAR4
I
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
7
RS
I
By IDs
I
ID
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4
Thru range
ID
THRU(2)
10
ID
I
CHAR4
I
ID
THRU(2)
10
ID
11
BY(2)
13
I
CHAR4
I
CHAR4
I
Main Index
EPT 145
Element property table
Record 4 -- NSML1(3601,36,62)
Word
1
Name
SID
PROP
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
5
Type
CHAR4
RS
I
Description
Set identification number
Set of property or elements
Lumped nonstructural mass value
Specification option
By IDs
I
ID
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4
Keyword ALL
Thru range
ID1
THRU(2)
ID2
I
CHAR4
I
ID1
THRU(2)
ID2
9
11
BY(2)
N
I
CHAR4
I
CHAR4
I
Main Index
146
EPT
Element property table
Record 5 -- NSMADD(3401,34,57)
Word
Name
Type
SID
ID
Description
Set identification number
Name
SID
PROP
ID
VALUE
Type
Description
CHAR4
RS
Name
SID
PROP
VALUE
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
5
Type
I
CHAR4
RS
I
Description
Set identification number
Set of property or elements
Lumped nonstructural mass value
Specification option
By identification numbers
I
ID
All
ALL(2)
CHAR4
Thru range
ID
THRU(2)
ID
I
CHAR4
I
Main Index
Thru range
ID
EPT 147
Element property table
Word
Name
THRU(2)
ID
BY(2)
11
Type
Description
CHAR4
I
CHAR4
I
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TZREID
TZMID
RS
RS
RS
RS
Equivalent stiffness
RHOC
RS
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
SYNTH
TID1
TID2
TID3
TESTAR
RS
CUTFR
RS
148
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
RS
10
RS
Equivalent mass
Name
Type
I
Description
PID
MBACK
RS
MSEPTM
RS
FRESON
RS
KRESON
RS
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Area
I1
RS
I2
RS
RS
Torsional constant
NSM
RS
FE
RS
C1
RS
10
C2
RS
11
D1
RS
12
D2
RS
13
E1
RS
14
E2
RS
15
F1
RS
16
F2
RS
17
K1
RS
EPT 149
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
18
K2
RS
19
I12
RS
Record 12 -- PBARL(9102,91,52)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
GROUP(2)
CHAR4
TYPE(2)
CHAR4
VALUE
RS
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Area
I1
RS
I2
RS
I12
RS
RS
Torsional constant
NSM
RS
K1
RS
10
K2
RS
11
M1
RS
12
M2
RS
13
N1
RS
14
N2
RS
15
NSECT(C)
150
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
NSECT =0
16
RS
17
RS
18
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
Main Index
EPT 151
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
Main Index
152
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
NSECT =8
16
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
Main Index
16
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
EPT 153
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
Main Index
16
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
154
EPT
Element property table
Word
20
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
Main Index
16
RS
17
RS
18
RS
EPT 155
Element property table
Word
Name
19
MID
20
UNDEF
Type
I
none
Description
Material identification number
Not used
RS
17
RS
18
RS
19
MID
20
UNDEF
I
none
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
NSEGS
CCF
RS
SO
RS
XXB
RS
RS
Area
I1
RS
10
I2
RS
11
I12
RS
12
RS
Torsional constant
13
NSM
RS
14
C1
RS
15
C2
RS
16
D1
RS
17
D2
RS
156
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
18
E1
RS
19
E2
RS
20
F1
RS
21
F2
RS
Main Index
22
K1
RS
23
K2
RS
24
S1
RS
25
S2
RS
26
NSIA
RS
27
NSIB
RS
28
CWA
RS
29
CWB
RS
30
M1A
RS
31
M2A
RS
32
M1B
RS
33
M2B
RS
34
N1A
RS
35
N2A
RS
36
N1B
RS
37
N2B
RS
EPT 157
Element property table
Record 15 -- PBEAML(9202,92,53)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
GROUP(2)
CHAR4
TYPE(2)
CHAR4
VALUE
RS
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Area
I1
RS
I2
RS
RS
Torsional constant
FSI
RM
RS
RS
10
RS
Internal pressure
11
RB
RS
12
THETAB
RS
13
C1
RS
14
C2
RS
15
D1
RS
16
D2
RS
17
E1
RS
18
E2
RS
19
F1
RS
20
F2
RS
21
K1
RS
158
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
K2
RS
23
NSM
RS
24
RC
RS
25
ZC
RS
26
DELTAN
Record 17 -- PBMSECT(13301,133,509)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
FORM(C)
RECLEN
Record Length
NUMSTAT(C)
STATID
SRECL
SO
RS
XXB
RS
10
NSM
RS
11
OUTP
12
OUTG
FORM =1
GS
13
PTNUMINP
14
PTNUMING
15
NUMINP(C)
16
INPEXTID
17
INP
Main Index
18
NUMING(C)
19
INGEXTID
20
ING
EPT 159
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
CP and OP
13
PTNUMBRP
14
PTNUMBRG
15
PTNUMHEI
16
PTNUMWID
17
PTNUMLEN
18
PTNUMTHI
19
NUMBRP(C)
20
EXTBRPID
21
BRP
NUMBRG(C)
23
EXTBRGID
24
BRG
NUMHEI(C)
26
EXTHGTID
27
HGPTID1
28
HGPTID2
29
NUMWID(C)
30
EXTWIDID
31
WDPTID1
32
WDPTID2
NUMLEN(C)
34
EXTLENID
35
LNPTID1
36
LNPTID2
Main Index
37
NUMTHI(C)
38
EXTTHKID
39
THICKNES
RS
160
EPT
Element property table
Word
40
Name
Type
I
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
Description
Specification option
GMCURV
41
THGMID
42
UNDEF
SPECOPT =2
I
none
ID of GMCURV
Not used
41
THPTID1
42
THPTID2
SPECOPT =0
41
Other
none
UNDEF(2 )
Not used
End SPECOPT
Words 38 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
43
OHEIGHT
RS
44
OWIDTH
RS
Name
Description
PID
MID
FORM(C)
RECLEN
Record Length
NSM
RS
OUTP
OUTG
FORM =1
Main Index
Type
GS
PTNUMINP
PTNUMING
10
NUMINP(C)
11
INPEXTID
12
INP
EPT 161
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
NUMING(C)
14
INGEXTID
15
ING
CP and OP
PTNUMBRP
PTNUMBRG
10
PTNUMHEI
11
PTNUMWID
12
PTNUMLEN
13
PTNUMTHI
14
NUMBRP(C)
15
EXTBRPID
16
BRP
NUMBRG(C)
18
EXTBRGID
19
BRG
NUMHEI(C)
21
EXTHGTID
22
HGPTID1
23
HGPTID2
NUMWID(C)
25
EXTWIDID
26
WDPTID1
27
WDPTID2
Main Index
28
NUMLEN(C)
29
EXTLENID
30
LNPTID1
162
EPT
Element property table
Word
31
Name
Type
Description
LNPTID2
NUMTHI(C)
33
EXTTHKID
34
THICKNES
RS
35
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
Specification option
GMCURV
36
THGMID
37
UNDEF
SPECOPT =2
none
Not used
36
THPTID1
37
THPTID2
SPECOPT =0
36
none
UNDEF(2 )
Not used
End SPECOPT
Words 33 through max repeat NUMTHI times
End FORM
38
OHEIGHT
RS
Overall Heighth
39
OWIDTH
RS
Overall Width
Record 19 -- PBUSH(1402,14,37)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
K(6)
RS
B(6)
RS
14
GE(6)
RS
20
SA
RS
21
ST
RS
22
EA
RS
23
ET
RS
24
RS
EPT 163
Element property table
Record 20 -- PBUSH1D(3101,31,219)
Word
1
Main Index
Name
PID
Type
I
Description
Property identification number
RS
RS
Viscous Damping
RS
Mass
ALPHA
RS
Temperature coefficient
SA
RS
EA
RS
Stiffness
TYPEA
CVT
RS
10
CVC
RS
11
EXPVT
RS
12
EXPVC
RS
13
IDTSU
14
IDTCU
15
IDTSUD
16
IDCSUD
17
TYPES
18
IDTS
19
IDCS
20
IDTDU
21
IDCDU
22
TYPED
23
IDTD
24
IDTD
164
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
25
IDTDV
26
IDCDV
27
TYPEG
28
IDTG
29
IDCG
30
IDTDU
31
IDCDU
32
IDTDV
33
IDCDV
34
TYPEF
35
IDTF
36
IDCF
37
UT
RS
Ultimate tension
38
UC
RS
Ultimate compression
Record 21 -- PBUSHT(702,7,38)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
TKID(6)
TBID(6)
14
TGEID(6)
20
TKNID(6)
EPT 165
Element property table
Record 22 -- PCOMP(2706,27,287)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
N(C)
Number of plies
Z0
RS
NSM
RS
SB
RS
FT
TREF
RS
Reference temperature
GE
RS
Damping coefficient
MID
10
RS
11
THETA
RS
12
SOUT
Failure theory
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
PID
FORM(2)
CHAR4
SHFACT
RS
REF
CHAR4
STRDEF(2)
CHAR4
DT1D
CHAR4
STRNOUT
CHAR4
10
CLT
11
SPINCOR
I
CHAR4
166
EPT
Element property table
Record 24 -- PCONEAX(152,19,147)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID1
T1
MID2
RS
I
Membrane thickness
Material identification number for bending
RS
MID3
T2
RS
NSM
RS
Z1
RS
10
Z2
RS
11
PHI
RS
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
FORM
EXPF
RS
FTYPE
TID
ID of a TABLEHT entry
UNDEF(2 )
CHLEN
RS
10
GIDIN
11
CE
12
E(3)
RS
none
Not used
Characteristic length
ID of the referenced inlet point
EPT 167
Element property table
Record 26 -- PCONVM(2902,29,420)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
FORM
FLAG
COEF
RS
EXPR
RS
EXPPI
RS
EXPPO
RS
Record 27 -- PDAMP(202,2,45)
Word
Name
PID
Type
I
Description
Property identification number
RS
Record 28 -- PDAMPT(1202,12,33)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
PID
TBID
Record 29 -- PDAMP5(8702,87,412)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Damping multiplier
168
EPT
Element property table
Record 30 -- PDUM1(6102,61,116)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Main Index
Type
none
Description
Not used
EPT 169
Element property table
Record 36 -- PDUM7(6702,67,163)
Word
1
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used
Name
Type
Description
PID
RS
GE
RS
Damping coefficient
RS
Stress coefficient
Record 40 - PFAST(13501,135,510)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
PID
MID
RS
Description
Property identification number
Material property identification number
Diameter of the fastener
CONNBEH
CONNTYPE
EXTCON
CONDTYPE
170
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
10
MAXLEN
RS
11
GMCHK
12
SPCGS
13
CMASS
RS
Concentrated mass
14
GE
RS
Structureal Damping
15
UNDEF(3 )
18
MCID
19
MFLAG
20
KT(3)
RS
23
KR(3)
RS
none
Not used
Record 41 -- PELAST(1302,13,34)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TKID
TGEID
TKNID
Type
Description
Record 42 -- PGAP(2102,21,121)
Word
Main Index
Name
PID
UO
RS
FO
RS
Preload
KA
RS
KB
RS
KT
RS
MU1
RS
MU2
RS
EPT 171
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
TMAX
RS
10
MAR
RS
11
TRMIN
RS
Record 43 -- PHBDY(2802,28,236)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
AF
RS
D1
RS
D2
RS
Record 44 -- PINTC(12001,120,480)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TOL
RS
DSCALE
RS
UNDEF(5 )
none
Not used
Record 45 -- PINTS(12101,121,484)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
TOL
RS
DSCALE
RS
UNDEF(5 )
none
Not used
Record 46 -- PLPLANE(4606,46,375)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
CID
172
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
STR
UNDEF(7 )
none
Description
Location of stress and strain output
Not used
Record 47 -- PLSOLID(4706,47,376)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
STR
CHAR4
UNDEF(4 )
none
Record 48 -- PMASS(402,4,44)
Word
Name
PID
Type
I
RS
Description
Property identification number
Mass
Record 49 -- PROD(902,9,29)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Area
RS
Torsional constant
RS
NSM
RS
Record 50 -- PSHEAR(1002,10,42)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
Thickness o
NSM
RS
EPT 173
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
F1
RS
F2
RS
Record 51 -- PSHELL(2302,23,283)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID1
MID2
BK
MID3
TS
RS
NSM
RS
Z1
RS
10
Z2
RS
11
MID4
RS
RS
Record 52 -- PSOLID(2402,24,281)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
CORDM
IN
Integration network
STRESS
ISOP
Integration scheme
FCTN
CHAR4
174
EPT
Element property table
Record 53 -- PSOLIDL(7602,76,370)
Word
Name
Type
PID
FT
TREF
RS
GE
RS
NSM
RS
NLAY
MID
T1
RS
THETA
RS
10
SOUT
Description
Property identification number
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
REAL(4)
RS
Record 55 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)
Word
Name
Name
PID
MID
ELFORM
Element formulation
SHRF
RS
NIP(C)
PROPT
RS
Printout option
QR
RS
Quadrature rule
ICOMP
B
Type
Description
Word
Main Index
Type
Description
I
RS
Shear factor
Number of through shell thickness integration points
EPT 175
Element property table
Record 56 -- PTUBE(1602,16,30)
This record is slightly unstructured: OD2 is only written out if heat transfer.
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
OD
RS
RS
Thickness of tube
NSM
RS
OD2
RS
Record 57 -- PSET(10301,103,399)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
POLY1
POLY2
POLY3
CID
TYPE
TYPEID
CHAR4
I
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
POLY1
POLY2
POLY3
CID
TYPE
CHAR4
176
EPT
Element property table
Word
7
Name
TYPEID
Type
Description
Name
Type
Description
PID
CE
RS
CR
RS
Record 60 -- PWELD(11801,118,560)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
CONNBEH
CONNTYPE
EXTCON
CONDTYPE
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
10
MAXLEN
RS
11
GMCHK
12
SPCGS
13
CMASS
RS
14
UNDEF(1)
RS
NONE
Concentrated mass
Not used
Record 61 -- PWSEAM(13701,137,638)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
EPT 177
Element property table
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
RS
thickness of seam
CONNBEH
CONNTYPE
EXTCON
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
10
MAXLEN
RS
11
GMCHK
12
SPCGS
13
CMASS
RS
14
CONDTYPE
Concentrated mass
Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)
Record 62 -- VIEW(2606,26,289)
Word
Name
Type
Description
IVIEW
ICAVITY
SHADE
NB
NG
DISLIN
RS
Record 63 -- VIEW3D(3002,30,415)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ICAVITY
GITB
GIPS
CIER
Discretization level
ETOL
RS
Error estimate
ZTOL
RS
Zero tolerance
178
EPT
Element property table
Word
Name
WTOL
RADCHK
Type
RS
I
Description
Warpage tolerance
Radiation exchange diagnostic output level
Record 64 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
EPT01 179
Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
EPT01
Note:
EPT01 is identical in format and content to EPT except for the following records.
Record 0 PBUSH(1402,14,37)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
K(6)
RS
B(6)
RS
14
GE1
RS
15
SA
RS
16
ST
RS
17
EA
RS
18
ET
RS
Record 1 PBUSHT(702,7,38)
Word
Type
Description
PID
TKID(6)
TBID(6)
14
TGEID
15
TKNID(6)
1
2
Main Index
Name
180
EPT01
Element property table for MSC.Nastran Version 2001
Record 2 -- PTSHELL(13801,138,645)
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
ELFORM
Element formulation
SHRF
RS
Shear factor
NIP(C)
PROPT
RS
Printout option
QR
RS
Quadrature rule
ICOMP
RS
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PID
MID
RS
RS
thickness of seam
CONNBEH
CONNTYPE
EXTCON
WELDTYPE
MINLEN
RS
10
MAXLEN
RS
11
GMCHK
12
SPCGS
13
CMASS
RS
14
CONDTYPE
Concentrated mass
Condition type (0=rigid, 1=equivalent)
EQEXIN 181
Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
EQEXIN
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- EXT2INT
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and internal numbers in external sort.
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
INTID
Record 2 -- EXT2SIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar numbers and coded SIL numbers in external sort.
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
TENXSIL
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
NGS
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Total number of grid scalar points
Not used
182
EQEXIN
Equivalence between external and internal grid/scalar numbers
Note:
For example, if there are three grid points in the model, then the three SIL numbers are 1, 7, and
13 and the TENXSIL numbers are 11, 71, and 131.
Main Index
ERROR 183
Table of p-element error tolerances
ERROR
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 1 -- ERROR
Word
Name
Type
I
EID
ERRMAX
RS
Description
Element identification number
Accumulated Maximum error for all subcases
P(3)
ERRCAS
RS
WHYCAS
WHYALL
Type
Description
NWERRN
ERRPRN
PVALDV
ILOOP
PVALID
UNDEF
none
Note:
Main Index
Name
Not used
1. WHYCAS is composed of bits for internal use only. Bits include values for
ERRTOL,SIGTOL,EPSTOL,ERRGRD,ERRELM.
184
FOL
Frequency response frequency output list
FOL
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
Name
NAME(2)
FREQ
Type
CHAR4
RS
Description
Data block name
Frequency
Type
Description
WORD1
WORD2
WORD3
Number of loads
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(3 )
none
Number of frequencies
Not used
GEOM1 185
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
GEOM1
Record 0 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 1 -- CORD1C(1701,17,6)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
TWO
Constant 2
ONE
Constant 1
G1
G2
G3
Record 2 -- CORD1R(1801,18,5)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
ONE1
Constant 1
ONE2
Constant 1
G1
G2
G3
Record 3 -- CORD1S(1901,19,7)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
CID
THREE
Constant 3
ONE
Constant 1
G1
186
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Word
Name
Type
Description
G2
G3
Record 4 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
TWO1
Constant 2
TWO2
Constant 2
RID
A1
RX
A2
RX
A3
RX
B1
RX
B2
RX
10
B3
RX
11
C1
RX
12
C2
RX
13
C3
RX
Record 5 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
CID
ONE
Constant 1
TWO
Constant 2
RID
A1
RX
A2
RX
A3
RX
B1
RX
B2
RX
10
B3
RX
11
C1
RX
GEOM1 187
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
C2
RX
13
C3
RX
Record 6 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
SIXTY5
Constant 65 or 3?
EIGHT
Constant 8 or 2?
RID
A1
RX
A2
RX
A3
RX
B1
RX
B2
RX
10
B3
RX
11
C1
RX
12
C2
RX
13
C3
RX
Record 7 -- CORD3R(14301,143,651)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
N1
N2
N3
Record 8 -- CSUPER(2301,23,304)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SSID
PSID
188
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Word
3
Name
Type
I
Description
Exterior grid or scalar point identificaiton numbers
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Name
Type
Description
GID
Component numbers
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EDGEID
GRID1
GRID2
CID
GEOMIN
CHAR4
GEOMID1
GEOMID2
GEOM1 189
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 12 -- GMCURV(6601,66,392)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
CURVID
CHAR4
GROUP(2)
CIDIN
CIDBC
DATA
CHAR4
Name
Type
Description
FACEID
GRID1
GRID2
GRID3
GRID4
CIDBC
SURFID(2)
Record 14 -- POINT(6001,60,377)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
CID
X1
RX
X2
RX
X3
RX
190
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 15 -- GMSURF(10101,101,394)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
ID
Description
Surface Identification number
CHAR4
GROUP(2)
CIDIN
CIDBC
DATA
CHAR4
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
ENTITY
ID1
ID2
CHAR4
Record 17 -- GRID(4501,45,1)
Word
Type
Description
ID
CP
X1
RX
X2
RX
X3
RX
CD
PS
SEID
Main Index
Name
GEOM1 191
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 18 -- SEBNDRY(1527,15,466)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEIDA
SEIDB
Name
Type
Description
SEID
TYPE
Superelement type
RSEID
METHOD
TOL
RS
LOC
MEDIA
UNIT
Location tolerance
Record 20 -- SECONCT(427,4,453)
Word
Name
Type
SEIDA
SEIDB
TOL
RS
LOC
UNDEF(4 )
GA
10
GB
none
Main Index
Description
Location tolerance
Coincident location check option: yes=1 or
no=2
Not used
192
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 21 -- SEELT(7902,79,302)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SEID
EID
Name
Type
Description
SEIDA
SEIDB
GA
Name
SEID
LABEL(14)
Type
I
CHAR4
Description
Superelement identification number
Label associated with superelement SEID
Record 24 -- SELOC(827,8,457)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEID
GA1
GA2
GA3
GB1
GB2
GB3
GEOM1 193
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 25 -- SEMPLN(927,9,458)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SEID
MIRRTYPE
Mirror type
MIRRTYPE=1
Plane
G1
G2
G3
UNDEF(2 )
MIRRTYPE=2
none
Not Defined
Normal
I
CID
N1
RS
N2
RS
N3
RS
End MIRRTYPE
Record 26 -- SENQSET(1327,13,464)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
NQSET
Type
Description
Record 27 -- SEQGP(5301,53,4)
Word
Main Index
Name
ID
SEQID
194
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 28 -- SEQSEP(5401,54,305)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SSID
PSID
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Name
Type
SEID
SEUPI
Description
Superelement identification number
Upstream superelement identification number
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
GID
CID
N1
RS
N2
RS
N3
RS
GEOM1 195
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Record 32 -- CSUPER1(5701,57,323)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
PSID
TYPE
,{
VIEW
,{
DIROPT
,{
DIRTOL
RS
,{
GEOMTOL
RS
,{
CARDID
,{
MODEL
,{
10
SOLID
,{
11
DBSET
,{
12
COPY
,{
13
DELETE
,{
14
GRIDLIST
,{
15
XX
xx
XX =0
xx
16
,{
17
,{
yy
End XX
Record 33 -- SUPUP(5801,58,324)
This record is obsolete and will be removed eventually.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEUP1
,{
PSID
SEDOWN1
,{
SEUP2
,{
196
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Word
Name
Type
Description
PSID
SEDOWN2
,{
Record 34 -- SWLDPRM(14101,141,403)
Word
1
Name
PARMID(C)
PARMID =1
2
PARMID =2
PARMID =3
RS
RS
Maximum number of times GS is moved
1
GSMOVE
PARMID =4
2
PARMID =5
2
Description
Type
I
Print diagnostic output for CWELD elements
PRTSW
SAVSW
PARMID =6
2
PARMID =7
2
End PARMID
Words 1 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 35 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
GEOM1 197
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry
Notes:
1. CSUPER1 and CSUPUP records are only recognized by IFP module and will be
removed eventually.
2. ADUMi records are not written. Rather, the contents are coded and stored in words
45 thru 54 of the system cell common block.
3. There is no record for the GRDSET entry. Rather, the GRID record is modified
accordingly.
4. When GEOM1 is an alias for GEOM1VU, view grids are appended to the GRID
record. The starting view grid identification number is controlled by system cell
180.
On the SEBULK entry, the allowable values for superelement type are 1=PRIMARY
2=COLLECTOR 3=IDENTICAL 4=REPEATED 5=EXTERNAL 6=MIRROR.
Main Index
198
GEOM168
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68
GEOM168
GEOM168 is identical in format and content to GEOM1 except for the following records.
Record 0 -- CORD2C(2001,20,9)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
CID
TWO1
Constant 2
TWO2
Constant 2
RID
A1
RS
A2
RS
A3
RS
B1
RS
B2
RS
10
B3
RS
11
C1
RS
12
C2
RS
13
C3
RS
GEOM168 199
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68
Record 1 -- CORD2R(2101,21,8)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
ONE
Constant 1
TWO
Constant 2
RID
A1
RS
A2
RS
A3
RS
B1
RS
B2
RS
10
B3
RS
11
C1
RS
12
C2
RS
13
C3
RS
Record 2 -- CORD2S(2201,22,10)
Word
Type
Description
CID
SIXTY5
Constant 65
EIGHT
Constant 8
RID
A1
RS
A2
RS
A3
RS
B1
RS
B2
RS
10
B3
RS
11
C1
RS
C2
RS
13
C3
RS
CID
12
Main Index
Name
200
GEOM168
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for MSC.Nastran Version 68
Record 3 -- GRID(4501,45,1)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
CP
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
CD
PS
SEID
Record 4 -- POINT(6001,60,377)
Word
Type
Description
ID
CID
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
Main Index
Name
GEOM2
GEOM2 also contains information on scalar points. ECT is identical in format to GEOM2 except all grid
and scalar point external identification numbers are replaced by internal numbers. Also, ECT does not
contain SPOINT records.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data Block Name
Record 2 -- AEROQ4(2002,20,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
COMPID
COMPTYPE(2)
G(4)
CHAR4
Record 3 -- AEROT3(1801,18,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
COMPID
COMPTYPE(2)
G(3)
CHAR4
Record 4 -- BEAMAERO(1701,17,0)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
COMPID
COMPTYPE(2)
G(2)
CHAR4
202
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 5 -- CAABSF(2708,27,59)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
G3
G4
Record 6 -- CAXIF2(2108,21,224)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
RHO
RS
RS
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 7 -- CAXIF3(2208,22,225)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
IFD3
RHO
RS
RS
UNDEF
1
2
none
Not used
Record 8 -- CAXIF4(2308,23,226)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
GEOM2 203
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
IDF2
IFD3
IDF4
RHO
RS
RS
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 9 -- CBAR(2408,24,180)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
F=0*
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
FE
F=1*
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
FE
F=2*
Grid option
GO
UNDEF(2 )
FE
I
none
Main Index
PA
10
PB
11
W1A
RS
204
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
W2A
RS
13
W3A
RS
14
W1B
RS
15
W2B
RS
16
W3B
RS
Name
Type
Description
EID
SCALE
Scale of Xi values
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
X4
RS
X5
RS
X6
RS
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 11 -- CBEAM(5408,54,261)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
SA
SB
F=0*
7
Main Index
Type
RS
GEOM2 205
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
X2
RS
X3
RS
10
FE
F=1*
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
10
FE
F=2*
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
10
FE
none
PA
12
PB
13
W1A
RS
14
W2A
RS
15
W3A
RS
16
W1B
RS
17
W2B
RS
18
W3B
RS
Record 12 -- CBEAMP(11401,114,9016)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)
206
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
SA
SB
F =0
X1
RS
10
X2
RS
11
X3
RS
12
F =1
X1
RS
10
X2
RS
11
X3
RS
12
F =2
Grid option
GO
10
UNDEF(2 )
12
I
none
I
End F
Main Index
13
BIT
RS
14
PA
15
PB
16
W1A
RS
17
W2A
RS
18
W3A
RS
19
W1B
RS
20
W2B
RS
Built In Twist
GEOM2 207
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
RS
21
W3B
22
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
T3 component of offset vector from GB
Not used
Record 13 -- CBEND(4601,46,298)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
F =0
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =1
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =2
Grid option
GO
UNDEF(2 )
I
none
I
End F
Main Index
UNDEF(4 )
13
GEOM
none
I
Not used
Element geometry option
208
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 14 -- CBUSH(2608,26,60)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
F =-1
UNDEF(3 )
F =0
none
I
Not used
Orientation vector flag = -1
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =1
XYZ option
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =2
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
CID
10
11
OCID
none
End F
Main Index
RS
I
GEOM2 209
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
S1
RS
13
S2
RS
14
S3
RS
Record 15 -- CBUSH1D(5608,56,218)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(2)
CID
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Record 16 -- CCONE(2315,23,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
RINGA
Ringa + 1000000 * n
RINGB
Ringb + 100000 * n
Record 17 -- CDAMP1(201,2,69)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
C1
C2
210
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 18 -- CDAMP2(301,3,70)
Word
1
Name
Type
I
EID
RS
Description
Element identification number
G1
G2
C1
C2
Record 19 -- CDAMP3(401,4,71)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
S2
Record 20 -- CDAMP4(501,5,72)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
S1
S2
Record 21 -- CDAMP5(10608,106,404)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
S2
GEOM2 211
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 22 -- CDUM2(6208,62,108)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
none
UNDEF
Not used
Name
Type
Description
none
UNDEF
Not used
Name
Type
Description
none
UNDEF
Not used
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used
Name
Type
none
UNDEF
Description
Not used
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Main Index
Description
Not used
212
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 28 -- CDUM8(6808,68,114)
Word
1
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
Name
UNDEF
Type
none
Description
Not used
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
C1
C2
Record 31 -- CELAS2(701,7,74)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
G1
G2
C1
C2
GE
RS
Damping coefficient
RS
Stress coefficient
GEOM2 213
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 32 -- CELAS3(801,8,75)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
S2
Record 33 -- CELAS4(901,9,76)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
S1
S2
Record 34 -- CFAST(9801,98,506)
Word
Name
EID
PID
GS
FORMAT(C)
GA
ID of GA
GB
ID of GB
TYPE
CID
GUPPER(8)
9
FORMAT =0
17
GLOWER(8)
FORMAT =2
17
GRIDID of GBI
FORMAT =1
17
Description
Main Index
Type
214
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
FORMAT =9
Type
Description
17
XYZ(3)
20
UNDEF(5 )
RS
none
FORMAT =10
Not used
PARTPAT for xyz
17
XYZ(3)
20
UNDEF(5 )
RS
none
Not used
End FORMAT
RS
25
TAVG
26
UNDEF(2 )
28
TMIN
none
RS
Record 35 -- CFASTP(9301,93,607)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GS
FORMAT
GA
ID of GA
GB
ID of GB
NMAP
CID
GUPPER(16)
25
GLOWER(16)
41
TAVG
RS
42
TMIN
RS
43
XYZS(3)
RS
46
XYZA(3)
RS
49
XYZB(3)
RS
RS
GEOM2 215
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
52
NSEQ(24)
76
GIDA(4)
80
GIDB(3)
Record 36 -- CFLUID2(8515,85,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
Bulk modulus
HARMINDX
Harmonic index
Record 37 -- CFLUID3(8615,86,0)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
IDF3
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
Bulk modulus
HARMINDX
Harmonic index
Record 38 -- CFLUID4(8715,87,0)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDF1
IDF2
IDF3
IDF4
RHO
RS
Mass density
216
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
RS
HARMINDX
Description
Bulk modulus
Harmonic index
Record 39 -- CINT(7701,77,8881)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
PTELC
NSEG
Number of segments
PTSGR
NBOUND
Number of boundaries
BID
NEDGE
Number of edges
PTBND
10
PTBGR
11
PTBED
12
PTBGL
13
PTBEL
none
UNDEF(2 )
Not used
Record 40 -- CGAP(1908,19,104)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
RS
F =0
5
Main Index
Type
Z
X1
GEOM2 217
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =1
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =2
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
CID
none
End F
9
Record 41 -- CHACAB(8100,81,381)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(20)
Record 42 -- CHACBR(8200,82,383)
Word
1
Main Index
Name
EID
Type
I
Description
Element identification number
218
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
G(20)
Record 43 -- CHBDYE(8308,83,405)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
EID2
SIDE
IVIEWF
IVIEWB
RADMIDF
RADMIDB
Type
Description
Record 44 -- CHBDYG(10808,108,406)
Word
Main Index
Name
EID
UNDEF
TYPE
Surface type
IVIEWF
IVIEWB
RADMIDF
RADMIDB
none
GEOM2 219
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
UNDEF
G(8)
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
Grid point identification numbers of
connection points
Record 45 -- CHBDYP(10908,109,407)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
TYPE
Surface type
IVIEWF
IVIEWB
G1
G2
GO
RADMIDF
10
RADMIDB
11
DISLIN
12
CE
13
E1
RS
14
E2
RS
15
E3
RS
220
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 46 -- CHEXA(7308,73,253)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(20)
Record 47 -- CHEXA20F(16300,163,9999)
Same as record CHEXA description.
Record 48 -- CHEXAFD(14000,140,9990)
Same as record CHEXA description.
Record 49 -- CHEXAL(7908,79,369)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
MID
G(20)
23
THETA
RS
Record 50 -- CHEXP(12001,120,9011)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
G(8)
11
E1(24)
35
F(6)
41
B1
42
E2(24)
Record 51 -- CHEXPR(7409,74,9991)
Same as record CHEXA description.
Main Index
Type
GEOM2 221
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 52 -- CMASS1(1001,10,65)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G1
G2
C1
C2
Record 53 -- CMASS2(1101,11,66)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
G1
G2
C1
C2
Record 54 -- CMASS3(1201,12,67)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
S1
S2
1
2
Record 55 -- CMASS4(1301,13,68)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
RS
S1
S2
222
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 56 -- CMFREE(2508,25,0)
Word
Name
Type
EID
S2
RS
Description
Element identification number
Record 57 -- CONM1(1401,14,63)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
M1(1)
RS
M2(2)
RS
M3(3)
RS
10
M4(4)
RS
14
M5(5)
RS
19
M6(6)
RS
Record 58 -- CONM2(1501,15,64)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
RS
Mass
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
I1(1)
RS
GEOM2 223
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
I2(2)
RS
11
I3(3)
RS
Record 59 -- CONROD(1601,16,47)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
G1
G2
MID
RS
Area
RS
Torsional constant
RS
NSM
RS
Record 60 -- CONV(12701,127,408)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PCONID
FLMND
CNTRLND
TA
RS
WT
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PCONID
224
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
FLMND
CNTMDOT
TA
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
E1(18)
27
F(5)
32
B1
33
E2(14)
Record 63 -- CPENTA(4108,41,280)
Word
Name
Type
EID
PID
G(15)
Record 64 -- CPENPR(7509,75,9992)
Same as record CPENTA description.
Record 65 -- CPENT15F(16500,165,9999)
Same as record CPENTA description.
Record 66 -- CPENT6FD(16000,160,9999)
Same as record CPENTA description.
Main Index
Description
GEOM2 225
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 67 -- CQDX4FD(17000,170,9999)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(9)
Record 68 -- CQDX9FD(17100,171,9999)
Same as record CQDX4FD description.
Record 69 -- CQUAD(9108,91,507)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(9)
Record 70 -- CQUAD4(2958,51,177)
Word
Name
Type
EID
PID
G(4)
THETA
RS
ZOFFS
RS
UNDEF
none
10
TFLAG
11
T(4)
RS
Record 71 -- CQUAD4FD(13900,139,9989)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Main Index
Description
Not used
Relative thickness flag
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
226
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 72 -- CQUAD8(4701,47,326)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)
11
T(4)
RS
15
THETA
RS
16
ZOFFS
RS
17
TFLAG
Record 73 -- CQUAD9FD(16400,164,9999)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(9)
Record 74 -- CQUADP(11101,111,9014)
Word
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(17)
Main Index
Name
none
20
UNDEF(7 )
27
INORM
28
THETA
RS
29
ZOFFS
RS
30
UNDEF
none
Not used
Flag for normals
Not used
GEOM2 227
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
31
TFLAG
32
T(4)
Type
I
RS
Description
Relative thickness flag
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 75 -- CQUADR(8009,80,367)
Same as record CQUAD4 description.
Record 76 -- CQUADX(9008,90,508)
Same as record CQUAD description.
Record 77 -- CRBAR(14700,147,6662)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
LMID1
NDOFS
CNA
CNB
CMA
CMB
10
ALPHA
RS
Record 78 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
ELTYPE
228
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
GN
CN
GM
CM
ALPHA
RS
UNDEF
none
LMID
11
NDOF
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
REFG
REFC
WT1
RS
Component numbers
GM
CM
Main Index
ALPHA
RS
GEOM2 229
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
LMID1
12
NDOFS
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
LMID1
NDOFS
CB
Type
Description
Record 81 -- CROD(3001,30,48)
Word
Name
EID
PID
G(2)
Record 82 -- CRROD(12600,126,6661)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
LMID1
CMA
230
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
CMB
ALPHA
Type
Description
RS
Record 83 -- CSEAM(13801,138,570)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
Property ID
NSIL
PRJTOL
RS
Projection tolerance
AVGTHK
RS
GS
Starting grid id
GE
Ending grid id
PCID
IECT(32)
41
XYZS(3)
RS
Coord of GS
44
XYZE(3)
RS
Coord of GE
47
T1S(3)
RS
50
T1E(3)
RS
53
T2S(3)
RS
56
T2E(3)
RS
59
NSEQ(24)
GEOM2 231
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 84 -- CSHEAR(3101,31,61)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)
Record 85 -- CSLOT3(4408,44,227)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDS(3)
RHO
RS
RS
HARMINDX
Harmonic index
Record 86 R -- CSLOT4(4508,45,228)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
IDS(4)
RHO
RS
RS
HARMINDX
Harmonic index
Record 87 -- CTETP(12201,122,9013)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)
E1(12)
19
F(4)
232
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
23
B1
24
E2(4)
Description
Record 88 -- CTETRA(5508,55,217)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(10)
Record 89 -- CTETPR(7609,76,9993)
Same as record CTETRA description.
Record 90 -- CTETR10F(16600,166,9999)
Same as record CTETRA description.
Record 91 -- CTETR4FD(16100,161,9999)
Same as record CTETRA description.
Record 92 -- CTQUAD(14801,148,643)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)
Record 93 -- CTTRIA(14901,149,644)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
GEOM2 233
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 94 -- CTRIA3(5959,59,282)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)
THETA
RS
ZOFFS
RS
UNDEF(2 )
10
TFLAG
11
none
I
RS
T(3)
Not used
Relative thickness flag
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 95 -- CTRIA3FD(16200,162,9999)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
Record 96 -- CTRIA6(4801,48,327)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
THETA
RS
10
ZOFFS
RS
11
T(3)
RS
14
TFLAG
234
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Record 97 -- CTRIA6FD(16700,167,9999)
Same as record CTRIA3FD description.
Record 98 -- CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(11)
14
UNDEF(3 )
17
THETA
RS
18
ZOFFS
RS
19
UNDEF(2 )
21
TFLAG
22
T(3)
none
none
I
RS
Not used
Not used
Relative thickness flag
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 99 -- CTRIAR(9200,92,385)
Same as record CTRIA3 description.
Record 100 -- CTRIAX(10108,101,512)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
UNDEF
none
Not used
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
MID
GEOM2 235
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
G(6)
THETA
10
UNDEF(2 )
Type
Description
RS
none
Not used
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(2)
Main Index
Name
EID
Type
I
Description
Element identification number
236
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
G(2)
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GS
FORMAT(C)
GA
Identification number of GA
GB
Identification number of GB
TYPE
CID
GUPPER(8)
17
GLOWER(8)
25
UNDEF
none
26
RID1
27
RID2
Not used
R
R
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GS
GEOM2 237
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Description
FORMAT(C)
GA
Identification number of GA
GB
Identification number of GB
TYPE
CID
FORMAT =3
TRIA3
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
11
GIDSH(3)
14
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
15
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
16
UNDEF(3 )
19
T(3)
22
UNDEF(3 )
FORMAT =4
none
RS
Not used
Membrane thickness
none
QUAD4
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
11
GIDSH(4)
15
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
16
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
17
UNDEF(2 )
19
T(4)
23
UNDEF(2 )
FORMAT =6
Main Index
Type
none
RS
none
Not used
Membrane thickness
Not used
TRIA6
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
11
GIDSH(6)
17
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
18
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
19
T(3)
RS
Membrane thickness
22
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
238
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
FORMAT =8
Type
Description
QUAD8
EIDSH
10
PIDSH
11
GIDSH(8)
19
T(4)
RS
Membrane thickness
23
TH
RS
MCID or THETA
24
ZOFFS
RS
ZOFFS
End FORMAT
25
EID2
26
RID1
27
RID2
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
NG
LTYPE(C)
1=gridid,2=pointid,3=xyz
UNDEF
PIDA
PIDB
PCID
LTYPE =1
9
none
Not used
Main Index
GEOM2 239
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
X1
RS
10
Y1
RS
11
Z1
RS
Name
Type
Description
EID
UI
CI
Component number
M(C)
UD
CD
Component number
N(C)
Number of columns in S
1 means Z, 2 means K
KZIJ
RS
NZERO(C)
NZERO =1
11
Main Index
RS
240
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
12
Name
Type
UNDEF
none
Description
Not used
Name
Type
Description
BID
GRIDI
GRIDF
ENTITY(2)
EID
CHAR4
I
Name
Type
Description
BID
GRIDC(4)
Corner grid 1
ENTITY(2)
CHAR4
EID
Type
Description
Main Index
Name
EID
PID
IBOUND(6)
UNDEF(42 )
none
Not used
GEOM2 241
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
IBOUND(4)
UNDEF(44 )
none
Not used
Name
Type
Description
EID
G(2)
Name
Type
I
EID
RS
FAMB
CNTRLND
NODAMB
Description
Element identification number
Radiation view factor between the face and
the ambient point
Control point for radiation boundary
condition
Name
EID
FAMB
CNTRLND
UNDEF
TA
Main Index
Type
I
RS
I
none
I
Description
Element identification number
Radiation view factor between the face and
the ambient point
Control point for radiation boundary
condition
Not used
Ambient points used for convection
242
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
6
Name
Type
RS
WT
Description
Weighting factors of ambient points
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
PTELE
NSEG
Number of segments
STSC
PTSC
NBOUND
Number of boundaries
BID
NFACE
Number of faces
10
STBC
11
NSEG
Number of segments
12
STLC1
13
PTBND
14
PTBC
15
PTLC
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Name
Type
I
ID
Description
Scalar point identification number
Main Index
Name
EID
Type
I
Description
Element identification number
GEOM2 243
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
PID
G(2)
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)
244
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
GEOM2 245
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity
Notes:
For each of the above, the grid identification number is then a VIEW grid
identification number The beginning value of the VIEW grids is controlled by
system cell 182.
3. Internal indices are:
CQUADP: (NGRIDS + 2*NEDGES +4*NFACES + 1 Bubble Point)
CTRIAP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES+NFACES + 1BODY(for bubble)
CBEAMP: (NGRIDS+2*NEDGES)
4. For the BEAMAERO, Q4AERO, and T3AERO records the component types are
general labels for components:
SLBD are Slender Body Types and are "BEAM-LIKE" elements appearing
only in the BEAMAERO Record.
Main Index
246
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to element connectivity for MSC.Nastran Version 2001.
Note:
GEOM201 is identical in format and content to GEOM2 except for the following records.
Record 6 -- CBAR(2408,24,180)
Word
Name
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
F =0
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =1
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
F =2
Grid option
GO
UNDEF(2 )
End F
Main Index
Type
I
none
I
GEOM201 247
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PA
10
PB
11
W1A
RS
12
W2A
RS
13
W3A
RS
14
W1B
RS
15
W2B
RS
16
W3B
RS
248
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Record 8 CBEAM(5408,54,261)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
GA
GB
SA
SB
F =0
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
10
F =1
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
10
F =2
Grid option
I
GO
UNDEF(2 )
10
11
PA
12
PB
13
W1A
RS
14
W2A
RS
none
End F
Main Index
GEOM201 249
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
15
W3A
RS
16
W1B
RS
17
W2B
RS
18
W3B
RS
250
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Record 65 CQUAD4(2958,51,177)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(4)
THETA
RS
ZOFFS
RS
UNDEF(2 )
11
T(4)
none
RS
Not used
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 67 CQUAD8(4701,47,326)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(8)
11
T(4)
RS
15
THETA
RS
16
ZOFFS
RS
Record 69 CQUADP(11101,111,9014)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(17)
20
UNDEF(7 )
27
INORM
none
I
Not used
Flag for normals
GEOM201 251
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Word
Name
Type
Description
28
THETA
RS
29
ZOFFS
RS
30
UNDEF(2 )
32
T(4)
none
RS
Not used
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 73 -- CRBE1(17300,173,6664)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
ELTYPE
GN
CN
GM
CM
ALPHA
RS
UNDEF
none
LMID
11
NDOF
Main Index
252
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Record 74 -- CRBE3(17200,172,6663)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
NWE
REFG
REFC
WT1
RS
Component numbers
GM
CM
ALPHA
RS
LMID1
12
NDOFS
Main Index
GEOM201 253
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Record 81 CTRIA3(5959,59,282)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(3)
THETA
RS
ZOFFS
RS
UNDEF(3 )
11
T(3)
none
RS
Not used
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
Record 83 CTRIA6(4801,48,327)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(6)
THETA
RS
10
ZOFFS
RS
11
T(3)
RS
Record 85 CTRIAP(11301,113,9015)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
PID
G(11)
14
UNDEF(3 )
17
THETA
none
RS
Not used
Material property orientation angle or
coordinate system identification number
254
GEOM201
Table of Bulk Data entries related to V2001 element connectivity
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
18
UNDEF
none
19
ZOFFS
RS
20
UNDEF(2 )
22
T(3)
none
RS
Description
Not used
Offset from the surface of grid points
reference plane
Not used
Membrane thickness of element at grid
points
GEOM3 255
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- ACCEL(11302,113,600)
Word
Name
Type
Description
CID
N(3)
RS
DIR
CHAR4
LOC
RS
VAL
RS
SID
Name
Description
SID
CID
RS
N(3)
RS
GIDL
Main Index
Type
256
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 4 -- FORCE(4201,42,18)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SID
4
5
RS
Scale factor
N(3)
RS
Type
Description
Record 5 -- FORCE1(4001,40,20)
Word
Name
SID
RS
G(2)
Scale factor
Record 6 -- FORCE2(4101,41,22)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
G(4)
Scale factor
Record 7 -- GMLOAD(6309,63,391)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
N1
RS
N2
RS
N3
RS
GEOM3 257
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
Description
ENTITY
ENTID
METHTYP
Method
METHTYP =1
TABLE3D
TABLID
10
UNDEF(8 )
METHTYP =2
EQTNID
10
UNDEF(8 )
METHTYP =3
FIELD(9)
FIELD(9)
I
none
RS
RS
QUAD
FIELD(9)
METHTYP =6
RS
CUBIC
FIELD(9)
RS
MTABLID
10
UNDEF(8)
none
MEQTNID
10
UNDEF(8)
none
Not used
LINEAR
METHTYP =5
9
none
CONSTANT
METHTYP =4
9
DEQATN
METHTYP=11
Not used
METHTYP=12
METHTYP=13
9
MCONST(9)
RS
MLINEAR(9)
RS
MQUAD(9)
RS
MCUBIC(9)
RS
METHTYP=14
9
METHTYP=15
9
METHTYP=16
9
End METHTYP
Main Index
Not used
258
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 8 -- GRAV(4401,44,26)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
RS
N(3)
RS
MB
Record 9 -- LOAD(4551,61,84)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
SI
RS
Scale factor on LI
LI
Name
Type
I
SID
Description
Load set identification number
RS
HID
Harmonic index
HTYPE
Harmonic type
SI
RS
LI
Scale factor
Scale factor on LI
Load set identification number
Main Index
Name
SID
SEGID
Type
I
RS
I
Description
Load set identification number
Scale factor
Segment identification number
GEOM3 259
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Word
Name
Type
I
SEGTYPE
SI
RS
LI
Description
Segment type
Scale factor on LI
Load set identification number
Name
Type
Description
SID
TABLEID
LOADSET
METHOD
Method of interpolation
Name
Type
Description
SID
DAREA
LID
TID
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 14 -- MOMENT(4801,48,19)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
RS
N(3)
RS
260
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 15 -- MOMENT1(4601,46,21)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
G(2)
Record 16 -- MOMENT2(4701,47,23)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
G(4)
Record 17 -- PLOAD(5101,51,24)
Word
Name
SID
Type
I
RS
I
G(4)
Description
Pressure
Grid point identification numbers
Record 18 -- PLOAD1(6909,69,198)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
TYPE
Load type
SCALE
X1
RS
P1
RS
Pressure at position 1
X2
RS
P2
RS
Pressure at position 2
GEOM3 261
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 19 -- PLOAD2(6802,68,199)
Word
1
Name
SID
EID
Type
Description
Load set identification number
RS
I
Pressure
Element identification number
Record 20 -- PLOAD3(7109,71,255)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
EID
G(2)
RS
Record 21 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
P(4)
RS
G1
G34
CID
10
N(3)
RS
13
SDRL(2)
CHAR4
15
LDIR(2)
CHAR4
Load direction
262
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 22 -- PLOADX(7001,70,278)
This record is obsolete.
Word
Name
Type
SID
P(2)
RS
G(3)
Description
Load set identification number
Pressure
Grid point identification numbers
Record 23 -- PLOADX1(7309,73,351)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
PA
RS
PB
RS
G(2)
SID
RS
THETA
Record 24 -- PRESAX(5215,52,154)
Word
Name
Type
I
SID
RID(2)
PHI1
UNDEF
RS
Description
Load set identification number
Pressure
RS
none
Not used
Record 25 -- QBDY1(4509,45,239)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
SID
Q0
RS
EID
Description
Load set identification number
Heat flux into element
Element identification number
GEOM3 263
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 26 -- QBDY2(4909,49,240)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
Q0(8)
RS
Record 27 -- QBDY3(2109,21,414)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Q0
RS
CNTRLND
EID
Record 28 -- QHBDY(4309,43,233)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
FLAG
Q0
RS
AF
RS
Area factor
G(8)
Record 29 -- QVECT(2209,22,241)
Word
Name
Description
SID
Q0
RS
TSOUR
RS
CE
FLAG
Main Index
Type
RS
264
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Word
Name
Type
Description
CNTRLND
Control point
EID
Record 30 -- QVOL(2309,23,416)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
QVOL
CNTRLND
EID
RS
Record 31 -- RFORCE(5509,55,190)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
CID
RS
R(3)
RS
METHOD
RACC
10
MB
RS
Record 32 -- SLOAD(5401,54,25)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
Scale factor
GEOM3 265
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 33 -- TEMP(5701,57,27)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
RS
Temperature
Record 34 -- TEMPD(5641,65,98)
Word
Name
SID
Type
I
Description
Temperature set identification number
RS
Temperature
Record 35 -- TEMPEST(11109,111,424)
Word
Name
SID
TEMP
Type
RS
Temperature
EID
Description
Record 36 -- TEMPF(6209,62,390)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
FTEMP
FTABID
1
2
Record 37 -- TEMPIC(11209,112,425)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
TEMP
EID
Type
I
RS
I
Description
Temperature set identification number
Temperature
Element identification number
266
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 38 -- TEMPP1(8109,81,201)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
RS
TPRIME
RS
TS(2)
RS
Record 39 -- TEMPP2(8209,82,202)
This record is obsolete.
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
RS
S,{
MX
RS
S,{
MY
RS
S,{
MXY
RS
S,{
T(2)
RS
S,{
Record 40 -- TEMPP3(8309,83,203)
This record is obsolete.
Word
Name
Description
SID
EID
RS
S,{
RS
S,{
Main Index
Type
GEOM3 267
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 41 -- TEMPRB(8409,84,204)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
TA
RS
TB
RS
TP1A
RS
TP1B
RS
TP2A
RS
TP2B
RS
TS(8)
RS
Record 42 -- PFACE(6409,64,9032)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.
Word
Name
Description
SID
FACEID
CID
N(3)
RS
EQTNID
TABLID
FIELD(9)
RS
18
G(4)
22
GNIDA
23
GNIDB
24
PSEL
Computed p value
MAXNDF
25
Main Index
Type
268
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Word
Name
Type
Description
26
FACFID
27
NDOF
28
LDISTFG
29
UNDEF(2 )
31
CIDF
32
NDOFF(4)
NDOF flags
none
Not used
Record 43 -- PEDGE(6609,66,9031)
This record is created by the GP0 module and not by the user.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EDGEID
CID
N(3)
RS
EQTNID
TABLID
FIELD(4)
RS
13
G(2)
15
F1ID
16
F2ID
17
PSEL
Computed p value
18
MAXNDF
19
INTFL
1 or 2
20
UNDEF(13 )
33
CIDE
none
I
Not used
Coordinate system identification number of
the edge
GEOM3 269
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Record 44 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
270
GEOM301
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
GEOM301
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for MSC.Nastran Version 2001.
Note:
GEOM301 is identical in format and content to GEOM3 except for the following records.
Record 18 -- PLOAD4(7209,72,299)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
EID
P(4)
RS
G1
G34
CID
10
N(3)
RS
Pressures
GEOM4 271
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-of-freedom membership and rigid element
connectivity.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- ASET(5561,76,215)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 3 -- ASET1(5571,77,216)
Word
Name
Type
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 4 -- BNDGRID(10200,102,473)
Word
1
Main Index
Name
GPI
Type
I
Description
Shape boundary grid point identification
number
272
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 5 -- BSET(110,1,311)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 6 -- BSET1(210,2,312)
Word
Name
Type
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 7 -- CSET(310,3,313)
Word
Name
Type
ID
Description
Grid or scalar point identification number
Component numbers
Record 8 -- CSET1(410,4,314)
Word
Name
Type
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID
Main Index
Description
Yes
GEOM4 273
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 9 -- CYAX(1510,15,328)
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
Name
Type
SIDE
C(2)
CHAR4
ID
Description
Side identification number: 1 or 2
Coordinate system type on symetry
booundary
Name
Type
Description
GID
Component numbers
Record 12 -- CYSYM(1710,17,330)
Word
Main Index
Name
NSEG
STYPE(2)
Type
I
CHAR4
Description
Number of segments
Symmetry type
274
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 13 -- EGENDT(8801,88,9022)
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
SPCID
EDGEID
Component numbers
DISTFLG
Distribution flag
DISFUN
DISTAB
FIELD(4)
RS
Element type
13
EID
14
EORD
Edge order
15
EDGEID
16
FACEID
17
CURVID
18
SURFID
19
G(2)
21
MIDG
22
POINT(2)
F1ID
25
F2ID
26
NDOF
I,{
27
CIDE
28
MAXNDFE
29
MAXNDFB
30
PUSER
31
PSEL
32
BODYFID
33
NDOFB
12
24
Main Index
GEOM4 275
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
34
F1ID
35
CID
36
RS
S,{
37
RS
S,{
38
RS
S,{
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
SID
FACEID
Component numbers
DISTFLG
Distribution flag
DISFUN
DISTAB
FIELD(9)
RS
F1ID
18
F2ID
19
NDOF
20
MAXNDF
21
CIDE
Main Index
22
FACFID
23
NDOF
24
MAXNDFF
25
CIDF
26
ELTYPE
Element type
276
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
27
EID
28
EORD
Edge order
29
FACEID
30
SURFID
31
G(4)
35
CIDF
36
MAXNDIF
37
UNDEF
38
PUSER(4)
42
PSEL(4)
46
FACFID
47
NDOF
48
F1ID
49
CID
50
RS
51
RS
52
RS
none
Not used
Name
Description
LID
SPCID
Component number
ENTITY
ENTID
METHOD
METHOD =1
7
TABLID
UNDEF(8 )
CHAR4
TABLE3D
METHOD =2
Main Index
Type
I
none
DEQATN
EQTNID
GEOM4 277
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
8
Name
Type
none
UNDEF(8 )
METHOD =3
7
METHOD =4
RS
METHOD =5
RS
QUAD
RS
FIELD(9)
METHOD =6
7
LINEAR
FIELD(9)
Not used
CONSTANT
FIELD(9)
Description
CUBIC
RS
Type
Description
FIELD(9)
End METHOD
Record 16 -- GMSPC(7801,78,393)
Word
Name
ID
Component number
ENTITY
ENTID
CHAR4
I
Record 17 -- MPC(4901,49,17)
Word
Name
Type
SID
Component number
RX
GI
CI
Component number
AI
RX
Main Index
Description
Coefficient
Coefficient
278
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 18 -- MPCADD(4891,60,83)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
SID
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 20 -- OMIT1(4951,63,92)
Word
Name
Type
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
3
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 21 -- QSET(510,5,315)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
GEOM4 279
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 22 -- QSET1(610,6,316)
Word
1
2
Name
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
3
Type
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 23 -- RBAR(6601,66,292)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
CNA
CNB
CMA
CMB
ALPHA
RS
Record 24 -- RBE1(6801,68,294)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GN
280
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
3
Name
Type
I
CN
Description
Component numbers of independent
degrees-of-freedom
GM
CM
ALPHA
RS
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 25 -- RBE2(6901,69,295)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GN
CM
GM
ALPHA
RS
Record 26 -- RBE3(7101,71,187)
Word
Name
Description
EID
REFG
REFC
WT1
RS
Component numbers
Main Index
Type
GEOM4 281
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
GM
CM
ALPHA
RS
Record 27 -- RBJOINT(14201,142,652)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
ID
TYPE(2)
NI(6)
10
ID_STIF
RPS
12
DAMP
RS
13
PARM
RS
14
LCID
15
MOTTYPE
16
R1
17
RAID
18
LST
19
CIDFAIL
20
TFAIL
RS
21
COUPL
RS
22
NXXFAIL
RS
23
NYYFAIL
RS
24
NZZFAIL
RS
CHAR4
RS
282
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
25
MXXFAIL
RS
26
MYYFAIL
RS
27
MZZFAIL
RS
Record 28 -- -- RBJSTIF(14301,143,653)
Word
Name
Description
ID
IGTF(C)
IGTF =1
GENERAL
CHAR4
GENERAL
CIDA
CIDB
LCIDPH
LCIDT
LCIDPS
DLCIDPH
10
DLCIDT
11
DLCIDPS
12
ESPH
13
FMPHTYP
CHAR4
14
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
15
RS
INTEGER
I
FMPH
SPECOPT =2
Main Index
Type
REAL
RS
RS
15
FMPH
End
SPECOPT
16
EST
17
FMTTYPE
CHAR4
18
SPECOPT
GEOM4 283
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
SPECOPT =1
19
Type
Description
INTEGER
I
FMT
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FMT
RS
20
ESPS
RS
21
FMPSTYPE
22
SPECOPT
19
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
23
CHAR4
I
INTEGER
I
FMPS
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FMPS
RS
24
NSAPH
RS
25
PSAPH
RS
26
NSAT
RS
27
PSAT
RS
28
NSAPS
RS
29
PSAPS
RS
23
End SPECOPT
IGTF =2
Main Index
TRANSL
CHAR4
TRANSL
CIDA
CIDB
LCIDX
LCIDY
LCIDZ
DLCIDX
10
DLCIDY
11
DLCIDZ
284
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
RS
12
ESX
13
FFXTYPE
CHAR4
14
SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
15
Description
Elastic stiffness for X-translational
Type of friction force limit
Specification option
INTEGER
I
FFX
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FFX
RS
16
ESY
RS
17
FFYTYPE
CHAR4
18
SPECOPT
15
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
19
INTEGER
I
FFY
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FFY
RS
20
ESZ
RS
21
FFZTYPE
CHAR4
22
SPECOPT
19
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
23
INTEGER
I
FFZ
SPECOPT =2
REAL
FFZ
RS
24
NSDX
RS
25
PSDX
RS
26
NSDY
RS
27
PSDY
RS
28
NSDZ
RS
23
End SPECOPT
Main Index
GEOM4 285
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
29
Name
PSDZ
IGTF =3
Type
RS
Description
Stop displacement for negative Ztranslation
FLEXTOR
FLEXTOR
CHAR4
CIDA
CIDB
LCIDAL
LCIDG
LCIDBT
DLCIDAL
10
DLCIDG
11
DLCIDBT
12
ESAL
13
FFALTYP
CHAR4
14
SPECOPT
RS
SPECOPT =1
15
FMAL
SPECOPT =2
FMAL
RS
16
ESBT
RS
17
FMBTTYP
CHAR4
18
SPECOPT
15
End SPECOPT
SPECOPT =1
19
Specification option
INTEGER
I
FMBT
SPECOPT =2
19
REAL
FMBT
RS
SAAL
RS
End SPECOPT
20
Main Index
286
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
1NSABT
RS
22
PSABT
RS
End IGTF
Words 2 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 29 -- RELEASE(1310,13,247)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 30 -- RPNOM(14101,141,640)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GS
TYPE
IDA
IDB
ICN
RS
I
Search radius
Integer 0,1,2,12,etc. Default 123456
GEOM4 287
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
ALPHA
RS
XS
RX
10
YS
RX
11
ZS
RX
Record 31 -- RROD(6501,65,291)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
CMA
CMB
ALPHA
RS
Record 32 -- RSPLINE(7001,70,186
)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
EID
DBYL
G1
G2
C2
Components to be constrained
RS
Name
Description
EID
TYPE(C)
Type of connectivity
TYPE =0
3
Main Index
Type
GRID style 1
GRID1
288
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRID2
GRID3
UNDEF(3 )
TYPE =01
none
Not used
GRID style 2
GRID1
GRID2
GRID3
GRID4
GRID5
GRID6
TYPE =02
Edge style
EDGE1
EDGE2
EDGE3
UNDEF(3 )
TYPE =03
none
Not used
Element style
ELID1
ELID2
UNDEF(4 )
TYPE =04
none
Not used
CINTERF
CBID
SBID
CBPID
UNDEF(3)
none
Not used
End TYPE
Record 34 -- RTRPLT(6701,67,293)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
GB
GC
GEOM4 289
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
CNA
CNB
CNC
UNDEF
CMA
10
CMB
11
CMC
12
ALPHA
none
Not used
RS
Record 35 -- RWELD(11901,119,561)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
GA
TYPE
GI(8)
12
GS
Record 36 -- SEBSET(710,7,317)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 37 -- SEBSET1(810,8,318)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
290
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
3
Name
Type
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
4
Description
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 38 -- SECSET(910,9,319)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 39 -- SECSET1(1010,10,320)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Main Index
GEOM4 291
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 40 -- SEQSET(1110,11,321)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 41 -- SEQSET1(1210,12,322)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 42 -- SESUP(1410,14,325)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
ID
Component numbers
Record 43 -- SEUSET(1810,18,334)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SEID
SNAME
Set name
ID
Component numbers
292
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 44 -- SEUSET1(1910,19,335)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SEID
SNAME
Set name
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
5
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 45 -- SPC(5501,55,16)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
UNDEF
none
Not used
RX
Enforced displacement
Record 46 -- SPC1(5481,58,12)
Word
Name
Type
SID
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID
Main Index
Description
Yes
GEOM4 293
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 47 -- SPCADD(5491,59,13)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
UNDEF
none
Not used
RX
Enforced displacement
Record 49 -- SPCDE(8701,87,9021)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
RS
EDGEID
SID
Enforced displacement
294
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 50 -- SPCDF(8901,89,9023)
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
RS
FACEID
SID
Enforced displacement
Face identification number
Set identification number
Record 51 -- SPCDG(9701,97,9030)
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
METHOD
Method
SID
RS
I
Enforced displacement
Set identification number
Record 52 -- SPCE(9301,93,9027)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
1
2
EDGID
Enforced displacement
Grid or scalar point identification number
Record 53 -- SPCEB(9101,91,9025)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
GEOM4 295
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
Name
Type
RS
EDGEID
Description
Enforced displacement
Edge identification number
Record 54 -- SPCF(9401,94,9028)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
FACEID
Enforced displacement
Face identification number
Record 55 -- SPCFB(9201,92,9026)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
LOADID
Enforced displacement
Load set identification number
Record 56 -- SPCGB(9601,96,9029)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
LOADID
ID
Component numbers
METHOD
I,{
SID
RS
I
Enforced displacement
Set identification number
296
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 57 -- SPCGRID(8601,86,9031)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
Record 58 -- SPCOFF(6110,61,343)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
Record 59 -- SPCOFF1(6210,62,344)
Word
1
2
Name
Description
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
3
Type
No
ID
Yes
ID1
ID2
End THRUFLAG
Record 60 -- SUPORT(5601,56,14)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
ID
Component numbers
GEOM4 297
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Record 61 -- SUPORT1(10100,101,472)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
Name
Type
Description
SID
TYPE
TEMP
RS
GID
Temperature
Record 63 -- USET(2010,20,193)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SNAME
Set name
ID
Component numbers
Record 64 -- USET1(2110,21,194)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SNAME
Set name
Component numbers
THRUFLAG
THRUFLAG=0
4
No
ID
Main Index
Yes
ID1
298
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints
Word
5
Name
Type
I
ID2
Description
Second grid or scalar point identification
number
End THRUFLAG
Record 65 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
GEOM4705 299
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints for MSC.Nastran Version 70.5
GEOM4705
Note:
GEOM4705 is identical in format and content to GEOM4 except for the following records.
Record 16 -- MPC(4901,49,17)
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
Component number
RS
GI
CI
Component number
AI
RS
Coefficient
Coefficient
Word
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
Enforced displacement
Record 44 - SPCD(5110,51,256)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
SID
ID
Component numbers
RS
Enforced displacement
300
GPDT68
Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
GPDT68
Contains a list of all grid points and scalar points in internal sort, with (for grid points) their x, y, z
locations in the location coordinate system along with a location and displacement coordinate system
identification number, and constraint information.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- POINT
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
CP
X1
RS
X2
RS
X3
RS
CD
PS
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of grid points and scalar points
Not used
GPDT68 301
Grid point definition table (Pre-Version 69)
Note:
1. Scalar points are identified by CP=-1 and words X1 through PS are zero.
2. See the description of the GRID (p. 2131) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide Bulk Data entry constraint code, PS.
3. For fluid grid points CD=-1.
Main Index
302
GPL
Grid point list
GPL
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- GRID
Contains a list of external grid and scalar identification numbers in internal sort.
Word
1
Name
GRIDID
Type
Description
Record 3 -- GRIDSIL
Contains pairs of external grid and scalar identification numbers and sequence numbers in internal sort.
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
SEQNO
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Note:
Main Index
Name
NGS
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Total number of grid and scalar points
Not used
1. SEQNO, sequence number, may be overridden by the SEQGP Bulk Data entry.
HIS 303
Table of design iteration history
HIS
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Repeat
Word
Name
Type
Description
DSITER
CVTYP
CVPROV
OBJ1
RS
OBJO
RS
GMAX
RS
IRMAX
XVAL
RS
Notes:
Name
NDV
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of design variables
Not used
1. For soft convergence, the final objective and constraint values are those obtained
from DOM9.
2. For hard convergence, they are obtained from a re-analysis.
3. The design variable values are identical for soft and hard convergence and are
repeated for consistency.
Main Index
304
KDICT
Element stiffness dictionary table
KDICT
Each record defines an element in terms of its connection data and address pointers into the
corresponding element matrix in the KELM data block.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Repeat
Repeats for each element type.
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE
Element type
NUMWDS
NUMGRID(C)
DOFPERG
FORM(C)
EID
NACTIVEG
GE
9
10
ADDRESS1
ADDRESS2
FORM =3
11
RS
RX
E21
RX
14
E31
RX
15
E12
RX
12
13
Main Index
KDICT 305
Element stiffness dictionary table
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
E22
RX
17
E32
RX
18
E13
RX
19
E23
RX
20
E33
RX
FORM =5
11
SIL
Name
Type
Description
PREC
MAXROW
MAXGRID
UNDEF(3 )
none
Notes:
Not used
1. FORM=3 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate
system.
2. FORM=4 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the element coordinate
system transformation matrix is also contained in each element dictionary.
3. FORM=5 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the basic coordinate
system.
4. FORM=6 indicates the element stiffness matrix is defined in the global coordinate
system and the number of degrees-of-freedom is variable.
5. SIL=0 indicates inactive degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
306
LAMA
Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
LAMA
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Name
RECID(2)
UNDEF(7 )
Type
Description
Constants 21 and 6
none
Not used
10
SEVEN
11
RESFLG
12
FLDFLG
none
Constant 7
13
UNDEF(38 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
83
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
115
Not used
Record 3 -- LAMA
Repeats for each eigenvalue.
Word
Type
Description
MODE
ORDER
EIGEN
RS
Eigenvalue
OMEGA
RS
FREQ
RS
Frequency
MASS
RS
Generalized mass
STIFF
RS
Generalized stiffness
Main Index
Name
Mode number
Extraction order
LAMA 307
Normal modes or buckling eigenvalue summary table
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
1
2
Main Index
Name
Type
NMODES
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Number of modes
Not used
308
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
MPT
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- CREEP(1003,10,245)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
T0
RS
Reference temperature
EXP
RS
FORM
TIDKP
TIDCP
TIDCS
THRESH
9
10
RS
TYPE
AG(7)
RS
Record 3 -- MAT1(103,1,77)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
RS
Youngs modulus
RS
Shear modulus
NU
RS
Poissons ratio
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
TREF
RS
Reference temperature
MPT 309
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
Description
GE
RS
ST
RS
10
SC
RS
11
SS
RS
12
MCSID
Record 4 -- MAT2(203,2,78)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
GIJ(6)
RS
RHO
RS
Mass density
AJ(3)
RS
12
TREF
RS
Reference temperature
13
GE
RS
14
ST
RS
15
SC
RS
16
SS
RS
17
MCSID
Record 5 -- MAT3(1403,14,122)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
EX
RS
ETH
RS
EZ
RS
NUXTH
RS
NUTHZ
RS
NUZX
RS
RHO
RS
Mass density
GZX
RS
310
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
none
Description
10
UNDEF
11
AX
RS
12
ATH
RS
13
AZ
RS
14
TREF
RS
Reference temperature
15
GE
RS
16
UNDEF
none
Not used
Not used
Record 6 -- MAT4(2103,21,234)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
RS
Thermal conductivity
CP
RS
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
MU
RS
Dynamic viscosity
HGEN
RS
REFENTH
RS
Reference enthalpy
TCH
RS
10
TDELTA
RS
11
QLAT
RS
Record 7 -- MAT5(2203,22,235)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
KIJ(6)
RS
CP
RS
MPT 311
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
Description
RHO
RS
Mass density
10
HGEN
RS
Record 8 -- MAT8(2503,25,288)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
E1
RS
E2
RS
NU12
RS
Poissons ratio
G12
RS
G1Z
RS
G2Z
RS
RHO
RS
Mass density
A1
RS
10
A2
RS
11
TREF
RS
12
XT
RS
13
XC
RS
14
YT
RS
15
YC
RS
16
RS
17
GE
RS
18
F12
RS
19
STRN
RS
312
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Record 9 -- MAT9(2603,26,300)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
G(21)
RS
23
RHO
RS
Mass density
24
A(6)
RS
30
TREF
RS
31
GE
RS
32
UNDEF(4 )
none
Not used
Record 10 -- MAT10(2801,28,365)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
MID
BULK
RS
Bulk modulus
RHO
RS
Mass density
RS
Speed of sound
GE
RS
Record 11 -- MAT11(2903,29,371)
This record is not currently used.
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
I
MID
E1
RS
E2
RS
E3
RS
V12
RS
V23
RS
V31
RS
G12
RS
R23
RS
10
G31
RS
Description
MPT 313
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
11
RHO
RS
12
A(3)
RS
15
XT
RS
16
XC
RS
17
YT
RS
18
YC
RS
19
ZT
RS
20
ZC
RS
21
S12
RS
22
S23
RS
23
S31
RS
Description
Record 12 -- MATHP(4506,45,374)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
A10
RS
A01
RS
D1
RS
RHO
RS
Mass density
ALPHA
RS
TREF
RS
Reference temperature
GE
RS
SF
Not used
10
NA
11
ND
12
KP
RS
Not used
13
A20
RS
314
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
14
A11
RS
15
A02
RS
16
D2
RS
17
A30
RS
18
A21
RS
19
A12
RS
20
A03
RS
21
D3
RS
22
A40
RS
23
A31
RS
24
A22
RS
25
A13
RS
26
A04
RS
27
D4
RS
28
A50
RS
29
A41
RS
30
A32
RS
31
A23
RS
32
A14
RS
MPT 315
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
Description
33
A05
RS
34
D5
RS
35
CONTFLG
CONTFLG =1
Continuation flag
With continuation
36
TAB1
37
TAB2
38
TAB3
39
TAB4
40
UNDEF(3 )
43
TAB5
none
I
CONTFLG =0
Not used
TABLES1 identification number that
defines volumetric compression
Without continuation
End CONTFLG
Record 13 -- MATS1(503,5,90)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID
TYPE
YF
HR
Hardening rule
LIMIT1
RS
LIMIT2
RS
UNDEF(3 )
RS
none
Not used
316
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Record 14 -- MATT1(703,7,91)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID(10)
12
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 15 -- MATT2(803,8,102)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID(15)
17
UNDEF
none
Not used
Record 16 -- MATT3(1503,15,189)
Word
1
2
Name
Type
Description
MID
TID(15)
Record 17 -- MATT4(2303,23,237)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
TK
TCP
UNDEF
TH
TMU
THGEN
none
Not used
MPT 317
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Record 18 -- MATT5(2403,24,238)
Word
Name
Type
Description
MID
TK(6)
TCP
UNDEF
none
THGEN
10
Not used
TABLEMi identification number for heat
generation with QVOL entries
Record 19 -- MATT8(903,9,336)
This record is not currently used.
Word
Name
Type
MID
R(16)
Description
Record 20 -- MATT9(2703,27,301)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
MID
TG(21)
23
TRHO
24
TA(6)
30
UNDEF
31
TGE
32
UNDEF(4 )
none
I
none
Not used
TABLEMi identification number for
structural damping coefficient
Not used
318
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Record 21 -- -- MBOLT(12600,126,646)
Word
1
Name
ID
Type
I
GRIDC
V(3)
UNDEF(3 )
GRIDS
10
GID
Description
none
CHAR4
I
ELEMS
12
EID
CHAR4
I
Name
Type
Description
ID
GRIDC
V(3)
UNDEF(3 )
TOP
CHAR4
10
GTID
CHAR4
RS
none
Main Index
BOTTOM
MPT 319
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
12
Name
GBID
Type
Description
Name
Type
Description
ID1
ID2
IDIR
Stacking direction
Main Index
Name
Type
I
Description
ID
TINIT
RS
TFINAL
RS
RSMALL
RS
RBIG
RS
TSMIN
RS
TSMAX
RS
NSMAX
NRECYC
10
IENHAN
11
IDAMP
12
NSTATE
13
NCUT
14
LIMTAR
15
IFINISH
16
FTEMP
RS
17
SFACT
RS
320
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
Description
18
IFLAG
19
IDTAB
20
DAMP
RS
21
IDMPFLG
22
ISTATED
23
IPHYS
24
I313
25
CRITERIA
26
SETID
27
Y1
RS
28
X1
RS
29
Y2
RS
30
X2
RS
31
Y3
RS
32
X3
RS
33
Y4
RS
34
X4
RS
Name
Description
NUMBER
PLANCK2
RS
LAMBDA
RS
Main Index
Type
MPT 321
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Record 26 -- RADM(8802,88,413)
Word
Name
Type
Description
NUMBER(C)
MID
EMISI
RS
Name
Type
Description
NUMBER(C)
Number of emissivities
MID
TEMISI
Type
Description
SID
NINC
Number of increments
DT
RS
KMETHOD
KSTEP
MAXITER
CONV
INTOUT
EPSU
RS
EPSP
RS
EPSW
RS
10
11
Main Index
Name
322
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
MAXDIV
13
MAXQN
14
MAXLS
15
FSTRESS
RS
16
LSTOL
RS
17
MAXBIS
18
MAXR
RS
19
RTOLB
RS
Record 29 -- NLPCI(3104,32,350)
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
SID
TYPE
MINALR
RS
MAXALR
RS
SCALE
RS
UNDEF
none
DESITER
MXINC
Type
Description
CHAR4
Not used
Record 30 -- TSTEPNL(3103,31,337)
Word
Main Index
Name
SID
NDT
DT
RS
NO
METHOD
Time increment
MPT 323
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties
Word
Name
Type
Description
KSTEP
MAXITER
CONV
EPSU
RS
10
EPSP
RS
11
EPSW
RS
12
MAXDIV
13
MAXQN
14
MAXLS
15
FSTRESS
RS
16
MAXBIS
17
ADJUST
18
MSTEP
19
RB
RS
20
MAXR
RS
21
UTOL
RS
22
RTOLB
RS
Record 31 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
BIT(6)
Type
I
Description
Record presence trailer words
324
OBJTAB
Design objective table
OBJTAB
OBJTAB is defined for a given analysis type and superelement and contains objective attributes with
retained response identification numbers.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
Description
IRID
RTYPE1
Type of response: 1 or 2
RTYPE2
Type of response: 1 or 2
MINMAX
SEID
SID
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(6 )
Type
none
Description
Not used
OEE 325
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
OEE
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
NAME(2)
Description
Block Name
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
ETOTAL
RS
SUBCASE
Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
5
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =01
5
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =08
Main Index
See word 8
Differential Stiffness
UNDEF
none
See word 8
RS
Frequency
RS
Time Step
Frequency
FREQ
Transient
TIME
ACODE,4 =07
5
none
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =06
5
Mode Number
Differential Stiffness
ACODE,4 =05
5
See word 8
MODE
ACODE,4 =04
5
none
Real Eigenvalues
ACODE,4 =03
5
Not defined
Statics
ACODE,4 =02
5
none
none
See word 8
326
OEE
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
Word
5
Name
MODE
ACODE,4 =09
5
MODE
LOADFAC
Mode Number
RS
Load factor
ACODE,4 =12
5
Mode Number
ACODE,4 =11
5
Description
Complex Eigenvalues
ACODE,4 =10
5
Type
none
See word 8
RS
Time Step
End ACODE,4
Main Index
CHAR4
ELNAME(2)
LOADSET
FCODE
Format code
10
NUMWDE(C)
11
CVALRES
12
ESUBT
RS
13
SETID
14
EIGENR
RS
15
EIGENI
RS
Natural eigenvalue
-- imaginary part
16
FREQ
RS
Natural frequency
17
UNDEF
18
ETOTPOS
RS
19
ETOTNEG
RS
20
UNDEF(31 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
none
none
OEE 327
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
Type
Description
TCODE,1 =1
Sort 1
NUMWIDE=04
EKEY
NUMWIDE =05
1
CHAR4
End NUMWIDE
TCODE,1 =02
ACODE,4 =0
1
UNDEF
none
Not defined
ACODE,4 =01
1
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FQTS
RS
EKEY
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
1
ACODE,4 =07
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
ACODE,4 =11
1
Main Index
328
OEE
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE,4 =12
1
EKEY
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
2
ENERGY
RS
PCT
RS
DEN
RS
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(4 )
WORD6
Type
I
none
I
Description
Number of element types output
Not used
ORed value of the device code
extracted from ACODE across all
IDENT records
OEE 329
Output element energy (strain, kinetic, loss)
Notes:
1. Records are repeated for each element type having at least one element requested
for output. They are also repeated for each subcase.
2. Device code:
1 = print
2 = plot
4 = punch
5 = print and punch, etc.
3. Approach code:
1 = statics
2 = reigen
3=ds0
4 = ds1
5 = freq
6 = tran
7 = bkl0
8 = bkl1
9 = ceigen
10 = pla
4. Nonexistent element energy densities are flagged by integer '-1' in the field.
Main Index
330
OEF
Table of element forces
OEF
Also contains composite failure indices and a analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2
formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
Data block name
Not used
Record 2 -- DATA
Record 3 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
Table code
ELTYPE(C)
Element type
SUBCASE
TCODE,1 =1
SORT1 format
Statics
ACODE,4 =01
5
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =02
I
none
MODE
EIGN
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =03
Main Index
Type
I
RS
Mode number
Eigenvalue
none
Differential Stiffness 0
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
I
none
OEF 331
Table of element forces
Word
Name
ACODE,4 =04
Type
Description
Differential Stiffness 1
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =05
I
none
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
Pre-buckling
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =08
I
none
Post-buckling
LOADID
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =09
I
RS
none
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
EIGI
RS
ACODE,4 =10
Mode number
Nonlinear Statics
LOADSTEP
RS
Load step
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =11
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
I
none
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02
SORT2 format
I
LOADID
UNDEF(2 )
none
DLOADID
End TCODE,1
8
Main Index
332
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
FCODE(C)
Format code
10
NUMWDE(C)
11
OCODE
12
UNDEF(11 )
23
THERMAL(C)
24
UNDEF(27 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
83
SUBTITLE(32)
CHAR4
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
none
I
none
Not used
=1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
Not used
Record 4 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE,1 =1
1
EID
SORT2 Format
ACODE,4 =01
Statics
LOADID
ACODE,4 =02
1
MODE
LOADID
LOADID
FREQ
TIME
ACODE,4 =09
RS
Frequency
RS
Time step
Pre-buckling
LOADID
ACODE,4 =08
1
Transient
ACODE,4 =07
1
Mode number
Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
1
Differential Stiffness 1
ACODE,4 =05
1
Differential Stiffness 0
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
Description
SORT1 Format
TCODE,1 =02
1
Main Index
Type
Post-buckling
LOADID
Complex Eigenvalues
OEF 333
Table of element forces
Word
1
Name
MODE
ACODE,4 =10
1
Description
Mode number
Nonlinear Statics
LOADSTEP
ACODE,4 =11
1
Type
RS
Load step
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
THERMAL =1
Thermal data
NUMWDE =10
NAME(2)
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
10
ZED
NUMWDE =8
Element type
zero
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
NUMWDE =2
2
Element name
Convection elements
FTOTAL
NUMWDE =9
Main Index
CHAR4
RS
Total
NAME(2)
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
Element type
334
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
9
Name
ZFLUX
NUMWDE =58
Type
RS
Description
z flux or '1'
PARENT
Parent C
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
PARENT
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
PARENT
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
Main Index
PARENT
OEF 335
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
10
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
11
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
12
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
13
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
Not used
VU Grid identification number
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
10
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
11
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
12
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
13
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
Not used
VU grid identification number
Main Index
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
VUGRID
XGRAD
RS
x gradient or '1'
YGRAD
RS
y gradient or '1'
Flat/curved etc.
VU grid identification number
336
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
ZGRAD
RS
z gradient or '1'
XFLUX
RS
x flux or '1'
10
YFLUX
RS
y flux or '1'
11
ZFLUX
RS
z flux or '1'
ELTYPE =01
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
AFR
RS
AFI
RS
TRQR
RS
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =02
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
GRID
SD
RS
BM1
RS
BM2
RS
TS1
RS
Shear Plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear Plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TTRQ
RS
Total Torque
10
WTRQ
RS
Warping Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
I
GRID
SD
RS
BM1R
RS
OEF 337
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM2R
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TTRQR
RS
10
WTRQR
RS
11
BM1I
RS
12
BM2I
RS
13
TS1I
RS
14
TS2I
RS
15
AFI
RS
16
TTRQI
RS
17
WTRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
Words 2 through max repeat 011 times
ELTYPE =03
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
TCODE,7 =1
2
AFR
RS
AFI
RS
TRQR
RS
TEQI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =04
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F41
RS
Force 4 to 1
F21
RS
Force 2 to 1
F12
RS
Force 1 to 2
F32
RS
Force 3 to 2
338
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Description
F23
RS
Force 2 to 3
F43
RS
Force 4 to 3
F34
RS
Force 3 to 4
F14
RS
Force 1 to 4
10
KF1
RS
Kick Force on 1
11
S12
RS
Shear 1 2
12
KF2
RS
Kick Force on 2
13
S23
RS
Shear 2 3
14
KF3
RS
Kick Force on 3
15
S34
RS
Shear 3 4
16
KF4
RS
Kick Force on 4
17
S41
RS
Shear 4 1
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Type
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
F41R
RS
F21R
RS
F12R
RS
F32R
RS
F23R
RS
F43R
RS
F34R
RS
F14R
RS
10
F41I
RS
11
F21I
RS
12
F12I
RS
13
F32I
RS
14
F23I
RS
15
F43I
RS
16
F34I
RS
17
F14I
RS
18
KF1R
RS
19
S12R
RS
20
KF2R
RS
21
S23R
RS
OEF 339
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
KF3R
RS
23
S34R
RS
24
KF4R
RS
25
S41R
RS
26
KF1I
RS
27
S12I
RS
28
KF2I
RS
29
S23I
RS
30
KF3I
RS
31
S34I
RS
32
KF4I
RS
33
S41I
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =05
2
FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower
stiffness)
UNDEF
ELTYPE =06
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =10
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
ELTYPE =09
2
none
ELTYPE =08
2
Not used
Unused
ELTYPE =07
2
none
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
AFR
RS
AFI
RS
TRQR
RS
TRQI
RS
340
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =11
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
FI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =12
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
FI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =13
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
FI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =14
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
FI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =15
2
AEROT3
UNDEF
ELTYPE =16
2
Main Index
none
Not used
AEROBEAM
UNDEF
none
Not used
OEF 341
Table of element forces
Word
Name
ELTYPE =17
2
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =19
2
Description
ELTYPE =18
2
Type
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =20
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
Force
FI
RS
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =21
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
Force
FI
RS
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =22
Scalar damper to scalar pts. only (CDAMP3 and see Note 2.)
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
Force
FI
RS
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =23
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TCODE,7 =1
2
Main Index
RS
Force
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR
RS
Force
342
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
3
Name
FI
Type
RS
Description
Force
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =24
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AF
RS
Axial force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
AFR
RS
AFI
RS
TRQR
RS
TRQI
RS
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25
2
ELTYPE =26
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =32
2
Not used
ELTYPE =31
2
none
ELTYPE =30
2
Not used
ELTYPE =29
2
none
ELTYPE =28
2
Not used
ELTYPE =27
2
none
none
Not used
Unused
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =33
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
MX
RS
Membrane in x
MY
RS
Membrane in y
OEF 343
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXY
RS
Membrane in xy
BMX
RS
Bending in x
BMY
RS
Bending in y
BMXY
RS
Bending in xy
TX
RS
Transverse Shear in x
TY
RS
Transverse Shear in y
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
10
MXI
RS
11
MYI
RS
12
MXYI
RS
13
BMXI
RS
14
BMYI
RS
15
BMXYI
RS
16
TXI
RS
17
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =34
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
344
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS
13
BM2BI
RS
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =35
Main Index
HOPA
RS
BMU
RS
Bending moment u
BMV
RS
Bendingmoment v
TM
RS
Twisting moment
SU
RS
Shear u
OEF 345
Table of element forces
Word
7
Name
Description
Shear v
UNDEF
ELTYPE =37
2
RS
SV
ELTYPE =36
2
Type
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =38
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FX
RS
Compression force in x
SFY
RS
Shear force in y
SFZ
RS
Shear force in z
RS
Axial displacement in u
RS
Shear displacement in v
RS
Shear displacement in w
SV
RS
Slip displacement in v
SW
RS
Slip displacement in w
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FX
RS
Compression force in x
SFY
RS
Shear force in y
SFZ
RS
Shear force in z
RS
Axial displacement in u
RS
Shear displacement in v
RS
Shear displacement in w
SV
RS
Slip displacement in v
SW
RS
Slip displacement in w
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =39
Main Index
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
346
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
ELTYPE =40
Description
FE
RS
Element Force
UE
RS
Axial displacement
VE
RS
Axial velocity*
AS
RS
Axial stress*
AE
RS
Axial strain*
EP
RS
Plastic strain*
FAIL
ELTYPE =41
2
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =50
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =49
2
none
ELTYPE =48
2
Not used
Cflmass
ELTYPE =47
2
none
ELTYPE =46
2
Not used
ELTYPE =45
2
none
ELTYPE =44
2
ELTYPE =43
2
ELTYPE =42
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
none
Not used
OEF 347
Table of element forces
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =51
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =54
2
Not used
ELTYPE =53
2
none
Description
ELTYPE =52
2
Type
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =55
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
F(9)
RS
User defined
348
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =61
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
F(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FR(9)
RS
11
FI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =62
2
ELTYPE =63
2
Not used
ELTYPE =64
Main Index
none
none
Not used
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
OEF 349
Table of element forces
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Description
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
Membrane force in xy
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
Bending moment in xy
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS
13
MYI
RS
14
MXYI
RS
15
BMXI
RS
16
BMYI
RS
17
BMXYI
RS
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Type
350
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE =66
2
Not used
ELTYPE =67
none
Not used
Acoustics in HEXA
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
ELTYPE =68
Main Index
none
Acoustics in PENTA
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
OEF 351
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE =69
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
GRID
BM1
RS
BM2
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
GRID
BM1R
RS
BM2R
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
BM1I
RS
10
BM2I
RS
11
TS1I
RS
12
TS2I
RS
13
AFI
RS
14
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
Words 2 through max repeat 002 times
ELTYPE =70
Main Index
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
352
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Description
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
Membrane force in xy
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
Bending moment in xy
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS
13
MYI
RS
14
MXYI
RS
15
BMXI
RS
16
BMYI
RS
17
BMXYI
RS
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Type
OEF 353
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
Unused
UNDEF
ELTYPE =72
2
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =74
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
MX
RS
Membrane in x
MY
RS
Membrane in y
MXY
RS
Membrane in xy
BMX
RS
Bending in x
BMY
RS
Bending in y
BMXY
RS
Bending in xy
TX
RS
Transverse Shear in x
TY
RS
Transverse Shear in y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
AEROQ4
ELTYPE =73
2
none
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
10
MXI
RS
11
MYI
RS
12
MXYI
RS
13
BMXI
RS
14
BMYI
RS
15
BMXYI
RS
354
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
TXI
RS
17
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =75
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
Membrane force in xy
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
Bending moment in xy
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS
13
MYI
RS
14
MXYI
RS
OEF 355
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
15
BMXI
RS
16
BMYI
RS
17
BMXYI
RS
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
Words 3 through max repeat 004 times
ELTYPE =76
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VZR
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
11
AXI
RS
12
AYI
RS
13
AZI
RS
14
VXI
RS
15
VYI
RS
16
VXI
RS
ELTYPE =77
2
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
CHAR4
CHAR4
AX
RS
Acceleration in x
AY
RS
Acceleration in x
AZ
RS
Acceleration in x
VX
RS
Velocity in x
356
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
VY
RS
Velocity in y
VZ
RS
Velocity in y
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
TCODE,7 =1
Complex
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VZR
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
11
AXI
RS
12
AYI
RS
13
AZI
RS
14
VXI
RS
15
VYI
RS
16
VXI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =78
2
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
CHAR4
AX
RS
Acceleration in x
AY
RS
Acceleration in x
AZ
RS
Acceleration in x
VX
RS
Velocity in x
VY
RS
Velocity in y
VZ
RS
Velocity in y
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
OEF 357
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VZR
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
Pressure in DB
11
AXI
RS
12
AYI
RS
13
AZI
RS
14
VXI
RS
15
VYI
RS
16
VXI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =79
2
Unused
UNDEF
ELTYPE =80
2
UNDEF
none
Not used
Unused
UNDEF
ELTYPE =82
none
Not used
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
Membrane force in xy
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
Bending moment in xy
10
TX
RS
Shear force in x
11
TY
RS
Shear force in y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
Unused
ELTYPE =81
2
none
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
358
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS
13
MYI
RS
14
MXYI
RS
15
BMXI
RS
16
BMYI
RS
17
BMXYI
RS
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
Words 3 through max repeat 005 times
ELTYPE =83
2
ELTYPE =84
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =88
Main Index
Not used
none
Not used
Nonlinear GAP
UNDEF
ELTYPE =87
2
none
Nonlinear TETRA
ELTYPE =86
2
Not used
ELTYPE =85
2
none
none
Not used
Nonlinear TUBE
UNDEF
none
Nonlinear TRIA3
Not used
OEF 359
Table of element forces
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =89
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
none
UNDEF
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Acoustics in HEXA
AXR
RS
AYR
RS
AZR
RS
VXR
RS
VYR
RS
VXR
RS
AXI
RS
AYI
RS
10
AZI
RS
11
VXI
RS
12
VYI
RS
13
VXI
RS
14
DB
RS
ELTYPE =94
2
Not used
Nonlinear CONROD
ELTYPE =93
Nonlinear BEAM
UNDEF
ELTYPE =95
Main Index
none
Nonlinear PENTA
ELTYPE =92
2
Not used
Nonlinear QUAD4
ELTYPE =91
2
none
Description
Nonlinear ROD
ELTYPE =90
2
Type
none
Not used
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS
FMAX
RS
Theory
Lamina number
360
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
9
Name
FFLAG
ELTYPE =96
CHAR4
Description
Failure flag
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS
FMAX
RS
Maximum of FP and FB or -1
FFLAG
CHAR4
ELTYPE =97
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS
FMAX
RS
FFLAG
CHAR4
ELTYPE =98
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS
FMAX
RS
FFLAG
ELTYPE =99
2
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
Unused
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =100
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
Type
SD
RS
OEF 361
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM1
RS
BM2
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
SD
RS
BM1R
RS
BM2R
RS
TP1R
RS
TP2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
BM1I
RS
10
BM2I
RS
11
TS1I
RS
12
TS2I
RS
13
AFI
RS
14
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =101
Main Index
IMPEDR
RS
IMPEDI
RS
ABSORB
RS
Absorption coefficient
ELTYPE =102
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
FX
RS
Force x
FY
RS
Force y
FZ
RS
Force z
362
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
MX
RS
Moment x
MY
RS
Moment y
MZ
RS
Moment z
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FXR
RS
FYR
RS
FZR
RS
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MZR
RS
FXI
RS
FYI
RS
10
FZI
RS
11
MXI
RS
12
MYI
RS
13
MZI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103
2
ELTYPE =104
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =107
none
Not used
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
ELTYPE =108
Main Index
none
ELTYPE =106
2
Not used
ELTYPE =105
2
none
Element name
OEF 363
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Description
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
ELTYPE =109
Element name
NAME(2)
CHAR4
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FREECONV
RS
Free convection
FORCECON
RS
Forced convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
ELTYPE =110
2
CONVHFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
CONVCOEF
RS
CONVHFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
CONVCOEF
RS
ELTYPE =112
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
QVOL
UNDEF
ELTYPE =115
none
Not used
BNDRDFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
UNDEF
ELTYPE =116
2
QVECT
ELTYPE =114
2
Control node
QBDY3
ELTYPE =113
2
Element name
ELTYPE =111
Main Index
Type
none
none
Not used
364
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
ELTYPE =117
WELDC
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS
13
BM2BI
RS
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Description
ELTYPE =118
WELDP
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
OEF 365
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS
13
BM2BI
RS
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
TCODE,7 = 0 or 2
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =119
SEAM
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
366
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS
13
BM2BI
RS
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =126
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
FXR
RS
FYR
RS
FZR
RS
MXR
RS
OEF 367
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
MYR
RS
MZR
RS
FXI
RS
FYI
RS
10
FZI
RS
11
MXI
RS
12
MYI
RS
13
MZI
RS
TCODE,7 = 0,2
FX
RS
Force x
FY
RS
Force y
FZ
RS
Force z
MX
RS
Moment x
MY
RS
Moment y
MZ
RS
Moment z
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =127
2
CQUAD
UNDEF
ELTYPE =128
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =135
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
CTRIAX
UNDEF
ELTYPE =134
2
Not used
CTRIA
ELTYPE =133
2
none
TETRAE -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =132
2
Not used
RES -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =131
2
none
RELUC -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =130
2
Not used
CQUADX
ELTYPE =129
2
none
none
Not used
LINEOB -- EMAS?
UNDEF
none
Not used
LINXOB -- EMAS?
368
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =136
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =144
none
Not used
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
MX
RS
Membrane x
MY
RS
Membrane y
MXY
RS
Membrane xy
BMX
RS
Bending x
BMY
RS
Bending y
BMXY
RS
Bending xy
10
TX
RS
Shear x
11
TY
RS
Shear y
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
none
ELTYPE =143
2
Not used
ELTYPE =142
2
none
HEXA8FD
ELTYPE =141
2
Not used
Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
ELTYPE =140
2
none
LINEX -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =139
2
Not used
TRIAOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =138
2
none
Description
QUADOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =137
2
Type
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
OEF 369
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
10
TXR
RS
11
TYR
RS
12
MXI
RS
13
MYI
RS
14
MXYI
RS
15
BMXI
RS
16
BMYI
RS
17
BMXYI
RS
18
TXI
RS
19
TYI
RS
End TCODE,7
Words 3 through max repeat 005 times
ELTYPE =145
2
ELTYPE =146
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =153
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
QUADM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =152
2
Not used
TETRAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =151
2
none
PENTAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =150
2
Not used
HEXAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =149
2
none
ELTYPE =148
2
Not used
ELTYPE =147
2
none
none
Not used
TRIAM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
none
Not used
QUADXM -- EMAS?
370
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =154
2
none
UNDEF
RADINT
BNDRDFLW
RS
CNTLNODE
UNDEF
ELTYPE =156
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
TRIAFD
UNDEF
ELTYPE =168
2
Not used
TETRAFD
ELTYPE =167
2
none
PENTAFD
ELTYPE =166
2
Not used
QUADFD
ELTYPE =165
2
none
HEXAFD
ELTYPE =164
2
Not used
ELTYPE =163
2
none
ELTYPE =162
2
Not used
ELTYPE =161
2
none
TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =160
2
Not used
QUADOBM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =159
2
Control node
LINEPW -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =158
2
none
TRIAPW -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =157
2
Not used
none
Description
TRIAXM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =155
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
TRIAX3FD
UNDEF
none
Not used
OEF 371
Table of element forces
Word
Name
ELTYPE =169
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
ELTYPE =187
Main Index
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
LINXIBM -- EMAS
UNDEF
ELTYPE =186
2
none
LINEIBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =185
2
Not used
TRIAIBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =184
2
none
QUADIBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =183
2
Not used
LINXIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =182
2
none
LINEIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =181
2
Not used
TRIAIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =180
2
none
QUADIB -- EMAS
ELTYPE =179
2
Not used
TRIAWGM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =178
2
none
QUADWGM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =177
2
Not used
LINXOBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =176
2
none
LINEOBM -- EMAS
ELTYPE =175
2
Not used
QUADXFD
ELTYPE =174
2
none
QUADX4FD
ELTYPE =171
2
Description
TRIAXFD
ELTYPE =170
2
Type
none
Not used
QUADPWM -- EMAS
UNDEF
none
Not used
TRIAPWM -- EMAS
372
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
2
Name
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =188
2
Type
Description
Not used
LINEPWM -- EMAS
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =189
Not used
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
TCODE,7 =0
Not used
Real
VUID
MFX
RS
Membrane force x
MFY
RS
Membrane force y
10
MFXY
RS
Membrane force xy
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMX
RS
Bending moment x
15
BMY
RS
Bending moment y
16
BMXY
RS
Bending moment xy
17
SYZ
RS
Shear yz
18
SZX
RS
Shear zx
19
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Main Index
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
VUID
MFXR
RS
MFYR
RS
10
MFXYR
RS
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMXR
RS
15
BMYR
RS
16
BMXYR
RS
17
SYZR
RS
Shear yz real/magnitude
none
Not used
OEF 373
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
RS
Description
18
SZXR
19
UNDEF
20
MFXI
RS
21
MFYI
RS
22
MFXYI
RS
23
UNDEF(3 )
26
BMXI
RS
27
BMYI
RS
28
BMXYI
RS
29
SYZI
RS
Shear yz imaginary/phase
30
SZXI
RS
Shear zx imaginary/phase
31
UNDEF
none
none
none
Shear zx real/magnitude
Not used
Not used
Not used
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
Flat/curved etc.
THETA
Material angle
UNDEF
none
TCODE,7 =0
Main Index
Not used
Real
VUID
MFX
RS
membrane force x
MFY
RS
membrane force y
10
MFXY
RS
membrane force xy
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMX
RS
bending moment x
15
BMY
RS
bending moment y
16
BMXY
RS
bending moment xy
17
SYZ
RS
Shear yz
18
SZX
RS
Shear zx
19
UNDEF
none
Not used
none
Not used
374
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
VUID
MFXR
RS
MFYR
RS
10
MFXYR
RS
11
UNDEF(3 )
14
BMXR
RS
15
BMYR
RS
16
BMXYR
RS
17
SYZR
RS
Shear yz real/magnitude
18
SZXR
RS
Shear zx real/magnitude
19
UNDEF
20
MFXI
RS
21
MFYI
RS
22
MFXYI
RS
23
UNDEF(3 )
26
BMXI
RS
27
BMYI
RS
28
BMXYI
RS
29
SYZI
RS
Shear yz imaginary/phase
30
SZXI
RS
Shear zx imaginary/phase
31
UNDEF
none
none
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
TCODE,7 =0
5
Main Index
Flat/curved etc.
Real
VUGRID
OEF 375
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
POSIT
RS
FORCEX
RS
Force x
SHEARY
RS
Shear force y
SHEARZ
RS
shear force z
10
TORSION
RS
torsional moment x
11
BENDY
RS
bending moment y
12
BENDZ
RS
bending moment z
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
I
VUGRID
POSIT
RS
FORCEXR
RS
Force x real/magnitude
SHEARYR
RS
SHEARZR
RS
10
TORSINR
RS
11
BENDYR
RS
12
BENDZR
RS
13
FORCEXI
RS
Force x imaginary/phase
14
SHEARYI
RS
15
SHEARZI
RS
16
TORSINI
RS
17
BENDYI
RS
18
BENDZI
RS
End TCODE,7
Words 5 through max repeat 2 times
ELTYPE =192
2
CVINT
UNDEF
ELTYPE =193
2
ELTYPE =195
Main Index
Not used
QUADFR -- EMAS
UNDEF
ELTYPE =194
2
none
none
Not used
TRIAFR -- EMAS
UNDEF
none
Not used
LINEFR -- EMAS
376
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =196
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
VUHBDY
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =200
CWELD
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
BM1A
RS
BM2A
RS
BM1B
RS
BM2B
RS
TS1
RS
Shear plane 1
TS2
RS
Shear plane 2
AF
RS
Axial Force
TRQ
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
none
CNVPEL
ELTYPE =199
2
Not used
GMINTS
ELTYPE =198
2
none
Description
LINXFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =197
2
Type
Real / Imaginary
BM1AR
RS
BM2AR
RS
BM1BR
RS
BM2BR
RS
TS1R
RS
TS2R
RS
AFR
RS
TRQR
RS
10
BM1AI
RS
11
BM2AI
RS
12
BM1BI
RS
OEF 377
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
BM2BI
RS
14
TS1I
RS
15
TS2I
RS
16
AFI
RS
17
TRQI
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =202
2
ELTYPE =203
2
none
Not used
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =204
2
ELTYPE =205
2
ELTYPE =206
2
ELTYPE =207
2
none
Not used
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =208
2
ELTYPE =209
2
ELTYPE =210
2
ELTYPE =211
2
ELTYPE =212
2
ELTYPE =213
2
ELTYPE =214
Main Index
378
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
2
Name
Type
Description
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =215
2
ELTYPE =216
2
ELTYPE =217
2
ELTYPE =218
2
none
Not used
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =219
2
ELTYPE =220
2
ELTYPE =221
2
ELTYPE =222
2
ELTYPE =223
2
ELTYPE =224
2
Nonlinear ELAS1
UNDEF
ELTYPE =225
2
UNDEF
none
Not used
Nonlinear BUSH
UNDEF
ELTYPE =232
Main Index
Not used
Nonlinear ELAS3
ELTYPE =226
2
none
none
Not used
THEORY(2)
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS
Theory
Lamina number
OEF 379
Table of element forces
Word
Name
FMAX
RS
FFLAG
CHAR4
ELTYPE =233
Main Index
Type
Description
Maximum of FP and FB or -1
Failure flag
THEORY(2)
CHAR4
LAMID
FP
RS
FM
RS
FB
RS
FMAX
RS
Maximum of FP and FB or -1
FFLAG
CHAR4
Theory
Lamina number
Failure flag
ELTYPE =235
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
Word
Name
Type
Description
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
MXI
RS
10
MYI
RS
11
MXYI
RS
12
BMXI
RS
13
BMYI
RS
380
OEF
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
BMXYI
RS
15
TXI
RS
16
TYI
RS
TCODE,7 =
Word
Name
Type
Description
MX
RS
Membrane force in x
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
Membrane force in xy
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
Bending moment in xy
TX
RS
Shear force in x
TY
RS
Shear force in y
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =236
TCODE,7 =1
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
MXR
RS
MYR
RS
MXYR
RS
BMXR
RS
BMYR
RS
BMXYR
RS
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
MXI
RS
10
MYI
RS
11
MXYI
RS
12
BMXI
RS
OEF 381
Table of element forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
BMYI
RS
14
BMXYI
RS
15
TXI
RS
16
TYI
RS
TCODE,7 =
MY
RS
Membrane force in y
MXY
RS
Membrane force in xy
BMX
RS
Bending moment in x
BMY
RS
Bending moment in y
BMXY
RS
Bending moment in xy
TX
RS
Shear force in x
TY
RS
Shear force in y
End TCODE,7
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
End ELTYPE
End THERMAL
Record 5 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
UNDEF(5 )
WORD6
Note:
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
ORed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
Main Index
382
OEF
Table of element forces
Main Index
OES
For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
Data block name
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
Table code
ELTYPE(C)
Element type
SUBCASE
TCODE,1 =1
Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01
Statics
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =02
Not used
Real eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE,4 =03
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
Mode number
Differential stiffness
ACODE,4 =04
Main Index
Type
Differential stiffness
LSDVMN
384
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
6
Name
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =05
Type
none
Description
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =08
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
Eigenvalue (imaginary)
ACODE,4 =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =12
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time step?
Not used
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
End TCODE,1
Main Index
Sort 2
Load set, mode number, time step, etc.
Not used
OES 385
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
LOADSET
FCODE
Format code
10
NUMWDE(C)
11
SCODE(C)
Stress/strain code
12
UNDEF(11 )
23
THERMAL(C)
24
UNDEF(27 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
none
I
none
Not used
=1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
SORTCODE=1
1
Type
Sort 1 -- SortCode=((TCODE/1000)+2)/2
I
EKEY
TCODE,1 =02
Sort 2
ACODE/10=01
Analysis type
Description
Device code + 10*point identification
number
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FREQ
RS
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
Main Index
Frequency
386
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
TIME
RS
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FQTS
RS
EKEY
EKEY
Time step
ACODE,4 =07
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
ACODE,4 =11
1
ACODE,4 =12
1
End ACODE,4
End ACODE/10
THERMAL =1
Main Index
Thermal data
SIDEID
HBDYID
CNVCEF
RS
FAPPLIED
RS
Applied load
FCONV
RS
Convection
FRAD
RS
Radiation
FTOTAL
RS
Total
THERMAL =00
ELTYPE =00
MATID
NX1
RS
Normal in x at d1
NY1
RS
Normal in y at d1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at d1
OES 387
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SA1
RS
MJRP1
RS
Major principal at d1
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal at d1
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at d1
10
PCODE
11
NX2
RS
Normal in x at d2
12
NY2
RS
Normal in y at d2
13
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at d2
14
SA2
RS
15
MJRP2
RS
Major principal at d2
16
MNRP2
RS
Minor principal at d2
17
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at d2
ELTYPE =01
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AE
RS
Axial strain
MSA
RS
TE
RS
Torsional strain
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
AER
RS
Axial strain
AEI
RS
Axial strain
TER
RS
Torsional strain
TEI
RS
Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AE
RS
Axial strain
TE
RS
Torsional strain
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AS
RS
Axial stress
MSA
RS
TS
RS
Torsional stress
388
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
5
Name
Type
RS
MST
TCODE,7 =1
Description
Torsional safety margin*
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial stress
ASI
RS
Axial stress
TSR
RS
Torsional stress
TSI
RS
Torsional stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TS
RS
Torsional stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =02
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station distance/length
EXC
RS
EXD
RS
EXE
RS
EXF
RS
EMAX
RS
Maximum stress
EMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MST
RS
11
MSC
RS
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station distance/length
ERCR
RS
EXDR
RS
EXER
RS
EXFR
RS
EXCI
RS
OES 389
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
EXDI
RS
10
EXEI
RS
11
EXFI
RS
Random Responses
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station distance/length
EXC
RS
EXD
RS
EXE
RS
EXF
RS
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station distance/length
SXC
RS
SXD
RS
SXE
RS
SXF
RS
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MST
RS
11
MSC
RS
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station distance/length
SRCR
RS
SXDR
RS
SXER
RS
SXFR
RS
390
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SXCI
RS
SXDI
RS
10
SXEI
RS
11
SXFI
RS
Random Responses
I
GRID
SD
RS
Station distance/length
SXC
RS
SXD
RS
SXE
RS
SXF
RS
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AE
RS
Axial strain
MSA
RS
TE
RS
Torsional strain
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
AER
RS
Axial strain
AEI
RS
Axial strain
TER
RS
Torsional strain
TEI
RS
Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AE
RS
Axial strain
TE
RS
Torsional strain
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
OES 391
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
AS
RS
Axial stress
MSA
RS
TS
RS
Torsional stress
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial stress
ASI
RS
Axial stress
TSR
RS
Torsional stress
TSI
RS
Torsional stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TS
RS
Torsional stress
ETMAXI
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVGR
RS
Average shear
ETAVGI
RS
Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =04
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
ETMAX
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVG
RS
Average shear
MS
RS
Safety margin*
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ETMAXR
RS
Maximum shear
ETMAXI
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVGR
RS
Average shear
ETAVGI
RS
Average shear
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
ETMAX
RS
Maximum shear
ETAVG
RS
Average shear
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Stress
392
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0
Type
Description
Real
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
TAVG
RS
Average shear
MS
RS
Safety margin*
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TMAXR
RS
Maximum shear
TMAXI
RS
Maximum shear
TAVGR
RS
Average shear
TAVGI
RS
Average shear
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
TAVG
RS
Average shear
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =05
2
FORCE1/FORCE2/MOMENT1/MOMENT2 (follower
stiffness)
ELTYPE =06
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =10
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AE
RS
Axial strain
MSA
RS
TE
RS
Torsional strain
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
ELTYPE =09
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =08
2
Not used
Unused
ELTYPE =07
2
none
UNDEF
Real / Imaginary
OES 393
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
AER
RS
Axial strain
AEI
RS
Axial strain
TER
RS
Torsional strain
TEI
RS
Torsional strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AE
RS
Axial strain
TE
RS
Torsional strain
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
AS
RS
Axial stress
MSA
RS
TS
RS
Torsional stress
MST
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial stress
ASI
RS
Axial stress
TSR
RS
Torsional stress
TSI
RS
Torsional stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TS
RS
Torsional stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =11
SCODE,6 =0
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Real
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ER
RS
EI
RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Stress
394
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
2
Type
Real or random response
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Description
Stress
Real / Imaginary
SR
RS
Stress
SI
RS
Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =12
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ER
RS
EI
RS
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Stress
Real/Imaginary
SR
RS
Stress
SI
RS
Stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =13
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
ER
RS
EI
RS
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
OES 395
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
RS
Stress
SR
RS
Stress
SI
RS
Stress
2
TCODE,7 =1
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =14
2
ELTYPE =15
2
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =24
TCODE,7 =0
Real
UNDEF
TCODE,7 =1
2
Main Index
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =23
2
Not used
ELTYPE =22
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =21
2
Not used
ELTYPE =20
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =19
2
Not used
AEROBEAM
ELTYPE =18
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =17
2
Not used
AEROT3
ELTYPE =16
2
none
UNDEF
none
Not used
Real / Imaginary
ASR
RS
Axial Stress
396
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
ASI
RS
Axial Stress
TAUR
RS
Torque
TAUI
RS
Torque
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
AS
RS
Axial stress
TAU
RS
Torque
UNDEF
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =25
2
ELTYPE =26
2
Main Index
none
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
ELTYPE =32
2
Not used
ELTYPE =31
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =30
2
Not used
ELTYPE =29
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =28
2
Not used
ELTYPE =27
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
Unused
none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =33
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EA1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
OES 397
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Description
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
EMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
EA2
RS
15
EMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
16
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
17
EMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
EXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
EXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Type
Random Responses
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
398
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
9
Name
Type
TXY2
Description
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
SA1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
SMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
SMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
SA2
RS
15
SMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
16
SMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
17
SMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
OES 399
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =34
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
EX1A
RS
SA1
EX2A
RS
SA2
EX3A
RS
SA3
EX4A
RS
SA4
AE
RS
Axial
EBMAXA
RS
SA maximum
EBMINA
RS
SA minimum
MST
RS
10
EXIB
RS
SB1
11
EX2B
RS
SB2
12
EX3B
RS
SB3
13
EX4B
RS
SB4
14
EBMAXB
RS
SB maximum
15
EBMINB
RS
SB minimum
16
MSC
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
EX1AR
RS
SA1
EX2AR
RS
SA2
EX3AR
RS
SA3
EX4AR
RS
SA4
AER
RS
Axial
EX1AI
RS
SA1
EX2AI
RS
SA2
EX3AI
RS
SA3
10
EX4AI
RS
SA4
11
AEI
RS
Axial
400
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
EX1BR
RS
SB1
13
EX2BR
RS
SB2
14
EX3BR
RS
SB3
15
EX4BR
RS
SB4
16
EX1BI
RS
SB1
17
EX2BI
RS
SB2
18
EX3BI
RS
SB3
19
EX4BI
RS
SB4
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
EX1A
RS
SA1
EX2A
RS
SA2
EX3A
RS
SA3
EX4A
RS
SA4
AE
RS
Axial
EX1B
RS
SB1
EX2B
RS
SB2
EX3B
RS
SB3
10
EX4B
RS
SB4
13
SX2BR
RS
SB2
14
SX3BR
RS
SB3
15
SX4BR
RS
SB4
16
SX1BI
RS
SB1
17
SX2BI
RS
SB2
18
SX3BI
RS
SB3
19
SX4BI
RS
SB4
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
SX1A
RS
SA1
SX2A
RS
SA2
SX3A
RS
SA3
SX4A
RS
SA4
AS
RS
Axial
OES 401
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Description
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
MST
RS
10
SXIB
RS
SB1
11
SX2B
RS
SB2
12
SX3B
RS
SB3
13
SX4B
RS
SB4
14
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
15
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
16
MSC
RS
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
SX1AR
RS
SA1
SX2AR
RS
SA2
SX3AR
RS
SA3
SX4AR
RS
SA4
ASR
RS
Axial
SX1AI
RS
SA1
SX2AI
RS
SA2
SX3AI
RS
SA3
10
SX4AI
RS
SA4
11
ASI
RS
Axial
12
SX1BR
RS
SB1
13
SX2BR
RS
SB2
14
SX3BR
RS
SB3
15
SX4BR
RS
SB4
16
SX1BI
RS
SB1
17
SX2BI
RS
SB2
18
SX3BI
RS
SB3
19
SX4BI
RS
SB4
TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Type
Random responses
SX1A
RS
SA1
SX2A
RS
SA2
SX3A
RS
SA3
402
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SX4A
SA4
AS
RS
Axial
SX1B
RS
SB1
SX2B
RS
SB2
SX3B
RS
SB3
10
SX4B
RS
SB4
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =35
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
HOPA
RS
FD1
RS
Z1=Fibre distance
EU1
RS
Normal in u at z1
EV1
RS
Normal in v at z1
ET1
RS
Shear in uv at z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at z1
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at z1
10
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at z1
11
FD2
RS
Z2=Fibre sistance
12
EU2
RS
Normal in u at z2
13
EV2
RS
Normal in v at z2
14
ET2
RS
Shear in uv at z2
15
A2
RS
16
EMJRP2
RS
Major principal at z2
17
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at z2
18
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at z2
TCODE,7 =1
2
Real / Imaginary
none
UNDEF
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Not used
OES 403
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
HOPA
RS
FD1
RS
Z1=Fibre distance
SU1
RS
Normal in u at z1
SV1
RS
Normal in v at z1
ST1
RS
Shear in uv at z1
A1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
Major principal at z1
SMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at z1
10
STMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at z1
11
FD2
RS
Z2=Fibre distance
12
SU2
RS
Normal in u at z2
13
SV2
RS
Normal in v at z2
14
ST2
RS
Shear in uv at z2
15
A2
RS
16
SMJRP2
RS
Major principal at z2
17
SMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at z2
18
STMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at z2
TCODE,7 =1
2
Real / Imaginary
UNDEF
TCODE,7 =2
2
none
Not used
Random Responses
UNDEF
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =36
2
ELTYPE =37
2
Not used
ELTYPE =38
Main Index
none
none
Not used
FX
RS
SFY
RS
SFZ
RS
RS
RS
404
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
RS
SV
RS
SW
RS
ELTYPE =39
Tetra
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EX
RS
Normal in x
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
EP1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
13
EOCT
RS
14
EY
RS
Normal in y
15
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
EP2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
EZ
RS
Normal in z
21
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
EP3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
Main Index
Description
Real / Imaginary
OES 405
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EXR
RS
Normal in x
EYR
RS
Normal in y
EZR
RS
Normal in z
ETXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
EXI
RS
Normal in x
13
EYI
RS
Normal in y
14
EZI
RS
Normal in z
15
ETXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
ETYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
ETZXI
RS
Shear in zx
Random Responses
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EX
RS
Normal in x
EY
RS
Normal in y
EZ
RS
Normal in z
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
Main Index
Stress
406
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0
Type
Description
Real
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SX
RS
Normal in x
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
P1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
PR
RS
Mean pressure
13
OCT
RS
14
SY
RS
Normal in y
15
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
P2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
SZ
RS
Normal in z
21
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
P3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
CID
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
OES 407
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SXR
RS
Normal in x
SYR
RS
Normal in y
SZR
RS
Normal in z
TXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
SXI
RS
Normal in x
13
SYI
RS
Normal in y
14
SZI
RS
Normal in z
15
TXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
TYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
TZXI
RS
Shear in zx
Random Responses
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SX
RS
Normal in x
SY
RS
Normal in y
SZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =40
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FE
RS
Element force
UE
RS
Axial displacement
VE
RS
Axial velocity*
AS
RS
Axial stress*
408
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
AE
RS
Axial strain*
EP
RS
Plastic strain*
FAIL
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FER
RS
Element force
UER
RS
Axial displacement
ASR
RS
Axial stress*
AER
RS
Axial strain*
FEI
RS
Element force
UEI
RS
Axial displacement
ASI
RS
Axial stress*
AEI
RS
Axial strain*
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
FE
RS
Element force
UE
RS
Axial displacement
AS
RS
Axial stress*
AE
RS
Axial strain*
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMRPJ2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
ELTYPE =42
2
ELTYPE =43
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
OES 409
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
2
Name
UNDEF
ELTYPE =44
2
UNDEF
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =46
2
none
Description
ELTYPE =45
2
Type
none
Not used
Cflmass
UNDEF
none
Not used
ELTYPE =47
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RA
RS
Radial axis
AA
RS
Axial axis
TE
RS
Tangential edge
CE
RS
Circumferential edge
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
RAR
RS
Radial axis
AAR
RS
Axial axis
TER
RS
Tangential edge
CER
RS
Circumferential edge
RAI
RS
Radial axis
AAI
RS
Axial axis
TEI
RS
Tangential edge
CEI
RS
Circumferential edge
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =48
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
CC
RS
Circumferential centroid
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1
RS
Circumferential edge 1
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2
RS
Circumferential edge 2
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
410
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
10
Name
CE3
TCODE,7 =1
Type
RS
Description
Circumferential edge 3
Real / Imaginary
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
CCR
RS
Circumferential centroid
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1R
RS
Circumferential edge 1
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2R
RS
Circumferential edge 2
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
10
CE3R
RS
Circumferential edge 3
11
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
12
CCI
RS
Circumferential centroid
13
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
14
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
15
CE1I
RS
Circumferential edge 1
16
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
17
CE2I
RS
Circumferential edge 2
18
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
19
CE3I
RS
Circumferential edge 3
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =49
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
CC
RS
Circumferential centroid
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1
RS
Circumferential edge 1
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2
RS
Circumferential edge 2
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
10
CE3
RS
Circumferential edge 3
11
TE4
RS
Tangential edge 4
OES 411
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
12
Name
CE4
TCODE,7 =1
Type
RS
Description
Circumferential edge 4
Real / Imaginary
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
CCR
RS
Circumferential centroid
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
CE1R
RS
Circumferential edge 1
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
CE2R
RS
Circumferential edge 2
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
10
CE3R
RS
Circumferential edge 3
11
TE4R
RS
Tangential edge 4
12
CE4R
RS
Circumferential edge 4
13
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
14
CCI
RS
Circumferential centroid
15
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
16
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
17
CE1I
RS
Circumferential edge 1
18
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
19
CE2I
RS
Circumferential edge 2
20
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
21
CE3I
RS
Circumferential edge 3
22
TE4I
RS
Tangential edge 4
23
CE4I
RS
Circumferential edge 4
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =50
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
412
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
ACI
RS
Axial centroid
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
10
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
11
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =51
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RC
RS
Radial centroid
AC
RS
Axial centroid
TE1
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3
RS
Tangential edge 3
TE4
RS
Tangential edge 4
TCODE,7 =1
2
RCR
RS
Radial centroid
ACR
RS
Axial centroid
TE1R
RS
Tangential edge 1
TE2R
RS
Tangential edge 2
TE3R
RS
Tangential edge 3
TE4R
RS
Tangential edge 4
RCI
RS
Radial centroid
ACI
RS
Axial centroid
10
TE1I
RS
Tangential edge 1
11
TE2I
RS
Tangential edge 2
12
TE3I
RS
Tangential edge 3
13
TE4I
RS
Tangential edge 4
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
OES 413
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
ELTYPE =52
2
Type
Description
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =53
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
LOC
RS
RS
Radial stress
AZS
RS
Azimuthal stress
AS
RS
Axial stress
SS
RS
Shear stress
MAXP
RS
Maximum principal
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
OCTS
RS
Octahedral
Location code
Real / Imaginary
LOC
RSR
RS
Radial stress ?
RSI
RS
Radial stress ?
AZSR
RS
Azimuthal stress ?
AZSI
RS
Azimuthal stress ?
ASR
RS
Axial stress ?
ASI
RS
Axial Stress ?
SSR
RS
Shear stress ?
10
SSI
RS
Shear stress ?
Location code ?
ELTYPE =55
TCODE,7 =0
Real
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
none
UNDEF
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
414
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =56
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =57
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =58
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =59
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
S(9)
TCODE,7 =1
RS
User defined
Real/imaginary or magnitude/phase
SR(9)
RS
11
SI(9)
RS
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =60
Main Index
RS
X coordinate
RS
Y coordinate
SX
RS
Normal X
OES 415
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Description
SY
RS
Normal Y
TXY
RS
Shear XY
KI
RS
KII
RS
S8
RS
10
S9
RS
ELTYPE =61
RS
Normal X
RS
Normal Y
RS
Normal Z
TXY
RS
Shear XY
TYZ
RS
Shear YZ
TZX
RS
Shear ZX
KI
RS
KII
RS
10
KIII
RS
ELTYPE =62
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =63
Main Index
Type
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =64
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
"CEN"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
416
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMRPJ2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
OES 417
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
SMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
SMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
SMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
"CEN"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
418
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Main Index
OES 419
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
ELTYPE =65
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
ELTYPE =67
Hexa
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
Not used
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EX
RS
Normal in x
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
EP1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
13
EOCT
RS
14
EY
RS
Normal in y
15
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
EP2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
EZ
RS
Normal in z
21
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
EP3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
Main Index
Description
ELTYPE =66
2
Type
420
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
Real / Imaginary
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EXR
RS
Normal in x
EYR
RS
Normal in y
EZR
RS
Normal in z
ETXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
EXI
RS
Normal in x
13
EYI
RS
Normal in y
14
EZI
RS
Normal in z
15
ETXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
ETYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
ETZXI
RS
Shear in zx
CID
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EX
RS
Normal in x
EY
RS
Normal in y
EZ
RS
Normal in z
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID
Main Index
OES 421
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
Description
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SX
RS
Normal in x
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
P1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
PR
RS
Mean pressure
13
OCT
RS
14
SY
RS
Normal in y
15
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
P2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
SZ
RS
Normal in z
21
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
P3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
CID
3
4
422
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRID
SXR
RS
Normal in x
SYR
RS
Normal in y
SZR
RS
Normal in z
TXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
SXI
RS
Normal in x
13
SYI
RS
Normal in y
14
SZI
RS
Normal in z
15
TXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
TYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
TZXI
RS
Shear in zx
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SX
RS
Normal in x
SY
RS
Normal in y
SZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID
Main Index
ELTYPE =68
Penta
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
OES 423
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EX
RS
Normal in x
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
EP1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
13
EOCT
RS
14
EY
RS
Normal in y
15
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
EP2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
EZ
RS
Normal in z
21
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
EP3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
Coordinate Type
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EXR
RS
CID
Normal in x
424
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
EYR
RS
Normal in y
EZR
RS
Normal in z
ETXYR
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
EXI
RS
Normal in x
13
EYI
RS
Normal in y
14
EZI
RS
Normal in z
15
ETXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
ETYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
ETZXI
RS
Shear in zx
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
EX
RS
Normal in x
EY
RS
Normal in y
EZ
RS
Normal in z
ETXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
ETYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
ETZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
CID
3
4
OES 425
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
GRID
SX
RS
Normal in x
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
P1
RS
P1X
RS
10
P2X
RS
11
P3X
RS
12
PR
RS
Mean pressure
13
OCT
RS
14
SY
RS
Normal in y
15
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
16
P2
RS
17
P1Y
RS
18
P2Y
RS
19
P3Y
RS
20
SZ
RS
Normal in z
21
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
22
P3
RS
23
P1Z
RS
24
P2Z
RS
25
P3Z
RS
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
CID
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SXR
RS
Normal in x
SYR
RS
Normal in y
SZR
RS
Normal in z
TXYR
RS
Shear in xy
426
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
10
TYZR
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZXR
RS
Shear in zx
12
SXI
RS
Normal in x
13
SYI
RS
Normal in y
14
SZI
RS
Normal in z
15
TXYI
RS
Shear in xy
16
TYZI
RS
Shear in yz
17
TZXI
RS
Shear in zx
Random Responses
I
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SX
RS
Normal in x
SY
RS
Normal in y
SZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
10
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
11
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
CID
Main Index
ELTYPE =69
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
CA
RS
Circumferential angle
EC
RS
ED
RS
EE
RS
EF
RS
OES 427
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
EMAX
RS
Maximum strain
EMIN
RS
Minimum strain
10
MST
RS
11
MSC
RS
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
CA
RS
Circumferential angle
ECR
RS
EDR
RS
EER
RS
EFR
RS
ECI
RS
EDI
RS
10
EEI
RS
11
EFI
RS
Random Responses
I
GRID
CA
RS
Circumferential angle
EC
RS
ED
RS
EE
RS
EF
RS
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
GRID
CA
RS
Circumferential angle
SC
RS
SD
RS
SE
RS
428
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SF
RS
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MST
RS
11
MSC
RS
Real / Imaginary
I
GRID
CA
RS
Circumferential angle
SCR
RS
SDR
RS
SER
RS
SFR
RS
SCI
RS
SDI
RS
10
SEI
RS
11
SFI
RS
Random Responses
I
GRID
CA
RS
Circumferential angle
SC
RS
SD
RS
SE
RS
SF
RS
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Main Index
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
OES 429
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
430
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
"CEN"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
OES 431
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
MJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
MNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
432
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Unused
ELTYPE =72
2
Main Index
Not used
AEROQ4
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =73
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =74
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EA1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
EMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
EA2
RS
15
EMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
16
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
17
EMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
OES 433
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
EXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
EXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
EXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
EXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
SA1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
434
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Description
SMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
SMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
11
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
SA2
RS
15
SMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
16
SMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
17
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
10
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
TCODE,7 =2
Main Index
Type
Random Responses
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre Distance
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre Distance
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
OES 435
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
9
Name
Type
RS
TXY2
Description
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =75
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
"CEN"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
436
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
"CEN"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
OES 437
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
SMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
SMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
SMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
SMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
438
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =76
2
ELTYPE =77
2
Not used
Undef
none
UNDEF
Not used
Undef
none
UNDEF
Not used
Undef
none
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =82
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Main Index
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =81
2
Not used
ELTYPE =80
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =79
2
Not used
ELTYPE =78
2
none
UNDEF
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
OES 439
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
11
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
EMJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
440
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
"CENTER"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
Major principal at Z1
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal at Z1
11
TMAX1
RS
Maximum shear at Z1
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
"CEN"
Number active grids identification number
or grid identification number
OES 441
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
A2
RS
17
MJRP2
RS
Major principal at Z2
18
MNRP2
RS
Minor principal at Z2
19
TMAX2
RS
Maximum shear at Z2
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
442
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at Z2
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
ELTYPE =84
2
Not used
ELTYPE =85
none
Not used
TETRA -- Nonlinear
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
Grid / Gauss
SX
RS
Stress in x
SY
RS
Stress in y
SZ
RS
Stress in z
SXY
RS
Stress in xy
SYZ
RS
Stress in yz
10
SZX
RS
Stress in zx
11
SE
RS
Equivalent stress
12
EPS
RS
13
ECS
RS
14
EX
RS
Strain in x
15
EY
RS
Strain in y
16
EZ
RS
Strain in z
17
EXY
RS
Strain in xy
18
EYZ
RS
Strain in yz
19
EZX
RS
Strain in zx
Main Index
none
OES 443
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
ELTYPE =86
Type
Description
GAP -- Nonlinear
CPX
RS
Comp x
SHY
RS
Shear in y
SHZ
RS
Shear in z
AU
RS
Axial in u
SHV
RS
Shear in v
SHW
RS
Shear in w
SLV
RS
Slip in v
SLP
RS
Slip in w
10
FORM1
CHAR4
no definition
11
FORM2
CHAR4
no definition
ELTYPE =87
AS
RS
Axial Stress
SE
RS
Equivalent Stress
TE
RS
Total Strain
EPS
RS
ECS
RS
LTS
RS
ELTYPE =88
NUMWDE =13
2
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
444
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
18
TXY2
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z2
19
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z2
20
EPS2
RS
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
25
ETXY2
RS
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Shear strain in xy at Z2
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =89
2
AS
RS
Axial Stress
SE
RS
Equivalent Stress
TE
RS
Total Strain
EPS
RS
ECS
RS
LTS
RS
ELTYPE =90
Main Index
QUAD4 -- Nonlinear
OES 445
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
NUMWDE =13
2
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
18
TXY2
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z2
19
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z2
20
EPS2
RS
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
446
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
25
ETXY2
RS
Not used
Shear strain in xy at Z2
End NUMWDE
ELTYPE =91
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SX
RS
Stress in x
SY
RS
Stress in y
SZ
RS
Stress in z
SXY
RS
Stress in xy
SYZ
RS
Stress in yz
10
SZX
RS
Stress in zx
11
SE
RS
Equivalent stress
12
EPS
RS
13
ECS
RS
14
EX
RS
Strain in x
15
EY
RS
Strain in y
16
EZ
RS
Strain in z
17
EXY
RS
Strain in xy
18
EYZ
RS
Strain in yz
19
EZX
RS
Strain in zx
Grid or Gauss
Main Index
AS
RS
Axial Stress
SE
RS
Equivalent Stress
TE
RS
Total Strain
EPS
RS
ECS
RS
OES 447
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
7
Name
LTS
ELTYPE =93
Type
RS
Description
Linear torsional stress
CTYPE
CHAR4
NODEF
GRID
SX
RS
Stress in x
SY
RS
Stress in y
SZ
RS
Stress in z
SXY
RS
Stress in xy
SYZ
RS
Stress in yz
10
SZX
RS
Stress in zx
11
SE
RS
Equivalent stress
12
EPS
RS
13
ECS
RS
14
EX
RS
Strain in x
15
EY
RS
Strain in y
16
EZ
RS
Strain in z
17
EXY
RS
Strain in xy
18
EYZ
RS
Strain in yz
19
EZX
RS
Strain in zx
Grid or Gauss
Main Index
GRIDA
LOCCA
CHAR4
NSXCA
RS
NSECA
RS
TECA
RS
EPECA
RS
ECECA
RS
LOCDA
CHAR4
10
NSXDA
RS
'D' at end A
Long. Stress at point D at end A
448
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
11
NSEDA
RS
12
TEDA
RS
13
EPEDA
RS
14
ECEDA
RS
15
LOCEA
CHAR4
16
NSXEA
RS
17
NSEEA
RS
18
TEEA
RS
19
EPEEA
RS
20
ECEEA
RS
21
LOCFA
CHAR4
22
NSXFA
RS
23
NSEFA
RS
24
TEFA
RS
25
EPEFA
RS
26
ECEFA
RS
27
GRIDB
28
LOCCB
CHAR4
29
NSXCB
RS
30
NSECB
RS
31
TECB
RS
32
EPECB
RS
33
ECECB
RS
34
LOCDB
CHAR4
35
NSXDB
RS
36
NSEDB
RS
37
TEDB
RS
38
EPEDB
RS
39
ECEDB
RS
40
LOCEB
CHAR4
41
NSXEB
RS
42
NSEEB
RS
'E' at end A
'F at end A
'D' at end B
'E' at end B
OES 449
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Description
43
TEEB
RS
44
EPEEB
RS
45
ECEEB
RS
46
LOCFB
CHAR4
47
NSXFB
RS
48
NSEFB
RS
49
TEFB
RS
50
EPEFB
RS
51
ECEFB
RS
'F' at end B
ELTYPE =95
QUAD4 composite
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Lamina Number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
End SCODE,6
Main Index
Type
Lamina Number
450
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE =96
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Lamina Number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
Lamina Number
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =97
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
Lamina Number
OES 451
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
Lamina Number
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =98
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Lamina Number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
Lamina Number
452
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =99
2
Undef
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =100
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
SD
RS
EXC
RS
Strain at point c
EXD
RS
Strain at point d
EXE
RS
Strain at point e
EXF
RS
Strain at point f
AE
RS
Axial strain
EMAX
RS
Maximum strain
EMIN
RS
Minimum strain
10
MS
RS
Margin of Safety
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Not used
Real / Imaginary
SD
RS
EXCR
RS
Strain at point c
EXDR
RS
Strain at point d
EXER
RS
Strain at point e
EXFR
RS
Strain at point f
AER
RS
Axial strain
EMAXR
RS
Maximum strain
EMINR
RS
Minimum strain
10
EXCI
RS
Strain at point c
11
EXDI
RS
Strain at point d
12
EXEI
RS
Strain at point e
OES 453
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
EXFI
RS
Strain at point f
14
AEI
RS
Axial strain
15
EMAXI
RS
Maximum strain
16
EMINI
RS
Minimum strain
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
SD
RS
EXC
RS
Strain at point c
EXD
RS
Strain at point d
EXE
RS
Strain at point e
EXF
RS
Strain at point f
AE
RS
Axial strain
EMAX
RS
Maximum strain
EMIN
RS
Minimum strain
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
SD
RS
SXC
RS
Stress at point c
SXD
RS
Stress at point d
SXE
RS
Stress at point e
SXF
RS
Stress at point f
AS
RS
Axial stress
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
10
MS
RS
Margin of Safety
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
SD
RS
SXCR
RS
Stress at point c
SXDR
RS
Stress at point d
SXER
RS
Stress at point e
SXFR
RS
Stress at point f
ASR
RS
Axial stress
SMAXR
RS
Maximum stress
454
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SMINR
RS
Minimum stress
10
SXCI
RS
Stress at point c
11
SXDI
RS
Stress at point d
12
SXEI
RS
Stress at point e
13
SXFI
RS
Stress at point f
14
ASI
RS
Axial stress
15
SMAXI
RS
Maximum stress
16
SMINI
RS
Minimum stress
TCODE,7 =2
Random Responses
SD
RS
SXC
RS
Stress at point c
SXD
RS
Stress at point d
SXE
RS
Stress at point e
SXF
RS
Stress at point f
AS
RS
Axial stress
SMAX
RS
Maximum stress
SMIN
RS
Minimum stress
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =101
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
IMPED
RS
Impedance
ABSORB
RS
Absorption Coefficient
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
IMPEDR
RS
Impedance
IMPEDI
RS
Impedance
ABSORB
RS
Absorption Coefficient
End TCODE,7
Main Index
ELTYPE =102
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
TX
RS
Translation x
TY
RS
Translation y
TZ
RS
Translation z
OES 455
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
RX
RS
Rotation x
RY
RS
Rotation y
RZ
RS
Rotation z
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TXR
RS
Translation x R
TYR
RS
Translation y R
TZR
RS
Translation z R
RXR
RS
Rotation x R
RYR
RS
Rotation y R
RZR
RS
Rotation z R
TXI
RS
Translation x I
TYI
RS
Translation y I
10
TZI
RS
Translation z I
11
RXI
RS
Rotation x I
12
RYI
RS
Rotation y I
13
RZI
RS
Rotation z I
End TCODE,7
ELTYPE =103
2
ELTYPE =104
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
ELTYPE =110
2
Not used
ELTYPE =109
2
none
ELTYPE =108
2
Not used
ELTYPE =107
2
none
ELTYPE =106
2
Not used
ELTYPE =105
2
none
none
Not used
CONV
UNDEF
none
Not used
456
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
ELTYPE =111
2
Not used
QVECT
none
UNDEF
Not used
QVOL
none
UNDEF
Not used
Radbc
none
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
ELTYPE =117
Not used
WELDC
AS
RS
Axial
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =118
WELDP
AS
RS
Axial
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =119
Main Index
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =116
2
Not used
QBDY3
ELTYPE =115
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =114
2
Not used
RADBC
ELTYPE =113
2
none
UNDEF
ELTYPE =112
2
Description
CONVM
ELTYPE =115
2
Type
SEAM
AS
RS
Axial
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
OES 457
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =126
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
TXR
RS
TYR
RS
Translation y R
TZR
RS
Translation z R
RXR
RS
Rotation x R
RYR
RS
Rotation y R
RZR
RS
Rotation z R
TXI
RS
Translation x I
TYI
RS
Translation y I
10
TZI
RS
Translation z I
11
RXI
RS
Rotation x I
12
RYI
RS
Rotation y I
13
RZI
RS
Rotation z I
TCODE,7 =0,2
TX
RS
Translation x
TY
RS
Translation y
TZ
RS
Translation z
RX
RS
Rotation x
RY
RS
Rotation y
RZ
RS
Rotation z
End TCODE,7
Main Index
THERMAL =00
ELTYPE =127
CQUAD
ELTYPE =128
CQUADX
ELTYPE =129
RELUC -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =130
RES -- EMAS?
458
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
ELTYPE =131
TETRAE -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =132
CTRIA
ELTYPE =133
CTRIAX
ELTYPE =134
LINEOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =135
LINXOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =136
QUADOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =137
TRIAOB -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =138
LINEX -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =139
Hyperelastic QUAD4FD
Description
CHAR4
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
OES 459
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description
ELTYPE =142
2
Main Index
Not used
UNDEF
ELTYPE =143
2
none
UNDEF
Not used
UNDEF
Not used
ELTYPE =144
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
A1
RS
Shear angle at z1
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal at z1
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal at z1
11
ETMAX1
RS
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at z2
13
EX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
EY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z2
16
A2
RS
Shear angle at z2
460
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
17
EMJRP2
RS
Major principal at z2
18
EMNRP2
RS
Minor principal at z2
19
ETMRP2
RS
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at z1
10
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at z1
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at z2
12
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at z2
13
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at z2
16
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at z1
17
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at z1
Main Index
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at z2
EX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
10
EY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
11
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z1
OES 461
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
A1
RS
Shear angle at z1
MJRP1
RS
Major principal at z1
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal at z1
11
TMAX1
RS
12
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at z2
13
SX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
SY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z2
16
A2
RS
Shear angle at z2
17
MJRP2
RS
Major principal at z2
18
MNRP2
RS
Minor principal at z2
19
TMAX2
RS
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at z1
10
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at z1
462
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
11
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at z2
12
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at z2
13
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at z2
14
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at z2
15
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at z2
16
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at z2
17
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at z2
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fibre distance at z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at z1
FD2
RS
Fibre distance at z2
SX2
RS
Normal in x at z2
10
SY2
RS
Normal in y at z2
11
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at z2
NUMWDE =98
Main Index
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
10
PRIN01
RS
OES 463
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
11
PRIN02
RS
12
PRIN03
RS
13
MEAN
RS
14
VONOROCT
RS
Description
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
GRIDID
XNORMR
RS
YNORMR
RS
ZNORMR
RS
TXYR
RS
TYZR
RS
TZXR
RS
10
XNORMI
RS
11
YNORMI
RS
12
ZNORMI
RS
13
TXYI
RS
14
TYZI
RS
15
TZXI
RS
NUMWDE =74
Main Index
464
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
10
PRIN01
RS
11
PRIN02
RS
12
PRIN03
RS
13
MEAN
RS
14
VONOROCT
RS
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
Main Index
2 + 6*13
I
GRIDID
XNORMR
RS
YNORMR
RS
ZNORMR
RS
TXYR
RS
TYZR
RS
TZXR
RS
10
XNORMI
RS
11
YNORMI
RS
12
ZNORMI
RS
Description
OES 465
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
13
TXYI
RS
14
TYZI
RS
15
TZXI
RS
Description
NUMWDE =50
3
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
10
PRIN01
RS
11
PRIN02
RS
12
PRIN03
RS
13
MEAN
RS
14
VONOROCT
RS
GRIDID
XNORM
RS
YNORM
RS
ZNORM
RS
TXY
RS
TYZ
RS
TZX
RS
Main Index
GRIDID
XNORMR
2 + 4*13
I
RS
466
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
YNORMR
RS
ZNORMR
RS
TXYR
RS
TYZR
RS
TZXR
RS
10
XNORMI
RS
11
YNORMI
RS
12
ZNORMI
RS
13
TXYI
RS
14
TYZI
RS
15
TZXI
RS
Description
HEXAM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =149
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
TRIAPW -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =157
2
Not used
QUADPW -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =156
2
none
TRIAXM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =155
2
Not used
QUADXM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =154
2
none
TRIAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =153
2
Not used
QUADM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =152
2
none
TETRAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =151
2
Not used
PENTAM -- EMAS?
ELTYPE =150
2
none
none
Not used
LINEPW -- EMAS?
UNDEF
none
Not used
OES 467
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
ELTYPE =158
2
Description
QUADOBM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =159
2
Type
none
Not used
TRIAOBM -- EMAS?
UNDEF
ELTYPE =160
none
Not used
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
468
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
OES 469
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
CHAR4
I
470
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SXY
RS
PA
RS
AX
RS
AY
RS
AZ
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
SY
RS
12
SYZ
RS
13
PB
RS
OES 471
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
14
BX
RS
15
BY
RS
16
BZ
RS
17
SZ
RS
18
SZX
RS
19
PC
RS
20
CX
RS
21
CY
RS
22
CZ
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
CHAR4
I
472
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SXY
RS
ANGLE
RS
SMJ
RS
SMI
RS
Quadr -- Nonlinear
NUMWDE =13
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
OES 473
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z2
18
TXY2
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z2
19
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z2
20
EPS2
RS
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z2
25
ETXY2
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z2
474
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
ELTYPE =173
Type
Description
NUMWDE =13
2
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
SZ1
RS
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
EZ1
RS
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
NUMWDE =25
Main Index
FD1
RS
Z1 = Fibre distance
SX1
RS
Stress in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Stress in y at Z1
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z1
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z1
EPS1
RS
ECS1
RS
10
EX1
RS
Strain in x at Z1
11
EY1
RS
Strain in y at Z1
12
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z1
13
ETXY1
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z1
14
FD2
RS
Z2 = Fibre distance
15
SX2
RS
Stress in x at Z2
16
SY2
RS
Stress in y at Z2
17
UNDEF
none
Stress in z at Z2
18
TXY2
RS
Shear stress in xy at Z2
19
ES
RS
Equivalent stress at Z2
OES 475
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
20
EPS2
RS
21
ECS2
RS
22
EX2
RS
Strain in x at Z2
23
EY2
RS
Strain in y at Z2
24
UNDEF
none
Strain in z at Z2
25
ETXY2
RS
Shear strain in xy at Z2
End NUMWDE
TCODE,7 =2
7
Random Responses
UNDEF
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
angle
ITYPE
TCODE,7 =0
Main Index
flat/curved etc.
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1
RS
Normal x at Z1
11
NY1
RS
Normal y at Z1
12
TXY1
RS
Shear xy at Z1
13
ANGLE1
RS
14
MJRP1
RS
15
MNRP1
RS
16
MAXSV1
RS
vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a
17
NX2
RS
Normal x at Z2
18
NY2
RS
Normal y at Z2
19
TXY2
RS
Shear xy at Z2
20
ANGLE2
RS
21
MJRP2
RS
476
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
MNRP2
RS
23
MAXSV2
RS
vonMises/Max.Shear at Z2 or n/a
Real / Imaginary
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1R
RS
Normal x rm at Z1
11
NX1I
RS
Normal x ip at Z1
12
NY1R
RS
Normal y rm at Z1
13
NY1I
RS
Normal y ip at Z1
14
TXY1R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z1
15
TXY1I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z1
16
NZ1R
RS
Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
17
NZ1I
RS
Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
18
TYZ1R
RS
Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
19
TYZ1I
RS
Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
20
TZX1R
RS
Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
21
TZX1I
RS
Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
22
NX2R
RS
Normal x rm at Z2
23
NX2I
RS
Normal x ip at Z2
24
NY2R
RS
Normal y rm at Z2
25
NY2I
RS
Normal y ip at Z2
26
TXY2R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z2
27
TXY2I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z2
28
NZ1R
RS
Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
29
NZ1I
RS
Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
30
TYZ1R
RS
Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
31
TYZ1I
RS
Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
32
TZX1R
RS
Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
33
TZX1I
RS
Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
Main Index
OES 477
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
ELTYPE =189
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE
TCODE,7 =0
Real
VUID
NONE(2)
Nothing
10
MSX
RS
membrane stain x
11
MSY
RS
membrane strain y
12
MXY
RS
membrane strain xy
13
NONE(3)
RS
Nothing
16
BCX
RS
bending curvature x
17
BCY
RS
bending curvature y
18
BCXY
RS
bending curvature xy
19
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
20
TZX
RS
Shear zx
21
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
VUID
UNDEF(2 )
10
MSXR
RS
membrane strain x RM
11
MSYR
RS
membrane strain y RM
12
MXYR
RS
membrane strain xy RM
13
UNDEF(3 )
16
BCXR
RS
bending curvature x RM
17
BCYR
RS
bending curvature y RM
18
BCXYR
RS
bending curvature xy RM
none
none
Not used
478
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
19
TYZR
RS
Shear yz RM
20
TZXR
RS
Shear zx RM
21
UNDEF
22
MSXI
RS
membrane strain x IP
23
MSYI
RS
membrane strain y IP
24
MXYI
RS
membrane strain xy IP
25
UNDEF(3 )
28
BCXI
RS
bending curvature x IP
29
BCYI
RS
bending curvature y IP
30
BCXYI
RS
bending curvature xy IP
31
TYZI
RS
Shear yz IP
32
TZXI
RS
Shear zx IP
33
UNDEF
none
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Stress
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE
TCODE,7 =0
Main Index
Real
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1
RS
Normal x at Z1
11
NY1
RS
Normal y at Z1
12
TXY1
RS
Shear xy at Z1
13
ANGLE1
RS
14
MJRP1
RS
15
MNRP1
RS
OES 479
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
16
MAXSV1
RS
vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a
17
NX2
RS
Normal x at Z2
18
NY2
RS
Normal y at Z2
19
TXY2
RS
Shear xy at Z2
20
ANGLE2
RS
21
MJRP2
RS
22
MNRP2
RS
23
MAXSV2
RS
vonMises/Max.Shear at Z2 or n/a
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1R
RS
Normal x rm at Z1
11
NX1I
RS
Normal x ip at Z1
12
NY1R
RS
Normal y rm at Z1
13
NY1I
RS
Normal y ip at Z1
14
TXY1R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z1
15
TXY1I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z1
16
NZ1R
RS
Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
17
NZ1I
RS
Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
18
TYZ1R
RS
Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
19
TYZ1I
RS
Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
20
TZX1R
RS
Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
21
TZX1I
RS
Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
22
NX2R
RS
Normal x rm at Z2
23
NX2I
RS
Normal x ip at Z2
24
NY2R
RS
Normal y rm at Z2
25
NY2I
RS
Normal y ip at Z2
26
TXY2R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z2
27
TXY2I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z2
28
NZ1R
RS
Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
480
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
29
NZ1I
RS
Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
30
TYZ1R
RS
Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
31
TYZ1I
RS
Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
32
TZX1R
RS
Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
33
TZX1I
RS
Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE
Real
TCODE,7 =0
7
VUID
NONE(2)
Nothing
10
MSX
RS
membrane stain x
11
MSY
RS
membrane strain y
12
MXY
RS
membrane strain xy
13
NONE(3)
RS
Nothing
16
BCX
RS
bending curvature x
17
BCY
RS
bending curvature y
18
BCXY
RS
bending curvature xy
19
TYZ
RS
Shear yz
20
TZX
RS
Shear zx
21
NONE(3)
RS
Nothing
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
VUID
OES 481
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
none
Description
UNDEF(2 )
10
MSXR
RS
membrane strain x RM
11
MSYR
RS
membrane strain y RM
12
MXYR
RS
membrane strain xy RM
13
UNDEF(3 )
16
BCXR
RS
bending curvature x RM
17
BCYR
RS
bending curvature y RM
18
BCXYR
RS
bending curvature xy RM
19
TYZR
RS
Shear yz RM
20
TZXR
RS
Shear zx RM
21
UNDEF
22
MSXI
RS
membrane strain x IP
23
MSYI
RS
membrane strain y IP
24
MXYI
RS
membrane strain xy IP
25
UNDEF(3 )
28
BCXI
RS
bending curvature x IP
29
BCYI
RS
bending curvature y IP
30
BCXYI
RS
bending curvature xy IP
31
TYZI
RS
Shear yz IP
32
TZXI
RS
Shear zx IP
33
UNDEF
none
none
none
none
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Stress
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
THETA
THETA angle
ITYPE
TCODE,7 =0
7
Main Index
Real
VUID
482
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1
RS
Normal x at Z1
11
NY1
RS
Normal y at Z1
12
TXY1
RS
Shear xy at Z1
13
ANGLE1
RS
14
MJRP1
RS
15
MNRP1
RS
16
MAXSV1
RS
vonMises/Max.Shear at Z1 or n/a
17
NX2
RS
Normal x at Z2
18
NY2
RS
Normal y at Z2
19
TXY2
RS
Shear xy at Z2
20
ANGLE2
RS
21
MJRP2
RS
22
MNRP2
RS
23
MAXSV2
RS
vonMises/Max.Shear at Z2 or n/a
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
I
VUID
Z1
RS
Z1 Fibre distance
Z2
RS
Z2 Fibre distance
10
NX1R
RS
Normal x rm at Z1
11
NX1I
RS
Normal x ip at Z1
12
NY1R
RS
Normal y rm at Z1
13
NY1I
RS
Normal y ip at Z1
14
TXY1R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z1
15
TXY1I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z1
16
NZ1R
RS
Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
17
NZ1I
RS
Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
18
TYZ1R
RS
Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
19
TYZ1I
RS
Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
20
TZX1R
RS
Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
OES 483
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
21
TZX1I
RS
Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
22
NX2R
RS
Normal x rm at Z2
23
NX2I
RS
Normal x ip at Z2
24
NY2R
RS
Normal y rm at Z2
25
NY2I
RS
Normal y ip at Z2
26
TXY2R
RS
Shear xy rm at Z2
27
TXY2I
RS
Shear xy ip at Z2
28
NZ1R
RS
Normal z rm at Z1 or n/a
29
NZ1I
RS
Normal z ip at Z1 or n/a
30
TYZ1R
RS
Shear yz rm at Z1 or n/a
31
TYZ1I
RS
Shear yz ip at Z1 or n/a
32
TZX1R
RS
Shear zx rm at Z1 or n/a
33
TZX1I
RS
Shear zx ip at Z1 or n/a
PARENT
COORD
ICORD
CHAR4
TCODE,7 =0
Real
I
VUGRID
POSIT
RS
POS(3)
RS
10
NX
RS
Normal x
11
TXY
RS
Shear xy
12
TZX
RS
Shear zx
MAXLONG
RS
Max longitudinal
14
MINLONG
RS
Min longitudinal
Main Index
484
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =1
Type
Description
Real / Imaginary
I
VUGRID
POSIT
RS
POS(3)
RS
10
NXR
RS
Normal x RM
11
NXI
RS
Normal x IP
12
TXYR
RS
Shear xy RM
13
TXYI
RS
Shear xy IP
14
TZXR
RS
Shear zx RM
15
TZXI
RS
Shear zx IP
CVINT
UNDEF
ELTYPE =193
2
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
UNDEF
Main Index
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
none
Not used
VUHBDY
UNDEF
ELTYPE =200
2
none
CNVPEL
ELTYPE =199
2
Not used
GMINTS
ELTYPE =198
2
none
LINXFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =197
2
Not used
LINEFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =196
2
none
TRIAFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =195
2
Not used
QUADFR -- EMAS
ELTYPE =194
2
none
none
Not used
WELD
AS
RS
Axial
OES 485
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
BMAXA
RS
SA maximum
BMINA
RS
SA minimum
BMAXB
RS
SB maximum
BMINB
RS
SB minimum
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
BRNG
RS
Bearing
ELTYPE =201
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
GAUS
486
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description
REGIONID
MGRID1
Master grid 1
MGRID2
Master grid 2
SCOORD
RS
Surface coordinate
RS
Normal force
RS
Shear force
SIGMA
RS
Normal stress
TAU
RS
Shear stress
10
NGAP
RS
Normal gap
11
SLIP
RS
Slip
12
SLIPRAT
RS
Slip ratio
13
SLIPCODE(2)
CHAR4
Slip code
ELTYPE =204
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
GAUS
OES 487
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GAUS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
GAUS
488
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GAUS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
GAUS
OES 489
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GAUS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
GAUS
490
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
GAUS
OES 491
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GAUS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
GAUS
492
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GAUS
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
GRID
OES 493
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
GRID
494
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
GRID
OES 495
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
SYZ
RS
SZX
RS
10
PRESSURE
RS
11
VOLSTR
RS
12
EX
RS
13
EY
RS
14
EZ
RS
15
EXY
RS
16
EYZ
RS
17
EZX
RS
GRID
Main Index
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
GRID
496
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
Description
TYPE
ID
SX
RS
SY
RS
SZ
RS
SXY
RS
PRESSURE
RS
VOLSTR
RS
10
EX
RS
11
EY
RS
12
EZ
RS
13
EXY
RS
GRID
Nonlinear ELAS1
RS
Force
RS
Stress
ELTYPE =225
Nonlinear ELAS3
RS
Force
RS
Stress
ELTYPE =226
Main Index
Nonlinear BUSH
FX
RS
Force X
FY
RS
Force Y
FZ
RS
Force Z
OES 497
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Description
STX
RS
Stress translational X
STY
RS
Stress translational Y
STZ
RS
Stress translational Z
ETX
RS
Strain rotational X
ETY
RS
Strain rotational Y
10
ETZ
RS
Strain rotational Z
11
MX
RS
Moment X
12
MY
RS
Moment Y
13
MZ
RS
Moment Z
14
SRX
RS
Stress rotational X
15
SRY
RS
Stress rotational Y
16
SRZ
RS
Stress rotational Z
17
ERX
RS
Strain rotational X
18
ERY
RS
Strain rotational Y
19
ERZ
RS
Strain rotational Z
ELTYPE =232
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Type
Lamina number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
Lamina number
498
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =233
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
PLY
EX1
RS
Normal-1
EY1
RS
Normal-2
ET1
RS
Shear-12
EL1
RS
Shear-1Z
EL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
EMJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
EMNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
ETMAX1
RS
SCODE,6 =01
Lamina number
Stress
PLY
SX1
RS
Normal-1
SY1
RS
Normal-2
T1
RS
Shear-12
SL1
RS
Shear-1Z
SL2
RS
Shear-2Z
A1
RS
Shear angle
MJRP1
RS
Major principal
10
MNRP1
RS
Minor principal
11
TMAX1
RS
Lamina number
End SCODE,6
Main Index
ELTYPE =235
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
OES 499
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major Principal at Z1
EMNRP1
RS
Minor Principal at Z1
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
10
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
EMJRP2
RS
Major Principal at Z2
15
EMNRP2
RS
Minor Principal at Z2
16
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Main Index
Description
Stress
500
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =0
Description
Real
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
Major Principal at Z1
MNRP1
RS
Minor Principal at Z1
TMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
10
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
MJRP2
RS
Major Principal at Z2
15
MNRP2
RS
Minor Principal at Z2
16
TMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
Main Index
Type
OES 501
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =236
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major Principal at Z1
EMNRP1
RS
Minor Principal at Z1
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
10
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
EMJRP2
RS
Major Principal at Z2
15
EMNRP2
RS
Minor Principal at Z2
16
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
502
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
13
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
Word
Name
Type
Description
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
Major Principal at Z1
MNRP1
RS
Minor Principal at Z1
TMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
10
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
11
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
13
A2
RS
14
MJRP2
RS
Major Principal at Z2
15
MNRP2
RS
Minor Principal at Z2
16
TMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
10
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
OES 503
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
11
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
12
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
13
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
14
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
End TCODE,7
End SCODE,6
ELTYPE =237
SCODE,6 =0
Strain
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
GRID
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
EMJRP1
RS
Major Principal at Z1
EMNRP1
RS
Minor Principal at Z1
10
ETMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
12
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
A2
RS
16
EMJRP2
RS
Major Principal at Z2
17
EMNRP2
RS
Minor Principal at Z2
18
ETMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
Main Index
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
"CENTER"
GRID
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
504
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
EX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
EY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
ETXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
11
EX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
EX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
EY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
EY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
ETXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
ETXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Random Responses
Word
Name
Type
Description
TERM
CHAR4
"CENTER"
GRID
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
EX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
EY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
ETXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
EX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
EY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
10
ETXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Main Index
SCODE,6 =01
Stress
TCODE,7 =0
Real
TERM
CHAR4
"CEN"
GRID
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
OES 505
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
Type
Description
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
A1
RS
MJRP1
RS
Major Principal at Z1
MNRP1
RS
Minor Principal at Z1
10
TMAX1
RS
Maximum Shear at Z1
11
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
12
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
15
A2
RS
16
MJRP2
RS
Major Principal at Z2
17
MNRP2
RS
Minor Principal at Z2
18
TMAX2
RS
Maximum Shear at Z2
Real / Imaginary
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
SX1R
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SX1I
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1R
RS
Normal in y at Z1
SY1I
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1R
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
TXY1I
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
10
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
11
SX2R
RS
Normal in x at Z2
12
SX2I
RS
Normal in x at Z2
13
SY2R
RS
Normal in y at Z2
14
SY2I
RS
Normal in y at Z2
15
TXY2R
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
16
TXY2I
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Main Index
506
OES
Table of element stresses or strains
Word
Name
TCODE,7 =2
Type
Description
Random Responses
TERM
CHAR4
GRID
FD1
RS
Fiber distance at Z1
SX1
RS
Normal in x at Z1
SY1
RS
Normal in y at Z1
TXY1
RS
Shear in xy at Z1
FD2
RS
Fiber distance at Z2
SX2
RS
Normal in x at Z2
SY2
RS
Normal in y at Z2
10
TXY2
RS
Shear in xy at Z2
Name
Type
Description
UNDEF(5)
none
Not used
WORD6
Notes:
1. For CBEAM (2) Item codes are given for end A. Addition of the quantity (K-1) 10
to the item code points to the same information for other stations, where K is the
station number. K=11 for end B and 2-10 for intermediate stations.
2. For CTRIA6 (53) The stresses are repeated for each of the stress points within each
element. For CHEX8 there are 9 stress points for each element. For CHEX20 there
are 9 plus (the number of nondeleted mid-side nodes) stress points for each element.
3. For QUAD8 (64) For corner grids, real , add 17I to items 3 through 19, where I =
1,2,3,4 (87 total words). For corner grids, real/imaginary add 15I to items 3 through
19, where I = 1,2,3,4 (77 total words).
Main Index
OEFTG 507
Fatigue Primary Output Data Block
OEFTG
For all analysis types. This data block is only ever SORT1 formatted (the SORT1/SORT2 option on the
FATIGUE case control is for printed output in f06 file only).
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
1-2
NAME(2)
3-7
WORD
Type
CHAR4
I
Description
Data block name
No definition
Name
Type
I
Element_type
0 (for ELEM) or
No. of corner nodes (for NODE)
NAME(2)
Undefined
Format_code
10
11
12
13-30
31
Main Index
Description
Undefined
I
32-45
CHAR4
46-50
CHAR4
51-82
CHAR4
Title
508
OEFTG
Fatigue Primary Output Data Block
Word
Name
Type
Description
83-114
CHAR4
Subtitle
115-146
CHAR4
Label
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
Device_code + 10*Element Id
Life
LOG10(Life)
Damage
LOG10(Damage)
10
11
12
13
14
15
Life
16
LOG10(Life)
17
18
19
Damage
20
LOG10(Damage)
21
22
23
OEFTG 509
Fatigue Primary Output Data Block
Word
Name
Type
R
24
Description
Critical plane angle = -1 if not applicable
Words 2-13 repeated for each corner node of
each solid element or element center of
shear panel for option 'NODE' (CHEXA,
CPENTA, CTETRA, CSHEAR)
Words 2-24 repeated for each corner node of
each shell element for option 'NODE'
(CQUAD4, CQUADR, CQUAD8,
CTRIA3, CTRIAR, CTRIA6)
Records 2and 3 repeated for each element
type for each FATIGUE Event and
FATIGUE ID.
Main Index
Element Type
Number
NODE option
(Corner Nodes)
CSHEAR
04
CSHEAR
CQUAD4
33
CQUAD4
CTETRA
39
CTETRA
CQUAD8
64
CQUAD8
CHEXA
67
CHEXA
CPENTA
68
CPENTA
CTRIAR
70
CTRIAR
CTRIA3
74
CTRIA3
CTRIA6
75
CTRIA6
CQUADR
82
CQUADR
510
OEFTG
Fatigue Primary Output Data Block
Name
Type
Description
Device_code + 10*Element Id
GridID-EndA
Angle
Life
LOG10(Life)
Damage
LOG10(Damage)
10
Maximum Force
11
Maximum stress
12
Minimum stress
13
ELEM options
CBAR
34
CBEAM
CHEXA
2067
CWELD
117 (cweldc)
CWELD
118 (cweldp)
CWELD
200
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
Device_code + 10*Element Id
OEFTG 511
Fatigue Primary Output Data Block
Word
Name
Type
Description
Life
LOG10(Life)
Damage
LOG10(Damage)
10
11
12
13
23
24
Main Index
Element Type
Number
CQUAD4
2144
CQUAD8
2064
CTRIAR
2070
CTRIA6
2075
CQUADR
2082
512
OEFTGM
Biaxial/Multiaxial Fatigue Output Data Block
OEFTGM
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
1-2
NAME(2)
3-7
WORD
Type
CHAR4
I
Description
Data block name
No definition
Name
Type
I
Element_type
0 (for ELEM) or
No. of corner nodes (for NODE)
Format_code
10
11
Stress/Strain Code(word8 +
10*word6+/voxword)
NAME(2)
MMTHD
12-30
31
Main Index
Description
Undefined
BCD
32-45
CHAR4
46-50
CHAR4
51-82
CHAR4
Title
83-114
CHAR4
Subtitle
115-146
CHAR4
Label
OEFTGM 513
Biaxial/Multiaxial Fatigue Output Data Block
Name
Type
Description
Grid ID
Main Index
Element Type
Number
NODE option
(Corner Nodes)
CQUAD4
33
CQUAD4
144
CQUAD8
64
CQUAD8
1064
CTRIA6
75
CTRIA6
1075
CQUADR
82
CQUADR
1082
CTRIAR
70
CTRIAR
1070
CTRIA3
74
514
OEFTGM
Biaxial/Multiaxial Fatigue Output Data Block
Name
Type
Description
Grid ID
10*Location +Type
SLCTY
Main Index
Element Type
Number
CQUAD4
2144
CQUAD8
2064
CTRIA6
2075
CQUADR
2082
CTRIAR
2070
OGF 515
Table of grid point forces
OGF
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Block name
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
I
Not used
Subcase number
ACODE,4 =0
5
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =01
5
UNDEF
MODE
UNDEF
UNDEF
FREQ
ACODE,4 =08
Main Index
none
See word 8
none
See word 8
RS
Frequency
Transient
TIME
ACODE,4 =07
5
Mode Number
Frequency
ACODE,4 =06
5
Differential Stiffness 1
ACODE,4 =05
5
See word 8
Differential Stiffness 0
ACODE,4 =04
5
none
Real Eigenvalues
ACODE,4 =03
5
Not defined
Statics
ACODE,4 =02
5
none
RS
Time step
Buckling 0 ( Pre-buckling )
UNDEF
none
See word 8
516
OGF
Table of grid point forces
Word
5
Name
Type
I
MODE
ACODE,4 =09
5
ACODE,4 =10
Mode number
LOADFAC
ACODE,4 =11
5
Mode number
Complex Eigenvalues
MODE
Description
Load factor
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =12
See word 8
RS
Time step
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
LOADSET
FCODE
Format Code
10
NUMWDE(C)
11
UNDEF(2 )
13
SETID
14
EIGENR
RS
15
EIGENI
RS
16
FREQ
RS
Natural frequency
17
UNDEF(34 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
5
End ACODE,4
none
I
none
Not used
Set identification number
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE,1 =1
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE,1 =02
ACODE,4 =0
1
ACODE,4 =01
Main Index
UNDEF
none
Not defined
OGF 517
Table of grid point forces
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FQTS
RS
EKEY
EKEY
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
1
ACODE,4 =07
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
ACODE,4 =11
1
ACODE,4 =12
1
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
Main Index
518
OGF
Table of grid point forces
Word
Name
EID
ELNAME(2)
NUMWDE =10
Description
Element identification number if element
force; otherwise zero
CHAR4
real
F1
RS
F2
RS
F3
RS
M1
RS
M2
RS
10
M3
RS
NUMWDE =16
complex
F1R
RS
F2R
RS
F3R
RS
M1R
RS
M2R
RS
10
M3R
RS
11
F1I
RS
12
F2I
RS
13
F3I
RS
14
M1I
RS
15
M2I
RS
16
M3I
RS
End NUMWDE
Main Index
Type
OGF 519
Table of grid point forces
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
Type
UNDEF
none
WORD2
UNDEF(3)
WORD6
Notes:
none
Not used
Number of identification number/data
records
Not used
ORed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
Main Index
Description
520
OGS
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
OGS
Name
NAME(2)
WORD
Type
CHAR4
I
Description
Data block name
Month, day, year, 0, 1
Name
Type
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
ID
SUBCASE
ACODE =01
Statics
LSDVMN
UNDEF
ACODE =02
none
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
MODE
EIGN
ACODE =06
I
RS
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Transient
TIME
UNDEF
ACODE =10
RS
Time step
none
Not used
Nonlinear Statics
RS
Load step
UNDEF
none
Not used
UNDEF
none
Not used
LOADSTEP
6
End ACODE
7
Main Index
OGS 521
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
Word
Name
Type
Description
REFID
FCODE
Format code
10
NUMWDE
11
SCODE
Stress/strain code
12
OCOORD
13
AXIS
14
NORMAL
15
UNDEF(36 )
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
none
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE =26
Description
Surface
EKEY
ID
FIBRE
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
RS
Angle
MJRP
RS
Major principal
MNRP
RS
Minor principal
10
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
11
HVM
RS
Hency-von Mises
TCODE =27
Main Index
Type
CHAR4
Fibre
EKEY
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
522
OGS
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
Word
Name
Description
NZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
PR
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
TCODE =28
EKEY
LXA
RS
LXB
RS
LXC
RS
LYA
RS
LYB
RS
LYC
RS
LZA
RS
LZB
RS
10
LZC
RS
11
SA
RS
Principal in a
12
SB
RS
Principal in b
13
SC
RS
Principal in c
14
EPR
RS
Mean pressure
15
EHVM
RS
TCODE =29
Main Index
Type
EKEY
ELTYPE(2)
CHAR4
Element type
FIBRE
CHAR4
Fibre
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
MJPR
RS
Major principal
MNPR
RS
Minor principal
OGS 523
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
Word
Name
Description
10
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
11
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
12
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =30
EKEY
ELTYPE(2)
CHAR4
Element type
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NZ
RS
Normal in z
SXY
RS
Shear in xy
SYZ
RS
Shear in yz
SZX
RS
Shear in zx
10
PR
RS
Mean pressure
11
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
12
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =31
EKEY
ELTYPE(2)
CHAR4
Element type
SA
RS
Principal in a
SB
RS
Principal in b
SC
RS
Principal in c
MP
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =32
Main Index
Type
EKEY
FIBRE
CHAR4
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NXY
RS
Shear in xy
MJPR
RS
Major principal
524
OGS
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
Word
Name
Description
MNPR
RS
Minor principal
TMAX
RS
Maximum shear
HVM
RS
Hencky-von Mises
10
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =33
EKEY
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NZ
RS
Normal in z
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
TYZ
RS
Shear in yz
TZX
RS
Shear in zx
PR
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
10
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =34
EKEY
SA
RS
Principal in a
SB
RS
Principal in b
SC
RS
Principal in c
PR
RS
Mean pressure
HVM
RS
ERR
RS
Error estimate
TCODE =35
Main Index
Type
EKEY
NX
RS
Normal in x
NY
RS
Normal in y
NZ
RS
TXY
RS
Shear in xy
PR
RS
OGS 525
Table of grid point stresses/strains or discontinuities
Word
Name
Type
Description
End TCODE,2
End TABLE
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Notes:
Name
Type
UNDEF(6 )
none
Description
Not used
Main Index
526
OPG
Table of applied loads
OPG
For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
Description
Data block name
I
none
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
Table code
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
TCODE =1
Sort 1
ACODE =01
Statics
Not used
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =02
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE =03
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
Mode number
Differential Stiffness
ACODE =04
Main Index
Type
Differential Stiffness
LSDVMN
OPG 527
Table of applied loads
Word
6
Name
Type
none
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =05
Description
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =08
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
Eigenvalue (imaginary)
ACODE =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =12
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time
Not used
End ACODE
TCODE =02
Sort 2
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
End TCODE
8
Main Index
RCODE
Random code
528
OPG
Table of applied loads
Word
Name
Type
Description
FCODE(C)
Format Code
10
NUMWDE
11
UNDEF(12 )
none
23
THERMAL
24
UNDEF(27 )
none
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
Not used
1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE =1
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE =02
ACODE =01
1
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
EKEY
ACODE =02
1
ACODE =03
1
ACODE =04
1
ACODE =05
1
ACODE =06
1
ACODE =07
1
Main Index
OPG 529
Table of applied loads
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE =08
1
EKEY
EKEY
FQTS
RS
EKEY
EKEY
TYPE
ACODE =09
1
ACODE =10
1
ACODE =11
1
ACODE =12
1
End ACODE
End TCODE
2
FCODE =0 or 2
F1
RS
F2
RS
F3
RS
M1
RS
M2
RS
M3
RS
FCODE =1
Main Index
Real/Imaginary
F1R
RS
F2R
RS
F3R
RS
M1R
RS
M2R
RS
M3R
RS
F1I
RS
10
F2I
RS
11
F3I
RS
530
OPG
Table of applied loads
Word
Name
Type
Description
12
M1I
RS
13
M2I
RS
14
M3I
RS
End FCODE
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(5 )
WORD6
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
ORed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
OPTPRM 531
Table of optimization parameters
OPTPRM
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
Description
CHAR4
Record 2 -- PARAMS
Word
Type
Description
APRCOD
Approach code
IPRINT
Print parameter
DESMAX
METHOD
Optimization method
DELP
RS
DPMIN
RS
Minimum DELP
PTOL
RS
Property tolerance
CONV1
RS
CONV2
RS
10
GMAX
RS
11
DELX
RS
DLXMIN
RS
Minimum DELX
13
DELB
RS
14
GSCAL
RS
15
CONVDV
RS
16
CONVPR
RS
17
P1
18
P2
19
CT
RS
20
CTMIN
RS
DABOBJ
RS
12
21
Main Index
Name
532
OPTPRM
Table of optimization parameters
Word
Name
Type
Description
22
DELOBJ
RS
23
DOBJ1
RS
24
DOBJ2
RS
25
DX1
RS
26
DX2
RS
27
ISCAL
Scaling flag
28
ITMAX
29
ITRMOP
30
IWRITE
31
IGMAX
32
JTMAX
33
ITRMST
34
JPRINT
35
IPRNT1
36
IPRNT2
37
JWRITE
38
STPSCL
RS
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(6 )
Type
none
Description
Not used
OQG 533
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
OQG
For all analysis types (real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
Description
Data block name
none
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
TCODE =1
Sort 1
ACODE =01
Statics
Not used
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =02
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE =03
Mode number
Differential Stiffness
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =04
Main Index
Type
Differential Stiffness
534
OQG
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
Word
Name
Type
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE =05
Description
Load set number
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =07
RS
Time step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =08
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
Eigenvalue (imaginary)
ACODE =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE =12
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time
Not used
End ACODE
TCODE =02
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
End TCODE
Main Index
Sort 2
Load set, mode number
Not used
OQG 535
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
RCODE
Random code
FCODE(C)
Format Code
10
NUMWDE
11
UNDEF
none
Not used
12
UNDEF(11 )
none
Not used
23
THERMAL
24
UNDEF(27 )
none
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE =1
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE =02
ACODE =01
1
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
ACODE =02
1
ACODE =03
1
ACODE =04
1
ACODE =05
1
ACODE =06
1
Main Index
536
OQG
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE =07
1
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FQTS
RS
EKEY
EKEY
TYPE
ACODE =08
1
ACODE =09
1
ACODE =10
1
ACODE =11
1
ACODE =12
1
End ACODE
End TCODE
2
FCODE =0 or 2
QF1
RS
QF2
RS
QF3
RS
QM1
RS
QM2
RS
QM3
RS
FCODE =1
Main Index
Real/Imaginary
QF1R
RS
QF2R
RS
QF3R
RS
QM1R
RS
QM2R
RS
QM3R
RS
OQG 537
Table of single or multipoint constraint forces
Word
Name
Type
Description
QF1I
RS
10
QF2I
RS
11
QF3I
RS
12
QM1I
RS
13
QM2I
RS
14
QM3I
RS
End FCODE
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
PB
RW
UNDEF(3 )
WORD6
none
I
Not used
ORed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
538
OUG
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
OUG
Also, temperatures for heat transfer and sound pressure levels for acoustic analyses. For all analysis types
(real and complex) and SORT1 and SORT2 formats.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
Type
NAME(2)
CHAR4
MONTH
DAY
YEAR
UNDEF(2 )
none
Description
Data block name
Not used
Record 2 -- IDENT
Word
Name
Description
ACODE(C)
TCODE(C)
Table code
UNDEF
SUBCASE
none
TCODE,1 =1
Sort 1
ACODE,4 =01
Statics
Not used
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =02
Not used
Real Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGN
RS
Eigenvalue
MODECYCL
F1
Mode or cycle
ACODE,4 =03
Mode number
Differential Stiffness
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =04
Main Index
Type
Differential Stiffness
OUG 539
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
ACODE,4 =05
Description
Load set number
Not used
Frequency
FREQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =06
RS
none
Frequency
Not used
Transient
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =07
RS
Time Step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =08
LSDVMN
EIGR
UNDEF
ACODE,4 =09
I
RS
none
Mode number
Eigenvalue
Not used
Complex Eigenvalues
I
MODE
EIGR
RS
Eigenvalue (real)
EIGI
RS
Eigenvalue (imaginary)
ACODE,4 =10
Mode
Nonlinear statics
LFTSFQ
UNDEF(2 )
ACODE,4 =11
RS
Load step
none
Not used
LSDVMN
Load set
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
ACODE,4 =12
TIME
UNDEF(2 )
RS
none
Time
Not used
End ACODE,4
TCODE,1 =02
5
LSDVMN
UNDEF(2 )
none
End TCODE,1
Main Index
Sort 2
Load set, mode number
Not used
540
OUG
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
RCODE
Random code
FCODE
Format Code
10
NUMWDE
11
UNDEF(2 )
none
13
ACFLAG(C)
14
UNDEF(9 )
none
23
THERMAL
24
UNDEF(27 )
none
51
TITLE(32)
CHAR4
Title
83
SUBTITL(32)
CHAR4
Subtitle
115
LABEL(32)
CHAR4
Label
Not used
Acoustic presure flag
1 for heat transfer and 0 otherwise
Not used
Record 3 -- DATA
Word
Name
TCODE,1 =01
1
Type
Description
Sort 1
EKEY
TCODE,1 =02
ACODE,4 =01
1
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FREQ
RS
Frequency
TIME
RS
Time step
ACODE,4 =02
1
ACODE,4 =03
1
ACODE,4 =04
1
ACODE,4 =05
1
ACODE,4 =06
1
Main Index
OUG 541
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
ACODE,4 =07
EKEY
EKEY
EKEY
FQTS
RS
EKEY
Word
Name
Type
EKEY
TYPE
1
ACODE,4 =08
1
ACODE,4 =09
1
ACODE,4 =10
1
ACODE,4 =11
1
ACODE,4 =12
Description
End ACODE,4
End TCODE,1
2
TABLCODE=01
Displacement -- TablCode=MOD(TCODE,1000)
TCODE,2 =01
ACFLAG =0
Real
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
DT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
DT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
DT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
DR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/ Imaginary
DT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
DT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
542
OUG
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
DT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
DR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
DT1I
RS
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
ACFLAG =2
Acoustic Pressure
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
RS
PRMS
RS
DB
RS
DBA
RS
UNDEF(2 )
TCODE,7 =1
none
Not used
Real/ Imaginary
PR
RS
PRMSR
RS
DBR
RS
DBAR
RS
PI
RS
PRMSI
RS
DBI
RS
10
DBAI
RS
11
UNDEF(4 )
none
Not used
End TCODE,7
End ACFLAG
TCODE,2 =07
Eigenvector Displacement
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
DT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
OUG 543
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
DT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
DT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
DR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
Real/ Imaginary
TCODE,7 =1
3
DT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
DT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
DT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
DR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
DT1I
RS
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =10
Velocity
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
VT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
VT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
VT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
VR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
VR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
VR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/ Imaginary
VT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
VT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
VT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
VR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
VR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
544
OUG
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
VR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
VT1I
RS
10
VT2I
RS
11
VT3I
RS
12
VR1I
RS
13
VR2I
RS
14
VR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =11
Acceleration
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
AT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
AT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
AT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
AR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
AR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
AR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
AT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
AT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
AT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
AR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
AR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
AR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
AT1I
RS
10
AT2I
RS
11
AT3I
RS
12
AR1I
RS
13
AR2I
RS
14
AR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =14
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
DT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
OUG 545
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
DT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
DT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
DR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
DT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
DT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
DT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
DR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
DT1I
RS
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =15
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
DT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
DT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
DT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
DR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
TCODE,7 =1
Main Index
Real/ Imaginary
DT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
DT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
DT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
DR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
DR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
546
OUG
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
DR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
DT1I
RS
10
DT2I
RS
11
DT3I
RS
12
DR1I
RS
13
DR2I
RS
14
DR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =16
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
VT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
VT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
VT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
VR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
VR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
VR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
VT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
VT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
VT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
VR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
VR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
VR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
VT1I
RS
10
VT2I
RS
11
VT3I
RS
12
VR1I
RS
13
VR2I
RS
14
VR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
TCODE,2 =17
TCODE,7 =0 or 2
Main Index
AT1
RS
Translation in direction 1
OUG 547
Table of displacements, velocities, accelerations
Word
Name
Type
Description
AT2
RS
Translation in direction 2
AT3
RS
Translation in direction 3
AR1
RS
Rotation in direction 1
AR2
RS
Rotation in direction 2
AR3
RS
Rotation in direction 3
TCODE,7 =1
Real/ Imaginary
AT1R
RS
Translation in direction 1
AT2R
RS
Translation in direction 2
AT3R
RS
Translation in direction 3
AR1R
RS
Rotation in direction 1
AR2R
RS
Rotation in direction 2
AR3R
RS
Rotation in direction 3
AT1I
RS
10
AT2I
RS
11
AT3I
RS
12
AR1I
RS
13
AR2I
RS
14
AR3I
RS
End TCODE,7
End TCODE,2
Record 4 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
UNDEF(5 )
WORD6
Type
none
I
Description
Not used
ORed value of the device code extracted
from ACODE across all IDENT records
548
R1MAP
Table of mapping from original first level
R1MAP
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- RESPONSE
Word
1
Name
Type
Description
IRID
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of responses
Not used
R1TAB 549
Table of type one response attributes
R1TAB
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- Repeat
Word
Name
Description
IRID
RID
TYPE(C)
Response type
LABEL(2)
REGION
Region identifier
SCID
TYPE =1
CHAR4
Label
Weight
UNDEF(2 )
10
SEID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =2
none
I
none
Not used
Superelement identification number or ALL
Not used
Volume
UNDEF(2 )
10
SEID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =3
none
I
none
Not used
Superelement identification number or ALL
Not used
Lama
MODE
Mode number
APRX
Approximation code
10
UNDEF(3 )
TYPE =4
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
Eign
MODE
Mode number
APRX
Approximation code
10
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
550
R1TAB
Table of type one response attributes
Word
Name
TYPE =5
Description
Disp
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =6
I
none
Displacement component
Not used
Grid identification number
Not used
Stress
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =7
I
none
Strain
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =8
I
none
Force
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =9
I
none
CFAILURE
ICODE
PLY
Lamina number
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =10
none
Not used
CSTRESS
ICODE
PLY
Lamina number
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =11
Main Index
Type
none
Not used
CSTRAIN
ICODE
PLY
Lamina number
R1TAB 551
Table of type one response attributes
Word
10
Name
PID
TYPE =40
8
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =41
none
FRVELO
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =42
none
Velocity component
Not used
Grid identification number
Frequency
Not used
FRACCL
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =43
none
Acceleration component
Not used
Grid identification number
Frequency
Not used
FRSPCF
COMP
UNDEF
none
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =44
none
SPCForce component
Not used
Grid identification number
Frequency
Not used
FRSTRE
ICODE
UNDEF
none
10
PID
11
FREQ
12
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =45
8
Description
FRDISP
12
Main Index
Type
I
RS
none
FRFORC
ICODE
552
R1TAB
Table of type one response attributes
Word
Name
UNDEF
10
PID
11
FREQ
12
UNDEF
TYPE =46
none
I
RS
none
Description
Not used
Property entry identification number
Frequency
Not used
PSDDISP
COMP
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF
TYPE =47
none
Frequency
Not used
PSDVELO
COMP
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF
TYPE =48
none
Frequency
Not used
PSDACCL
COMP
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
FREQ
RS
12
UNDEF
TYPE =49
none
Frequency
Not used
RMSDISP
COMP
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
SORTFLAG
12
UNDEF
TYPE =50
Main Index
Type
RS
none
RMSVELO
COMP
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
SORTFLAG
RS
R1TAB 553
Table of type one response attributes
Word
12
Name
UNDEF
TYPE =51
none
Description
Not used
RMSACCL
COMP
RANDPS
10
GRID
11
SORTFLAG
12
UNDEF
none
Not used
11
UNDEF(2 )
none
Not used
TYPE =60
RS
TDISP
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =61
none
Displacement component
Time step
Grid identification number
Not used
TVELO
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =62
none
Velocity component
Time step
Grid identification number
Not used
TACCL
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =63
none
Acceleration component
Time step
Grid identification number
Not used
TSPCF
COMP
TIME
RS
10
GRID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =64
Main Index
Type
none
SPCForce component
Time step
Grid identification number
Not used
TSTRE
ICODE
FREQ
RS
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
I
none
554
R1TAB
Table of type one response attributes
Word
Name
TYPE =65
Type
Description
TFORCE
ICODE
FREQ
RS
10
PID
11
UNDEF(2 )
TYPE =81
I
none
DIVERG
ROOT
UNDEF(2 )
11
MACH
12
DIVERG
TYPE =82
I
none
RS
Root number
Not used
Mach number
TRIM
XID
UNDEF(3 )
12
TRIM
TYPE =83
none
I
Not used
TRIM identification number
SABDER
XID
COMP
Component
10
RESFLG
Restraint flag
11
UNDEF
none
12
TRIM
TYPE =84
Not used
TRIM identification number
FLUTTER
MODE
Mode number
MACH
RS
Mach numbers
10
VELOC
RS
Velocity
11
DENSITY
RS
Density
12
FLUTTER
End TYPE
Main Index
13
UNDEF
none
14
TYFLG
15
SEID
Not used
R1TAB 555
Table of type one response attributes
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Name
NR1
UNDEF(5 )
Notes:
Type
I
none
Description
Number of type one responses (number of
records in table)
Not used
1. Table is in IRID order and is the order in which responses are to be generated.
2. TYFLG currently has no meaning. The intent was to use this attribute to identify
responses that should always be retained in DSAD. However, this option is not
currently supported.
Main Index
556
RBSET
Table of Rigid Element IDs
RBSET
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Name
Type
Description
ID
Rigid Element ID
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
WORD2
UNDEF(4)
Note:
NONE
Not used
Main Index
RESP12 557
Table of second level (synthetic) responses
RESP12
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
IR2ID
R2ID
LABEL(2)
EQID
REG
METH
C1
RS
C2
RS
10
C3
RS
11
ND(C)
12
NC(C)
13
NR(C)
14
NCORD(C)
Number of coordinates
15
NPROP1(C)
16
NCONP1(C)
17
NMATP1(C)
18
NPROP2(C)
19
NCONP2(C)
20
NMATP2(C)
21
NRR2(C)
22
ARGDSP
CHAR4
Label
558
RESP12
Table of second level (synthetic) responses
Word
Name
Type
Description
23
NCEQ(C)
24
IDV
CVLT1
RS
Table constant
IR1ID
NODE
Node number
28
DIR
Direction
PROP1ID
CONP1ID
MATP1ID
PROP2ID
CONP2ID
MATP2ID
IR2ID
CVLQ
RS
Equation constant
Main Index
37
RC
Record count
38
ARGS
Number of arguments
RESP12 559
Table of second level (synthetic) responses
Word
Name
Type
I
Description
39
OSCAR
40
DEQA
41
RECNUM
Record number
42
BIT
43
TLC(C)
44
TEMPVPS
CHAR4
IC(C)
46
INST
CHAR4
47
INSTI(3)
DATATYP
DATATYP =1
51
Integer input
I
INT
DATATYP =2
51
Real input
REAL
DATATYP =3
51
Integer
RS
Real
Character input
CHARS(2)
CHAR4
Character
End DATATYP
Words 50 through max repeat until End of Record
Record 3 -- TRAILER
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
NRP2
MAXL
MAXEQ
UNDEF(3 )
none
Not used
560
RESP12
Table of second level (synthetic) responses
Notes:
Main Index
SEMAP 561
Superelement Definition Table (Map)
SEMAP
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- DEFINE
Name
Type
Description
SEID
INTIDX
ORDER
Processing order
SEDN
SEDWNIDX
PEID
TYPEBIT
NODNCNCT
BITINFO
NLBL
11
NWLBL(C)
12
SEID
13
LABELI
Main Index
CHAR4
562
SEMAP
Superelement Definition Table (Map)
Record 3 -- MAP
Name
Type
Description
GRIDID
GRIDBIT
Name
Type
Description
SEID
BITNO
NG(C)
NE(C)
PEID
SEBITS
SEDWN
BITDWN
EXTGRD
ELIDS
PGRID
Main Index
SEMAP 563
Superelement Definition Table (Map)
Record 5 -- TRAILER
Word
Type
Description
NBRSE
NBRGP
NBRSCL
LENTRY
NBRSEC
NWDDEF
Notes:
Name
Meaning
------Primary
Partitioned
Reflect Z
Reflect Y
Reflect X
Repeated
Collector
External
Mirror
Identical
Apply mapping transform
Bit Number
0
Notes:
Main Index
4. In ENTRY=GRIDMAP, bits are numbered left to right beginning with zero and
span LENTRY-1 words.
564
SEMAP
Superelement Definition Table (Map)
Bit number
Meaning
1 through NBRSE-1
NBRSE
NBRSE+1
MAXBIT-IDBITS through MAXBIT internal superelement index (INTIDX) to which grid is interior
Notes:
ln 2
NBPW
Main Index
SET 565
Table of combined sets
SET
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- (*)
Word
Name
Type
Description
ID
TYPE
Set type
SETORIG
Origin of set
SETLEN
Length of set
SETMEM
Set members
Name
Type
Description
WORD1
Number of sets
WORD2
UNDEF(4 )
Notes:
none
Not used
Main Index
566
TOL
Transient response time step output list
TOL
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
Name
NAME(2)
TIME
Type
CHAR4
RS
Description
Data block name
Time step
Main Index
Name
WORD1
UNDEF(5 )
Type
I
none
Description
Number of time steps
Not used
VIEWTB 567
View information table
VIEWTB
Contains the relationship between each p-element and its view-elements and view-grids.
Record 1 -- HEADER
Word
1
Name
NAME(2)
Type
CHAR4
Description
Data block name
Record 2 -- BEAMP(10500,105,14)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID
MAXEID
MINGID
10
MAXGID
11
G(2)
13
ICORD
CHAR4
14
UNDEF
none
CHAR4
Not used
568
VIEWTB
View information table
Record 3 -- HEXAP(14100,141,18)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
CHAR4
MINEID
MAXEID
MINGID
10
MAXGID
11
G(8)
Record 4 -- PENTAP(14200,142,16)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID
MAXEID
MINGID
CHAR4
VIEWTB 569
View information table
Word
Name
Type
Description
10
MAXGID
11
G(6)
Record 5 -- QUADP(10300,103,16)
Word
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID
MAXEID
MINGID
10
MAXGID
11
G(4)
15
ICORD
CHAR4
16
THETA
RS
CHAR4
Record 6 -- TETRAP(14300,143,14)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
570
VIEWTB
View information table
Word
Name
Type
CHAR4
Description
MTH
MINEID
MAXEID
MINGID
10
MAXGID
11
G(4)
Record 7 -- TRIAP(10400,104,15)
Word
Main Index
Name
Type
Description
EID
CID
NX
NY
NZ
MTH
MINEID
MAXEID
MINGID
10
MAXGID
11
G(3)
14
ICORD
CHAR4
15
THETA
RS
CHAR4
VIEWTB 571
View information table
Record 8 -- TRAILER
Word
1
Notes:
Name
UNDEF(6 )
Type
none
Description
Not used
1. For each of the 3 word headers: The first number is element type * 100; the second
number is element type; and the third number is the number of words per element.
2. Items indicated as from field XXX refer to the OUTRCV Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
572
VIEWTB
View information table
Main Index
Main Index
NDDL Summary
574
NDDL Summary
The NDDL (MSC Nastran Data Definition Language) has several purposes:
1. The NDDL describes the hierarchical data structure of the MSC Nastran database.
2. The NDDL provides the mechanism, in conjunction with the TYPE DMAP statement, for
determining which MSC Nastran generated data blocks or parameters or both will be stored on
the database.
3. The NDDL provides the schema necessary for representing the data block data structure.
4. The NDDL and its associated query language provides the means for selecting from the
hierarchical database structure specific data blocks in the form of flat tables, thus admitting them
to relational database manipulation.
5. The NDDL provides the necessary data dependencies for automatic modified restarts.
Descriptions of NDDL Statements
Main Index
DATABLK
Define a data blocks name, path, and location and describe its contents.
DEPEN
PARAM
PATH
List the QUALifiers to be used in accessing the data block or parameter via the
NDDL.
QUAL
Main Index
576
DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
DATABLK
A data block is a collection of matrix columns or table records and may be broken down into the
following entities:
1. Record (or column) is a group of items and/or entries.
2. Entry is a group of items and/or entries within a record.
3. Item is a single scalar quantity; such as an integer, real number, complex number, character string,
or logical.
Format:
DATABLK,db_name,PATH=pathname,LOCATION=loc_param,
MATRIX
UNSTRUCTURED
TYPE = TABLE [ ( style ) ] SAMEAS,sname EOF
db_description
KDICT
KELM
where:
style
SAMEAS
db_description
RECORD
(*)
,
= rec_name [ ( h1 [ ,h2 [ ,h3 ] ] ) ]
rec_description
SAMEAS, srec_name
, EOR
where:
RECORD(*)
RECORD
Main Index
DATABLK 577
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
rec_description contains one or more of the following record components that may be repeated and in
any order:
item_component defines a single item.
entry_component defines a description of one or more record components and may be repeated
in the record.
either_component defines a description of one or more record components and is conditional
UNDEF,
rep_count,
where:
rep_count
C
item_type is:
Item Type
Description
Integer
RS
Real-single precision
RD
Real-double precision
RX
CS
Complex-single precision
CD
Complex-double precision
CX
CHARi
Character (i = length)
LOGICAL
Logical
PC4
PC5
Main Index
578
DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
ENTRY[=entry-name],
rec_component
,
SAMEAS, sentry_name
COUNT
=
item_name
ENDENTRY,
EOR
WITH ,
( end_value1,end_value2, )
where:
rec_component
sentry_name
ENDENTRY
COUNT
n
item_name
end_valuei
EOR
Main Index
DATABLK 579
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
AHEAD
EITHER,
rec_component1,
[ OR , item_val2,
rec_component2,]
OR , item_valn,
[ rec_component]
[OR,
rec_component(n+1)]
ENDEITH,
where:
AHEAD or BACK
OR
ENDEITH
Keywords:
Main Index
TYPE
TABLE
A collection of records.
TABLE (CASE)
TABLE (OFP)
Special style of table that are suitable for input to the OFP module.
MATRIX
UNSTRUCTURED
EOR
EOF
580
DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
Variables:
db_name
Data block name; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for datablock-names:
A through Z and 0 through 9.
pathname
loc_param
Variable character parameter name with a value that is the DBset name. See
the PARAM NDDL statement and the INlT FMS statement.
rec_name
entry_name
item_name
Item name.
item_vali
Item value. If AHEAD or BACK is used then the type of item_vali must match
the item_type assigned to item_name. If item_type is PC4 or PC5, then
item_vali must be enclosed in single quotation marks.
func_code
Operation
item_name / 10
mod( item_name, 10 )
>65535
iand(item_name,iand(func_code,65535))
Remarks:
1. In general, the data block completely describes all possible records of a data block. At any given
instance, some or even all of the records that comprise the description may not physically exist in any
given data block.
2. For UNDEF items, DEPENdencies are not checked and for transfer of data between machine types
they are considered integer zero.
Main Index
DATABLK 581
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
Examples:
Main Index
582
DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
RECORD=MPC(4901,49,17),
SID,I,...,
ENTRY,
G1,I,C1,I,A1,RS,
ENDENTRY,WITH,(-1,-1,-1),EOR,
In the above MPC record, the group G1, C1, A1, repeats until -1 -1 -1 is encountered in the record. A
complex example of ENTRY ... ENDENTRY groups is shown next.
RECORD=RBE3(7101,71,187),
EID,I,REFGRID,I,REFC,I,
ENTRY,
WT1,RS,C1,I,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-2,
ENTRY,
GM1,I,CM1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-3,
EOR,
In this example, an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is shown nested within another ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group. If an ENTRY .. ENDENTRY group appears in another ENTRY ... ENDENTRY
group, it must be entirely contained in the particular group. The outer ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group
of this example uses the ElTHER,OR clause to select the ENDENTRY statement. In this particular
example, the inner ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group is terminated by -1. The outer ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group is terminated when a -2 is encountered. If a -2 is encountered, another ENTRY ...
ENDENTRY group terminating with -3 is executed. If -3 is encountered the outer loop terminates. The
record is continuously repeated in this fashion until the EOR is encountered.
The next example uses EITHER,OR clauses to select one of several possible table formats including
an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY grouping.
RECORD=RELEASE(1310,13,247),
SEID,I,C,I,
EITHER,0,
ENTRY,
G1,I,
ENDENTRY,WITH,-1,
OR,1,
G1,I,G2,I,
OR,-1
ENDEITH,
EOR,
The RELEASE record represents three possible forms of the Bulk Data entry RELEASE. The ENTRY
... ENDENTRY group represents an open-ended list of grid point identifiers terminated by -1. The first
OR represents a THRU option while the second OR represents a ALL option.
Another use of the SAMEAS clause is as follows:
,...,
ENTRY=SOLDSP,SAMEAS,NONLIN,ENDENTRY,
Main Index
DATABLK 583
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
This statement says that SOLDSP entry has an identical group structure to an ENTRY=NONLIN
grouping, which is in the same data block and comes physically before the SOLDSP entry.
The COUNT = n is shown in the next example:
,...,
RECORD=PBEAM,(5402,54,262)
PID,I,MID,I,N,I,CCF,I,X,I,
ENTRY=SECTIONS,
S0,I,XXB,RS,A,RS,I1,RS,I2,RS,I12,RS,J,RS,NSM,RS,
C1 ,RS,C2,RS,D1,RS,D2,RS,E1,RS,E2,RS,F1,RS,F2,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=11,
K1,RS, ... , N2B,RS,
EOR, ...
The STATIONS entry is to be repeated 10 times in addition to the entry explicitly described. Thus
there are 11 such entries.
The next example shows the use of COUNT = item-id and WITH,EOR
,...,
UNUSED(67),I,
LSEM(C),I,
ENTRY,
COEF,RS,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSEM,
ENTRY=SETS,
SETID,I,
LSET(C),I,
ENTRY,
SET,I,
ENDENTRY,COUNT=LSET,
ENDENTRY,WITH,EOR,EOF
The number of data items in COEFF is LSEM.
The entry SETS represents an ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group, which ends when an EOR is reached.
SET contains LSET data items for each repetition through the ENTRY ... ENDENTRY group.
The next example shows a use of UNDEF, length.
RECORD=CCONE(2315,23,0),
EID,I,PID,I,
UNDEF,18,
EOR,
Here UNDEF,18 says that the next 18 items in the table are undefined. Neither, the item-name or
data-type are defined.
The next example shows the use of AHEAD(item-name).
RECORD=CBAR(2408,24,180),
EID,I,PID,I,GA,I,GB,I,
EITHER,AHEAD(F)=1,
X1 ,RS,X2,RS,X3,RS,F,I
Main Index
584
DATABLK
Describes data blocks used for NDDL access
OR,2,
GO,I,UNDEF,2,F,I,
ENDEITH, ...
In the example above, AHEAD(F) says read F, which is required to be integer (I) or packed character
(PC4 or PC5), to determine the appropriate description.N
In the following example, packed characters are used in an either component:
EITHER,OPT1
X1,RS,Y1,RS,Z1,RS,
OR,OPT2
I1,I,I2,I,I3,I,
OR,OPT3,
R1,RS,I2,I,R3,RS,
ENDEITH, ...
Main Index
DEPEN 585
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
DEPEN
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter on another data block, parameter, or virtual
parameter.
Format:
DEPEN
Meaning:
dep_db_name ( DB )
dep_param_name ( P )
dep_virtual_name ( VP )
indep_db_namei ( DB )
indep_param_namei ( DB ) [ : desc_loc ] [ , ]
indep_virtual_namei ( VP )
dep_* is dependent upon indep_*. In other words, if any or all of indep_* changes,
or is also marked for deletion. The RESTART module detects changes and marks
dep_* for deletion.
Variables:
dep_*
indep_*
desc_loc
Description locator of the independent record, entry, or item and the format is
[ record_name ] [ : [ entry_name ] ] [ : [ item_name ] ]
Remarks:
1. des_loc is specified in order to isolate the independent data. In other words, the dependency is limited
to a specific record, entry, and/or item. For example,
DEPEN A/B $ delete A if any item in B changes
DEPEN A/B:C $ delete A only if record C changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D $ delete A only if entry D of record C
changes
DEPEN A/B:C:D:E $ delete A only if item E in entry D
of record C changes
2. If record_name, entry_name or item_name is not defined in the DATABLK description, then leave
these fields blank but specify the colon.
Examples:
1. EPTS example:
Main Index
586
DEPEN
Specifies the dependence of a data block or parameter
DEPEN EPTS
TYPE=TABLE
SAMEAS,EPT,EOF
PATH=PEIDI
LOCATION=IFPX,
Main Index
PARAM 587
Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
PARAM
PARAM
parameter-name[=default-value]
TYPE=data-type,
PATH=path-name
LOCATION=dbset-name $
Variables:
parameter-name
default-value
data-type
Description
Integer
data-type
I
RS
RD
CS
CD
CHARi, where i = 1 through 80
LOGICAL
path-name
The logical name of the hierarchical structure. Refer to the PATH statement.
dbset-name
Remarks:
1. The TYPE DMAP statement may not override the default set with this statement. Any default value
set with the TYPE DMAP statement is ignored.
Main Index
588
PARAM
Defines parameters requiring a path and/or dbset location
PARAM,POST=0,TYPE=I,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,WTMASS=1.0,TYPE=RS,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,CM1=(1.0,0.0),TYPE=CS,LOCATION=DBDN
PARAM,MESH=NO,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,LOCATION=DBUP
PARAM,DBUP=DBALL,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
PARAM,DBDN=DBALL,TYPE=CHAR8,PATH=DMS,
LOCATION=MASTER
Main Index
PATH 589
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on DATABLK/PARAM NDDL statements
PATH
Defines a list of qualifiers for reference on the DATABLK and PARAM NDDL statements.
Format:
PATH
pathname
Variables:
path-name
Name of the path; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for path-names: A through Z and
0 through 9. The path-name may be referenced on one or more DATABLK and/or
PARAM statements with PATH=path-name.
qual-namei
Example:
Main Index
MODEL,SEID,LID $
590
QUAL
Defines qualifiers referenced on PATH NDDL statement
QUAL
QUAL(qtype)
qual-name1=default-value1
qual-name2=default-value2,...
Variables:
qtype
Type of qualifier.
Description
Integer
qtype
I
RS
RD
CS
CD
Character
Logical
qual-namei
default-valuei
Remarks:
The following statement defines integer qualifiers MODEL, SEID, SOLID, and BASE and their defaults.
QUAL(I) MODEL=0,SEID=0,SOLID=0,BASE=1
Main Index
Main Index
592
Matrix Modules
Main Index
ADD
MERGE
SOLVE
ADD5
MPYAD
SOLVIT
CEAD
NORM
TRNSP
DCMP
PARTN
UMERGE
DECOMP
READ
UMERGE1
DIAGONAL
RESMOD
UPARTN
FBS
SMPYAD
Utility Modules
APPEND
LAMX
PARAML
COPY
MATGEN
PRTPARM
DBC
MATGPR
PVT
DBDICT
MATMOD
RESTART
DMIIN
MATOFP
RMDUPBLK
DRMS1
MATPCH
SCALAR
DTIIN
MATPRN
SEQP
ELTPRT
MATPRT
TABEDIT
IFP
MODTRL
TABPRT
IFP1, . . . IFP10
MTRXIN
TABPT
IFPBSH2
OFP
VEC
INPUTT2
OUTPUT2
VECPLOT
INPUTT4
OUTPUT4
XSORT
Main Index
594
Main Index
Main Index
ACMG
CURV
DOPR3X
DSFLTF
ADAMSMNF
CURVPLOT
DOPR4
DSGRDM
ADAMSRBM
CYCLIC1
DOPR5
DSMA
ADAPT
CYCLIC2
DOPR6
DSPRM
ADG
CYCLIC3
DOPRAN
DSTA
ADJMOD
CYCLIC4
DPD
DSTAP2
ADR
DBDELETE
DRMH1
DSVG1
AELOOP
DBEQUIV
DRMH3
DSVG1P
AEMODEL
DBSTATUS
DRMT1
DSVG2
AFPMP
DDR2
DSABO
DSVG3
AIEMGA
DDRMM
DSAD
DSVGP4
AMG
DISDCMP
DSADJ
DSVGP5
AMP
DISFBS
DSADX
DUMMOD1-4
APD
DISOFPM
DSAE
DVIEWP
ASDR
DISOFPS
DSAF
DYNCXPNT
ASG
DISOPT
DSAH
EFFMAS
AXMDRV
DISPARM
DSAJ
ELFDR
AXMPR1
DISUTIL
DSAL
EMA
AXMPR2
DIVERG
DSAM
EMAKFR
BDRYINFO
DLT2SLT
DSAN
EMG
BCDR
DMPCASE
DSAP
ESTINDX
BGCASO
DOM10
DSAPRT
EXPORTLD
BGICA
DOM11
DSAR
FA1
BGP
DOM12
DSARLP
FA2
BMG
DOM6
DSARME
FBODYLD
BNDSPC
DOM9
DSARMG
FORTIO
CAMPREP
DOPFS
DSARSN
FRLG
CASE
DOPR1
DSAW
FRLGEN
CMPZPR
DOPR2
DSDVRG
FRQDRV
CMSENGY
DOPR3
DSFLTE
FRRD1FRRD2
596
Main Index
GENTRAN
MCE1
OPTGP0
SEMA
GETCOL
MCEMCFRACT
ORTHOG
SEP1
GETMKL
MDATA
OUTPRT
SEP1X
GI
MDBNZO
PCOMB
SEP2
GIC2C
MDCASE
PFCALC
SEP2CT
GKAM
MDISUTIL
PLOT
SEP2DR
GNFM
MGEN
PLTHBDY
SEP2X
GP0
MKCNTRL
PLTSET
SEP3
GP1
MKCSTMA
PLTMSG
PROJVER
GP2
MKRBVEC
PNCHGRP
RANDOM
GP3
MKSPLINE
PNMKGRP
SHPCAS
GP4
MODACC
PRESOL
SMA3
GP5
MODCASE
PROJVER
SSG1
GPFDR
MODENRGY
RANDOM
SSG2
GPJAC
MODEPF
RBMG3
SSG3
GPSP
MODEPOUT
RBMG4
SSG4
GPSTR1
MODGDN
RMG2
STATICS
GPSTR2
MODGM4
ROTOR
ST2DYN
GPSTRPBX
MODQSET
ROTRD1
STDCON
GPWG
MODTRK
ROTRD2
STRSORT
GUST
MODUSET
ROTRUTL
TA1
GUSTLDW
MONVEC
RSPEC
TAFF
GYROLD
MONVEC3
SCE1
TAHT
IFPINDX
MPP
SDP
TASNP1
IFT
MPPTRAN
SDR1
TASNP2
ILMP1
MRGCOMP
SDR2
TOLAPP
ILMP2
MRGMON
SDR3
TRD1
ILMPGPF
MRGCSTM
SDRCOMP
TRD2
INDXBULK
MSGHAN
SDRHT
TRLG
INTERR
MSGSTRES
SDRNL
UEIGL
ISHELL
NASSETS
SDRP
UGVADD
LANCZOS
NDINTERP
SDRX
UREDUC
LCGEN
NEWUSET
SDRXD
VDR
LMATPRT
NLCOMB
SDSA
VIEW
MACOFP
NLHARM
SDSB
VIEWP
MAKAEFA
NLICLOOP
SDSC
WEIGHT
MAKAEFS
NLITER
SECONVRT
XYPLOT
MAKAEMON
NLRSLOOP
SEDR
XYTRAN
MAKCOMP
NLRSMAP
SEDRDR
MAKENEW
NLSOLV
SEEFMBND
MAKEOLD
NLTRD
SEEFMCLF
MAKMON
NLTRD2
SEEFMDMP
MASSCOMB
NLTRLG
SEEFMLST
MATGEN
NSMEPT
SEEFMNON
MATREDU
OFPINDX
SEEFMOUT
Matrix Modules
Module
ADD
[ X] = [ A] [B ]
ADD5
[ X] = [ A] + [ B] + [ C] + [ D ] + [ E]
CEAD
DECOMP,DCM
P
[A] [L][U]
DIAGONAL
[ A ] a P or [ A ] a P
ii
ij
FBS
[ X ] = ( [ L ] [ U ] ) [ B ]
MERGE
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
MPYAD
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] or [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ]
NORM
PARTN
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
READ,
LANCZOS
SMPYAD
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] [ F ] or [ A ] [ B ] [ A ]
SOLVE,
SOLVIT
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] or [ A ]
TRNSP
[X] = [A]
UMERGE
Main Index
Basic Operation
PHIA
{ PHIF } ---------------
PHIO
598
Module
UMERGE1
UPARTN
Basic Operation
[ K ii ]
[ K ii ]
K jj K jl
K lj K ll
K jj K jl
K lj K ll
or K jl K jj K jl
Pj
or { P i } -----
Pl
Utility Modules
Module
Main Index
Basic Function
APPEND
COPY
DBC
DBDICT
DMIIN
DRMS1
DTIIN
ELTPRT
IFP1
IFP, IFP3
through IFP9
Converts the output from the XSORT module into several tables.
INPUTT2
INPUTT4
LAMX
MATGEN
MATGPR
MATMOD
MATPCH
Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
MATPRN
MATPRT
MERGEOFP
MESSAGE
MODACC
Module
Basic Function
MODTRL
MTRXlN
OFP
OUTPUT2
OUTPUT4
PARAML
PRTPARM
PVT
Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data PARAM entries.
RESTART
Compares two data blocks and/or invokes dependencies defined in the NDDL.
SCALAR
SEQP
TABEDlT
Edits tables.
TABPRT
TABPT
TIMETEST
VEC
VECPLOT
XSORT
Main Index
Basic Function
DBVIEW
DELETE
EQUIVX
FILE
PURGEX
TYPE
600
Main Index
COND
DBDIR
DBDICT statement
DYNCTRL
None
DYNREDU
None
EQUIV
EQUIVX module
INREL
SubDMAP SEMR3
PARAM
PARAMR
PURGE
PURGEX module
RBMG2
DECOMP
REIGL
READ module
REPT
DO WHILE statement
SCE1
UPARTN
SETVAL
Assignment statement
SMP2
TASN
TASNP2
ACMG 601
Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements
ACMG
Computes the coupling matrix for fluid/structure interface at all points or only points on a given structural
panel.
ACMG
PANSLT,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,ECT,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXIN,EDT/
AGG
/
APART
LUSET/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH/
PNLPTV $
Input Data Blocks:
PANSLT
BGPDT
CSTM
SIL
ECT
EQACST
Equivalence between internal fluid grid points and internal structural grid points
which lie on the fluid/structure boundary.
NORTAB
Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which lie
within the acoustic face.
EQEXIN
EDT
Main Index
AGG
APART
602
ACMG
Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
Parameters:
LUSET
MPNFLG
NUMPAN
PANAME
IPANEL
MATCH
PNLPTV
Matching mesh
Nonmatching mesh
Remarks:
1. MPNFLG, NUMPAN, and MATCH are computed by the GP5 module, whereas the IPANEL
parameter is incremented in DMAP.
2. PANSLT, BGPDT, and SIL cannot be purged if fluid structure interaction is to be considered.
CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point references a coordinate system other than basic.
Example:
Main Index
ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB/
S,N,MPNFLG//S,N,MATCH/NASOUT $
PANSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,NORTAB,EQEXINS/
AGG/LUSETS/////MATCH $
ACMG 603
Computes fluid/structure coupling matrix
ECTS,BGPDTS,EQEXINS,EDT,SILS/
MPNSLT,EQACST,MNRTAB/
MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH $
IPANEL=1 $
DO WHILE ( IPANEL<=NUMPAN ) $
ACMG
MPNSLT,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,ECTS,EQACST,MNRTAB,EQEXINS/
ABE/LUSETS/MPNFLG/NUMPAN/S,N,PANAME/IPANEL/MATCH $
IPANEL=IPANEL+1 $
ENDDO $ IPANEL<=NUMPAN
Main Index
604
ADAMSMNF
Generate files for MSC.Adams
ADAMSMNF
UNITS,BGPDT,GEOM2,GEOM4,CMBXPHG,MABXWGG,MXWAA,KXWAA,
PXA,GPSETS,ELSET,OGS1,OGSTR1,OGPWGBW,CASECC,PCDB/
BAAEA,OGS1P,OGTR1P/
M9I/
QUALNAM/SEID/NOSE/LUSET/NOASET/MNFOUT/OUTGS1/
OUTGSTR1/MINVAR/PSETID/CCSET/PRECOL/WTMASS $
Main Index
UNITS
Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.
BGPDT
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.
GEOM4
CMBXPHG
Matrix of component modes transformed to the basic coordinate system and and
row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence.
MABXWGG
Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic coordinate
system, row-ordered in external grid identification number sequence, and divided by
WTMASS.
MXWAA
Mass matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number
sequence and divided by WTMASS.
KXWAA
Stiffness matrix for the a-set, row-ordered in external grid identification number
sequence and divided by WTMASS.
PXA
GPSETS
ELSET
OGS1
OGSTR1
OGPWGBW
Grid point weight generator table transformed to the basic coordinate system divided
by WTMASS.
CASECC
PCDB
ADAMSMNF 605
Generate files for MSC.Adams
BAAEA
OGS1P
OGSTR1P
M9I
Parameters:
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='
qualified by SEID.
SEID
NOSE
LUSET
NOASET
MNFOUT
'NINEMAI'
M9I only
'BOTH'
OUTGS1
OUTGSTR1
MINVAR
PSETID
CONSTANT'
1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
'PARTIAL'
'FULL'
All
'NONE'
None
Main Index
All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.
606
ADAMSMNF
Generate files for MSC.Adams
None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and
elements will be output.
>0
CCSET
PRECOL
WTMASS
Remarks:
Main Index
ADAMSRBM 607
Calculates rigid body motion based on MSC.ADAMS results
ADAMSRBM
ADAMSRBM
RBH,UGX,CSTM,BGPDT/URGB/APP $
RBH
Large motion matrix computed by MSC.ADAMS. RBH contains six rows: the
first 3 rows are large translations and the next 3 rows are Euler angles.
UGX
CSTM
BGPDT
UGRB
Parameters:
APP
Main Index
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
608
ADAPT
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
ADAPT
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values and generates a new set of
p-values for next adaptivity loop.
Format:
ADAPT
CASECC,EPT,EDT,EST,ELEMVOL,VIEWTB,UG,MPT,ETT,
CSTM,PVAL0,ERROR0,PELSET,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,OINT,
GEOM4,BGPDT,GPSNT,EPSSE,LAMA,GLERR/
PVAL1,ERROR1,GLERR1/
ALTSHAPE/APP/ADPTINDX/SEID/
S,N,PVALNEW/S,N,ADPTEXIT/DESITER/DESMAX/CNVFLG $
Main Index
CASECC
EPT
EDT
EST
ELEMVOL
Element volume table, contains p-element volumes and the p-value dependencies of
each p-element grid, edge, face and body.
VIEWTB
UG
MPT
ETT
CSTM
PVAL0
ERROR0
PELSET
DEQATN
DEQIND
DIT
OINT
ADAPT 609
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
GEOM4
BGPDT
GPSNT
EPSSE
LAMA
GLERR
PVAL1
ERROR1
GLERR1
Parameters:
ALTSHAPE
APP
ADPTIND
SEID
PVALNEW
ADPTEXIT
DESITER
DESMAX
CNVFLG
Remarks:
1. If superelements are present then CASECC must contain only the residual structure. EPT, EST,
UG, MPT, CSTM, GEOM4, BGPDT, and GPSNT apply to the current superelement only. See
Example.
2. If DATAREC Case Control command and OUTPUT Bulk Data entries are specified, then
ADAPT will also print or punch out the p-value and error tables for specified p-element
identification numbers at desired adaptivity loops.
Main Index
610
ADAPT
Performs and prints error estimate for current p-values
Example:
Main Index
ADD 611
Matrix add
ADD
Computes
Matrix add
ADD
A,B/X/ALPHA/BETA/IOPT $
Matrix
Parameters:
ALPHA
BETA
IOPT
IOPT
Main Index
Operation
+ , add
* , multiply
, divide
= A ij if B ij =
= B ij if B ij
if A ij or B ij = 0, then X ij = 0
612
ADD
Matrix add
Remarks:
1. [ A ] and/or [ B ] may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will be
assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique. X may not be purged.
2. The type (complex or real and single or double precision) of [ X ] is the maximum of the types of
[ A ] , [ B ] , , and . The size of [ X ] is the size of [ A ] if [ A ] is present. Otherwise, it is the size
of [ B ] .
3. If A and B are not the same size, then the size of X will be the size of A. For example,
or
1 2 5 +
8 10 5
78 =
3 4 6
3 4 6
1 2 5 =
7 8 +
8 10
3 4 6
4. If ALPHA or BETA are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then
they may alternately be specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See examples.
5. For exponentiation of each element in a matrix, see DIAGONAL, 739 module.
Examples:
MAA,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
ADD
MAA,/MAA5/5.0 $
3. Overwrite terms of [ A ] with terms of:
ADD
Main Index
A,B/X///3 $
ADD5 613
Matrix add
ADD5
Matrix add
ADD5
A,B,C,D,E/
X/
ALPHA/BETA/GAMMA/DELTA/EPSLN/
ALPHAD/BETAD/GAMMAD/DELTAD/EPSLND $
A,B,C,D,E
Matrix
Parameters:
Main Index
ALPHA
BETA
GAMMA
DELTA
EPSLN
ALPHAD
BETAD
GAMMAD
614
ADD5
Matrix add
DELTAD
EPSLND
Remarks:
1. Any of the matrices may be purged, in which case the corresponding term in the matrix sum will
be assumed null. The input data blocks must be unique.
2. The type (complex or real) of [ X ] is maximum of the types of A, B, C, D, and E. If the imaginary
parts of any parameter are nonzero, then X will be complex. The precision of [ X ] is double for
short-word machines and single for long-word machines ADD5 is more efficient than ADD for
sparse matrices.
3. If the input matrices are incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 ATTEMPT TO ADD
INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES is issued.
4. If any of the scalar multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part is zero; e.g.,
(5.,0.), then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See Example 2 below.
5. If any of the scalar single precision multipliers are specified as constants and their imaginary part
is zero; e.g., (5.,0.), then they may be alternately specified as real constants; e.g., 5. See Example
2. This alternate specification is not allowed for the double precision multipliers and constant
double precision values must be entered in full: e.g., (2.0D0, 0.0D0).
6. If ALPHAD, BETAD, GAMMAD, DELTAD, or EPSLND is non-zero then the corresponding
single precision parameter will be ignored.
Examples:
1. Compute
IOMEGA=CMPLX(0.,OMEGA)
OMEGSQ=IOMEGA**2
ADD5
MDD,BDD,KDD,,/DDD/OMEGSQ/IOMEGA $
2. Multiply [MAA] by 5.0
ADD5
or
MAA,,,,/MAA5/(5.0,0.0) $
ADD5
MAA,,,,/MAA5/5.0 $
3. Scale A by a large number. The largest element in A is 1.0.
TYPE PARM,,CD,,SCALER=(1.D40,0.0D0) $
ADD5
A,,,,/ASCALED//////SCALER $
4. Change the type of the real double precision matrix A to complex.
ADD5
A,,,,/ACD//(1.,1.) $
Although the value of the second parameter does not appear in the output, it changes the type from
real double precision (type 2) to complex double precision.
Main Index
ADG 615
Calculates the downwash matrix
ADG
Calculates the downwash matrix that specifies the downwash for each of the aerodynamic extra points.
It also forms the matrices required in the generation of stability derivative information and in the
specification of the aerodynamic trim equations, as well as the hinge moments data matrix.
Format:
ADG
AECTRL,CSTMA,AERO,AECOMP,W2GJ,ACPT/
UXVBRL,WJVBRL,ADBINDX/
NJ/NK/SYMXZ/GOTTRM $
AECTRL
CSTMA
AERO
AECOMP
W2GJ
Matrix of aerodynamic intercepts. Usually input via DMI Bulk Data entries.
ACPT
UXVBRL
Controller state matrix for WJVBRL downwash vectors. UXVBRL has NX rows
and NV columns.
WJVBRL
Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the j-points due to the
linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extra-points and linear control surfaces.
ADBINDX
Table of the aerodynamic database contents. (one entry for each of the NV instances
created).
Parameters:
Main Index
NJ
NK
SYMXZ
GOTTRM
616
ADG
Calculates the downwash matrix
Remarks:
Main Index
ADJMOD 617
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB for adjoint loads
ADJMOD
Modify DRDUG/DRDUTB from DSAD (or DOPR3) for supporting the adjoint load method when
superelements are present.
Format:
ADJMOD
DRDUTB,DRDUG,ADRDUTB/
DRDUTBM,DRDUGM/
S,N,AADJCOL/COLADJ/TCOLADJ/APP $
DRDUTB
DRDUG
ADRDUTB
DRDUTBM
DRDUGM
Parameters:
Main Index
AADJCOL
COLADJ
TCOLADJ
APP
Statics
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
618
ADR
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
ADR
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces per frequency for each aerodynamic point based on the AEROF
Case Control command.
Format:
ADR
UH,CASECC,QKHL,OL,AEBGPDT,AEUSET/
PKF/
BOV/MACH/APP/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ $
UH
CASECC
QKHL
OL
AEBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added
(ks-set in AEUSET).
AEUSET
PKF
Parameters:
Main Index
BOV
MACH
APP
Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER'
Flutter
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
ADR 619
Builds a matrix of aerodynamic forces
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
Examples:
Main Index
620
AELOOP
Aerodynamic loop driver
AELOOP
Extracts a single record of Case Control and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic
matrices or the solution of aerostatic and divergence analyses.
Format:
AELOOP
CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CASEA,CCPOS1/
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/
S,N,AEQRATIO/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/S,N,SYMXZ/
CRTPOS/S,N,RCONFIG/MASSETID/S,N,AESOLN $
CASECC
EDT
Element Deformation Table. Contains all of the entries for related to aerostatic and
aeroelastic analysis.
CCPOS
CASEA
CCPOS1
Parameters:
Main Index
NSKIP
LPFLG
MFLG
MACH
AEQRATIO
AECONFIG
SYMXY
AELOOP 621
Aerodynamic loop driver
SYMXZ
CRTPOS
RCONFIG
MASSETID
AESOLN
Output-character-default='
'. Aerodynamic solution name extracted from
CASECC at word positions 454 and 455.
Remarks:
AELOOP performs slightly different functions depending on whether it is used in a divergence or trim
analysis. In both cases, AELOOP skips to the NSKIP-th subcase in CASECC and copies the subcase to
CASEA. CASEA is then interrogated for a a TRIM or a DIVERG Case Control command.
1. If it is TRIM, then the NSKIP parameter is incremented by one and the MACH and Q values are
read from the requested TRIM Bulk Data entry image in EDT.
2. If it is DIVERG, then MFLG is checked for any remaining MACH numbers in the subcase. If any
are found, then MFLG is incremented by one and the MFLG-th MACH number is read from the
requested DIVERG Bulk Data entry image in EDT. If the current MACH number is the last
MACH number, MFLG is set to 0 and NSKIP is incremented by one.
In both cases, if NSKIP is greater than the total number of records in CASECC, then LPFLG is
set to -1.
Examples:
Main Index
622
AELOOP
Aerodynamic loop driver
Main Index
AEMODEL 623
Aerodynamic model loop driver
AEMODEL
Drives the aerodynamic model loop and sets parameter values for the generation of aerodynamic tables.
Format:
AEMODEL
CASECC,EDT,CCPOS/
CCPOS1
S,N,NSKIP/S,N,LPFLG/S,N,AECONFIG/S,N,SYMXY/
S,N,SYMXZ/CRTPOS $
CASECC
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1
entries.
CCPOS
CCPOS1
Parameters:
NSKIP
LPFLG
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
CRTPOS
Main Index
624
AFPMP
Field point mesh data recovery
AFPMP
AFPMP
CASECC
SILD
UPF
OUGFP1
AFPMID
, ACIECT , EPT
, MPT
, BGPDT
,
, EDT
, BGPDTFP , ECTFP
, FOL
,
/
, OVGFP1 , OAPWR2 /
/S,N,NOUG1/S,N,NOVG1/S,N,NOAPWR2/S,N,NOSORT2 $
CASECC
ACIECT
EPT
MPT
BGPDT
SILD
EDT
BGPDTFP
ECTFP
FOL
UPF
OUGFP1
OVGFP1
OAPWR2
Parameters:
Main Index
AFPMID
NOUGFP1
AFPMP 625
Field point mesh data recovery
Main Index
NOVGFP1
NOAPWR2
NOSORT2
626
AIEMGA
Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
AIEMGA
AIEMGA
GEOM2,EPT,MPT,IFEXPNT,EDT,BGPDT,EQDYN,SILD,DIT/
KAIPP,MAIPP,BAIPP,ACIECT/
LUSETD/NOUE/S,N,NOKAIPP/S,N,NOMAIPP/S,N,NOBAIPP/
UNUSED6 $
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.
EPT
MPT
IFEXPNT
Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-structure grid
points
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry
BGPDT
EQDYN
SILD
DIT
Main Index
KAIPP
MAIPP
BAIPP
ACIECT
AIEMGA 627
Acoustic infinite element matrix generation and assembly
Parameters:
LUSETD
NOUE
NOKAIPP
-1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
On output:
NOMAIPP
-1: Generate.
0: Do not generate.
On output:
NOBAIPP
-1: Generate
0: Do not generate.
On output:
UNUSED6
Main Index
628
AMG
Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
AMG
Generates a list of aerodynamic influence matrices (AJJT) and the transformation matrices needed to
convert these to the aerodynamic grid points (SKJ, D1JK, D2JK).
Format:
AMG
MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/SYMXZ/SYMXY/REFC/S,N,MACH0/MACHNO/
KBAR/APP/SUPAERO $
MKLIST
ACPT
AJJT
SKJ
D1JK
D2JK
Parameters:
Main Index
NK
NJ
SYMXZ
SYMXY
REFC
Input-real-no default.
MACH0
MACHNO
KBAR
AMG 629
Builds aerodynamic influence matrix
APP
Input-character-default='
SUPAERO
'FREQRESP'
Aeroelastic
'FLUTTER'
Flutter
Remarks:
,,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ,D1JK,D2JX/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/0.0/'STATICS' $
Main Index
MKLIST,ACPT/
AJJT,SKJ1,D1JK,D2JK/
NK/NJ/S,N,MACH0/MACH/KBAR $
630
AMP
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
AMP
AMP
AJJT,WSKJF,D1JK,D2JK,GDKI,GPIK,GPKH,D1JE,D2JE,
MKLIST,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QHH,QKH,QHJ/
NUMHDOF/NOUE/GUSTAERO/MACH/KBAR $
AJJT
WSKJF
D1JK
D2JK
GDKI
GPIK
GPKH
D1JE
D2JE
MKLIST
LAJJT
UAJJT
QHH
QKH
QHJ
Parameters:
Main Index
NUMHDOF
NOUE
GUSTAERO
AMP 631
Generates modal aerodynamic matrices
MACH
KBAR
Remarks:
1. None of the input data blocks may be purged if an AEROF Case Control command is specified.
2. PKF cannot be purged.
3. AMP requires the combination of matrices:
The aerodynamic matrices for aerodynamic cells, produced by the Aerodynamic Matrix
Generator (AMG) module.
The interpolation from the structure to the aerodynamic cells, produced by the Geometry
Interpolator (GI) module.
The downwash matrix due to extra points, may be supplied by the user via INPUTT4. These extra
points are used for control systems and other special effects.
4. If NOUE<0 then D1JE and D2JE may be purged.
5. QKH, relating aerodynamic pressures to modal coordinates, is required for use in a data reduction
module. The matrix of generalized forces, QHH, may be purged if only data reduction is desired.
Main Index
632
APD
Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
APD
Generate boxes, grid points, connectivity, degree-of-freedom sets, coordinate systems and control
information for aerodynamic analysis.
Format:
APD
EDT,CSTM/
AEECT*,AEBGPDT*,AEUSET*,AECOMP,AERO,
ACPT,CSTMA,AMSPLINE,MPJN2O/
S,N,NK/S,N,NJ/S,N,BOV/AERTYP/S,N,BOXIDF $
EDT
CSTM
Main Index
AEECT*
AEBGPDT*
Two aerodynamic basic grid point definition tables (BGPDT) with the degrees of
freedom added and based on MODLTYPE qualifier: MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'
and MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'. See Example.
AEUSET*
AECOMP
AERO
ACPT
CSTMA
Aerodynamic coordinate system transformation matrices for g-set and ks-set grid
points.
AMSPLINE
MPJN2O
APD 633
Generates aerodynamic geometry tables
Parameters:
NK
NJ
BOV
AERTYP
Aerostatic
-1
Remarks:
1. AEECT*, AEBGPDT*, and AEUSET* are output family data blocks based on qualifiers AEID
and MODLTYPE. AEID is not currently being used and is always 0.
MODLTYPE
Model
DOF set
STRUCTUR
structural
p-set
AEROSTRC
aero-structural
ks-set
AEROMESH
plotting
n/a
2. BGPDT, ECT, and USET0 where MODLTYPE='STRUCTUR' are output by GP1, GP2, and
GP4, respectively.
Main Index
634
APPEND
Concatenate two data blocks
APPEND
Produces the union of either two input data blocks or an input and an output data block. Depending on
parameter input, APPEND will perform the following types of unions:
(4-1)
(4-2)
Format:
APPEND
IN1,IN2/OUT/IOPT/NULL1/NULL2/
REAL/REALD/CMPX/CMPXD/CHAR1/CHAR2 $
IN1,IN2
OUT
Output data block. This data block may have been created previously. See IOPT > 2.
Parameters:
IOPT
Main Index
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
APPEND 635
Concatenate two data blocks
17
18
19
20
NULL1
NULL2
REAL
REALD
CMPX
CMPXD
CHAR1
CHAR2
Remarks:
1. Under IOPT = 2, the output matrix data block is also used as an input and must be declared
APPEND in a FILE DMAP statement.
2. If the inputs are matrices then both inputs must be of the same type.
3. Either IN1 or IN2 may be purged. For IOPT = 2, IN2 must be purged.
4. In matrix appends, string formatted records are copied from one matrix data block to another.
5. In table appends, the header record is skipped on the appended file and all remaining records.
Also, the trailer of OUT will be set to that of IN2 (IOPT = 1) or IN1 (IOPT = 2).
6. It is recommended that the OUT data block be a scratch data block. In other words, it should not
be saved on a permanent DBset.
7. For values of IOPT -16, -17, -18, -19, or -2
the order in which the parameters are written is reversed. For example, IOPT=-20 causes CHAR
to be written first, then NULL2.
8. If NULL1 > 0, then a type code value is written in the word immediately preceding the word(s)
containing the value of the parameter. The type codes are: 0:INT, 1:REAL, 2:REALD, 3:CMPX,
4:CMPXD and 8:CHAR.
9. For IOPT > 10, trailer word 1 will contain a count of the number of data records on the file and
word 2 will contain the value of the NULL1 parameter.
Main Index
636
APPEND
Concatenate two data blocks
Examples:
DIAG 8
SOL X
COMPILE X
SUBDMAP X
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CF $
TYPE PARM,,RS,N,FACTOR $
FILE
U=APPEND $
MATGEN
,/US/5/1/7 $
DO WHILE
( FACTOR < 5. ) S
FACTOR=FACTOR+1.
CF=CMPLX(FACTOR,0.) $
ADD5
US,,,,/UI/CF $
APPEND
UI,/U/2 $
ENDDO $
MATPRN
U/ $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2. Create a matrix B by appending five null columns to matrix A.
APPEND
A,/B/1//5 $
3. Create a table with a one word record that contains the integer value 1001.
APPEND
Main Index
,,/OUT1/10//1001 $
ASDR 637
Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
ASDR
Prints the aerodynamic extra point displacements and the aerodynamic pressures and forces as requested
in Case Control.
Format:
ASDR
CASEA,UXDAT,AECTRL,FFAJ,ACPT,PAK,AEUSET,AEBGPDT,
AECOMP,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,
MPAERP,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,AERO,CSTMA//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/IUNITSOL $
Main Index
CASEA
UXDAT
AECTRL
FFAJ
ACPT
PAK
AEUSET
AEBGPDT
Basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom added
(ksa-set in AEUSET).
AECOMP
MONITOR
MPSR
MPSER
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points at trim (excluding inertial loads
and static applied loads).
MPSIR
MPSRP
MPSERP
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPAERP
Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static
applied loads.
AEMONPT
MPAR
638
ASDR
Prints the extra point aerodynamic displacements
MPAER
AERO
CSTMA
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
MACH
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
IUNITSOL
ASG 639
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
ASG
ASG
CASEA,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPAERV,MPSERV,MPSIR,AEDBUXV,
MPSERP,MPAERP,AECTRL,EDT,PRBDOFS,DIT,AEDBINDX/
UX,UXDAT,UXDIFV/SYMXZ/ISENS $
CASEA
AEMONPT
MONITOR
MPAERV
MPSERV
MPSIR
AEDBUXV
MPSERP
Elastic restrained loads on structural monitor points due to static applied loads.
MPAERP
Total elastic restrained loads on aerodynamic monitor points at trim due to static
applied loads.
AECTRL
EDT
PRBDOFS
Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive." Active
URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-offreedom.
DIT
AEDBINDX
Main Index
UX
UXDAT
UXDIFV
640
ASG
Computes the aerodynamic extra point displacements
Parameter:
SYMXZ
ISENS
Remarks:
ZZX
PZ
=
IP UX
Y
AEL
O
where the number of rows in the UX vector is equal to the number of aerodynamic extra points.
The ZZX and PZ vectors have as many rows as there are r-set degrees of freedom. The IP matrix
is a pseudo identity matrix with as many rows as there are constrained extra points specified on
the TRIM Bulk Data entry. The IP matrix has ones in the row and columns corresponding to the
constrained variable and zeros located elsewhere. The Y vector contains the magnitudes of the
trim variable constraints. The AEL matrix contains the constraint relations (if any) specified by
AELINK Bulk Data entries. It has as many rows as there are AELINK constraints. It is required
that the sum of the number of supported degrees of freedom plus the number of TRIM constraints
and number of AELINK constraints equal the number of aerodynamic extra points.
Main Index
AXMDRV 641
Loop driver for auxiliary model processing
AXMDRV
AXMDRV
AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
AMLIST
None.
Parameters:
AUXMID
AUXMFL
Remarks:
AXMDRV is intended to be called in a DMAP loop. Each time through the loop AXMDRV outputs the
current auxiliary model identification number defined in AMLIST. AUXMFL is TRUE except for the
last call when AUXMFL is set to FALSE, i.e., for the last auxiliary model.
Example:
AUXMID=-1 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( AUXMFL ) $
IF ( AUXMID=-1 ) THEN $
AUXMID=0 $
ELSE $
AXMDRV
AMLIST//S,N,AUXMID/S,N,AUXMFL $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
642
AXMPR1
Builds a list of auxiliary model Bulk Data Sections
AXMPR1
AXMPR1
CASECC*,BULK*/
AMLIST/
S,N,AMLFLG $
CASECC*
BULK*
AMLIST
Parameters:
AMLFLG
Remarks:
1. All auxiliary model identification numbers that are specified on the AUXCASE command in the
Case Control Section (258th word in CASECC*) are written to the AMLIST table.
2. AXMPR1 checks for the following preliminary errors:
Verify the AUXCAS Case Control command specifies a unique and existing
BULK file.
Verify that each Bulk Data Section is identified with a unique auxiliary model number.
Example:
This is how AXMPR1 is used in subDMAP IFPL. CASEXX and IBULK are generated from IFP1 and
XSORT.
DBVIEW CASEXXAF = CASEXX (WHERE AUXMID>0) $
DBVIEW BULKAF
= IBULK
(WHERE AUXMID>0) $
AXMPR1
CASEXXAF,BULKAF/AMLIST $
Main Index
AXMPR2 643
Merges geometry of primary model and an auxiliary model
AXMPR2
Merges the geometry of the primary model and an auxiliary model and create a Case Control table with
PARTN command specifying auxiliary model grid points.
Format:
AXMPR2
GEOM1,GEOM1A/
GEOM1C,CASEVEC/
AUXMID $
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the primary
model.
GEOM1A
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and assigned to the auxiliary
model identified by AUXMID.
GEOM1C
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and merged from GEOM1 and
GEOM1A.
CASEVEC
Case Control table with the PARTN command referencing all of auxiliary model's
grid identification numbers.
Parameter:
AUXMID
Remark:
AXMPR2 merges the primary model geometry (GRID and COORDi Bulk Data entry images) in
GEOM1 with the auxiliary model in GEOM1A. AXMPR2 also writes the grid identification numbers
from all of the auxiliary model grid points in GEOM1A to CASEVEC as a set referenced by the PARTN
command.
Main Index
644
BCDR
Drives a boundary condition loop
BCDR
Drives a DMAP loop based on the boundary condition Case Control commands SPC and MPC.
Format:
BCDR
CASECC//
SEID/SOLAPP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NLOADS/S,N,BCFLAG/S,N,SPC/
S,N,MPC/S,N,SUPORT/S,N,LOAD/S,N,LSEQ/S,N,STATSUB/
S,N,BC/BCLABL $
CASECC
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
SOLAPP
NSKIP
NLOADS
BCFLAG
SPC
MPC
SUPORT
LOAD
LSEQ
BCDR 645
Drives a boundary condition loop
STATSUB
BC
BCLBL
Example:
Main Index
646
BDRYINFO
Generates geometry and connectivity information
BDRYINFO
Generate the geometry and connectivity information for an external superelement definition based on the
ASETi and QSETi Bulk Data entries and requested by the EXTSEOUT Case Control command.
Format:
BDRYINFO
CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,BGPDT,USET,BULK,BULKINDX/
GEOM1EX,GEOM2EX,GEOM4EX,CASEEX/
MTRXFLAG/DMIGSFIX $
CASECC
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.
BGPDT
USET
BULK
BULKINDX
Main Index
GEOM1EX
GEOM2EX
GEOM4EX
CASEEX
Table of Case Control modified to include displacement output requests for all
boundary points and all points connected to PLOTEL elements.
BDRYINFO 647
Generates geometry and connectivity information
Parameters:
MTRXFLAG
Boundary Matrix
Stiffness
Mass
Viscous damping
Structural damping
Static loads
Acoustic coupling
DMIGSFIX
Main Index
648
BGCASO
Updates Case Control table for contact
BGCASO
Updates Case Control table for contact region data recovery operations.
Format:
BGCASO
CONTACT,BTOPO,CASECC,XYCDB/
CASECCBO/
S,N,NEWCASE/S,N,NBSORT2 $
CONTACT
CASECC
BTOPO
XYCDB
CASECCBO
Parameters:
Main Index
NEWCASE
NBSORT2
BGP 649
Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
BGP
Processes the geometry for the boundary contact regions. Updates the penalty values for slideline
elements in the contact regions topological information table and creates a new boundary grid point
element connection table.
Format:
BGP
CSTM,SIL,KGGT/
BTOPO,BGPECT/
ADPCON/ISKIP $
CSTM
SIL
KGGT
Total structural stiffness matrix in g-size (sum of linear, nonlinear and differential
matrices).
BTOPO
BGPECT
Parameters:
ADPCON
ISKIP
Remarks:
Main Index
BTOPSTF=APPEND/BTOPCNV=APPEND $
CSTMS,SILS,KGGT/BTOPSTF,BGPECT/ADPCONx/ISKIP $
650
BGP
Processes geometry for boundary contact regions
COPY
Main Index
BTOPSTF/BTOPCNV/-1/1 $
BMG 651
Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
BMG
BMG
MATPOOL,BGPDT,CSTM/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
MATPOOL
BGPDT
CSTM
BDPOOL
Parameters:
NOKBFL
NOABFL
MFACT
Remark:
MTRXIN must always be used in conjunction with module BMG to produce the matrices. See example.
Example:
Main Index
MATPOOL,BGPDTS,CSTMS/
BDPOOL/
S,N,NOKBFL/S,N,NOABFL/S,N,MFACT $
ABFL = NOTL(NOABFL) $
IF ( ABFL OR NOTL(NOKBFL)
) MTRXIN
,,BDPOOL,EQDYN,,/
ABFL,KBFL,/
652
BMG
Generates hydroelastic boundary matrices
LUSETD/NOABFL/NOKBFL/0 $
Main Index
BNDSPC 653
Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
BNDSPC
BNDSPC
SEMAP,USET,BGPDT,YS,YSD/
USET1,YS1/
SEID/NLOADS $
SEMAP
USET
BGPDT
YS
YSD
USET1
YS1
Parameters:
SEID
NLOADS
Remarks:
1. BNDSPC will perform one of three possible operations, depending on the coordinate system
alignment at the boundary:
a. Allow the SPC to be applied in the current superelement.
b. Move the constraint to a downstream superelement.
c. Issue a fatal error due to incompatible coordinate systems.
2. YS cannot be purged.
Main Index
654
BNDSPC
Processes constraints on superelement boundaries
Example:
Excerpt from subDMAP PHASE0 with BNDSPC in a superelement and boundary condition loop.
DO WHILE (LPFLG >= 0) $
.
.
.
BCFLAG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( BCFLAG ) $
.
.
.
BNDSPC
EMAP,USET0,BGPDTS,YSB,YSD/
USET01,YSB1/
SEID/NLOADS $
EQUIVX
USET01/USET0/-1 $
EQUIVX
YSB1/YSB/-1 $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ BCFLAG
ENDDO $ LPFLG
Main Index
CAMPREP 655
Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
CAMPREP
CAMPREP
CASECC,DYNAMIC,EDOM/
CAMPDD/
S,N,CAMPPARM/S,N,CAMPTYPE/S,N,CAMPID/
S,N,CAMPFID/S,N,CAMPNAME/S,N,NCAMPVAL $
CASECC
DYNAMIC
EDOM
Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced by RSPINR
records in DYNAMIC.
CAMPDD
Parameters:
CAMPPARM
CAMPTYPE
CAMPID
CAMPFID
Main Index
Speed
Element property
Element material
Speed
PBAR/PELAS
Element property
MAT1/MAT2
Element material
Element property
MID
Element material
656
CAMPREP
Creates list of DDVAL entry values for Campbell looping
CAMPNAME
NCAMPVAL
Main Index
Speed
>0
Speed
'T' or 'A'
Property
'E' or 'RHO'
Material
CASE 657
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
CASE
Assembles the appropriate subcases (records) of Case Control for the current loop based on various Case
Control commands.
Format:
CASE
PSDL
CASECC, MPT /
PVT
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP/S,N,LINC/GMAFLG/S,N,MSCHG/
S,N,TESTNEG/S,N,IMETHOD/CASCOM1/CASCOM2/CASCOM3/
CASCOM4/CASCOM5/CASCOM6/CASCOM7/CASCOM8/CASCOM9/
CASCOM10/S,N,CASEID/S,N,ORIGDT/PARCOM1/PARCOM2/
PARCOM3/PARCOM4/PARCOM5/PARCOM6/PARCOM7/PARCOM8/
PARCOM9/PARCOM10 $
CASECC
PSDL
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images for TSTEPNL, NLPARM, and NLPCI. Required
only when APP='NONL'.
PVT
Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entries. PVT is only
needed when APP='COMM' and the PARAMi parameters are specified.
CASEXX
Main Index
658
CASE
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
Parameters:
APP
Complex eigenvalue.
'FREQ'
Frequency response.
'TRAN'
Transient response.
'NONL'
'SLIC'
'COMM' Extract a slice of contiguous subset records, beginning at the NSKIPth record, with the same Case Control command set identification
numbers for command names specified in CASCOMi.
NSKIP
Input:
<0
>0
Output:
NOLOOP
-1
No more cases.
>0
>0
Main Index
LINC
GMAFLG
Ignore changes.
CASE 659
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
MSCHG
TESTNEG
IMETHOD
If MPC and SPC Case Control commands for this subcase are the same
as those in the immediately preceding subcase.
Standard.
Controlled increment.
CASCOMi
Input-character-default='
APP='COMM'.
CASEID
ORIGDT
PARCOMi
Remarks:
CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto
CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is
set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1.
If the next record was read successfully and GMAFLG=0, then the set identification numbers specified
for the K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, TFL, and SDAMPING Case Control commands are compared with the
previous subcase. If they all agree, this record is copied onto CASEXX and the process is nskiped. If they
do not agree, NSKIP is incremented by 1 and NOLOOP is set to 1 and module is exited.
Main Index
660
CASE
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
CASECC,PSDL/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP//GMAFLG $
Processing is the same as complex eigenvalue analysis, except that the set identification numbers
specified for the FREQUENCY Case Control command is also compared. If the RANDOM command is
specified then the selected set is read from PSDL and a list of subcase identification numbers referenced
by the RANDPS Bulk Data entry images is made. If some subcases referenced by RANDPS Bulk Data
entry images have not been output on CASEXX, CASE terminates with User Fatal Message 3033.
APP='TRAN': Linear transient response.
CASE
CASECC,/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NOLOOP $
The first NSKIP records (subcases) on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto
CASEXX and an attempt is made to read the next record of CASECC. If this is not possible, NSKIP is
set to -1 and, if this is the first entry into CASE, NOLOOP is set to -1.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD=0: Nonlinear static analysis.
CASE
CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//S,N,LINC//S,N,MSCHG/S,N,TESTNEG $
The first NSKIP records on CASECC are skipped. The next record is read and copied onto CASEXX.
MSCHG is set to indicate whether the MPC or SPC set identification numbers have changed since the
previous subcase. NINC is set equal to the value in the NINC field on the selected NLPARM Bulk Data
entry image. If there is an associated NLPCI Bulk Data entry image, the controlled increment method is
being used, and the TESTNEG parameter is set to indicate this. TEMPERATURE(INITIAL) and
TEMPERATURE(LOAD) commands are checked for proper specification.
APP='NONL' and IMETHOD<>0: Nonlinear transient response.
CASE
CASECC,MPT/
CASEXX/
APP/S,N,NSKIP//////S,N,IMETHOD $
IMETHOD is set according to the METHOD field of the selected TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry image in
MPT. NSKIP is set to the loop identification number.
Main Index
CASE 661
Dynamic analysis case control loop driver
Examples:
1.
Extract the load and subcase identification numbers and a parameter value from each subcase.
SOL 100
COMPILE USERDMAP
ALTER 2
TYPE PARM,,I,N,NSKIP $
TYPE PARM,,I,Y,MYPRM $
NSKIP=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( NSKIP>=0 ) $
CASE
CASECC,/CASE1/TRAN/S,N,NSKIP $
PVT
PVT,CASE1/ $
PARAML
CASE1//DTI/1/1//S,N,SUBID $
PARAML
CASE1//DTI/1/4//S,N,ILOAD $
MESSAGE // SUBID=/SUBID/ MYPRM=/MYPRM/
ILOAD=/ILOAD $
ENDDO $
CEND
SUBCASE 101
PARAM,MYPRM,1
LOAD=111
SUBCASE 102
PARAM,MYPRM,-6
LOAD=222
SUBCASE 103
PARAM,MYPRM,4
LOAD=333
SUBCASE 104
PARAM,MYPRM,22
LOAD=444
SUBCASE 105
PARAM,MYPRM,-3
LOAD=555
SUBCASE 106
PARAM,MYPRM,77
LOAD=666
BEGIN BULK
ENDDATA
2.
3.
Extract Case Control records with the same MPC, SPC, and SUPORT set identification
numbers beginning at the NSKIP-th record.
CASECASECC,/CASEBC/'COMM'/S,N,NSKIP/
//////'MPC'/'SPC'/'SUPO' $
Main Index
662
CEAD
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
CEAD
Given that [ M ] , [ B ] and [ K ] are mass, damping, and stiffness, solve the equation:
2
( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) { } = 0
(4-3)
or
T
{ L } ( [ M ]p + [ B ]p + [ K ] ) = { 0 } (Lanczo
(4-4)
for the eigenvalues p and the associated right eigenvectors { } or left eigenvectors { L } .
Given a non-null rectangular matrix K , real or complex, it can be decomposed by the equation:
T
[U][S ][V ] = K
where U and V are square matrices of orthogonal functions, and S has non-zero terms along the diagonal
of its left-most partition.
Format:
CEAD
KXX,BXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,VDXC,VDXR/
CPHX,CLAMA,OCEIG,LCPHX,CLAMMAT/
S,N,NEIGV/UNUSED2/SID/METH/EPS/ND1/ALPHAJ/OMEGAJ/
MAXBLK/IBLK/KSTEP/NDJ $
Main Index
KXX
Stiffness matrix. Usually KHH or KDD. If METH=SVD then KXX may be a nonnull real or complex rectangular matrix. See Remark 9.
BXX
MXX
DYNAMIC
CASECC
VDXC
Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null columns in KDD, BDD,
and MDD.
VDXR
Partitioning vector with 1.0 at rows corresponding to null rows in KDD, BDD, and
MDD.
CEAD 663
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
CPHX
CLAMA
OCEIG
LCPHX
CLAMMAT
Parameters:
NEIGV
UNUSED2
Input-integer-default=1. Unused.
SID
METH
Main Index
HESS
QZ Hessenberg or QR Hessenberg.
SVD
EPS
ND1
>0
<0
=0
All singular values are computed, but no singular vectors are computed.
664
CEAD
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
ALPHAJ
OMEGAJ
MAXBLK
IBLK
KSTEP
NDJ
Method:
Complex eigenvalues and the associated eigenvectors are calculated in CEAD (Complex Eigenvalue
Analysis -- Displacement) using the inverse power method, the determinant method, the Hessenberg
method, or the Lanczos method, as requested by the user on the EIGC Bulk Data entry. For direct
complex eigenvalue analysis and if PARAM,ASING = 0 (default) then null rows and columns are
d ] , [ M d ] , and [ B d ] .
discarded from [ K dd ] , [ M dd ] , and [ B dd ] to form [ K xx
xx
xx
In the case of a direct formulation CEAD extracts the eigenvalues from the following equation.
d p2 + B d p + K d ]{ u d } = 0
[ M xx
xx
xx
x
(4-5)
[ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = 0
(4-6)
CEAD also normalizes the eigenvectors according to one of the following user requests:
Unit magnitude of a selected coordinate (POINT).
Unit magnitude of the largest component (MAX).
1. Eigenvalues are extracted by the Inverse Power, Determinant, Hessenberg, or Lanczos method.
2. At least one of KXX, BXX, and MXX must be present.
3. No output data block can be purged except for LCPHX and CLAMMAT. LCPHX can be purged
for methods other than Lanczos. CLAMMAT may be purged for all.
4. CLAMA and OCEIG are suitable for printing by the OFP module.
5. For the Hessenberg method, spill logic may be requested with SYSTEM(108)=1 on the
NASTRAN statement. This allows for no limits on problem size.
Main Index
CEAD 665
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
[Y] [X]
which should be identity. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods Users Guide for the
definition of Y and X.
9. CEAD may be used to perform singular value decomposition.
T
V is the transpose of the complex conjugate of V . The terms of S are always positive or zero
(non-negative), and real. The terms of S are sorted in descending order (largest first). The single
matrix eigenproblem can be regarded as a special case of the SVD problem. For the case of K
real, symmetric, and positive semi-definite U = V , and S is the matrix of roots of
[ K *I ]* = 0
The roots and vectors are sequenced inversely from the MSC Nastran convention. Singular Value
Decomposition is a standard mathematical technique with well-defined properties. Both U and
V may be purged and CEAD will execute faster if they are are purged. The input matrix K must
fit into memory because there is no spill capability. The singular value decomposition uses the
format shown in the Example 2. Although S is real by definition, it is returned as a complex
matrix with 0.0 imaginary parts. The other outputs are also complex in form, although they are
sometimes real in content.
Example:
1. The following DMAP sequence extracts eigenvalues and eigenvectors and prints the results.
CEAD
K,B,M,DYNAMIC,CASECC,,/VEC,CLAMA,OCEIGS,/
S,N,NFOUND $
OFP
CLAMA,OCEIGS// $
IF
(NFOUND>-1) MATPRN VEC// $
2. Assume that a rectangular matrix A is provided. Find the matrices of its singular value
decomposition, and test to see that these matrices satisfy the equation
A U*S*V' = 0
Main Index
666
CEAD
Complex, unsymmetric eigenvalue analysis or singular value decomposition
CEAD
MATMOD
TRNSP
MATPRN
SMPYAD
ADD
NORM
MESSAGE
Main Index
A,,,,,,/V,CLAMA,OCEIGS,U,S/
S,N,NFOUND//-1/SVD//1 $ 1 MEANS COMPLETE SET OF VECTORS
V,,,,,/VBAR,/10 $ COMPLEX CONJUGATE
VBAR/VT $
U,S,V// $
U,S,VT,,,/ABAR/3 $
A,ABAR/ERROR//-1.0 $
ERROR/SCRERR///S,N,MAXERROR $
//LARGEST ERROR IN SVD IS /MAXERROR $
CMPZPR 667
Generates Bulk Data entry images based on PCOMP and MAT8
CMPZPR
Generates the equivalent PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry images based upon data on PCOMP and
MAT8 Bulk Data entry images. Functionally equivalent to IFP6.
Format:
CMPZPR
EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC/
S,N,NOCOMP $
EPT
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties, in particular, MAT2
and MAT8 entries.
DIT
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP
Bulk Data entry.
EPTC
Copy of EPT except PCOMP records are replaced by equivalent PSHELL records.
MPTC
Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.
Parameter:
NOCOMP
Remarks:
Main Index
668
CMSENGY
Compute component modal energies
CMSENGY
Compute component modal strain and kinetic energies with respect to normal modes and forced response
analysis.
Format:
CMSENGY
CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
CMSENGY
CASECC,OL,USET,BGPDT,CMLAMA,SYSE,CMSQE,CMSTQE/
CMSEQ,CMSTEQ/
SEID/NOUP/CMEOUT/UNUSED/CMERTYPE/CMETYPE $
CMSENGY
CASECC,,,,,,ITSTNQ,ITOTLQ/,///-1 $
CMSENGY
CASECC,,,,,,,/,/
SEID/NOUP/-2//CMERTYPE/CMETYPE/
S,N,CMSEREQ/S,N,CMKEREQ/S,N,CMDEREQ/
S,N,CMFVEREQ/S,N,CMFREREQ $
Main Index
CASECC
OL
Real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list or frequency
response frequency output list. Must be consistent with APP.
USET
BGPDT
CMLAMA
SYSE
CMSENGY 669
Compute component modal energies
CMSQE
CMSTQE
CMSEQ
CMSTEQ
Parameters:
SEID
NOUP
CMEOUT
-1
UNUSED
CMERTYPE
CMETYPE
CMSEREQ
CMKEREQ
CMDEREQ
Main Index
-2
Free vibrations
Modal frequency
Modal transient
Strain energy
Kinetic energy
Damping energy
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
670
CMSENGY
Compute component modal energies
CMFVEREQ
CMFREREQ
Main Index
No
Yes
No
Yes
COPY 671
Explicit data block copy
COPY
COPY
DBI/DBO/PARM/BLOCK $
DBI
DBO
A copy of DBI.
Parameters:
PARM
BLOCK
Input-integer-default=1.
BLOCK < 0 -- Block sensitive copy is used.
BLOCK > 0 -- Standard copy is used.
Remarks:
1. If BLOCK < 0 and the block size between DBI and DBO is different, then a fatal error will be
issued.
2. This module is preferred over the copy options in MATMOD option 13 and TABEDIT.
Example:
Main Index
KELM/KELMX/ALWAYS/-1 $
672
CURV
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
CURV
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains) to the element's material coordinate system and/or
interpolate the stresses (or strains) to element's connecting grid points. Applies to CQUAD4 and CTRIA3
elements and non-corner stresses only.
Format:
CURV
OES1,MPT,CSTM,EST,BGPDT/
OES1M,OES1G/
OUTOPT/OG/NINTPTS $
OES1
MPT
CSTM
EST
BGPDT
OES1M
Element stress or strain table in SORT1 format in the element's material coordinate
system defined on the MAT1 entry.
OES1G
Grid point stress or strain table in SORT1 format and interpolated from the
centroidal stress table, OES1M.
Parameters:
OUTOPT
Plot
Punch
The above values may be added together to select two or more forms of output. For
example, OUTOPT=6 requests both plot and punch output.
Main Index
CURV 673
Transforms elemental centroid stresses (or strains)
OG
NINPTPS
Remarks:
1. CURV computes the CTRIA3 and CQUAD4 element stress and/or strain output in a material
coordinate system (normal output is in the element or basic coordinate system) and/or to
interpolate the stresses (or strains) to its connecting grid points.
2. For further details see also CURV (p. 733) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Main Index
674
CURVPLOT
Converts grid point output tables
CURVPLOT
EQEXIN,BGPDT,EDT,XYCDB,OPG1,OQG1,OUG1,OES1G,OSTR1G/
OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2GX,OSTR2GX/
DOPT $
EQEXIN
BGPDT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, and the iterative solver; and in particular, SET1 entries.
XYCDB
OPG1
OQG1
OUG1
OES1G
OSTR1G
OPG2X
OQG2X
OUG2X
OES2GX
OSTR2GX
Parameter:
DOPT
Main Index
CURVPLOT 675
Converts grid point output tables
Equally.
Remarks:
Main Index
676
CYCLIC1
Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
CYCLIC1
Generates transformation matrices and modifies Case Control and static loads for cyclic symmetry
analysis.
Format:
CYCLIC1
CASECC,GEOM3,GEOM4,DIT,FRL/
KVAL,GEOM3N,CASEFR,HARM,FORE,CASEBK,BACK/
S,N,NSEG/S,N,CTYPE/APP/S,N,NOGEOM3/S,N,NFREQ/
S,N,TOTALK $
CASECC
GEOM3
GEOM4
DIT
FRL
Main Index
KVAL
GEOM3N
CASEFR
Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution in cyclic
symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set identification number.
HARM
FORE
CASEBK
Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every column in BACK.
Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.
BACK
CYCLIC1 677
Generates cyclic symmetry tables and transformation matrices
Parameters:
NSEG
CTYPE
APP
'ROT'
Rotational
'AXI'
Axisymmetric
'DIH'
Dihedral
Statics
'MODES'
Normal modes
'BUCKLNG1'
Pre-buckling (statics)
'BUCKLNG2'
Buckling
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
NOGEOM3
NFREQ
TOTALK
Remark:
CYCLIC1 generates equivalent GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data entry images in harmonic components.
Main Index
678
CYCLIC2
Processes degrees-of-freedom
CYCLIC2
Processes degrees-of-freedom
Processes degrees-of-freedom that are to be constrained between segments for cyclic symmetry
problems.
Format:
CYCLIC2
GEOM4,EQEXIN,USET/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
GEOM4
EQEXIN
USET
CYCD
Parameters:
NSEG
CTYPE
Rotational
'AXI'
axisymmetric
'DIH'
Dihedral
Remarks:
1. CYCLIC2 is a preprocessor for the CYCLIC3 and CYCLIC4 modules is specified before the
harmonic index loop in DMAP.
2. CYCLIC2 processes CYJOIN, CYAX, and CYSUP Bulk Data entry images in GEOM4 and
identifies the constraints between the degrees-of-freedom in the analysis set for the cosine
(symmetric) and sine (antisymmetric) models.
3. CYCLIC2 can also accommodate the p-set:
Main Index
CYCLIC2 679
Processes degrees-of-freedom
CYCLIC2
GEOM4,EQDYN,USETD/
CYCD/
NSEG/CTYPE $
where EQDYN and USETD are output by DPD.
Main Index
680
CYCLIC3
Forms cyclic matrices
CYCLIC3
Forms transformation matrices between cyclic components and solution set. Form partitioning vector for
supported degrees-of-freedom. Perform transformation of structural matrices in cyclic components to the
solution set.
Format:
CYCLIC3
CYCD,KVAL,KAA,MAA,BAA,K4AA/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $
CYCD
KVAL
KAA
MAA
BAA
K4AA
KKK
MKK
BKK
K4KK
GC
GS
PVEC
Parameters:
Main Index
HINDEX
NSEG
CYCLIC3 681
Forms cyclic matrices
NOKVAL
Output-integer-no default. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX is not in the analysis set
of harmonic identification numbers.
KGTH
REACT
Remarks:
1. For buckling analysis, then the negative of the differential stiffness, -KDAA, may be specified in
place of MAA.
ADD
CYCLIC3
KDAA,/KDAAM/-1. $
CYCD,TKVAL,KAA,KDAAM,,/
KKK,MKK,,,GC,GS,PVEC/
HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $
2. CYCLIC3 can also accommodate the p-set:
CYCLIC3
CYCD,KVAL,KDD,MDD,BDD,K4DD/
KKK,MKK,BKK,K4KK,GC,GS,PVEC/
HINDEX/NSEG/S,N,NOKVAL/S,N,KGTH/S,N,REACT $
3. PVEC is formed in normal modes and static analysis if support degrees-of-freedom are specified
on the CYCSUP Bulk Data entry. PVEC is used to partition the solution set (cyclic degrees-offreedom) into l-set and r-set degrees-of- freedom for the zero-th and first harmonics. PVEC will
have rows equal to the number of columns in the GC matrix.
Main Index
682
CYCLIC4
Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
CYCLIC4
Transforms the cyclic components of load vectors associated with a particular harmonic into solution set
load vectors in the forward path. In the backward path, the solution set displacement vectors will be
transformed into cyclic components associated with the particular harmonic and appended to previous
harmonic solutions.
Format:
PAC
CYCLIC4
PHX ,LAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
UX
PATH/HINDEX/APP/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
HARM
GC
GS
PAC
PHK
UK
LAMA
Eigenvalue summary table for current harmonic. Required for normal modes
analysis only (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK
Case Control Data Block for output requests. Required for normal modes analysis
only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
BACK
CYCLIC4 683
Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
PK
UX
PHX
LAMA1
Appended eigenvalue summary table for all harmonics. Required for normal modes
analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
CASEBK1
Case Control table for data recovery requests for all harmonics. Required for normal
modes analysis only. (APP='REIG' and PATH='BACK').
BACK1
Parameters:
PATH
Forward (analysis)
'BACK'
HINDEX
APP
Statics
'REIG'
Normal modes
'BUCK' Buckling
'FREQ'
Frequency response
NFREQ
TOTALK
Examples:
1. Static analysis:
FILE
UX=APPEND $
PARAML
KVAL//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,NKVAL $ NUMBER OF ANALYSIS
HARMONICS
PARAML
KVAL//'DTI'/1/NKVAL//S,N,KMAX $ LAST ANALYSIS HARMONIC
INDEX
PARAML
KVAL//'IMATCH'/1/S,N,HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,PA,,,/
Main Index
684
CYCLIC4
Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
PK,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARM,GC,GS,UK,,,/
UX,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/'STAT'/NFREQ $
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD
UX,BACK,/ULC $
2. Frequency response analysis:
FILE
UXVF=APPEND $
HINDEX=0 $ QUALIFIER
DO WHILE ( DONE>=0 ) $
IF ( DONE>=0 ) THEN $
IF ( NOKVAL>=0 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,PXF,,,/
PKF,,,/
'FORE'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ
.
.
.
CYCLIC4 HARMF,GC,GS,UKVF,,,/
UXVF,,,/
'BACK'/HINDEX/RFNAME/NFREQ
ENDIF $ NOKVAL>=0
HINDEX=HINDEX+1
ENDIF $ DONE>=0
ENDDO $ DONE>=0
MPYAD
UXVF,BACKF,/UDVF $
3. Normal modes or buckling analysis:
FILE
CYPHX=APPEND,SAVE/CYLAMA1=APPEND,SAVE/
CASEBK1=SAVE/BACK1=SAVE,OVRWRT $
PARAML
KVALM//'TRAILER'/1/S,N,TOTALK $
PARAML
KVALM//'DTI'/1/TOTALK//S,N,KMAX $
PARAML
KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
HINDEX=0 $
DO WHILE ( HINDEX<=KMAX ) $
IF ( KVAL=-1 ) THEN $
.
.
.
CYCLIC4
HARM,GC,GS,CYPHA,CYLAMA,CASEBK,BACK/
CYPHX,CYLAMA1,CASEBK1,BACK1/
'BACK'/HINDEX/APPCYC4/S,N,NFREQ/TOTALK $
ENDIF $ KVAL=-1
HINDEX=HINDEX+1 $
PARAML
KVALM//'IMATCH'/1/HINDEX//S,N,KVAL $
Main Index
CYCLIC4 685
Transforms cyclic components of load vectors or displacements
ENDDO $ HINDEX<=KMAX
MPYAD
CYPHX,BACK1,/CYPHA1 $
Main Index
686
DBC
Database converter for model generation and results processing
DBC
DBC
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10,DB11,
DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15,DB16,DB17,DB18,DB19,DB20//
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14/
P15/P16/P17/P18/P19/P20/SEID/DBCPATH/
S,N,CP/APP/CYCLIC/GEOMU/LOADU/
POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/OVRWRT/DESITER/////
ADPTINDX/LUSET $
DBi
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
Pi
SEID
DBCPATH
Dummy variable parameter to allow the passing of qualifiers from the MSC Nastran
database to the DBC database. SEID must be -1.
CP
APP
Statics
'TRANRESP'
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
'REIG'
Normal modes
NLST
Nonlinear statics
DBC 687
Database converter for model generation and results processing
BKL1
Buckling
BKL0
CEIGEN
Complex modes
AERO
Aerodynamics
CYCLIC
GEOMU
LOADU
POSTU
DBCDIAG
Main Index
Diagnostic Output
16
32
64
128
256
512
Do not save the grid point stress surface and volume subcase data.
PROGRAM
OVRWRT
DESITER
688
DBC
Database converter for model generation and results processing
ADPTINDX
Integer-input-default=0. When ADPTINDX is not equal to zero, the data base object
attribute will be qualified by the value of this parameter, which denotes intermediate
p-element results exist.
LUSET
Remarks:
Main Index
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
BEPT
AEBGPDT
---
BGPDT
BGPDT
GEOMU
CASECC
CASECC
POSTU
CONTAB
CONTAB
POSTU
CONTROL
AECTRL
POSTU
CSTM
CSTM
GEOMU
CVAL
CVAL
POSTU
DBCOPT
DBCOPT
POSTU
DESTAB
DESTAB
POSTU
DIT
DIT
GEOMU/
POSTU
DSCM2
DSCM2
POSTU
DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC
GEOMU
ECT
GEOM2
GEOMU
ELDCT
ELDCT
POSTU
EMAP
SEMAP
GEOMU
EPT
EPT
GEOMU
EQEXIN
EQEXIN
GEOMU
DBC 689
Database converter for model generation and results processing
Generic
Name
(P1-P20)
Main Index
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
EST
EST
GEOMU
FRM
---
POSTU
FURM
---
POSTU
GEOM1
GEOM1
GEOMU
GEOM3
GEOM3
LOADU
GEOM4
GEOM4
GEOMU/
LOADU
GPDCT
GPDCT
POSTU
GPDT
GPDT
GEOMU
GPECT
GPECT
POSTU
GPL
GPL
GEOMU/
POSTU
GPS
EGPSTR
POSTU
HIS
HIS
POSTU
IRM
---
POSTU
IURM
---
POSTU
LAMA
LAMA/
CLAMA
POSTU
MATPOOL
MATPOOL
POSTU
MPT
MPT
GEOMU
OAG
OAG
POSTU
OBJTAB
OBJTAB
POSTU
OEDE
ONRGY1
POSTU
OEF
OEF
POSTU
690
DBC
Database converter for model generation and results processing
Generic
Name
(P1-P20)
Main Index
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
OEKE
ONRGY1
POSTU
OES
OES
POSTU
OESC
OES1C
POSTU
OESE
ONRGY1
POSTU
OESNL
OESNL1
POSTU
OGPF
OGPFB1
POSTU
OGPKE
OGPKE1
POSTU
OL
OL
POSTU
OMM
OMM
POSTU
OMPCF
OQMG
POSTU
OPG
OPG
POSTU
OQG
OQG
POSTU
OUG
OUG
POSTU
OVG
OVG
POSTU
PERROR
ERROR1
POSTU
R1MAPR
R1MAPR
POSTU
R1TAB
R1TAB
POSTU
R1VAL
R1VAL
POSTU
R2MAPR
R2MAPR
POSTU
R2VAL
R2VAL
POSTU
DBC 691
Database converter for model generation and results processing
Generic
Name
(P1-P20)
Chapter 2
Names
Stored on Unit
Description
RESP12
RESP12
POSTU
RM
---
POSTU
SCSTM
SCSTM
GEOMU
SETS
SET
GEOMU
SVF
EGPSF
POSTU
UG
---
POSTU
UUG
---
POSTU
VIEWTB
VIEWTB
GEOMU/
POSTU
Main Index
GEOMU
LOADU
POSTU
CASECC, GPS, EQEXIN, GEOM1, GPL, LAMA, OEF, OES, OESNL, OGPF,
OESE, OPG, OQG, OUG, OESC, DBCOPT, GPDCT, and ELDCT
692
DBC
Database converter for model generation and results processing
5. If PROGRAM =GRASP then, the converted format of the above data blocks is written only to
the database: GEOMU.
6. Generic data blocks ECT, BGPDT, GPL, and GPDT should be specified simultaneously on the
same DBC statement.
7. Generic names OES and OESC must be specified in separate DBC modules and may appear only
once per DBC module.
Examples:
The following examples illustrate how the module might be implemented in a superelement solution
sequence. The following TYPE statements are used to establish authorization and defaults for user
parameters that control the module.
TYPE
PARM,,I,Y,DBCDIAG=0,GEOMUNIT,LOADUNIT,POSTUNIT $
TYPE
PARM,,CHAR8,Y,PROGRAM=XL $
1. After generation of IFP module output data blocks.
DBC
CSTM,EPT,MPT,GEOM4,CASECC,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//
CSTM/EPT/MPT/GEOM4/CASECC/
//////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM/ $
2. Inside superelement generation loop. Data required for undeformed plotting of geometry and
loads.
DBC
BGPDTS,GPLS,GPDTS,ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,
GEOM3S,GEOM4S,,,,,,,,,,,//BGPDT/GPL/
GPDT/ECT/GEOM1/EQEXIN/GEOM3/
GEOM4/////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP//
GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
3. Inside superelement data recovery loop.
Grid point stresses:
DBC
GPLS,EGPSTR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,//GPL/GPS/
/////////////////SEID//S,N,CP/APP/GEOMU/
LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/PROGRAM $
Forces, stresses, displacements, etc.
Note:
ECTS, GEOM1S, and EQEXINS are repeated here in case the above call was not executed,
as in a data recovery restart.
DBC
Main Index
OPG1,OUGV1,OEF1X,OES1X,OQG1,ONRGY1,OGPFB1,
ECTS,GEOM1S,EQEXINS,,,,,,,,,//OPG/OUG/
OEF/OES/OQG/OESE/OGPF/ECT/
GEOM1/EQEXIN//////////SEID//S,N,CP/
APP//GEOMU/LOADU/POSTU/DBCDIAG/
PROGRAM/ $
DBDELETE 693
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBDELETE
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters. An optional WHERE clause may be specified for a more
selective deletion.
Format:
DATABLK =
DBDELETE
*
( datablk list )
*
PARAM =
( param list )
Describers:
DATABLK
PARAM
where-expr
Logical expression that specifies the desired values of colnames described in Table
2 under the DBDICT, 695 statement. If where-expr is true then the named items will
be deleted. For example, WHERE(VERSION=4 AND SEID<>2 AND SEID>0)
selects all items under version 4 for all values of SEID greater than 0 except 2. See
WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further description. The default for
VERSION and PROJECT is the current version and project. See also Remark 1.
Remarks:
Main Index
694
DBDELETE
Deletes NDDL data blocks and parameters
WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJECT,
VERSION, CDATE, etc.
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified
on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data
block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.
Main Index
DBDICT 695
Prints database directory tables
DBDICT
The basic format of DBDICT specifies which tables to print and prints all items (data blocks and
parameters) found in the directory. Also, the attributes (colnames) to be printed and the print format are
predefined. Note that more than one table may be specified on the same DBDICT statement.
DBDICT
Examples:
DBDICT
DBDICT PARAM PROJVERS
Full Format:
The full format permits the selection of items by name and/or by the WHERE describer. The full format
also permits the attributes to be printed using the SELECT describer. In addition, the print format can be
Main Index
696
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
specified with the SORT, FORMAT, and LABEL describers. Note that the full format only allows the
specification of a single table on a DBDICT statement.
DATABLK
DATABLK ( LOCAL )
( datablk-list )
PARAM
*
DBDICT
=
PARAM ( LOCAL )
( param-list )
WHERE(where-expr),
PROJVERS
QUALCURR
QUALIFIERS
SELECT(colname[- col-label]. . . ),
FORMAT
(FWIDTH = w [.d]
i,
LWIDTH = k
DWIDTH = w [.d]
COLSPACE = c
AWIDTH = a
IWIDTH =
VALUE = w,
SORT colname = A , ,
RIGHT
LEFT
Describers:
Main Index
DATABLK
Print the data blocks. datablk-list specifies a list of NDDL-defined data blocks
separated by commas. If LOCAL is specified, the non-NDDL-defined data
blocks are printed.
PARAM
PROJVERS
DBDICT 697
Prints database directory tables
Main Index
QUALIFIERS
QUALCURR
where-expr
SELECT
colname
col-label
The label to printed above the column identified by colname. The default for
col-label is the colname. col-label may not be specified for colnames:
QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER.
FWIDTH = w.d.
Specifies the default width for single precision real numbers in real and
complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d >0, Default = 12.5).
DWIDTH = w.d.
Specifies the default width for double precision real numbers in real and
complex qualifiers. (Integers: w>0 and d>0, Default = 17.10).
AWIDTH = a
Specifies the default width for character string qualifiers. Character strings are
printed with enclosing single quotation marks, even if the string is blank.
(Integer>0, Default = 8).
IWIDTH = i
Specifies the default width for integer qualifiers. (Integer>0, see Remarks for
defaults).
LWIDTH = k
Specifies the default width for logical qualifiers. Logical values are printed as
either T for TRUE or F for FALSE. (Integer> 0, Default = 1).
COLSPACE = c
VALUE = w
Specifies the default width for parameter values. The values are printed as
character strings with left justification. Integer > 0, Default = 40.
col-width
The print width of the data under colname or qual-name. For real numbers,
specify w.d where w is the width of the field and d is the number of digits in the
mantissa. For integers and character strings, specify w where w is the width of
the field. col-width may not be specified for colnames: QUALSET,
QUALALL, and TRAILER.
698
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
SORT
Specifies how the rows are sorted. The sort based on ASCII sequence and is
performed in order according to each colname specified in the list. A D
following the colname causes the sort to be in descending order. An A
following the colname causes the sort to be in ascending order. Colnames
QUALSET, QUALALL, and TRAILER may not be specified under SORT.
Each colname specified in SORT must be separated by commas.
page-title
1. DBDICT prints seven different tables according to a default or user-defined format. The tables
are:
Describer
Description
Default Page-Title
See
Remark
DATABLK
NDDL DATABLOCKS
PARAM
Parameters described by a
NDDL PARAM statement.
NDDL PARAMETERS
QUALCURR
CURRENT QUALIFIERS
QUALIFIERS
QUALIFIERS
DATABLK
(LOCAL)
LOCAL DATABLOCKS
PARAM(LOCAL)
LOCAL PARAMETERS
PROJVERS
Project-Version.
PROJECT-VERSION
If DBDICT is specified without any describers then the NDDL Data Blocks Table will be printed.
See Remark 2.
In an FMS statement, DATABLK(LOCAL) and PARAM(LOCAL) produce no output, and
QUALCURR produces the default values specified on the NDDL QUAL statement.
The defaults and allowable colnames for SELECT, FORMAT, SORT, and LABEL depend on the
table. The defaults are described in the following remarks and tables.
2. The default print of the NDDL Data Blocks Table is obtained by:
DBDICT
or
Main Index
DBDICT 699
Prints database directory tables
DBDICT DATABLK
and is equivalent to:
DBDICT DATABLK ,
SELECT(NAME,DATABASE,DBSET,PROJNO=PROJ,VERSION=VERS,CDATE,
CTIME,
SIZE,KEY,PURGED=PU,EQUIVD=EQ,
POINTER=FILE,QUALSET) ,
FORMAT(NAME=8,DBSET=8,CDATE=6,CTIME=6,SIZE=5,
KEY=4 ,PURGED=4,EQUIVD=4,POINTER=8,
IWIDTH=5,COLSPACE=1) ,
SORT(PROJNO=A,VERSION=A,DBSET=A,NAME=A) ,
LABEL(NDDL DATABLOCKS CENTER)
and looks like:
* * * *
D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T
* * * *
16
NDDL DATABLOCKS
NAME
DATABASE DBSET PROJ VERS CDATE CTIME SIZE KEY PU EQ
FILE SEID PEID
LOAD
SPC
MPC METH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------AGG
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72340
0
326
1
0 132484
0
0
AXIC
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72336
0
315
1
0
65764
BGPDTS MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72338
1
324
0
2 131332
0
BGPDTX MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72338
1
324
0
1 131332
0
BJJ
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72341
0
332
1
0 132612
0
BULK
MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72336
2
315
0
0
65700
CASECC MASTER DBALL
1
1 930805 72336
1
316
0
2
67428
Figure 4-1
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the
FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-1
Column
name
Main Index
Default
column
width
Description
PROJECT
40
PROJECT NAME
PROJNO
PROJ NO
VERSION
VERSION
Version number
CDATE
CDATE
Creation Date
CTIME
CTIME
Creation Time
700
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
Table 4-1
Column
name
Default
column
width
Default
column label
Description
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
DATABASE
DATABASE
DBSET
DBSET
DBset name
RDATE
RDATE
Revision Date
RTIME
RTIME
Revision Time
SIZE
SIZE
Number of blocks
qualifier name
Qualifier name
qual-name
Main Index
See Note
KEY
KEY
Key number
TRLi
TRLi
TRAILER
TRLi
EXTNAME
EXTNAME
Extended name
EQUIVD
EQ
Equivalenced flag
PURGED
PU
Purged flag
EQFLAG
EF
SCRFLAG
SF
POINTER
POINTER
Directory pointer
DBENTRY
DBENTRY
FEQCHAIN
FEQCHAIN
BEQCHAIN
BEQCHAIN
DBDIR20
DBDIR(20)
Directory word 20
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
DBDICT 701
Prints database directory tables
Note:
Default widths for qualifiers are DWIDTH=17.10, IWIDTH=5, LWIDTH=1, AWIDTH=8, and
FWIDTH=12.
D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T
* * * *
21
, SUBDMAP SEKRRS
17
NDDL PARAMETERS
NAME
DATABASE DBSET
PROJ VERS
CDATE
CTIME
PEID
LOAD
SPC
MPC
METH
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ACOUSTIC MASTER
MASTER
1
1
930805 72338 323 0
0
0
ALTRED MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72338 319 NO
BCHNG
MASTER
MASTER
1
1
930805 72337 325 FALSE
0
DBALLX MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72336 318 DBALL
-1
-1
EPSBIG MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72339 323 1.000000E+12
0
0
ERROR
MASTER MASTER 1
1 930805 72338 319 -1
FIXEDB
MASTER
MASTER
1
1
930805 72338 323 0
0
0
Figure 4-2
Main Index
702
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in
the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-2
Column
name
Default
column
width
Default
column
label
Description
PROJECT
40
PROJECT NAME
PROJNO
PROJ
VERSION
VERS
Version number
CDATE
CDATE
Creation Date
CTIME
CTIME
Creation Time
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
DATABASE
DATABASE
DBSET
DBSET
DBset name
RDATE
RDATE
Revision Date
RTIME
RTIME
Revision Time
POINTER
POINTER
Directory pointer
VALUE
40
VALUE
Parameter value
KEY
KEY
Key number
qual-name
See Note
qualifier name
Qualifier name
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
Note:
Main Index
DBDICT 703
Prints database directory tables
F
0
0
0
0
0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------336
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
Figure 4-3
QUALALL selects all qualifiers to be printed. The qualifiers will be printed in alphabetic order.
QUALSET selects the only the qualifiers SEID, PEID, SPC, MPC, LOAD, and METH to be
printed.
Table 4-4 gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in the
FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers. QUALALL and QUALSET may not be specified in
the FORMAT or SORT describers. The qualifier names and values are not printed one per row,
but rather from left to right as one logical line that is allowed to wrap after 132 columns.
Column
name
Default
column width
Description
KEY
KEY
Key number
qual-name
See Note
qualifier name
Qualifier name
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
Note:
5. The default print of the current qualifier values table is obtained by:
DBDICT QUALCURR
and is equivalent to:
DBDICT QUALCURR SELECT(QUALALL),
Main Index
704
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
FORMAT(AWIDTH=8,IWIDTH=5,LWIDTH=1,COLSPACE=2),
LABEL=(CURRENT QUALIFIERS CENTER)
and looks like:
* * * * D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T * * * *
EXECUTION OF DMAP STATEMENT NUMBER
24
MODULE NAME = DBDICT
0
0
0
0
F
0
0
F
0
0
0
0
F
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
300
0
0
0
0
0
100
0
0
0
0
-1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
APRCH
Figure 4-4
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in
the SELECT describers.
Table 4-3
Column
name
Default
column
width
Default
column
label
Description
qual-name
See Note
qualifier name
Qualifier name
QUALALL
See Note
qualifier name
All qualifiers
QUALSET
See Note
qualifier name
Note:
Main Index
DBDICT 705
Prints database directory tables
Figure 4-5
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in
the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-4
Column
name
Default
column
label
Description
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
SUBDMAP
SUBDMAP
SubDMAP name
SIZE
BLOCKS
Number of blocks
EQUIVD
EQ
Equivalenced flag
PURGED
PU
Scratch flag
POINTER
POINTER
Directory pointer
TRLi
TRLi
TRAILER
TRLi
EXTNAME
EXTNAME
Extended name
Main Index
706
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
D I C T I O N A R Y
P R I N T
* * * *
Figure 4-6
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in
the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-5
Column
name
Default
column
label
Description
NAME
NAME
Parameter name
SUBDMAP
SUBDMAP
SubDMAP name
VALUE
40
VALUE
Parameter name
Main Index
DBDICT 707
Prints database directory tables
1
1
930805
72319
Figure 4-7
The table below gives the allowable colnames along with a description that may be specified in
the FORMAT, SELECT, and SORT describers.
Table 4-6
Default
column
width
Column
name
Description
PROJECT
40
PROJECT NAME
PROJNO
10
PROJ NO
VERSION
10
VERSION
Version number
DELFLG
DELETED
CDATE
13
CREATION DATE
Creation Date
CTIME
13
CREATION TIME
Creation Time
CDATE is printed as YYMMDD where YY, MM, and DD are the year, month, and date,
respectively. CTIME is HHMMSS where HH, MM, and SS are the hour, minute, and second,
respectively.
8. If a parameter or qualifier value is defined to be a character string, then the value will be printed
with enclosing single quotation marks. Blank strings will also be printed with single quotation
marks.
9. If a given qualifier is not in the path of a given data block or parameter, then blank spaces will be
printed.
10. A line will wrap if additional columns need to be printed and not enough space is available on the
output (which is assumed to be 132). The first column of each additional line is to be indented by
the width of the first column printed for the entry.
11. The where-expr has the following rules:
Main Index
708
DBDICT
Prints database directory tables
a. If the where-expr specifies a colname that is not assigned to the data block or parameter then
no directory information will be printed for that data block or parameter. For example, given
that SPC is not a qualifier for KGG, then the following DBDICT statement will produce no
output:
DBDICT DATABLK=KGG WHERE(SPC=10) $
b. If the where-expr does not specify a colname that is assigned to the data block (or parameter)
then the qualifier is wildcarded. For example, given that SEID is a qualifier for KAA, then the
following DBDICT statements are equivalent:
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA $
DBDICT DATABLK=KAA WHERE(SEID = *) $
Examples:
PROJVERS SORT(PROJNO,VERSION),
LABEL(PROJECT VERSION TABLE LEFT) $
2. Print a directory of all data blocks qualified with PEID = 10 or SEID = 10. Print columns for the
NAME and DBSET, and the qualifiers SPC, MPC, and LOAD.
DBDICT
Main Index
DATABLK SELECT(NAME,SPC,MPC,LOAD,DBSET,SIZE,
SEID,PEID) ,
SORT(NAME,SIZE=D) WHERE( SEID=10 OR PEID=10) $
DBEQUIV 709
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
DBEQUIV
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters based upon a qualifiers in a CONVERT
clause. An optional WHERE and may be specified for a more selective equivalence.
Format:
DATABLK =
DBEQUIV
PARAM =
*
(datablk-list)
*
(param-list)
[ WHERE (where-expr) ] ,
RESTART ] $
Describers:
Main Index
datablk-list
param-list
where-expr
710
DBEQUIV
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
convert-expr
Modifies the values for PROJECT, VERSION, DBSET, and qualifiers selected
by the where-expr. The format of convert-expr is:
PROJECT=project-expr;VERSION=version-expr;
DBSET=DBsetname;quali=qual-expri[;...]
For example, CONVERT (SEID=100+SEID; SPC=102).
See WHERE and CONVERT Clauses, 43 for a further discussion on WHERE
and CONVERT clauses. The default action for VERSION and PROJECT is to
convert to the current version-identification number and current projectidentification number. But if either PROJECT or VERSION is specified in the
convert-expr, then both must be specified.
OVRWRT
NOOVRWRT
RESTART
Remarks:
Main Index
WILDCARD applies only to qualifiers and not colnames like PROJECT, PROJNO,
VERSION, CDATE, etc.
DBEQUIV 711
Equivalences (or copies) NDDL data blocks and parameters
2. The data block and parameter names in datablk-list and param-list cannot be alias names specified
on the subDMAP argument list. datablk-list and param-list must specify the name of the data
block or parameter as defined in the NDDL.
Main Index
712
SubDMAP DBFETCH
Fetch data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBFETCH
None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi
Parameters:
Q1
Q2
FLAG
Integer-input-no default. Name flag: 0 means fetch DBi with name DBi. 1
means drop the first character of DBi before searching the directory.
SUCCESS
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired.
2. DBi is equivalenced to the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi,
ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0.
3. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored
on the database is the name which appears on the highest CALL statement that contains DBi.
DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
4. If call DBFETCH is being used to obtain data blocks created in a previous run, then the
RESTART or DBLOCATE FMS statement must be specified. If DBLOCATE is used then
DATABLK = * or DATABLK = (ZUZR11) must be specified on the DBLOCATE statement.
Example:
Fetch data block named A (name flag = 1 drops the character E) and assign local name as EA.
Main Index
Main Index
714
SubDMAP DBMGR
Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE
SubDMAP DBMGR
Performs functions on items stored on the database with this subDMAP and CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//OPT/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
1. Directory print
Print the contents of the database directory.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//2/0/0/0/0/0/
/
/
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
None.
2. Data block deletion
Deletes up to five data block(s) previously stored with CALL DBSTORE.
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//5/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/DB1/DB2/DB3/DB4/DB5 $
Parameters:
Q1
Q2
DBi
Main Index
Format:
CALL DBMGR
//7/QP1/QP2/QS1/QS2/0/
DBP/DBS1/DBS2/DBS3/DBS4 $
Parameters:
QP1
QP2
QS1
QS2
DBSi
CALL DBMGR
//9/QO1/QO2/QN1/QN2/0/
DBOLD/DBNEW/
/
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
QO1
QO2
QN1
QN2
DBOLD
DBNEW
716
SubDMAP DBMGR
Functions on data blocks stored by DBSTORE
CALL DBMGR
//10/Q1/Q2/0/0/0/STR1/STR2/STR3/STR4/STR5 $
Parameters:
Q1
Q2
STRi
CALL DBMGR
//11/Q1/Q2/0/S,PRES1/S,PRES2/
DB1/DB2/
/
$
Parameters:
Q1
Q2
PRESi
DBi
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused
integer parameters can be set to 0 and unused character parameters to ' ' (a string with 5 blanks).
2. If data blocks exist when storing, renaming or equivalencing, then they are overwritten.
3. If CALL DBMGR is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101
through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified immediately preceding CALL DBMGR
and PUTSYS(0, 109) should be specified immediately following CALL DBMGR.
Main Index
DBSTATUS 717
Checks status of up to ten data blocks
DBSTATUS
DBSTATUS
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,DB10//
S,N,NODB1/S,N,NODB2/S,N,NODB3/S,N,NODB4/S,N,NODB5/
S,N,NODB6/S,N,NODB7/S,N,NODB8/S,N,NODB9/S,N,NODB10 $
DBi
None.
Parameters:
NODBi
Not generated
Empty
Generated
10
11
Remarks:
1. Trailing commas in the input data block list may be omitted without warning. For example the
following statement:
DBSTATUS KAA,,,,,,,,,//S,N,NOKAA $
may be shortened to:
DBSTATUS KAA//S,N,NOKAA $
2. DBSTATUS is similar to PARAML DB//'PRES' with expanded capability for empty and offline
data blocks; i.e., PARAML returns -1 for empty data blocks and fatally terminates for offline data
blocks.
Main Index
718
SubDMAP DBSTORE
Stores data blocks on the database
SubDMAP DBSTORE
Stores user-specified data blocks on the database. Data blocks can only be retrieved by CALL
DBFETCH.
Format:
CALL DBSTORE
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5//Q1/Q2/DBSET/COND $
DBi
Parameters:
Q1
Q2
DBSET
COND
Remarks:
1. All parameters must be specified even if they are not used or the default value is desired. Unused
integer parameters can be set to 0. If DBSET is blank; i.e, ' ' (a string with 5 blanks), then DBi
will be stored on DBset DBALL.
2. DBi is stored under the database data block named ZUZR11 qualified with ZNAME = DBi,
ZUZR1 = Q1, ZUZR2 = Q2, ZUZR3 = 0 on DBset = DBSET.
3. DBSET should not be SCRATCH or refer to a scratch dbset.
4. If CALL DBSTORE is to be used in restart runs with the structured solution sequences (SOLs 101
through 200) then PUTSYS(1, 109) should be specified just before CALL DBSTORE and
PUTSYS(0, 109) just after. See Example 1.
5. If DBi appears on the SUBDMAP statement, then the actual name of the data block to be stored
on the database is the name which appears on the highest CALL statement that contains DBi.
DIAG 47 may be specified so that the actual name is printed to the F06 file.
Examples:
Main Index
Main Index
720
DBVIEW
Creates virtual datalock
DBVIEW
Creates virtual data block (or view) from one or more data blocks.
Format:
WHERE (where-expr)
(WHERE where-expr)
Describers:
view-name
Name of the view; 1 through 8 characters in length. The first character must be
alphabetic. The following characters can be used for view-names: A through Z
and 0 through 9.
data-block
where-expr
Remarks:
Main Index
DBVIEW 721
Creates virtual datalock
7. A comma may be used in place of the spaces shown under Format to continue the DBVIEW
statement on more than one line. For example,
DBVIEW UGX=UG,
(WHERE SEID=10 AND,
SPC=20,
AND VERSION=5) $
8. 8. If the view-name in the subDMAP is used for an output datablock on a module then the
following restrictions apply:
a. The only operator allowed between qualifier assignments is the ";". For example,
WHERE(SEID)=10; PEID=20).
Note:
Any view-name specified by a DBVIEW statement using the ";" separator can also be used
for input datablocks (in this case, any ";" in the Where Expr will be interpreted as the boolean
"and" operator).
b. Only one datablock can be specified by the DBVIEW statement (families are not supported
for output datablocks).
c. PROJECT, PROJNO, VERSION,Where Expr modifier "WILDCARD", and the use of
qualifier_name=* are not allowed in the Where Expr.
Examples:
1. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of KAA data blocks called KAA10 for
the path qualifier (see the PATH NDDL-Statement) SEID = 10 and for the current values of the
remaining KAA path qualifiers.
DBVIEW KAA10 = KAA (WHERE SEID=10) $
2. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name of the data block BULK, which is stored
under the version referenced on the RESTART FMS statement and gives it the virtual name
BULKR to differentiate it from the current data block BULK.
PROJVER //RESTART/S,N,RESPROJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXISTS $
DBVIEW BULKR = BULK (WHERE VERSION=RESVER AND
PROJNO=RESPROJ) $
3. The following DBVIEW statement creates a view-name for the datablock KAA. The view-name
will be used as an output datablock to a DMAP module. The path qualifiers for this output
datablock will be assigned SEID=20 and SEID=10 and the remaining KAA path qualifiers will
be set to the current values.
DBVIEW KAA20 = KAA WHERE (SEID=20 ; PEID=10) $
4. The following DMAP sequence creates view-names for three input datablocks and four output
datablocks, using the same data block "XYZ".
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
DBVIEW
Main Index
722
DBVIEW
Creates virtual datalock
Main Index
DCMP 723
Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
DCMP
Decompose a square matrix [ A ] into upper and lower triangular factors [ U ] and [ L ] and diagonal matrix
[ D ] . DCMP is identical to DECOMP, but also provides extended diagnostics.
[ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ]
[A] = [L][D][L]
for symmetric [ A ]
Format:
DCMP
DUSET,SIL,EQEXIN,A,PARTVEC,EQMAP/
LD U LSEQ
,
,
/
LAO AAP LSCM
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/BAILOUT/MAXRATIO/SETNAME/F1/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/
S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,ERR/LMTROWS $
Input Data Blocks:
USET
SIL
EQEXIN
PARTVEC
EQMAP
Main Index
LD
Nonstandard lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky
Factor. [LD] also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
724
DCMP
Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
LSEQ
LAO
AAP
LSCM
Parameters:
KSYM
CHOLSKY
Input/output-integer-default=1.
0
1
3
1
0
Main Index
BAILOUT
MAXRATIO
SETNAME
F1
DECOMP
DEBUG
THRESH
MINDIAG
DET
POWER
SING
DCMP 725
Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
NBRCHG
ERR
LMTROWS
Remarks:
1. This module performs all of the functions of the DECOMP module and responds to the same
system cells. However the DCMP module default for KSYM is 1 instead of -1, which is the
default for DECOMP. All Remarks given for the DECOMP module also apply to the DCMP
module.
2. If given unsymmetric matrices (Form 1"), the mechanism diagnostics are not provided. The
module is then functionally equivalent to the DECOMP module.
3. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most
efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as
SETNAME.
4. If A is symmetric then U contains the "MATRIX/FACTOR DIAGONAL RATIO values printed
under UWM 4698. The mathematical definition of U is
Diag(A) = Ad, a vector.
Diag(T) = Dd, a vector.
In some circumstances T is not a diagonal matrix. The high ratio test being defined here has no
validity in the regions where there are off-diagonal terms (2 by 2 pivots), so those rows are
ignored in this testing. The ratio is defined as
Vi = Adi/Ddi
Regions where the model is approaching singularity have small Ddi terms. They are divided into
Adi to non-dimensionalize them, and checked against a quality parameter value named
MAXRATIO. The default value for MAXRATIO is 1.E7, but the user is allowed to change its
value. Terms less than MAXRATIO are set to zero in Vi. If any terms remain, the matrix is
identified as singular, and various warning and fatal messages may appear, depending on the
context in which the DCMP module is being called.
This vector may be used to better identify singularities and provide other actions when they are
being approached. This feature is used in normal modes analysis, where points with high ratios
are automatically constrained to ground, to make the eigensolution more stable.
5. The sparse symmetric decomposition method may be used to decompose only a certain partition
specified by a partitioning vector (PARTVEC input data block for DCMP). In this case the
following decomposition is obtained:
Main Index
726
DCMP
Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics
A =
A oo A oa
A ao A aa
L oo
T LT
L oo
ao
D oo
L ao I
A aa
where
T
A aa = A aa L ao D oo L ao
The results of
Example:
M aa
matrix. If the matrix is poorly conditioned, diagnostics will be produced.
DCMP USET,SIL,EQEXIN,MMAA,/LAA,UAA,/////A $
DIAGONAL LAA/DLAA $
MATPRN DLAA/$
Main Index
DDR2 727
Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
DDR2
DDR2
USETD,UD,PD,KDD,BDD,MDD,OL,UNUSED,LLL,DM/
UD1,UE,PD1/
APP/NOUE/UNUSED1/UNUSED2 $
USETD
UD
PD
KDD
BDD
MDD
OL
Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.
LLL
DM
UD1
UE
PD1
Parameters:
APP
NOUE
Main Index
Transient response
'FREQ'
Frequency response
728
DDR2
Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
UNUSED1
Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.
UNUSED2
Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.
Remarks:
1. The solution matrix, UD1, may be used to also improve the data recovery output; such as, stress,
strain, etc.
2. USETD, UD, PD, MDD, OL, and LLL may not be purged.
3. DM may not be purged if support degrees-of-freedom exist.
4. For transient analysis, the velocities and accelerations (every second and third column in UD) are
unchanged in UD1.
5. DDR2 uses a static approximation for the effect of the higher modes.
Method:
(4-7)
For a transient analysis problem { u d } , { u d } , and { ud } are given explicitly. For frequency response
analysis,
{ u d } = i { u d }
2
{ ud } = { u d }
(4-8)
(4-9)
where is the forcing frequency and { u d } is the complex response vector. comes from PPF. The
a
vector { P d } is the sum of applied loads and inertia loads due to the motion of the system approximated
by its lower modes. The static solution using these loads will provide a better answer for displacements.
If extra points are present, then:
a
a
{ Pd }
Pa
------
Pe
(4-10)
ua
{ u d } -----
ue
Main Index
(4-11)
DDR2 729
Computes displacements due to mode acceleration
{ u e } is placed in data block UEVF. Subroutines CALCV and SSG2A perform this calculation. If
Pl
a
{ P l } -----
Pr
(4-12)
ul
{ u a } -----
Pr
(4-13)
Solve for { u a } :
a
[ L ll ] [ L ll ] { u l } = { P l }
(4-14)
a
{ ua }
{ ul } + [ D ] { ur }
= ---------------------------------------
ur
(4-15)
otherwise,
a
{ ua } = { ul }
Subroutine SDR1B performs this calculation. If extra points are present, then:
a
a
{ ud }
Note:
Main Index
ua
-----
ue
(4-16)
730
DDRMM
Performs matrix method data recovery
DDRMM
Computes data recovery items (stress, displacements, forces, strains, forces) directly from the modal
solution in frequency response, transient response, or scaled response spectra analysis using the matrix
method.
Format:
DDRMM
CASECC,UH,OL,IUG,IQG,IES,IEF,XYCDB/
OUG,OQG,OES,OEF,UNUSED5,OVG,OAG/
OPTION/NOCOMP/PEXIST/ACOUSTIC/ACOUT/PREFDB/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
CASECC
EST
UH
OL
Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.
IUG
IQG
IES
IEF
XYCDB
Main Index
OUG
OQG
OES
OEF
UNUSED5
DDRMM 731
Performs matrix method data recovery
OVG
OAG
Parameters:
OPTION
Absolute
'SRSS'
'NRL'
'NRLO'
NOCOMP
ACOUSTIC
PEXIST
ACOUT
Root-mean-square
'PEAK'
Peak
PREFDB
SEID
DVAFLAG
Method:
A matrix of modal solution data is formed from each of the modal SDR solution data blocks input to the
module. These data matrices and the matrix solution vectors are multiplied to form an output matrix.
If the modal solutions input to the modal are SORT1, the equation is
1
Main Index
(4-17)
732
DDRMM
Performs matrix method data recovery
(4-18)
The output matrix formed for each modal input data block is converted to output data block format for
processing by the module OFP.
In (4-17) and (4-18), the solution matrix contains one solution vector (column) of size h (= number of
eigenvalues used) for each time or frequency step. Thus,
= Number of eigenvalues
Columns
In the above, the data matrix, if the modal data input is SORT1, contains one column vector for each
eigenvalue used. Each column contains all modal output component results for all elements or points
requested. If the modal data input is SORT2, the data matrix will be the transpose of that for SORT1 input
data, due to the data input processing requirements. Thus,
1
Columns
1 T
1 T
1. If UD is a real matrix and OL is purged, then a scaled response spectra analysis is assumed.
2. OUG, OQG, OES, and OEF are suitable for printing or punching by the OFP module.
3. SDR2 is used to compute IUG, IQG, IES, and IEF, which are results due to a unit modal
displacement (eigenvector).
Main Index
DECOMP 733
Matrix decomposition
DECOMP
Matrix decomposition
To decompose a square matrix [A] into upper and lower triangular factors [U] and [L] and diagonal matrix
[D].
[ A ] = [ L ] [ U ] for unsymmetric [ A ]
[A] = [L][D][L]
for symmetric [ A ]
Format:
DECOMP
A/
LD,U,
LSEQ
,RPERM /
CPERM
S,N,KSYM/CHOLSKY/S,N,MINDIAG/S,N,DET/
S,N,POWER/S,N,SING/S,N,NBRCHG/S,N,MAXRAT/DECOMP/
DEBUG/THRESH $
Input Data Block:
LD
Lower triangular factor [L] and diagonal matrix [D] or Cholesky Factor. [LD]
also contains [D] for symmetric decomposition.
LSEQ
CPERM
RPERM
Parameters:
KSYM
Main Index
Input/output-integer-default=-1.
1
734
DECOMP
Matrix decomposition
CHOLSKY
-1
If KSYM = 3, then CHOLSKY is set to the number of degrees of freedom in the o-set.
MINDIAG
DET
POWER
SING
NBRCHG
MAXRAT
DECOMP
Main Index
Action
0 or -1
DECOMP 735
Matrix decomposition
16
Place 1.0 in diagonal position for all null columns and proceed with
the decomposition.
32
64
DEBUG
THRESH
Remarks:
1. By default, the DECOMP module uses sparse matrix methods. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical
Methods Users Guide.
a. The DECOMP parameter options 0, -1, 2, and 8 are ignored with the sparse method.
b. The precision of A must be equivalent to the machine precision.
c. Cholesky decomposition is not supported under this method; i.e., the parameter CHOLSKY =
1 will be ignored.
d. NASTRAN statement system cell 166 selects options for the sparse method.
0
No action.
Print diagnostics.
Do not issue fatal message if maximum ratios are exceeded. The maximum ratios are
replaced by 1.0.
2. Nonstandard triangular factor matrix data blocks are used to improve the efficiency of the back
substitution process in module FBS.
3. If the value of 16 is specified for the DECOMP parameter, then SING is set to one if unit values
are placed on the diagonal.
4. If KSYM = 3, the [A] matrix is decomposed through the first n degrees of freedom, where n is the
value provided by the CHOLSKY parameter. The resulting trapezoidal factor is output as [L] and
the remaining undecomposed partition of the [A] matrix, with contributions from the first n
degrees of freedom added, is output as [U].
Main Index
736
DECOMP
Matrix decomposition
5. Cholesky factors (matrix form 10) can be used for all standard matrix operations; e.g., ADD,
MPYAD, etc. All other factors are packed, nonstandard data blocks as described in Remark 2 and
cannot be processed by other matrix modules except where noted.
6. The output triangular and trapezoidal matrices will have the following forms in the matrix trailer:
Form
Factor Type
Matrix Type
Lower triangle
Symmetric or unsymmetric
Upper triangle
Unsymmetric only
10
Cholesky
Symmetric only
11
Trapezoidal
Symmetric only
13
Lower triangular
Sparse symmetric
15
Sparse unsymmetric
T
1. Solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] .
DECOMP
A/L,U,/ $
FBS
L,U,B/X/ $
MATPRN
X// $
T
2. Form [ K ] = [ G ] [ A ] [ G ] .
T
G,A,G,,,/K/3////1////6 $
K/L,,/ $
1
K aa = K aa K ao K oo K oa
using partial decomposition, then form L oo given the following:
NOOSET integer parameter defining the size of K oo .
Main Index
DECOMP 737
Matrix decomposition
Main Index
738
DELETE
Deletes data blocks
DELETE
DELETE
/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5 $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
DBi
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
DELETE
Main Index
/A,B,C,, $
DIAGONAL 739
Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
DIAGONAL
Extracts the diagonal elements from a matrix, raises each term to a specified power, and outputs a vector
(column matrix) or a rectangular matrix.
Format:
DIAGONAL
A/B/OPT/POWER $
Real vector (column matrix) or a rectangular matrix containing the terms of A raised
to a power
Parameters:
OPT
POWER
'SQUARE'
'WHOLE'
Remarks:
1. OPT = 'COLUMN' or 'SQUARE' provide exactly the same functions, except the output using
COLUMN is a vector, and the output using SQUARE is a square diagonal matrix. Both options
process only the real part of the diagonal terms of the input matrix.
Main Index
740
DIAGONAL
Extracts diagonal from matrix or raises matrix to a power
If POWER = 0., unit column or the identity matrix of the dimension of the input matrix is
produced. This is an efficient method for producing these useful DMAP tools. OPT = 'WHOLE'
operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same dimension.
Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'. Each term
is processed independently.
2. OPT = 'WHOLE' operates on all terms of the input matrix to produce an output matrix of the same
dimension. Sparse factor matrices (form = 11, 13, or 15) are not supported with OPT = 'WHOLE'.
Each term is processed independently.
If POWER = 0., then all nonzero terms of [A] will produce unit terms in [B]. Zero terms in [A]
will produce zero terms in [B]. This is a means for producing Boolean matrices. [A] may be either
real or complex.
If POWER = 1.0, then [B] is a real matrix with terms that are the absolute value of the terms of
[A]. If [A] is complex then [B] contains the magnitude
2
( a +b )
1. Extract the diagonal terms from LOO and KOO and form the ratio of factor diagonal to diagonal
3
terms and print terms less than 10 .
DIAGONAL LOO/LOOD/COLUMN/1. $
DIAGONAL KOO/KOOD $
ADD
LOOD,KOOD/LOVERK///2 $
MATMOD
LOVERK,,,,/BIGLOVRK,/2////1.E-3 $
ADD
LOVERK,BIGLOVRK/DIFF//-1.0 $
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,DIFF//H/O $
2. Obtain the absolute value of a matrix [A]
DIAGONAL A/AA/WHOLE $
Main Index
DISDCMP 741
Performs distributed decomposition
DISDCMP
Performs distributed decomposition which includes the parallel elimination of boundary nodes and
summation of global schur complement
Format:
DISDCMP
USET,SIL,EQEXIN,SCHUR,UNUSED5,EQMAP/
LBB,DSFDSC,SCHURS/
HLPMETH/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14/UNUSED15 $
USET
SIL
EQEXIN
SCHUR
UNUSED5
EQMAP
LBB
DSFDSC
SCHURS
Parameters:
HLPMETH
Main Index
Summation ONLY.
=0
UNUSED2
UNUSED3
UNUSED4
742
DISDCMP
Performs distributed decomposition
Main Index
UNUSED5
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
UNUSED8
UNUSED9
UNUSED10
UNUSED11
UNUSED12
UNUSED13
UNUSED14
UNUSED15
DISFBS 743
Performs distributed forward-backward substitution
DISFBS
DISFBS
LBB,DSFDSC,EQMAP,UABAR/
UA,PABAR,LOO/
HLPMETH $
LBB
Distributed boundary sparse factor matrix (contains the local panels of the
fronts).
DSFDSC
EQMAP
UABAR
UA
PABAR
LOO
Parameters:
HLPMETH
Summation only.
Remarks:
Main Index
744
DISOFPM
Collects and merges OFP data blocks
DISOFPM
Collects and merges OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor.
Format:
DISOFPM
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8/
OFP1M,OFP2M,OFP3M,OFP4M,OFP5M,OFP6M,OFP7M,OFP8M/
MAXBUFF $
OFPi
OFPiM
Parameters:
MAXBUFF
Remarks:
1. For SORT1, OFPiM are merged according to normal OFP order of element type, subcase number,
and element identification number.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if
the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then
the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to
DISOFPM.
Main Index
DISOFPS 745
Sends OFP data blocks
DISOFPS
Sends OFP data blocks from the slave processors to the master processor.
Format:
DISOFPS
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7,OFP8 $
OFPi
None.
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. OFPi may be purged. However, if OFPi is not purged, then the corresponding OFPiM cannot be
purged on the DISOFPS and DISOFPM statements.
2. The type and order of data blocks across all DISOFPM/DISOFPS calls must correspond; e.g., if
the element stress OFP data block appears in the first input of the second call to DISOFPS then
the element stress data block must also appear in the first input and output of the second call to
DISOFPM.
Main Index
746
DISOPT
Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
DISOPT
Performs the approximate discrete optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses,
sensitivity information, Design of Experiments (DOE), conservative discrete design, rounding-up, and
rounding-down approaches.
Format:
DISOPT
XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDRG,RESP3RG,DISTAB,
RQATABRG,PBRMSD/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,
R3VALO/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/
UNUSED6/UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/
UNUSED11/UNUSED12/UNUSED13 $
Main Index
XINIT
DESTAB
CONSBL*
DPLDXI*
XZ
DXDXI
DPLDXT*
DEQATN
DEQIND
DXDXIT
PLIST2*
OPTPRMG
R1VALRG
RSP2RG
DISOPT 747
Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
R1TABRG
CNTABRG
DSCMG
DVPTAB*
PROPI*
CONS1T
OBJTBG
COORDO
CON
SHPVEC
DCLDXT
TABDEQ
EPTTAB*
DBMLIB
BCON0
BCONXI
BCONXT
DNODEL
RR2IDRG
RESP3RG
DISTAB
RQATABRG
PBRMSD
Main Index
XO
CVALO
R1VALO
R2VALO
748
DISOPT
Performs appropriate discrete optimization problems
PROPO
R3VALO
Parameters:
OBJIN
OBJOUT
PROTYP
UNUSEDi
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DISPARM 749
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors
DISPARM
Broadcasts parameter values between slave and master processors for parallel processing.
Format:
DISPARM
//SENDID/RECVCODE/
S,N,INT/S,N,REAL/S,N,CMPX/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,REALD/S,N,CMPXD/S,N,LOG $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
SENDID
RECVCODE
<0
>0
Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left
corresponds to the processor identification number.
INT
REAL
CMPX
CHAR
REALD
CMPXD
LOG
750
DISUTIL
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
DISUTIL
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors for parallel processing. Additional
processing may occur on the master processor.
Format:
DISUTIL
B,X,R,EQMAP/
EPSSE,/
NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/1 or 2 $
DISUTIL
DB,,,/,///3 $
DISUTIL
,,,,/DB,///3 $
DISUTIL
RESMAX,RESMAX0,CASECC,HEADCNTL/,///4 or 5 $
DISUTIL
UG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/UGG,///6 $
DISUTIL
PG,SPCPART,,EQMAP/PGG,///7 $
DISUTIL
Main Index
MATS,,,/,///-8, 8, or 9 $
DISUTIL 751
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
DISUTIL
MATS,,,/,///-8, 8, or 9 $
DISUTIL
DB,,,/DBOUT,/SENDID/RECVCODE/10 $
Rectangular matrix which is the local load vector (with local values in local aset).
Solution of the equation [A][X]=[B] which is the local solution matrix (with
global values in local a-set).
Residual matrix which is local (with local or global values in local a-set).
EQMAP
DB
Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
RESMAX
RESMAX0
CASECC
HEADCNTL
UG
SPCPART
GEQMAP
Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides on which
processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
MATS
Main Index
EPSSE
UGG
PGG
DB
Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
MATM
752
DISUTIL
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
Parameters:
NSKIP
EPSI
DISMETH
Input-integer-default=1. Method.
1
8, -8
Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and add all matrices on
master. DISMETH=8 is recommend for dense matrices and -8 for
sparse matrices.
Broadcast any matrix from slaves to master and append columnwise all
matrices on master.
10
16
17
Merge MKELM data blocks (MKELM and MKELMR) from all DMP
processes and broadcast the result. Upon successful completion, the
fully merged output data block resides on all DMP processes.
18
Merge MMTX data blocks (MMTX, MMTX1, and MMTXR) from all
DMP processes and broadcast the result. Upon successful completion,
the fully merged output data block resides on all DMP processes.
SENDID
RECVCODE
Main Index
DISUTIL 753
Broadcasts data blocks between slave and master processors
<0
>0
Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left
corresponds to the processor identification number.
Remarks:
Main Index
754
DIVERG
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
DIVERG
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis: determines physically meaningful complex eigenvalues and
saves the eigenvectors that correspond to the divergence roots.
Format:
DIVERG
CLAMA,DYNAMIC,CASEA,EDT,CPHL,LCPHL/
DIVDAT,DCPHL,DLCPHL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT $
CLAMA
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk
Data entries.
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics. Contains the EIGC Bulk
Data entries.
CASEA
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.
CPHL
LCPHL
DIVDAT
DCPHL
DLCPHL
Parameters:
Main Index
IMACHNO
LPRINT
DIVERG 755
Performs aerostatic divergence analysis
Remark:
Divergence eigenvalues are the eigenvalues with a purely imaginary part or with a negligible real part.
Only the first NROOT number of divergence eigenvalues are extracted, where NROOT is specified by
the DIVERG Bulk Data entry.
Example:
Main Index
DIVDTX=APPEND/PHIDRX=APPEND/PHIDLX=APPEND $
CLAMAD,DYNAMICS,CASEA,EDT,PHIR,PHIL/
DIVDAT,PHIDR,PHIDL/
IMACHNO/LPRINT
$ OUTPUT DIVERGENCE RESULTS
DIVDAT, /DIVDTX/2 $ APPEND DIVERGENCE INFORMATION
PHIDR, /PHIDRX/2 $ APPEND RIGHT EIGENVECTORS
PHIDL, /PHIDLX/2 $ APPEND LEFT EIGENVECTORS
756
DLT2SLT
Converts DLT to SLT
DLT2SLT
Converts a DLT formatted table to an SLT formatted tablewith follower forces only.
Format:
DLT2SLT
DLT1,DIT/SLTF/ITIME/S,N,LOADIDF $
DLT1
DIT
SLTF
Parameters:
Main Index
ITIME
Input-real-no default. Time instant at which the dynamicloads are evaluated and
converted to static loads.Usually input by a user parameter.
LOADIDF
DMAPMSG 757
Prints an error message
DMAPMSG
Prints an error message to the standard MSC Nastran output file using the message number and text
defined in "analysis.txt".
Format:
DMAPMSG
//MsgType/MsgNum/MsgVers
DMAPMSG
//MsgType/MsgNum/MsgVers/S1/S2/S3/....
None
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
MsgType
'UIM'
'UWM'
'SFM'
'SIM'
'SWM'
MsgNum
MsgVers
Sn
Additonal message text strings as specified with %1, %2, %3 etc. in "analysis.txt".
Remarks:
1. DMAPMSG is used for user FO6 file type messages while MSGHAN is used for status control
in the LOG file.
2. Message numbers and messages must be approved by Nastran development management.
Main Index
758
DMAPMSG
Prints an error message
Example:
/'STATIC'/DESCYCLE $
Main Index
DMPCASE 759
Splits Case Control across multiple processors
DMPCASE
DMPCASE
CASECC/CASECCP/NPROC/PROCID/NMASS/NCASE $
CASECC
CASECCP
Parameters:
NPROC
PROCID
NMASS
Input-integer-no default.
NCASE
Input-integer-no default.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
760
DMIIN
Inputs DMI entries to DMAP
DMIIN
DMIIN
DMI,DMINDX/DMI1,DMI2,DMI3,DMI4,DMI5,DMI6,DMI7,
DMI8,DMI9,DMI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
DMI
DMINDX
DMIi
Matrix data blocks with names that appear in field 2 of the DMI entries (e.g.,
the DMI matrix called DMI1 will be output on data block DMI1). See Remark
3.
Parameters:
PARMi
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DMI and DMINDX are output from the preface module IFP.
2. Any output data block may be purged.
3. If the output data blocks are specified on a CALL statement and the DMIIN module is specified
in the subDMAP referenced by the CALL statement, then the data block name specified on the
CALL statement must be the same as the name specified on the DMIIN module.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DMI matrices named A, B, and C. The following DMAP
instruction will create the data blocks A and C. Matrix B will be ignored.
DMIIN
Main Index
DMI,DMINDX/A,C,,,,,,,,/S,N,YESA/S,N,YESC $
DOMMRG 761
Combines design model datablocks for MultiOPT
DOMMRG
MultiOPT is a toolkit application that allows the user to combine up to five optimization tasks. The
DOMMRG module combines the datablocks from the individual models to create a merged version that
can be used in the DOM9 optimization module.
Format:
DOMMRG
XINITF,DESTABF,CONSBLF,DPLDXIF,XZF,DXDXIF,DEQATNF,
DEQINDF, DXDXITF,PLIST2F,DVPTABF,PROPIF,OBJTBGF,
TABDEQF,objtabf,,
epttabf,DBMLIBF,BCON0F,BCONXIF,R1VALF,DSCMF,R1TABRF,
CNTABRF,RR2IDRGF,RSP2RGF,RESP3RGF,RQATABRf,DISTABf/
XINITM,DESTABM,CONSBLM,DPLDXIM,XZM,DXDXIM,DEQATNM,
DEQINDM,DXDXITM,PLIST2M,DVPTABM,PROPIM,OBJTBGM,TABDEQM,
EPTTABM, DBMLIBM,BCON0M,BCONXIM,R1VALM,DSCMM,R1TABM,
CONTABM, RR2IDRM,RSP2RM,RESP3RM,RQATABRM,DISTABm,
RPART/DESMOD1/DESMOD2/DESMOD3/DESMOD4/DESMOD5/
protyp1/protyp2/protyp3/protyp4/protyp5/
protypm/desiter/coef1/coef2/coef3/coef4/coef5 $
DOMMRG
Main Index
XINITF
A family (one for each design model) of initial design variable values
(including dependent)
DESTABF
DVPTABF
EPTTABF
PROPIF
DXDXIF
762
DOMMRG
Combines design model datablocks for MultiOPT
XZF
DPLDXIF
CONSBLF
PLIST2F
DEQATNF
A family of equations
DEQINDF
TABDEQF
OBJTBGF
DBMLIBF
BCON0F
BCONXIF
COORDOf
CONf
SHPVECf
DNODELF
R1VALF
DSCMF
R1TABRF
CNTABRF
RR2IDRGF
RSP2RGG
RESP3RGF
RQATABRF
DISTABF
PBRMSDF
Main Index
DESTABM
XINITM
XVALM
DVPTABM
EPTTABM
PROPIM
DOMMRG 763
Combines design model datablocks for MultiOPT
DXDXIM
XZM
DPLDXIM
CONSBLM
PLIST2M
DEQATNM
Merged equations
DEQINDM
TABDEQM
OBJTBGM
DBMLIBM
BCON0M
BCONXTM
COORDOm
CONm
SHPVECm
DNODELM
R1VALM
DSCMM
R1TABM
CONTABM
RR2IDRM
RSP2RM
RESP3RM
Rqatabrm
DISTABM
RPART
A table used in domprt to partition the results of the optimization to the separate
design models
PBRMSDM
Parameters:
Main Index
DESMODi
protypi
764
DOMMRG
Combines design model datablocks for MultiOPT
protypm
(output, integer) - value of the protype attribute for the merged model.
desiter
COEFi
Remarks:
The DOMMRG module is only used in the MOMRG subdmap of the MultiOPT toolkit application. It
performs the following functions:
1. The desmod values are checked to see how many models there are.
2. A loop is then performed over the number of models with the following steps:
a. The number of type 2, type 1, constraints and type 3 responses are determined.
b. The associated files are identified
c. The files associated with the sensitivity matrices are identified
3. The type one responses are merged with an updating of the internal response ids to provide unique
increasing numbers Similarly for the constraints.
4. The type two responses are merged. the internal type 1 and type 2 id's are updated. Any rr2idr
records are updated and merged
5. The type 3 responses are merged with an updating of internal type 1 and type 2 id's.
6. The design sensitivity matrices are merged
7. The partitioning table is created. See DOMPRT .
Main Index
DOMPRT 765
Partitions design model datablocks for MultiOPT
DOMPRT
MultiOPT is a toolkit application that allows the user to combine up to five optimization tasks. Following
optimization, the DOMPRT module partitions the results of the merged optimization to create a family
of datablocks that can be returned to the individual models for the next design cycle.
Format:
DOMPRT
RPART,xom,propomf, R1VALOM,R2VALM,R3VALM,CVALM/
xo,propo, R1VALO,R2VALO,R3VALO,CVALO/
DESMOD1/DESMOD2/DESMOD3/DESMOD4/DESMOD5/
protypm/s,n,objout1/s,n,objout2/s,n,objout3/
s,n,objout4/s,n,objout5 $
RPART
A table that designates how many responses and constraints belong to each
design model
XOM
PROPOMF
R1VALOM
R2VALM
R3VALM
CVALM
Main Index
XO
PROPO
R1VALO
A family (with one member for each design model) of type 1 responses from
the optimization task
R2VALO
R3VALO
CVALO
766
DOMPRT
Partitions design model datablocks for MultiOPT
Parameters:
DESMODi
(Input, Character) value of the desmod attribute for the ith model
protypm
(Input, Integer) integer indicating the type of design properties for the
combined models
objouti
Remarks:
The DOMPRT module is only used in the MOMRG subdmap of the MultiOPT toolkit application. It
performs the following functions:
1. Partitioning information is obtained from the RPART table as is the number of design models.
2. The type 1,2 and 3 responses are brought into core as are the responses.
3. A loop on the number of design models obtains response/constraint vectors for the separate
models.
Main Index
DOM10 767
Prints initial and final results for design optimization
DOM10
In design optimization, prints the initial and final results for the approximate optimization problem.
Format:
DOM1
DESTAB,XINIT,X0,CNTABRG,CVALRG,CVALO,DVPTAB*,
PROPI*,PROPO*,R1TABRG,R1VALRG,R1VALO,RSP2RG,
R2VALRG,R2VALO,OPTPRMG,OBJTBG,DRSTBLG,TOL1,FOL1,
FRQRPRG,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,WMID,RSP3RG,R3VALRG,
R3VALO,MODRPRG,SDVLST,DVPTBA//
DESCYCLE/DESMAX/OBJIN/OBJOUT/EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/
RESTYP $
Main Index
DESTAB
XINIT
XO
CNTABRG
CVALRG
CVALO
DVPTAB*
PROPI*
PROPO*
R1TABRG
R1VALRG
R1VALO
RSP2RG
R2VALRG
R2VALO
OPTPRMG
OBJTBG
DRSTBLG
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
768
DOM10
Prints initial and final results for design optimization
TOL1
Transient response time output list truncated by the OTIME Case Control
command.
FOL1
FRQRPRG
Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type
and per frequency or time step.
DBMLIB
BCON0
BCONXI
WMID
RSP3RG
R3VALRG
R3VALO
MODRPRG
Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.
SDVLST
DVPTBA
None.
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
-1
-2
>0
DESMAX
OBJIN
OBJOUT
EIGNFREQ
PROTYP
Main Index
Eigenvalue (radian/time)
Frequency (cycle/time)
DOM10 769
Prints initial and final results for design optimization
RESTYP
>0
Approximate model.
Examples:
Main Index
770
DOM11
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
DOM11
DOM11
EPT,EPTTAB*,PROPO*,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,GEOM3,
DMATCK,PBRMSD,SDVLST,EPTTBA,DPLDX1F*,GEOM3PF*/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N,GEOM2N,MPTN,EDTN,GEOM3N,PBRMSN/
DESCYCLE/PROTYP/NRANVAR/SEID/DELTAB/FSDCYC$
Main Index
EPT
EPTTAB*
PROPO*
XO
DESTAB
CSTM
BGPDT
DESGID
COORDO
CON
SHPVEC
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
MPT
EDT
GEOM3
DMATCK
PBRMSD
SDVLST
EPTTBA
DOM11 771
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
DPLDXIF*
GEOM3PF*
EPTN
COORDN
GEOM1N
GEOM2N
MPTN
EDTN
GEOM3N
PBRMSN
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
PROTYP
>0
NRANVAR
SEID
Input-integer. Superelement ID
DELTAB
FSDCYC
Remarks:
Main Index
772
DOM11
Updates geometry and element properties in design optimization
Example:
EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,,,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
EPTNN,COORDN,JUNKL/0/0 $
Initial:
DOM11
EPT,EPTTAB,PROPI,XINIT,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,/
EPTNNX,COORDN,/0 $
Final:
DOM11
Main Index
EPT,EPTTAB,PROPO,XO,DESTAB,CSTM,BGPDT,
DESGID,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,GEOM1/
EPTN,COORDN,GEOM1N/DESCYCLE $
DOM12 773
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
DOM12
DOM12
XINIT,XO,CVAL,PROPI*,PROPO*,OPTPRM,HIS,
DESTAB,GEOM1N,COORDO,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,
EPTTAB*,DVPTAB*,XVALP,GEOM1P,
R1TABRG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R2VALRG,PCOMPT,UBULK,TOPELE,
PBRMSN,OBJTBG,CVALA,CVALP,DESTBX*,XOS*,PROPOS*,RPART,
SEDVLIST,XOESL,TOPTAB,TPRELE,GEOM3,EPTTBA/
HISADD,OPTNEW,DBCOPT,DESNEW,NEWTOP,NEWTPR/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT/
DESMAX/MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/
DSAPRT/PROTYP/BADMESH/XYUNIT/FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/
S,N,REJECT/ISHAPE/TREGION/OBJORG/SEID/PSENPCH $
Main Index
XINIT
XO
CVAL
PROPI*
PROPO*
OPTPRM
HIS
DESTAB
GEOM1N
COORDO
EDOM
MTRAK
Table of updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entry images corresponding to the new mode
numbering.
EPT
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.
MPT
EDT
EPTTAB*
774
DOM12
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
DVPTAB*
XVALP
GEOM1P
R1TABRG
R1VALRG
RSP2RG
R2VALRG
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP
Bulk Data entry.
UBULK
TOPELE
PBRMSN
OBJTBG
CVALA
CVALP
Table of exact constraint values at previous design cycle for trust region analysis.
DESTBX*
XOS*
PROPOS*
RPART
A table used to partition the results of the optimization for each PART SE.
SEDVLIST
XOESL
TOBTAB
TPRELE
GEOM3
EPTTDA
Main Index
HISADD
OPTNEW
DBCOPT
DESNEW
DOM12 775
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
Main Index
NEWTOP
NEWTPR
776
DOM12
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
OBJIN
OBJOUT
CNVFLG
CVTYP
No convergence is achieved.
OPTEXIT
DESMAX
MDTRKFLG
DESPCH
DESPCH1
MODETRAK
EIGNFREQ
Main Index
None.
All of the entries of the type as long as at least one property entry is designed
for the type.
<>0
>0
<0
>0
DOM12 777
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
Eigenvalue (radian/time).
Frequency (cycle/time).
DSAPRT
PROTYP
>0
BADMESH
XYUNIT
FSDCYC
OBJAPPX
MXLAGM
REJECT
ISHAPE
TRUE:
Design is rejected.
FALSE:
Design is accepted.
TREGION
Main Index
OBJORG
SEID
Input-Integer Superelement ID
PSENPCH
778
DOM12
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
Examples:
(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP and dptype=*) $
(WHERE DESITER=DESCYCLP) $
cvtyp=2 $
PARAML
optprmg//'DTI'/1/60//S,N,TREGION $
if ( tregion=1 ) trustR = TRUE $
if ( trustR ) then $
if ( mxlagmx=0.0 ) then $
if ( descycle=1 ) objinit = objin*10. $
else $
objinit = 2.*mxlagmx $
endif $ mxlagmx=0.0
endif $ trustR
REJECT=FALSE $
DOM12
XPREV, XINIT, CVALRG, PROPPV, PROPIF, OPTPRMG,
HISPV, DESTAB,,,EDOM,MTRAK,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,
EPTTABF,DVPTABF,,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSNX,
OBJTBG,CVALAPX,CVALRGP/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJPV/OBJIN/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ/DSAPRT/
PROTYP///FSDCYC/OBJAPPX/OBJINIT/S,N,REJECT/0/
TREGION $
APPEND
HISADD,/HISX/2 $
equivx
HISX/HIS/-1 $
2
.
PROPIF =PROPI
PROPOF =PROPO
EPTABF =EPTTAB
DVPTABF =DVPTAB
DOM12
APPEND
EQUIVX
Main Index
WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
(WHERE DPTYPE = *)
WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
WHERE (DPTYPE=*) $
XINIT,XO,CVALO,PROPIF,PROPOF,OPTPRMG,HIS,DESTAB,
GEOM1N,COORDO,,,EPTN,GEOM2N,MPTN,EPTTABF,DVPTABF,
,,,,,,PCOMPT,,TOPELE,PBRMSN,OBJTBG,,/
HISADD,NEWPRM,,NEWDES/
DESCYCLE/OBJIN/OBJOUT/S,N,CNVFLG/CVTYP/OPTEXIT//
MDTRKFLG/DESPCH/DESPCH1/MODETRAK/EIGNFREQ//
PROTYP///FSDCYCf $
HISADD,/HISX/2 $
HISX/HIS/-1 $
DOM12 779
Performs soft and hard convergence checks in design optimization
3
.
Main Index
780
DOM6
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
DOM6
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints with respect to independent design variables.
Format:
DOM6
XINIT,DPLDXI*,CONSBL*,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,DSCMG,RSP2RG,
DEQATN,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DXDXIT,DCLDXT,COORD,DESTAB,
DVPTAB*,TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,DPLDXT*,DNODEL,RR2IDR,
RSP3RG,R3VALRG,PBRMSD/
DSCM2/
PROTYP/IFRMAS/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/
UNUSED7/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/UNUSED12 $
Main Index
XINIT
DPLDXI*
CONSBL*
R1VALRG
R2VALRG
DSCMG
RSP2RG
DEQATN
PLIST2*
DEQIND
DXDXIT
DCLDXT
COORD
DESTAB
DVPTAB*
TABDEQ
EPTTAB*
DBMLIB
DPLDXT*
DOM6 781
Calculates sensitivity of all retained constraints
DNODEL
RR2IDR
RSP3RG
R3VALRG
PBRMSD
DSCM2
Parameters:
PROTYP
Main Index
>0
IFRMAS
UNUSEDi
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
782
DOM9
Performs the approximate optimization problem
DOM9
Performs the approximate optimization problem using design variables, constraints, responses and
sensitivity information.
Format:
DOM9
XINIT,DESTAB,CONSBL*,DPLDXI*,XZ,
DXDXI,DPLDXT*,DEQATN,DEQIND,DXDXIT,
PLIST2*,OPTPRMG,R1VALRG,RSP2RG,R1TABRG,
CNTABRG,DSCMG,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,CONS1T,
OBJTBG,COORDO,CON,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,
TABDEQ,EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,
BCONXT,DNODEL,RR2IDR,RESP3RG,RQATABRG,TOPTAB,
PBRMSD,TOPMC,TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM/
XO,CVALO,R1VALO,R2VALO,PROPO,R3VALO,TMINIT1/
OBJIN/S,N,OBJOUT/PROTYP/EIGNFREQ/PROPTN/S,N,MXLAGM/
TREGION/UNUSED8/UNUSED9/UNUSED10/UNUSED11/
UNUSED12/UNUSED13/UNUSED14 $
Main Index
XINIT
DESTAB
CONSBL*
DPLDXI*
XZ
DXDXI
DPLDXT*
DEQATN
DEQIND
DXDXIT
PLIST2*
OPTPRMG
R1VALRG
RSP2RG
R1TABRG
DOM9 783
Performs the approximate optimization problem
Main Index
CNTABRG
DSCMG
DVPTAB*
PROPI*
CONS1T
OBJTBG
COORDO
CON
SHPVEC
DCLDXT
TABDEQ
EPTTAB*
DBMLIB
BCON0
BCONXI
BCONXT
DNODEL
RR2IDR
RESP3RG
RQATABRG
TOPTAB
PBRMSD
TOPMC
TOPMC2
TMINIT
TOPOLE
TPRELE
Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology manufacturing
constraints).
TOPSM
784
DOM9
Performs the approximate optimization problem
XO
CVALO
R1VALO
R2VALO
PROPO
R3VALO
TMINIT1
Updated table of initial design variable values for topology with manufacturing
constraints.
Parameters:
OBJIN
OBJOUT
PROTYP
>0
PROPTN
EIGNFREQ
Eigenvalue (radian/time).
Frequency (cycle/time).
MXLAGM
TREGION
UNUSEDi
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
DOPFS 785
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design
DOPFS
DOPFS
R1TABRG,CNTABRG,DESELM,DVPTAB*,CVALRG,
PROPI,OPTPRMG,DPLDXT*,CONSBL*,DESTAB,
XINIT,DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,DEQIND,DEQATN,
EPTTAB*,DBMLIB,XZ,DXDXI,DXDXIT,PBRMSD/
XO,PROPO $
Main Index
R1TABRG
CNTABRG
DESELM
DVPTAB*
CVALRG
PROPI
OPTPRMG
DPLDXT*
CONSBL*
DESTAB
XINIT
DPLDXI*
PLIST2*
DEQIND
DEQATN
EPTTAB*
DBMLIB
XZ
DXDXI
786
DOPFS
Performs optimization of the fully stressed design
DXDXIT
PBRMSD
XO
PROPO
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DOPR1 787
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
DOPR1
DOPR1
EDOM,EPT,DEQATN,DEQIND,GEOM2,MPT,EDT,CASECC,TOPTAB0,
TOPELE,PBRMS,BGPDT,ECT,GPECT,VELEM,CSTM,
TOMTAB,PCOMPT, GEOM3, GEOM4, EDOMRES,GWECT, OFCON3D0/
DESTAB,XZ,DXDXI,DTB,DVPTAB*,EPTTAB*,CONSBL*,
DPLDXI*,PLIST2*,XINIT,PROPI*,DSCREN,DTOS2J*,
OPTPRM,CONS1T,DBMLIB,BCON0,BCONXI,DMATCK,DISTAB,
TOPTAB,PBRMSD,NWEDOM,NWCASE,TOPMC,
TOPMC2,TMINIT,TOPELE,TPRELE,TOPSM, TOPVOL,
DXDSXI,TOPGID,TOTVOL,GWECTN,DVPTBA,EPTTBA/
S,N,MODEPT/S,N,MODGEOM2/S,N,MODMPT/S,N,MODGEOM3/
S,N,MODEDT/DPEPS/
S,N,PROTYP/S,N,DISVAR/S,N,NRANVAR/
NONLNR/OPTEXIT/NOFTG $
Main Index
EDOM
EPT
DEQATN
DEQIND
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
MPT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.
CASECC
TOPTAB0
TOPELE
PBRMS
BGPDT
ECT
GPECT
VELEM
CSTM
788
DOPR1
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
TOMTAB
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
GEOM3
GEOM4
EDOMRES
GWECT
OFCON3D0
Main Index
DESTAB
XZ
DXDXI
DTB
DVPTAB*
EPTTAB*
CONSBL*
DPLDXI*
PLIST2*
XINIT
PROPI*
DSCREN
DTOS2J*
OPTPRM
CONS1T
DBMLIB
BCON0
BCONXI
DMATCK
DISTAB
DOPR1 789
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
TOPTAB
PBRMSD
NWEDOM
NWCASE
TOPMC
TOPMC2
TMINIT
TOPOLE
TPRELE
Table of topology pole vs. element identification numbers (used only for
topology manufacturing constraints)
TOPSM
TOPVOL
DXDSXI
Matrix relating linked and independent sizing and shape design variables.
TOPGID
TOTVOL
GWECTN
DVPTBA
EPTTBA
Parameters:
Main Index
MODEPT
MODGEOM2
MODMPT
MODGEOM3
790
DOPR1
Preprocesses design variables and designed property values
Main Index
MODEDT
DPEPS
PROTYP
>0
DISVAR
NRANVAR
NONLNR
OPTEXIT
NOFTG
DOPR2 791
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DOPR2
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors.
Format:
DOPR2
EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASECC,AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,
CASEP,DNODEL/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
EDOM
BGPDT
CSTM
BASVEC
DESTAB
DXDXI
XINIT
CASECC
AMLIST
DVIDS
List of shape variable identification numbers to be used for the boundary dvgrid
option.
Main Index
DESGID
COORDO
SHPVEC
DCLDXT
CON
DTOS4J
792
DOPR2
Preprocesses the shape design variables and the shape basis vectors
DESVCP
Global shape basis vector matrix with incorporation of DLINK relations with
extra columns for property/dummy variables.
CASEP
DNODEL
Parameters:
LUSET
NOUGD
PEXIST
DVGRDN
Remarks:
EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,
AMLIST,DVIDS/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
EDOM,BGPDT,CSTM,BASVEC,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,
CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCP,CASEP/
LUSET/NOUGD $
Main Index
EDOMSX,BGPDTS,CSTMS,,DESTAB,DXDXI,XINIT,CASEXX,,/
DESGID,COORDO,SHPVEC,DCLDXT,CON,DTOS4J,DESVCPS,CASEP/
LUSETS/NOUGD/PEXIST/DVGRDN $
DOPR3 793
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
DOPR3
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2 Bulk Data entries per analysis type and superelement.
Creates tables related to the design objective and a Case Control table for recovering design responses.
Format:
DOPR3
CASE,EDOM,DTB,ECT,EPT,DESTAB,EDT,OL,DEQIND,DEQATN,
BGPDT,DVPTAB*,VIEWTB,OINT,PELSET,XINIT,FOL,DIT,
DYNAMIC,TOPTAB,TOMTAB,TOPELE,PCOMPT,RPART,SEDVLST,
OPTPRM,GEOM4,CASFTG,WLDHTAB,SEAMTAB/
OBJTAB,CONTAB,R1TAB,RESP12,RSP1CT,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
OINTDS,PELSETDS,DESELM,RESP3,ADRDUG,ADRDUTB,CASADJ,
MODRSP,CASEDM,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,CONTABX,OBJTABX,
ARVEC,ERPELE/
DMRESD/S,N,DESGLB/S,N,DESOBJ/S,N,R1CNT/S,N,R2CNT/
S,N,CNCNT/SOLAPP/SEID/S,N,EIGNFREQ/PROTYP/DSNOKD/
SHAPES/S,N,R3CNT/RGSENS/INREL/S,N,ADJFLG/S,N,TADJCOL/
AUTOADJ/SOLADJC/S,N,NORMEV/S,N,MASMOD/PARTSE $
Main Index
CASE
Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
EDOM
DTB
ECT
EPT
DESTAB
EDT
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD,
and READ.
DEQIND
DEQATN
BGPDT
DVPTAB
794
DOPR3
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to aerostatic and divergence analysis.
CASECC
TOPTAB0
TOPELE
VIEWTB
OINT
p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT Bulk Data entries. Output
by IFP.
PELSET
XINIT
FOL
DIT
DYNAMIC
TOPTAB
TOMTAB
TOPELE
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
RPART
A table used to partition the results of the optimization for each PART SE.
SEDVLST
OPTPRM
GEOM4
CASFTG
WLDHTAB
SEAMTAB
Main Index
OBJTAB
Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective
attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB
R1TAB
RESP12
RSP1CT
Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB.
DOPR3 795
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
FRQRSP
Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per
frequency or time step.
CASEDS
OINTDS
PELSETDS
DESELM
RESP3
ADRDUG
ADRDUTB
CASADJ
MODRSP
CASEDM
Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
RQATAB
RESP12X
RESP3X
CONTABX
ARVEC
ERPELE
Parameters:
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
limited to the residual structure.
DESGLB
DESOBJ
R1CNT
R2CNT
CNCNT
SOLAPP
SEID
EIGNFREQ
Main Index
Eigenvalue (radian/time).
796
DOPR3
Preprocesses DCONSTR, DRESP1, and DRESP2
2
PROTYP
Frequency (cycle/time).
>0
DSNOKD
SHAPES
Input-logical-no default. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must
be TRUE if DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.
R3CNT
RGSENS
INREL
ADJFLG
TADJCOL
AUTOADJ
SOLADJC
NORMEV
Mass normalized.
MASMOD
PARTSE
Remarks:
1. DOPR3 must be executed in two nested DMAP loops based on every analysis type and
superelement. See subDMAP PRESENS for an example.
2. R1CNT, R2CNT, and CNCNT are accumulations of the number of records in R1TAB, RESP12,
and CONTAB.
Main Index
DOPR3X 797
Check second and third level responses
DOPR3X
Perform additional checks on the second level and third level design responses for all superelements.
Format:
DOPR3X
RESP12XM,RESP3XM/ $
RESP12XM
RESP3XM
None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
798
DOPR4
Creates design sensitivity tables for property and/or shape variables
DOPR4
DOPR4
DTOS2J*,DTOS4J,DESTAB/
TABDEQ,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K/
PROTYP $
DTOS2J*
DTOS4J
DESTAB
TABDEQ
DTOS2K*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each
entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number
in the first TABDEQ record.
DTOS4K
Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-word entry
is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first
TABDEQ record.
Parameters:
PROTYP
Main Index
>
0
DOPR5 799
Updates design sensitivity tables
DOPR5
DOPR5
XINIT,EPTTAB*,PROPI*,DESTAB,DTOS2K*,DTOS4K,
TABDEQ,DELBSH,GEOM4,DESGID,RBSET/
DTOS2*,DTOS4,DELBSX/
STPSCL/S,N,RGSENS/PROTYP $
XINIT
EPTTAB*
PROPI*
DESTAB
DTOS2K*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid in each
entry refers to the position of an internal design variable identification number
in the first TABDEQ record.
DTOS4K
Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each five-word entry
is the position of an internal design variable identification number in the first
TABDEQ record.
TABDEQ
DELBSH
GEOM4
DESGID
RBSET
DTOS2*
Main Index
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each
entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design
variable value.
800
DOPR5
Updates design sensitivity tables
DTOS4
Same as DTOS4K except that the last three words in each entry contains the
product of those in DTOS4K and the shape step size.
DELBSX
Updated DELBSH where the numerical zero terms are replaced by a prescribed
small value.
Parameters:
Main Index
STPSCL
RGSENS
PROTYP
>
0
DOPR6 801
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
DOPR6
DOPR6
DTOS4,GPECT,EQEXIN,DESGID,EST,GEOM4,MIDLIS,RBSET/
DGTAB,ESTDVS,TABEVS/
RSONLY/RGSENS $
DTOS4
GPECT
EQEXIN
DESGID
EST
GEOM4
MIDLIS
RBSET
DGTAB
ESTDVS
TABEVS
Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element/ design variable
identification numbers.
Parameters:
RSONLY
RGSENS
Main Index
TRUE
802
DOPR6
Generates tables relating to grid perturbations
Remarks:
1. DOPR6 prepares tables to generate new stiffness matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc. taking into
account shape design variable perturbations, i.e., K+DELTAK, M+DELTAM etc. This is
accomplished by generating an EST for all elements which are referred to by design variables.
The generated EST is in the same ascending order as the original EST. TABEVS is a cross
reference table between the generated EST (ESTDVS) and the original EID/design variables.
2. DOPR6 also retains those designed grids which are not associated with any structural elements
but are referenced by a rigid element.
Main Index
DOPRAN 803
Preprocess RMS responses
DOPRAN
DOPRAN
DYNAMIC,DIT,OL,R1TAB,BGPDT,CASE/
RMSTAB,CFSAB,PPVR/
LUSET $
DYNAMIC
DIT
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list.
R1TAB
BGPDT
CASE
Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
RMSTAB
CFSAB
PPVR
Parameters:
LUSET
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
804
DPD
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis
DPD
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic
analysis
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis.
Format:
DPD
DYNAMIC,GPL,SIL,USET,UNUSED5,PG,PKYG,PBYG,PMYG,YG,
ROTORT,FRFCONST/ GPLD,SILD,USETD,TFPOOL,DLT,PSDL,
RCROSSL,NLFT,TRL,EED,EQDYN,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,
ENFLODM,ENFMOTN,FRFXITPP,FRFLABEL,unused,ACPOOL/
LUSET/S,N,LUSETD/S,N,NOTFL/S,N,NODLT/S,N,NOPSDL/
DATAREC/ S,N,NONLFT/S,N,NOTRL/S,N,NOEED/SORTNLFT/
S,N,NOUE/UNUSED12/SEID/FRFGEN/S,N,NOACLD $
DYNAMIC
GPL
SIL
USET
SLT
UNUSED5
PG
PKYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced displacement for the g-set.
PBYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the g-set.
PMYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced acceleration for the g-set.
YG
ROTORT
FRFCONST
Table containing CONNPTS set data from the FRF Case Control command in an
FRF generation job.
Main Index
GPLD
SILD
Scalar index list for p-set. (SIL appended with extra point data).
DPD 805
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis
USETD
Degree-of-freedom set membership table for p-set. (USET appended with extra
point data).
TFPOOL
DLT
PSDL
RCROSSL
UNUSED7
Unused.
NLFT
TRL
EED
EQDYN
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
FRFXITPP
FRFLABEL
ACPOOL
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET
LUSETD
NOTFL
Output-integer-no default. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set
to -1 if no sets are defined.
NODLT
NOPSDL
806
DPD
Creates tables from Bulk Data entry images specified for dynamic analysis
DATAREC
UNUSED6
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
NONLFT
NOTRL
Output-integer-no default. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries
are processed, -1 otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created.
NOEED
UNUSED10
NOUE
UNUSED12
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
SEID
FRFGEN
NOACLD
Remarks:
1. DPD is the principal data processing module for dynamics analysis. New tables are assembled to
account for any extra points in the model and the additional displacement sets used in dynamics.
2. DYNAMIC can be purged if TFPOOL, DLT, PSDL, NLFT, TRL, and EED are also purged. SLT
and PG cannot be purged if static loads are referenced by dynamic loads via the LSEQ Bulk Data
entry.
3. USET, SIL, GPL, GPLD, and SILD may be purged if USETD, DLT, and EED are purged.
However, TRL will not contain the TIC record.
Main Index
DRMH1 807
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
DRMH1
Converts data recovery tables (e.g., displacements, stresses, strains, forces, SPCforces, and MPCforces)
to matrices and associated directory tables. Similar to DRMS1 module.
Format:
DRMH1
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL/NULLROW/TRL5T1/TRL5T2/TRL5T3/TRL5T4 $
OFPi
TOFPi
MOFPi
Parameters:
NCOL
NULLROW
Input-integer-default=1. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear
quantities. See Remark 1.
TRL5Ti
Remarks:
1. DRMH1 is a similar to the DRMS1 module except that only the linear quantities (e.g., axial stress)
are output to the matrix. However, if NULLROW=0, then null rows will be inserted for the
nonlinear quantities (e.g., margin-of-safety).
Main Index
808
DRMH1
Converts data recovery tables to matrices and associated directory tables
2. DRMH1 will convert tables with complex numbers to a matrix. However, the matrix contains
complex numbers. As a result only the item codes specified in the real side of the plot code tables
are utilized.
3. The DRMH3 module performs the inverse operation: convert matrices into OFP tables.
Example:
In SOL 108, we wish to double the stress output in the OES1 table:
SOL 108
MALTER , ETC. DATA RECOVERY, SORT1(,-1)
DRMH1
OES1,,,/TES,MES,,,,,, $
ADD5
MES,,,,/MES2/2. $
DRMH3
TES,MES2,,,,,,,OL2,CASEDR/OES12,,,/APP1 $
OFP
OES12/ $
CEND
Main Index
DRMH3 809
Partitions tables for each superelement
DRMH3
Converts data recovery matrices and associated directory tables (DRMH1 module outputs) to SORT1
formatted tables suitable for printing by the OFP module or processing by other modules; e.g., DDRMM
and SDR3.
Format:
DRMH3
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4,
OL,CASECC/
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
APP/DTM1/DTM2/DTM3/DTM4 $
TOFPi
MOFPi
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD,
and READ. May also be output by MODACC if truncated via the OFREQ and
OTIME Case Control commands.
CASECC
OFPi
Output table in SORT1 format identical in format to data blocks created by the
SDR2 module.
Parameters:
APP
Main Index
Statics
'REIG'
Normal modes
'CEIGEN'
Complex modes
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
810
DRMH3
Partitions tables for each superelement
'TRANRESP'
DTMi
Transient response
Remarks:
1. If CASECC is purged, then all input data blocks will be converted. Otherwise, the inputs will be
converted based on the output commands specified in CASECC.
2. If the number of entries in a matrix does not match the associated table, the following will occur:
If the number of rows (output quantities; e.g., stresses) does not match, a warning message will
be printed with the identification of the matrix and table name.
If the number of columns (e.g., subcases or mode) does not match, then a warning message will
be printed and the module will continue. This will allow the user to combine modal results using
any desired method into a single set of results (or more) and not be required to modify the table.
Example:
Main Index
DRMS1 811
Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
DRMS1
To compute output transformation matrices for displacements, SPC forces, stresses, and element forces.
The input data blocks are the type generated by the SDR2 module and formatted for the OFP module.
Format:
DRMS1
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4/
TOFP1,MOFP1,TOFP2,MOFP2,TOFP3,MOFP3,TOFP4,MOFP4/
NCOL $
OFPi
TOFPi
MOFPi
Parameter:
NCOL
Remarks:
1. SDR2 output data blocks (OFPi) are input data blocks for this module. Module DRMS1 generates
the output transformation matrix (MOFPi) and associated directory table (TOFPi) from each of
the input data blocks.
2. There are some data in OFPi for the output transformation that may not be given linear
combination operations, such as margins of safety and principal stresses. This irrelevant data will
be eliminated from the output transformation matrix. Components that are retained in the matrix
MOFPi are indicated in the table of element stress output data description.
3. All the output transformation matrices will have as many columns as the number of modes or
loading conditions specified in PARAM, NCOL. Each column will contain all the relevant
components of GRIDs (T1, T2, etc.) or elements ( x , y , etc.) for all the GRIDs or elements
retained in the input data blocks.
Main Index
812
DRMS1
Data recovery by mode superposition, Phase 1
, or F).
Main Index
DSABO 813
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
DSABO
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations into tables required for stiffness, mass,
damping, and load generation.
Format:
DSABO
ECT,EPT,EST,DTOS2*,ETT,DIT,MPT,DMATCK,PCOMPT/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP,MIDLIS,ESTDVM,PCOMPTX/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB/PROTYP/PEXIST $
ECT
EPT
EST
DTOS2*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the PREF in each
entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the corresponding design
variable value.
ETT
DIT
MPT
DMATCK
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
Main Index
ESTDVP
MPTX
EPTX
TABEVP
MIDLIS
ESTDVM
PCOMPTX
814
DSABO
Incorporates element property design variable perturbations
Parameters:
PROPOPT
DELTAB
PROTYP
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of module DSABO is to prepare tables which will generate a new stiffness
matrix, mass matrix, load vector, etc., while taking into account the design variable perturbations,
i.e., K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. These calculations are completed by generating an EST
for all elements which are referred to by the design variables which is in the same ascending order
as the original EST. The EPT portion of the generated EST includes all the perturbations
necessary to build K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM, etc. EMG and SSG1 use ESTDV to generate
K + DELTAK, M + DELTAM and P + DELTAP due to temperature effects. DSVG1 and DSVG2
then calculate DELTAK * u, DELTAP etc.
2. If central difference is requested then DSABO must be executed for the backward tables. For
example, in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSABO is used as follows:
DSABO
ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVP,MPTX,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTAB $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) THEN $
DELTABX=-DELTAB $
DSABO
ECTS,EPTS,EST,DTOS2,ETT,DIT,MPTS/
ESTDVPB,MPTXB,EPTX,TABEVP/
S,N,PROPOPT/DELTABX $
ENDIF $ CDIFX='yes'
Main Index
DSAD 815
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
DSAD
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation, constraint screening and load case
deletion.
Format:
DSAD
RSP1CT,R1TAB,RESP12,OBJTAB,CONTAB,
BLAMA,CLAMA,LAMA,DIVTAB,AUXTAB,STBTAB,
FLUTAB,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OSTR1DS,OEF1DS,
OEFITDS,OES1CDS,OSTR1CDS,OQG1DS,DSCREN,
XINIT,TABDEQ,COORDN,OL,FRL,FRQRSP,CASEDS,
CASERS,UGX,OPTPRM,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,
GPDT,DNODEL,WGTM,ONRGYDS,
GLBTABDS,GLBRSPDS,RESP3,RMSTAB,RMSVAL,
UPF,QPF,QMPF,UHF,OUGD1M,OESD1M,OSTRD1M,
OEFD1M,MODRSP,CASEDM,PHG,OGPFB1DS,OELOP1DS,
ONRGD1M,UPSDT,RQATAB,RESP12X,RESP3X,EPSSE,ESRT,
OES1AB,FRMS,LAMAF,MPFACS,MEFFMASS,MEFWTS,OACPWR2,
OAIG1,OUGFP1,OVGFP1,OAFPWR2,R1VALNL,R1RATIO,MPOUT,
MODRPRI,OERP,FTGID,CASFTG/
R1VAL,R2VAL,RSP2R,R2VALR,CVAL,
CVALR,OBJTBR,CNTABR,R1TABR,R1VALR,
DRSTBL,FRQRPR,UGX1,AUG1,R1MAPR,
R2MAPR,CASDSN,CASDSX,DRDUG,DRDUTB,
CASADJ,LCDVEC,RR2IDR,R3VAL,R3VALR,RESP3R,RMSTABR,
RMSVALR,FRLR,FOLR,UPFM,QPFM,QMPFM,UHFM,MODRPR,
UPSDTR,RQATABR,RESP12XR,RESP3XR,R1RATIOX,R1RATIOR,
MDRPRM /
WGTS/VOLS/S,N,OBJVAL/S,N,NR1OFFST/S,N,NR2OFFST/
S,N,NCNOFFST/APP/DMRESD/SEID/DESITER/
EIGNFREQ/S,N,ADJFLG/PEXIST/MBCFLG/RGSENS/
PROTYP/AUTOADJ/FSDCYC/S,N,NR3OFFST/INREL/
S,N,TADJCOL/PEID/S,N,ACTFREQ/S,N,FREQ1/
S,N,DLOAD1/FREQ345/DISCYC/ASMRUN/ESLOPTO $
Main Index
RSP1CT
Table of the count of type 1 responses per response type per subcase in R1TAB.
Output by DOPR3.
R1TAB
RESP12
OBJTAB
Design objective table for a given analysis type and superelement. Objective
attributes with retained response identification number.
CONTAB
816
DSAD
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
Main Index
BLAMA
CLAMA
LAMA
DIVTAB
AUXTAB
STBTAB
FLUTAB
OUG1DS
OES1DS
OSTR1DS
OEF1DS
OEFITDS
OES1CDS
OSTR1CDS
OQG1DS
DSCREN
XINIT
TABDEQ
COORDN
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list. Output by FRLG, TRLG, CEAD,
and READ.
FRL
FRQRSP
Table of the count of type 1 frequency/time responses per response type per
frequency or time step.
CASEDS
UGX
OPTPRM
DVPTAB*
PROPI*
BGPDT
DNODEL
DSAD 817
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
Main Index
WGTM
ONRGYDS
GLBTABDS
GLBRSPDS
RESP3
RMSTAB
RMSVAL
UPF
QPF
QMPF
UHF
OUGD1M
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses and appended for
all normal modes solutions.
OESD1M
Table of element stresses in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
for all normal modes solutions.
OSTRD1M
Table of element strains in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
for all normal modes solutions.
OEFD1M
Table of element forces in SORT1 format for design responses and appended
for all normal modes solutions.
MODRSP
CASEDM
Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for normal modes.
PHG
OGPFB1DS
OELOP1DS
ONRGD1M
Table of element strain energies for design responses and appended for all
normal modes solutions.
UPSDT
RQATAB
RESP12X
RESP3X
EPSSE
ESRT
OES1AB
FRMS
LAMAF
818
DSAD
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
MPFACS
MEFFMASS
MEFWTS
OACPWR2
OAIG1
OUGFP1
OVGFP1
OAFPWR2
R1VALNL
R1RATIO
MPOUT
MODRPRI
OERP
FTGID
CASFTG
Main Index
R1VAL
R2VAL
RSP12R
R2VALR
CVAL
CVALR
OBJTBR
CNTABR
R1TABR
R1VALR
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
FRQRPR
Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type
and per frequency or time step.
UGX1
Copy of UGX matrix with null columns in place of the deleted responses.
AUG1
DSAD 819
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
Main Index
R1MAPR
R2MAPR
CASDSN
Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static
aeroelastic subcases.
CASDSX
DRDUG
DRDUTB
CASADJ
LCDVEC
Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same number of
columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained in UGX1. LCDVEC
is intended for partitioning of analysis results related to inertia relief and
SPCforces.
RR2IDR
R3VAL
R3VALR
RESP3R
RMSTABR
RMSVALR
FRLR
FOLR
UPFM
Merged UPF.
QPFM
Merged QPF.
QMPF
Merged QMPF.
UHFM
Merged UHF.
MODRSPR
UPSDTR
RQATABR
RESP12XR
RESP3XR
R1RATIOX
Ratios of type one responses in ESL for the first design cycle
R1RATIOR
MDRPRM
820
DSAD
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
Parameters:
WGTS
VOLS
OBJVAL
NR1OFFST
NR2OFFST
NCNOFFST
APP
Input-character-default='
'STATICS'
Statics.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=-1. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
limited to the residual structure.
SEID
DESITER
EIGNFREQ
ADJFLG
Main Index
Eigenvalue (radian/time).
Frequency (cycle/time).
No adjoint sensitivity.
PEXIST
MBCFLG
RGSENS
PROTYP
DSAD 821
Processes tables related to design sensitivity response evaluation
FSDCYC
NR3OFFST
TADJCOL
PEID
ACTFREQ
FREQ1
DLOAD1
FREQ345
DISCYC
ASMRUN
ESLOPTO
Remarks:
1. DSAD first extracts the response quantities that are defined as type one responses in the design
model. The type two responses are evaluated followed by the objective and any constraints
associated with either response type. The constraints and corresponding responses are screened
and load case deletion is performed.
2. DSAD is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement, and therefore many of
the inputs, outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See
subDMAP DESCON for an example.
Main Index
822
DSADJ
Creates sensitivity of grid responses
DSADJ
Creates sensitivity of grid responses with respect to design variables based on the combination of adjoint
and analysis solution matrices and element sensitivity data. Applicable in frequency response or static
analysis only.
Format:
DSADJ
XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,CSTM,XDICTX,XELMX,UGX,ADJG,
DRDUTB,DSPT1,VGDM,IMATG,XDICTB,XELMB,UGT0,ADJGT0,
DRUT0/
ADELX,UGT,ADJGT,DRUT/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/XTYPE/CDIF/COUPMASS/SHAPEOPT/
SPDM/ADJMETH/MGEFLAG/NDVAR $
Main Index
XDICTDS
XELMDS
BGPDT
CSTM
XDICTX
XELMX
UGX
ADJG
DRDUTB
DSPT1
VGDM
Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is
required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this
vector.
IMATG
XDICTB
XELMB
UGT0
UGT computed in a prior call to DSADJ and specified on second pass through
DSADJ.
DSADJ 823
Creates sensitivity of grid responses
ADJGT0
DRUT0
DRUT computed.
ADELX
UGT
ADJGT
DRUT
Parameters:
NOK4GG
-1
Do not generate.
Generate.
WTMASS
XTYPE
CDIF
COUPMASS
SHAPEOPT
Main Index
Stiffness
Damping
Mass
Unused
Central
'NO'
Forward
Lumped
Coupled
824
DSADJ
Creates sensitivity of grid responses
SPDM
ADJMETH
Main Index
Yes
No
Holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is
limited.
MGEFLAG
NDVAR
DSADX 825
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
DSADX
Performs response value computation and constraint deletion for DRESP2 and DRESP3 entries which
reference DRESP1 entries that span superelements and/or subcases.
Format:
DSADX
RSP2XM,RESP3XM,CNTABXM,OBJTBM,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,
R3VALRG,DNODEL,XINIT,COORDN,DVPTAB*,PROPI*,OPTPRM,
DSCREN,RR2IDR/
R2VALXE,R3VALXE,CVALXE,RSP2XE,RESP3XE,CNTABXE,
OBTABXE,RR2IDXE/
S,N,NR2OFFST/S,N,NR3OFFST/S,N,NCNOFFST/PROTYP/
S,N,OBJVAL $
Main Index
RSP2XM
RESP3XM
CNTABXM
OBJTBM
R1VALRG
R2VALRG
R3VALRG
DNODEL
XINIT
COORDN
DVPTAB*
PROPI*
OPTPRM
DSCREN
RR2IDR
826
DSADX
Delete constraints for DRESP2 and DRESP3 that reference DRESP1
R2VALXE
R3VALXE
CVALXE
RSP2XE
RESP3XE
CNTABXE
OBTABXE
RR2IDXE
Parameters:
NR2OFFST
NR3OFFST
NCNOFFST
PROTYP
OBJVAL
Main Index
>0
DSAE 827
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
DSAE
Merges tables for the two sets of design variables in order to evaluate responses for the perturbed
configuration for each load case and for each design variable.
Format:
DSAE
ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2,TABEV2 $
ESTDVP
ESTDVS
TABEVP
TABEVS
Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design
variable identification numbers.
TABDEQ
ESTDV2
Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations.
TABEV2
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
1. TABEV2 is in the ascending alphanumeric EST sort. IVEIDs are assigned to ensure that internal
element identification numbers are unique and in ascending order.
2. For purposes of computational efficiency, the sizing design variables have been split into two sets.
The first set consists of those design variables which affect the stiffness and mass matrices, e.g.,
cross-sectional area of rod, thickness of plate etc. The second set consists of those variables which
may affect the responses, but have no effect on stiffness and mass matrices, e.g., recovery points
in a beam or plate.
3. If central difference is requested then DSAE must be executed for the backward tables. For
example in subDMAP PSLGDV, DSAE is used as follows:
Main Index
828
DSAE
Merges tables to evaluate responses for the perturbed configuration
DSAE
ESTDVP,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2F,TABEV2 $
IF ( CDIFX='YES' ) DSAE,
ESTDVPB,ESTDVS,TABEVP,TABEVS,TABDEQ/
ESTDV2B,TABEV2 $
Main Index
DSAF 829
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
DSAF
Generates element summary and temperature tables that incorporate the effect of retained first level
responses.
Format:
DSAF
R1TABR,EST,ESTDV2,TABEV2,ETT,MIDLIS,KELM,KDICT,
PTELEM,KELMDS,KDICTDS,PTELMDSX,ECT,VELEM,VELEMN,
GPECT,BGPDT,ERPELE,WLDHTAB,SEAMTAB,GWECT/
ESTDCN,TABECN,ETTDCN,KELMDCN,KDICTDCN,PTELMDCN,
VELEMDCN,GPECTDCN,WELDTH/
NDVTOT/PESE $
Main Index
R1TABR
EST
ESTDV2
Merged element summary table with grid and element property design variable
perturbations.
TABEV2
ETT
MIDLIS
KELM
KDICT
PTELEM
KELMDS
KDICTDS
PTELMDSX
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central,
forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
ECT
VELEM
VELEMN
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.
830
DSAF
Generates tables incorporating effect of retained first level responses
GPECT
BGPDT
ERPELE
WLDHTAB
SEAMTAB
GWECT
ESTDCN
TABECN
ETTDCN
Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the
effects of temperature.
KELMDCN
KDICTDCN
PTELMDCN
VELEMDCN
GPECTDCN
WELDTH
Parameters:
Main Index
NDVTOT
PESE
DSAH 831
Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
DSAH
Generates data blocks required for the DSAL module to compute sensitivities.
Format:
DSAH
DRSTBL,R1TABR,CASDSN,TABECN,BLAMA*,LAMA*,OL,DIVTAB,
FRQRPR,VIEWTBDS,CASERS,CSNMB,BUG*,PHG*,GEOM2,GEOM3,
FRQRMF,DFFDNF,CASEFREQ,MODRPR,CASEDM,LAMAFD,EDT,DTOS2,
DFRQVAR,FTGID,CASFTGF,ERPELE,ETTDCN,WLDHTAB,SEAMTAB/
DBUG,DPHG,CASEDSF,LBTAB,BDIAG,LFTAB,COGRID,COELEM,
DSEDV,OINTDSF,PELSDSF,DGEOM2,DGEOM3,DNDVPT,MXDFDN,
MXOMEG,UG1PVT,DNVVPT,LVTAB,EGVREC,LVTABI,CASEDMF,
LAMAM,LAMASH,PVSBIT1,PVSBIT2,DGSVPT,DGMVPT,DELKFV,
DKVPH,COELMF,FTGIDS,CSFTGSF,EDTDSF,WLHDDCN,SEAMDCN/
APP/DMRESD/NDVTOT/ADJFLG/SEID/DSNOKD/S,N,NNDFRQ/
S,N,NNDEGV/DPHFLG/S,N,NNDGS/S,N,NNDGM/DELTAB$
Main Index
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types. Output by DSAD.
R1TABR
CASDSN
Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static
aeroelastic subcases.
TABECN
BLAMA*
LAMA*
OL
Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.
DIVTAB
FRQRPR
Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type
and per frequency or time step.
VIEWTBDS
CASERS
Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis type.
CSNMB
Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.
BUG*
PHG*
832
DSAH
Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
GEOM3
FRQRMF
DFFDNF
CASEFREQ
Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based
on ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
MODRPR
Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.
CASEDM
Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
LAMAFD
EDT
DTOS2
DFRQVAR attributes
DFRQVAR
FTGID
CASFTGF
ERPELE
ETTDCN
WLDHTAB
SEAMTAB
Main Index
DBUG
DPHG
Normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set associated with designed (active)
eigenvalues.
CASEDSF
Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the perturbed
configuration.
LBTAB
BDIAG
LFTAB
COGRID
DSAH 833
Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
Main Index
COELEM
DSEDV
OINTDSF
PELSDSF
DGEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points for the perturbed configuration.
DGEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the perturbed
configuration.
DNDVPT
MXDFDN
MXOMEG
UG1PVT
DNVVPT
LVTAB
EGVREC
LVTABI
CASEDMF
Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the perturbed
configuration for modes.
LAMAM
LAMAS
PVSBIT1
PVSBIT2
DGSVPT
DGMVPT
DELKFV
DKVPH
COELMF
FTGIDS
CSFTGSF
834
DSAH
Generates data blocks required for DSAL module
EDTDSF
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ERPPNNL and SET3 entries for
retained design responses
WLHDDCN
SEAMDCN
Parameters:
APP
Input-character-default='
'STATICS'
Statics
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=0. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
limited to the residual structure.
NDVTOT
ADJFLG
Main Index
No adjoint sensitivity.
SEID
DSNOKD
NNDFRQ
NNDEGV
DPHFLG
Nelsons method
Subspace iteration
NNDGS
NNDGM
DELTAB
DSAJ 835
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
DSAJ
Generates the g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable and the corresponding design
variable correlation table.
Format:
DSAJ
EDOM,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,SIL,BASVEC0,CASECC,GEOM4/
DESVEC,DVIDS,CASEP,DESVECP/
LUSET $
EDOM
EQEXIN
BGPDT
CSTM
SIL
BASVEC0
CASECC
GEOM4
Main Index
DESVEC
Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID
Bulk Data entries and from columns of BASVEC0 matrix. Its components are
defined in the basic coordinate system.
DVIDS
CASEP
Case Control table with number of basis vectors in the DESVEC as the number
of Case Control records.
DESVECP
Basis vector matrix which consists of basis vectors generated from DVGRID
bulk data entries and from columns of basvec matrix its components are
expressed in the global coordinate system.
836
DSAJ
Generates g-set size reduced basis vectors for each design variable
Parameter:
LUSET
Main Index
DSAL 837
Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAL
Generates the design sensitivity coefficient matrix; i.e., the sensitivity coefficients for the retained set of
constraints specified in the design model for each design variable.
Format:
DSAL
DRSTBL,DELWS,DELVS,DELB1,DELF1,
COGRID,COELEM,OUGDSN,OESDSN,OSTRDSN,
OEFDSN,OEFITDSN,OESCDSN,OSTRCDSN,
OQGDSN,ONRGYDSN,OGPFDSN,OELOPDSN,R1VALR,
TABDEQ,OL,DSDIV,DELX,DELS,DELFL,DELCE,
DELGS,DELGM,FRQRPR,DELBSH,DRDUTB,ADELUS,
ADELUF,R1TABR,DRMSVL,MODRPR,OUGDSNM,
OESDSNM,OSTRDSNM,OEFDSNM,ONRGDSNM,ESRTDS,
FRMDS,OES1ABDS,OARPWRDS,OAIGDSN,OUGEXAC,OVGEXAC,
OAPEXAC,R1RATIOR,OERPEXAC,COELMF,OEFTGS/
DSCM/
NDVTOT/DELTAB/EIGNFREQ/ADJFLG/SEID/
S,N,ADELRS/S,N,ADELRF/ESLOPTX/DESCYCLE/DMRESD $
Main Index
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
DELWS
DELVS
DELB1
DELF1
COGRID
COELEM
OUGDSN
Table of displacements in SORT1 format for design responses for the perturbed
configuration.
OESDSN
OSTRDSN
OEFDSN
OEFITDSN
OESCDSN
838
DSAL
Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
Main Index
OSTRCDSN
OQGDSN
ONRGYDSN
Table of element strain energies and energy densities in SORT1 format for
design responses for the perturbed configuration.
OGPFDSN
OELOPDSN
R1VALR
TABDEQ
OL
Complex or real eigenvalue summary table, transient response time output list
or frequency response frequency output list.
DSDIV
DELX
DELS
DELFL
DELCE
DELGS
DELGM
FRQRPR
Table containing the number of first level retained responses per response type
and per frequency or time step.
DELBSH
DRDUTB
ADELUS
ADELUF
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
DRMSVL
Table of the RMS response values with respect to the design variables.
MODRPR
Table indicating the number of retained responses per response type per mode.
OUGDSNM
OESDSNM
Table of element stresses from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
OSTRDSNM
Table of element strains from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
OEFDSNM
Table of element forces from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
DSAL 839
Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
ONRGDSNM
Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the perturbed
configuration.
ESRTDS
FRMDS
OES1ABDS
Table of screened element stresses for arbitrary beam cross sections for the
perturbed configuration.
OARPWRDS
OAIGDSN
OUGEXAC
OVGEXAC
OAPEXAC
R1RATIOR
OERPEXAC
Table of Equivalent Radiated Power (ERP) result data for the perturbed
configuration..
COELMF
OEFTGS
DSCM
Parameters:
NDVTOT
DELTAB
EIGNFREQ
ADJFLG
Main Index
Eigenvalue (radian/time).
Frequency (cycle/time).
No adjoint sensitivity.
SEID
ADELRS
840
DSAL
Generates design sensitivity coefficient matrix
ADELRF
ESLOPTX
DESCYCLE
DMRESD
Input-integer-default=-1 Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is
limited to the residual structure.
Remark:
DSAL is intended to be executed for each analysis type and superelement and hence, many of the inputs,
outputs, and data blocks are qualified by superelement and/or analysis type. See subDMAP RESPSEN
for an example.
Main Index
DSAM 841
Creates geometry for backward and forward (or central) perturbation
DSAM
Creates geometry for the backward and forward (or central) perturbation.
Format:
DSAM
DTOS4,DGTAB,BGPDT/
BGPDVP,BGPDVB/
S,N,SHAPEOPT/CDIF $
DTOS4
DGTAB
Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of
internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
BGPDVP
Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed
configuration.
BGPDVB
Basic grid point definition table for the backward perturbed configuration.
Parameters:
SHAPEOPT
CDIF
Main Index
Forward
842
DSAN
Generates design sensitivity processing table
DSAN
Generates design sensitivity processing table and update element temperature table.
Format:
DSAN
TABEV2,ETT,EST,MPT/
DSPT1,ETTDV $
TABEV2
ETT
EST
MPT
DSPT1
ETTDV
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSAP 843
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
DSAP
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix according to the following summation for frequency
response and normal modes:
nfreq
[ P x ]=
(4-19)
j=1
where:
w j = freq j * 2pi
or for complex eigenvalues:
nfreq
[ P x ]=
p j * [ MU x ] + p j * [ BU x ] + [ KU x ]
j=1
where:
r
p j = w j + iw j
Format:
DSAP
MUX,BUX,KUX,OL,DSPT1/
PX/
APP $
Main Index
MUX
BUX
KUX
OL
DSPT1
(4-20)
844
DSAP
Computes an inertial or pseudo-load matrix
PX
Parameters:
APP
Frequency response
'CEIG'
Complex eigenvalue
'REIG'
Normal modes
Remarks:
1. The number of rows PX is equal to the number of rows in the input matrices. The number of
columns in PX is also equal to the number of columns in the input matrices unless DSPT1 is
specified, in which case the number of columns is equal to the number of columns in the input
matrices times the design variables defined in DSPT1.
2. If the number of columns in the MUX, BUX, and KUX is less than the number of frequencies in
OL then PX will be truncated accordingly.
3. Any of the inputs may be purged except for OL. If DSPT1 is specified then APP can only be equal
to 'FREQ' and the summation is repeated for each design variable and the result is called pseudoloads. Also, the result is the negative of the equation above.
4. The input matrices can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate
to a degree-of-freedom set.
Main Index
DSAPRT 845
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSAPRT
Prints the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix according to the DSAPRT Case Control
command request.
Format:
DSAPRT
CASECC,DESTAB,DSCMCOL,DSCM2,R1VALRG,R2VALRG,R3VALRG,
DSIDLBL,XINIT//
DSZERO/EIGNFREQ/XYUNIT/DESCYCLE $
CASECC
DESTAB
DSCMCOL
DSCM2
R1VALRG
R2VALRG
R3VALRG
DSIDLBL
XINIT
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
DSZERO
EIGNFREQ
Eigenvalue (radian/time)
Frequency (cycle/time)
XYUNIT
DESCYCLE
846
DSAR
Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
DSAR
Extracts and truncates the displacement, velocity, acceleration, and dynamic loads from the transient
solution matrix into separate matrices.
Format:
DSAR
UXT,TOL,TOL1,PXT/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,UXT1,PXT1/
EXTRPL/NDEL/SORTP $
UXT
TOL
Transient response time output list consistent with columns in UXT and PXT.
TOL1
Reduced transient response time output list. Subset of time steps in TOL and
consistent with columns in outputs.
PXT
Transient load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for time steps in TOL.
UDISP
UVELO
UACCE
UXT1
PXT1
Parameters:
EXTRPL
Main Index
Not appended.
By extrapolation.
NDEL
SORTP
DSAR 847
Extracts and truncates data from the transient solution matrix
Remarks:
UXT,TOL,TOL,/
UDISP,UVELO,UACCE,,/0 $
3. UXT and PXT can have any number of rows. For example, the number of rows could relate to a
degree-of-freedom set.
4. All outputs have columns which are consistent with time steps in TOL1.
Main Index
848
DSARLP
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
DSARLP
Calculates the pseudo-displacements used in calculating the sensitivities of stability derivatives and
determines the parameters required for all of the static aeroelastic sensitivity analyses.
Format:
DSARLP
DRSTBL,R1TABR,AECTRL,CASECC,EDT,DVPTAB,TABDEQ/
CASEA,UXU,UXR,DUXAT/
S,N,STFLG/S,N,TFLG/S,N,SDFLG/S,N,NSKIP/
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,MACH/S,N,Q/S,N,AEQRATIO/DELTAB $
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of the
response types.
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
AECTRL
CASECC
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1
entries.
DVPTAB
TABDEQ
Main Index
CASEA
UXU
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of
unrestrained stability derivatives.
UXR
Matrix of aerodynamic extra point vectors for use in calculating the sensitivity of
restrained stability derivatives.
DUXAT
Matrix of sensitivity of designed control surfaces for the unique design variables.
DSARLP 849
Calculates pseudo-displacements for calculating sensitivities of stability derivatives
Parameters:
STFLG
TFLG
SDFLG
NSKIP
LPFLG
MACH
AEQRATIO
DELTAB
Remark:
DSARLP performs a function for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis that is similar to the AELOOP
module for static aeroelastic analysis. It calculates pseudo trim vectors, sets parameters for the aeroelastic
sensitivity analysis and a matrix for the perturbed designed control surfaces.
Main Index
850
DSARME
Computes RMS values
DSARME
Computes the RMS values for random response analysis in design sensitivity.
Format:
DSARME
UPDST,RMSTAB,CFSAB/
RMSVAL $
UPDST
RMSTAB
CFSAB
RMSVAL
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
DSARSN 851
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
DSARSN
Calculates and stores the delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives.
Format:
DSARSN
CASEA,R1TABR,AECTRL,DUX,TR,AERO,DSTABU,DSTABR/
DELX1,DELS1/
TFLG/SDFLG/Q $
CASEA
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
AECTRL
DUX
TR
Matrix to transform forces from the support point to the aerodynamic reference
point.
AERO
DSTABU
DSTABR
DELX1
Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a single trim
subcase.
DELS1
Matrix of delta stability derivative responses for all design variables for a single
trim subcase.
Parameters:
TFLG
Main Index
Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active
trim responses (TRIM on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no
response, 1 indicates an active response.
852
DSARSN
Calculates delta response values for trim variables and stability derivatives
SDFLG
Input-integer-no default. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active
stability derivative response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0
indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response.
Remarks:
1. DSARSN is called inside a loop for static aeroelastic sensitivity analysis whenever TFLG or
SDFLG is greater than zero. See subDMAP SAERSENS for an example.
Main Index
DSAW 853
Calculates delta-weight and/or delta-volume for each design variable
DSAW
DSAW
DRSTBL,TABEV2,VELEM,VELEMN,R1TABR,DESTAB/
DELVS,WTCRID,WTDSCP,FRMDS/
CFDFLG $
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
TABEV2
VELEM
VELEMN
Table of element lengths, areas, and volumes for the perturbed configuration.
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
DESTAB
DELVS
WTCRID
Table of retained weight responses with column and row numbers in rigid mass
matrix.
WTDSCP
FRMDS
Parameter:
CFDFLG
Main Index
854
DSDVRG
Computes weighting factors to calculate retained divergence response sensitivities
DSDVRG
Computes the weighting factors required in the calculation of the retained divergence response
sensitivities.
Format:
DSDVRG
DSEDV,DIVTAB,PHIDRLR,PHIDLLR,QLLX/
DELDV $
DSEDV
DIVTAB
PHIDRL
PHIDLL
QLL
DELDV
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSFLTE 855
Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
DSFLTE
Calculates the right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue that has been extracted in a flutter
analysis and has been flagged for sensitivity analysis. Selected complex scalar quantities required for
flutter sensitivity analysis are also computed.
Format:
DSFLTE
KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,FLUTAB,R1TABR,CASECC,CPHP,LCPHP/
CPHFL,CPHFR,VTQU/FCSENS $
KHH
BHH
MHH
QHHL
FLUTAB
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
CASECC
CPHP
LCPHP
CPHFL
CPHFR
VTQU
Parameters:
FCSENS
Main Index
Flutter sensitivity.
856
DSFLTE
Calculates right and left eigenvectors for a given eigenvalue
Remark:
The calculations in DSFLTE closely follow those used in module FA1 to perform the p-k method of
flutter analysis.
Main Index
DSFLTF 857
Calculates sensitivity of active flutter responses
DSFLTF
DSFLTF
VTQU,CDELK,CDELB,CDELM/DELFL/FCSENS $
CDELK
CDELB
CDELM
VTQU
DELFL
Parameters:
FCSENS
Main Index
Flutter sensitivity.
858
DSGRDM
Produces grid list of design model
DSGRDM
Preprocesses the design entries in EDOM to produce a list of grids associated with the designed elements
and design responses.
Format:
DSGRDM
EDOM,EPT,GEOM2,MPT,GEOM1/
DSGRID/
S,N,AUTOSE/S,N,NUMDIV/S,N,DRATIO $
EDOM
EPT
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points
MPT
GEOM1
DSGRID
Table of identification numbers for those grid points in the design model
automatic superelement optimization feature.
Parameters:
Main Index
AUTOSE
NUMDIV
DRATIO
DSMA 859
Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
DSMA
Generates the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity
Analysis only.
Format:
DSMA
DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,UNUSED2/
APP $
DSMA
DSPT2,OUG1DS,OES1DS,OEF1DS,OES1CDS,OEFITDS/
DSCMR,/
'STATICS' $
DSPT2,DSEGM,,,,/
DSCMR,/
MODES (or BUCKL) $
DSPT2
DSEGM
OUG1DS
OES1DS
OEF1DS
OES1CDS
OEFITDS
Main Index
DSCMR
UNUSED2
860
DSMA
Generates combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
Parameters:
APP
Statics
'BUCKL'
Buckling
'MODES'
Normal modes
Remarks:
Main Index
DSPRM 861
Sets design sensitivity parameters
DSPRM
Sets design sensitivity parameters based on retained responses for DMAP flow control.
Format:
DSPRM
DRSTBL//
S,N,WGTVOL/S,N,DOBUCK/S,N,DOMODES/S,N,DOSTAT/
S,N,FAILI/S,N,CSTRES/S,N,CSTRN/S,N,DOFREQ/
S,N,DOCEIG/S,N,DOMTRAN/S,N,DODIVG/S,N,DOSAERO/
S,N,DOFLUT/S,N,DOANALY/S,N,DOSASTAT/ADJFLGG/
S,N,DOFSPCF/S,N,DOTSPCF/S,N,DOWGHT/S,N,DOESE/
S,N,DOSSPCF/S,N,DORMS/S,N,DOEIGV/S,N,DOGPF/
S,N,DOELOP/S,N,DOSTCOMP/S,N,DOFRMASS/
S,N,DOCSTRAT/S,N,DOERP $
DRSTBL
Table containing the number of retained responses for each subcase for each of
the response types.
None.
Parameters:
WGTVOL
Main Index
Weight only
Volume only
DOBUCK
DOMODES
DOSTAT
FAILI
CSTRES
862
DSPRM
Sets design sensitivity parameters
Main Index
CSTRN
DOFREQ
DOCEIG
DOMTRAN
DODIVG
DOSAERO
DOFLUT
DOANALY
DOSASTAT
ADJFLG
No adjoint sensitivity.
DOFSPCF
DOTSPCF
DOWGHT
DOESE
DSPRM 863
Sets design sensitivity parameters
DOSSPCF
DORMS
DOEIGV
DOGPF
DOELOP
DOSTCOMP
DOFRMASS
DOCSTRAT
DOERP
Remark:
Main Index
864
DSTA
Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSTA
Creates tables related to the design perturbation in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
DSTA
UG
BLAMA
DIT,MPT/
ESTDVP,ESTDCN,CASEDS,ETTDCN,DSPT1,DSPT2,
DSROWL,DSCOLL,ETTDV,MPTC,EPTC/
APP/S,N,NOPRT/S,N,NOSAVE/S,N,NOFORT/NEIG $
ECT
EPT
EST
CASECC
EDOM
UG
LAMA
BLAMA
CASECCX
ETT
DIT
MPT
Main Index
ESTDVP
ESTDCN
CASEDS
DSESM
DSTA 865
Creates tables for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
ETTDCN
Table of design variable and constraint internal identification numbers for the
effects of temperature.
DSPT1
DSPT2
DSROWL
Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.
DSCOLL
ETTDV
MPTC
Copy of MPT except MAT8 records are replaced by equivalent MAT2 records.
EPTC
Parameters:
APP
Statics
'BUCKL'
Buckling
'MODES'
Normal modes
NOPRT
NOSAVE
NOFORT
NEIG
>0
Remarks:
1. ETT, ETTDV, and ETTDC may be purged if no element temperature data exists.
2. DSTA generates the tables necessary to drive other modules that calculate design sensitivity data.
These modules include EMG, SSG1, DSVG1, DSVG2, DSVG3, SDR2, DSMAS and
LMATPRT.
Main Index
866
DSTAP2
Creates correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
DSTAP2
Creates a correlation table for the normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
DSTAP2
R1TABRG,RSP2RG,RSP3RG/
DSCMCOL,DSIDLBL,RQA/
S,N,NORQA/S,N,IFRMAS $
R1TABRG
RSP2RG
RSP3RG
DSCMCOL
DSIDLBL
RQA
Parameter:
Main Index
NORQA
IFRMAS
DSVG1 867
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis
DSVG1
DSVG1
UGX
XDICTDS,XELMDS,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICT,XELM,
,VG,
AGX
LFTAB,DSPT1,VGDM,XDICTB,XELMB/
EGX/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/IAPP/DSVGSF/NOPSLG/COUPMASS/CDIF/
SPDM/SHAPEOPT/MGEFLAG $
Main Index
XDICTDS
XELMDS
BGPDT
SIL
CSTM
XDICT
XELM
UGX
Displacement matrix in g-set. For transient response analysis, UGX could also
represent velocity or acceleration.
AGX
Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward,
or backward perturbed configuration.
VG
LFTAB
DSPT1
VGDM
Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design response is
required if SPDM=-1. Also, UGX and ADJG must partitioned the ones of this
vector.
XDICTB
XELMB
868
DSVG1
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis
EGX
Parameters:
NOK4GG
Do not generate.
Generate.
WTMASS
IAPP
DSVGF
Flutter or divergence.
No scaling.
Scale.
NOPSLG
COUPMASS
Lumped.
Coupled.
CDIF
SPDM
Input-integer-default=0.
Sparse design model flag. If -1, then VGDM must be supplied.
-1
0
Main Index
Yes.
No.
SHAPEOPT
MGEFLAG
DSVG1 869
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required in sensitivity analysis
Remarks:
1. DSVG1 must be executed for mass, stiffness, viscous damping, and structural damping and, if
CDIF='YES', forward and backward perturbed configurations.
2. For transient analysis, DSVG1 must be invoked three times for displacement, velocity, and
acceleration which are obtained from the DSAR module.
3. If
Main Index
870
DSVG1P
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
DSVG1P
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms required for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis.
Format:
DSVG1P
ESTDVM,ESTDV2,BGPDVP,CSTM,MPTX,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
UGX,LFTAB,DSPT1,GPSNT,ESTDVB/
EGK,EGM/
COUPMASS/K6ROT/ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/NOPSLG/OPTFLG/
UNUSED7 $
ESTDVM
ESTDV2
Merged EST with grid and element property design variable perturbations. If
CDIF='YES' then this is the forward perturbation.
BGPDVP
Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed
configuration.
CSTM
MPTX
DIT
DEQATN
DEQIND
UGX
DSPT1
LFTAB
GPSNT
ESTDVB
Main Index
EGK
EGM
DSVG1P 871
Creates pseudo loads or scalar terms for p-elements in design sensitivity analysis
Parameters:
COUPMASS
Coupled.
K6ROT
ALTSHAPE
WTMASS
NOPSLG
OPTFLG
UNUSED7
Statics.
Normal modes.
Acceleration load.
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remark:
If
Main Index
872
DSVG2
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
DSVG2
Generates the pseudo-load matrix which reflects equilibrium changes in the thermal load due to
variations in the design variables.
Format:
DSVG2
BGPDVX,CSTM,SIL,KDICTX,CASDSN,PTELEM,
UGX
,DSPT1/
AGX
PTELMDSX,
EGTX/
PEXIST/HPFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
BGPDVX
Basic grid point definition table for the central, forward, or backward perturbed
configuration.
CSTM
SIL
KDICTX
CASDSN
Case Control table with unneeded analysis subcase(s) deleted, excluding static
aeroelastic subcases.
PTELEM
PTELMDSX
Table of thermal loads in the elemental coordinate system for the central,
forward, or backward perturbed configuration.
UGX
AGX
Gravity/thermal load matrix due to volumetric changes for the central, forward,
or backward perturbed configuration.
DSPT1
EGTX
Main Index
DSVG2 873
Generates pseudo-load matrix for equilibrium changes in thermal load
Parameters:
PEXIST
HPFLAG
h-element
p-element
Remark:
Main Index
874
DSVG3
Combines and appends solution matrices for Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only
DSVG3
Combines and appends the solution matrices from the analysis and pseudo-loads due to design variable
changes in Old Design Sensitivity Analysis only.
Format:
DSVG3
UG,UGDS/
UGDS1 $
UG
UGDS
UGDS1
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
DSVGP4 875
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
DSVGP4
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix for rigid element shape sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
DSVGP4
DGTAB,EQEXIN,GEOM4,RMG,GM,USET,CSTM,BPGDVP,TABDEQ,RBSET/
DELTGM,DVSLIS/
LUSET/NDVTOT/S,N,RGSENS $
DGTAB
Table relating DTOS4 records and designed grid data. Correlation table of
internal grid sequence for the baseline and perturbed configuration.
EQEXIN
GEOM4
RMG
GM
USET
CSTM
BGPDVP
Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed
configuration.
TABDEQ
RBSET
DELTGM
DVSLIS
Parameters:
LUSET
Main Index
876
DSVGP4
Generates a perturbed multipoint constraint transformation matrix
NDVTOT
RGSENS
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns
(if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DSVGP5 877
Performs multiplication of two matrices
DSVGP5
Performs multiplication of two matrices with one matrix having multiple submatrices and, optionally, the
addition of a third matrix to the product. For example, the default (IOPT=0 or T=0) result is:
[ A 1 B A 2 B A 3 B A n B ] + C 1 C 2 C 3 C n
Format:
DSVGP5
A,B,C,DVSLIS/
D/
NSMATS/T/IOPT $
Submatrix multiplier.
DVSLIS
Matrix product.
Parameters:
NSMATS
Input-integer-default=0.
IOPT=0.
IOPT
No transpose of
Transpose
A i (default).
Ai .
Main Index
A i B + C i (default).
B + Ai .
Same as 0 except diagonal is extracted from
column in D.
A i B + C i and stored as a
878
DSVGP5
Performs multiplication of two matrices
Remark:
Assume B is j rows by k columns. Then A must have NSMATS submatrices of size i rows by j columns
(if T=0) and C must have i rows by k columns.
Main Index
DTIIN 879
Input DTI entries to DMAP
DTIIN
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/DTI1,DTI2,DTI3,DTI4,DTI5,DTI6,DTI7,
DTI8,DTI9,DTI10/PARM1/PARM2/PARM3/PARM4/PARM5/
PARM6/PARM7/PARM8/PARM9/PARM10 $
DTI
DTlNDX
DTIi
Names that appear on field 2 of the DTI entries (i.e., the DTI table called DTI1)
will be output on data block DTI1.
Parameters:
PARMi
Remarks:
1. The input data blocks DTI and DTINDX are output from the preface module IFP.
2. Any output data block may be purged.
Example:
Assume the Bulk Data contains three DTI tables named T1, T2, and T3. The following DMAP instruction
will create the data blocks T1 and T3.
DTIIN
Main Index
DTI,DTINDX/T1,T3,,,,,,,,/S,N,YEST1/S,N,YEST3 $
880
DUMMOD1
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules
DUMMOD1
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules.
Format:
DUMMOD1
IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/
ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/
CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $
IDBi
Table or matrix.
ODBi
Table or matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
Input/output-integer-default=-1.
RPARMi
Input/output-real-default=-1.0.
CHPARM
Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.
RDPARM
CPARM
Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).
CDPARM
DUMMOD2 881
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules
DUMMOD2
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules.
Format:
DUMMOD2
IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/ODB1,ODB2,
ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/
CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $
IDBi
Table or matrix.
ODBi
Table or matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
Input/output-integer-default=-1.
RPARMi
Input/output-real-default=-1.0.
CHPARM
Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.
RDPARM
CPARM
Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).
CDPARM
882
DUMMOD3
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules
DUMMOD3
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules.
Format:
DUMMOD3
IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/
ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/
CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $
IDBi
Table of matrix.
ODBi
Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
Input/output-integer-default=-1.
RPARMi
Input/output-real-default=-1.0.
CHPARM
Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.
RDPARM
CPARM
Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).
CDPARM
DUMMOD4 883
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules
DUMMOD4
Provides dummy module for inclusion of user written subroutines and modules.
Format:
DUMMOD4
IDB1,IDB2,IDB3,IDB4,IDB5,IDB6,IDB7,IDB8/
ODB1,ODB2,ODB3,ODB4,ODB5,ODB6,ODB7,ODB8/
IPARM1/IPARM2/IPARM3/IPARM4/RPARM1/RPARM2/
CHPARM/RDPARM/CPARM/CDPARM $
IDBi
Table of matrix.
ODBi
Table of matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
IPARMi
Input/output-integer-default=-1.
RPARMi
Input/output-real-default=-1.0.
CHPARM
Input/output-character-default='ABCDEFGH'.
RDPARM
CPARM
Input/output-complex-default=(-1.0,-1.0).
CDPARM
884
DVIEWP
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
DVIEWP
Generates the view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements in design sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
DVIEWP
CASECC,OINT,PELSET,ESTDCN,TABECN,BGPDVP,CSTM/
VIEWTBDS/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
CASECC
OINT
p-element output control table. Contains OUTPUT and OUTRCV Bulk Data
entries.
PELSET
ESTDCN
TABECN
BGPDVP
Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central) perturbed
configuration.
CSTM
VIEWTBDS
Parameters:
Main Index
VUGNEXT
VUENEXT
DVIEWP 885
Generates view-element and view-grid information for processing p-elements
Main Index
VUGJUMP
VUELJUMP
VUHEXA
VUPENTA
VUTETRA
VUQUAD4
VUTRIA3
VUBEAM
VUEXIST
886
DYNCXPNT
Adds acoustic infinite extra points to the DYNAMIC table
DYNCXPNT
GEOM2
, EPT
, EDT
DYNAMICX, IFEXPNT , VEFS
S,N,AIXPNT $
, DYNAMIC /
/
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
EPT
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing ACINFPRM Bulk Data entry.
DYNAMIC
DYNAMICX
IFEXPNT
Table of infinite element extra points and association with fluid-structure grid points.
VEFS
Parameters:
AIXPNT
Remark:
If any of the datablocks GEOM2, EPT and DYNAMIC are purged or do not exist then no action is taken.
Main Index
EFFMASS 887
Computes modal effective mass
EFFMASS
EFFMASS
CASECC,MAA,PHA,LAMA,USET,BGPDT,UNUSED,CSTM,VGQ/
TEMF,EMM,DMA,MEMF,MPFEM,MEM,MEW/
SEID/WTMASS/S,N,CARDNO/SETNAM/UNUSED $
CASECC
MAA
PHA
LAMA
USET
BGPDT
UNUSED
Unused.
CSTM
VGQ
Partitioning vector which is g-set size and contains values of 1.0 at rows
corresponding to degrees-of-freedom in the q-set.
Main Index
TEMF
EMM
MA
MEMF
MPFEM
MEM
MEW
888
EFFMASS
Computes modal effective mass
Parameters:
SEID
WTMASS
CARDNO
SETNAM
UNUSED
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
ELFDR 889
Transforms grid point force balance output from GPFDR module
ELFDR
Transforms grid point force balance output (from GPFDR module) from the global coordinate system to
the elemental coordinate systems or to the edges of adjacent elements. Applicable to line and shell
elements only.
Format:
ELFDR
OGPFB1,GPECT,CSTM,SIL,GPL,BGPDT/
OELOF1,OELOP1/
NOELOF/NOELOP/UNUSED3 $
OGPFB1
GPECT
CSTM
SIL
GPL
BGPDT
OELOF1
OELOP1
Parameters:
NOELOF
NOELOP
Generate.
UNUSED3
Main Index
Generate.
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
890
ELTPRT
Prints element summary information
ELTPRT
ELTPRT
ECT,GPECT,BGPDT,NSMEST,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
CASSECC,EPT,UNUSED/
VELEM/
PROUT/S,N,ERROR/WTMASS $
ECT
GPECT
BGPDT
NSMEST
EST
CSTM
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for ELSUM
command.
DIT
CASECC
EPT
UNUSED
VELEM
Main Index
ELTPRT 891
Prints element summary information
Parameters:
PROUT
ERROR
WTMASS
Remarks:
1. ELTPRT has four output options listed below. The required data blocks are indicated in the table
below.
Option 1: A sorted list of element identification numbers and a list of duplicate element
identification numbers.
Option 2: A list of grid points with the elements that connect to each grid point. Both the element
type and element identification number are listed.
Option 3: Compute and print an element measure (length for 1-D elements; area for 2-D elements;
or volume for 3-D elements and elements of revolution). If a volume can be calculated for 1-D or
2-D elements, then it will also be printed. Create data block with element volumes.
Option 4: Compute and print element mass summary. See ELSUM Case Control command.
Option
GPECT
BGPDT
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
1
2
3
4
2. For Option 1, the output will contain the following items.
Identify all duplicate elements, e.g.,
****
Main Index
10 ROD.
10 BAR.
CASECC
EPT
NSMEST
892
ELTPRT
Prints element summary information
Identify each element type and the range of element identification numbers for the element type,
e.g.,
THERE ARE 10 ROD ELEMENTS.
Examples:
1. Duplicate element identification numbers are not allowed in the superelement solution sequences.
The following will cause the run to terminate if duplicate identification numbers exist (options 1
and 2).
ELTPRT
ECT,,,,//1/S,N,ERROR $
IF (ERROR <0) EXIT $
If no duplicate identification numbers exist, the run will proceed in a normal manner.
2. Print the connection information for each grid point (option 3).
ELTPRT ,,GPECT,BGPDT,,,/ $
3. Print the measure of all elements (option 4).
ELTPRT
Main Index
,,,BGPDT,,EST,CSTM/ $
EMA 893
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
EMA
EMA
GPECT,XDICT,XELM,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,XDICTP,XELMP/
XGG,UNUSED2/
NOK4GG/WTMASS/K4QUAL $
GPECT
XDICT
XELM
BGPDT
SIL
CSTM
XDICTP
XELMP
XGG
UNUSED2
Parameters:
NOK4GG
Main Index
Do not generate.
WTMASS
K4QUAL
Input-integer-default=' '. Qualifier name for KDICT and KELM when processing
multiple structural damping.
894
EMA
Assembles global g-set size matrix from elemental matrices
Method:
4
The structural damping matrix [ K gg ] is assembled from elements with structural damping. Structural
damping is specified in the GE field of the MATi entry.
NE
4
[ K gg ]
GEe [ Ke ]
(4-21)
e=1
where:
NE
= number of elements.
GE e
[ Ke ]
Remark:
EMA is used to generate stiffness (KGG), mass (MGG), damping (BGG), and structural damping
(K4GG) matrices.
Main Index
EMAKFR 895
Generates stiffness for follower forces
EMAKFR
Generates the stiffness for follower forces due to rotational velocity and/or accelerations.
Format:
EMAKFR
BGPDT,CSTM,SLT,MGG,CSTM0,SCSTM/
KRFGG/
LOADID/LOADIDP/SEID/LOADFACR/SYS66 $
BGPDT
CSTM
SLT
MGG
CSTM0
SCSTM
Output:
KRFGG
Parameters:
LOADID
LOADIDP
SEID
LOADFACR
SYS66
Remarks:
1. Rotational forces are derived from the RFORCE Bulk Data entry.
2. LOADFACR is applied in the following manner to compute the total load:
896
EMG
Computes elemental matrices
EMG
Computes elemental matrices for stiffness, differential stiffness, mass, damping, heat conduction, or heat
capacity.
Format:
EMG
EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,UNUSED5,UG,ETT,EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,
BGPDT,GPSNT,ECTA,EPTA,EHTA,DITID,SLTNL,
ESTMG,GRPSTM,MTSTM1,MTSTM2,MTSTM3,MTSTM4,EPTS,
VCCTM,UPVH,MKELM,N2M,CPLDIN1,CPLDIN2,
CPLDIN4,UPVH3,PMMOFL,KDIOF,KELOF,HARMELPT,
MDK4INFO/
KELM,KDICT,MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT,MTSTM,MMTXR,
MMTX1,NLVECM,GCOMM,KDIOF1,KELOF1,KGGDIAG/
S,N,NOKGG/S,N,NOMGG/S,N,NOBGG/S,N,NOK4GG/
S,N,NONLHT/COUPMASS/TEMPSID/DEFRMSID/PENFAC/
NOPNLT/LUMPD/LUMPM/MATCPX/KDGEN/TABS/
SIGMA/K6ROT/LANGLE/NOBKGG/ALTSHAPE/
PEXIST/FREQTYP/FREQVAL/FREQWA/UNSYMF/
S,N,BADMESH/S,N,MGEFLAG/LOADFACR/GNLSTN/FKQRTR/
TANALY/IKPOFF/NONLNR/LUSETF/LGDISP/NUMCPLDY $
Main Index
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
UNUSED5
UG
ETT
EDT
DEQATN
DEQIND
BGPDT
GPSNT
ECTA
EMG 897
Computes elemental matrices
EPTA
EHTA
DITID
SLTNL
SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the
current and last load step.
ESTMG
GRPSTM
MTSTM1
MTSTM2
MTSTM3
MTSTM4
EPTS
VCCTM
VCCT data
UPVH
Solution vector
MKELM
N2M
CPLDIN1
CPLDIN2
CPLDIN4
UPVH
PMMOFL
KDIOF
KELOF
HARMELPT
Harmonic elements
MDK4INFO
Main Index
KELM
KDICT
MELM
MDICT
BELM
BDICT
898
EMG
Computes elemental matrices
MTSTM
MMTXR
MMTX1
NLVECM
GCOMM
KDIOF1
KELOF1
KGGDIAG
Parameters:
NOKGG
Do not generate.
Output:
>0 Generated.
-1
Not generated.
NOMGG
NOBGG
NOK4GG
NONLHT
COUPMASS
Main Index
-1
Otherwise.
Lumped.
Coupled.
EMG 899
Computes elemental matrices
TEMPSID
DEFRMID
PENFAC
NOPNLT
LUMPB
LUMPM
MATCPX
KDGEN
TABS
SIGMA
K6ROT
LANGLE
Fimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
NOBKGG
ALTSHAPE
PEXIST
FREQTYP
Input-character-default='
'ESTF'
'ESTNF'
Main Index
FREQVAL
FREQWA
900
EMG
Computes elemental matrices
UNSYMF
BADMESH
MGEFLAG
LOADFACR
GNLSTN
Small strain.
Green strain.
FKQRTR
TANALY
IPKOFF
NLTR
nonlinear transient,
NLST
nonlinear statics,
LNST
linear statics.
NONLNR
Input-logical-default=false. Nonlinear analysis flag. True for SOLs 106, 129, and
400.
LUSETF
=0:
no KGGDIAG output
>0:
LGDISP
NUMCPLDY
Remarks:
1. CSTM may be purged. MPT may be purged only if elements which do not reference any material
data are used. The DIT may be purged only if the material properties are not temperature
dependent.
2. If either of a matrix-dictionary data block pair is purged, that particular data block pair will not be
formed.
3. MGEFLAG is set and reset accordingly:
Main Index
EMG 901
Computes elemental matrices
a. On the first call to EMG, MGEFLAG has the following values and actions:
Input/Output
Action
0/ 0
1 / -1
2 / -2
3 / -3
Both 1 and 2.
b. If MGEFLAG<>0 from the first call to EMG then execute a second call to EMG:
Main Index
Input/Output
Action
-1 / +1
-2 / +2
-3 / +3
Both 1 and 2.
902
EQUIVX
Data block name equivalence
EQUIVX
EQUIVX
DBP/DBS/PARM $
DBP
DBS
Parameter:
PARM
Remarks:
1. The main purpose of the EQUIVX is to save either storage space or l/O time or both.
2. If DBP and DBS reside on different DBsets and PARAM < 0, then a copy of DBP is made to the
DBset on which DBS resides. The equivalence flag is broken and the data blocks become
separate. These rules apply only if the secondary data block resides on a permanent DBset or DBS
is not referenced on a TYPE DB statement and its DBset is a scratch DBset. Therefore, it is
recommended that DBS is referenced on a TYPE statement and defined in the NDDL sequence
with its location assigned to the scratch DBset.
3. The following tables summarize the relationship between primary and secondary:
Status with PARM < 0
Main Index
Generated
Any
Equivalenced
Any
EQUIVX 903
Data block name equivalence
Generated
Not Equivalenced
Unchanged
Generated
Equivalenced
Any
Unchanged
4. If DBS is also declared on the FILE DBS=APPEND statement then User Warning Message 81
will be issued. If the EQUIVX.../DBS statement is executed only once and is not re-executed in
the DMAP loop, then the message may be safely ignored. However, if the EQUIVX statement is
potentially re-executed then it should be replaced with the DELETE and COPY module.
For example,
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
EQUIVX ESTNL/ESTNCH/-1 $
should be replaced with:
FILE ESTNCH=APPEND $
DELETE /ESTNCH,,,, $
COPY ESTNL/ESTNCH $
Examples:
Main Index
904
ESTINDX
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
ESTINDX
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number, for the EST table.
Format:
ESTINDX
/EST $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
EST
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
Main Index
EXPORTLD 905
Creates an index, keyed by element identification number
EXPORTLD
CASECC,PG,BGPDT/PG*,BGPDT*/NSKIP $
CASECC
PG
BGPDT
PG*
BGPDT*
Parameters:
NSKIP
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
906
FA1
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
FA1
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis. Also performs the eigenvalue analysis for the
KE or PK method.
Format:
FA1
KHH,BHH,MHH,QHHL,CASECC,EDT/
FSAVE,KHH1,BHH1,MHH1,FLUTABP/
S,N,FLOOP/S,N,TSTART/S,N,NOCEAD/LPRINT/XYUNIT/
VREF $
KHH
BHH
MHH
QHHL
CASECC
EDT
FSAVE
KHH1
BHH1
MHH1
FLUTABP
Parameters:
Main Index
FLOOP
TSTART
FA1 907
Prepares the modal matrices for flutter eigenvalue analysis
NOCEAD
LPRINT
XYUNIT
VREF
Remarks:
BHH may be purged for the K and PK methods. BHH is ignored for the KE method. If BHH is purged,
BHH1 may be purged for the K method.
Main Index
908
FA2
Collects aeroelastic flutter data
FA2
Collects aeroelastic flutter data for reduction and presentation for each loop through the configuration
parameters.
Format:
FA2
CPH1,CLAMA1,FSAVE/
CPH2,CLAMA2,CASEYY,OVG,FLUTABK/
S,N,TSTART/VREF/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXY/LPRINT $
CPH1
CLAMA1
FSAVE
CPH2
CLAMA2
CASEYY
OVG
FLUTABK
Parameters:
Main Index
TSTART
VREF
AECONFIG
SYMXZ
SYMXY
LPRINT
FA2 909
Collects aeroelastic flutter data
Remarks:
All output data blocks are must be declared on the FILE statement with APPEND keyword in order to
append outputs from previous loops.
Main Index
910
FBODYLD
Collects aeroelastic flutter data
FBODYLD
FBODYLD
EDT,BGPDT,CASECC,OGPF1,CSTM/
BGPDTFB*,PGFB*/GPFNAM $
EDT
BGPDT
CASECC
OGPFB1
CSTM
BGPDTFB*
Family of BGPDT tables associated with FBLPG. One instance defines the
grids for one given freebody subsystem.
PGFB*
Family of PG matrices.
Parameters:
GPFNAM
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
FBS 911
Matrix forward/backward substitution
FBS
FBS
LD,U,B/X/KSYM/SIGN/FBTYP/FBREST/UNUSED/UNCOUP $
LD
Rectangular matrix.
[ A ] is unsymmetric.
[B] .
Parameters:
KSYM
SIGN
choose symmetric if
matrix
[ A ] is unsymmetric.
matrix [ A ] is symmetric.
Input-integer-default = 1. Sign of
[B] .
[ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] (default).
-1 solve [ A ] [ X ] = [ B ] (default).
1
FBTYP
FBREST
Main Index
solve
912
FBS
Matrix forward/backward substitution
UNUSED
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
UNCOUP
Remarks:
-2
Method 1A
-1
Method 1
+1
Method 2
6. The equation for forward-only solution is [ L ] [ X ] = [ B ] , and for backward-only the solution
is [ L ] T [ X ] = [ B ] . Both are right-hand solutions.
7. Left-hand solutions (KSYM = 2) are available for factors of symmetric or unsymmetric matrices.
Also, the NASTRAN keyword FBSLEFT=n or SYSTEM(72)=n in the FMS section, or
PUTSYS(n,72) in the DMAP sequence, specifies the transpose flag on [ B ] :
[ L ] [ U ] = [ B ]T .
If n=1 then FBS solves X] T [ L ] [ U ] = [ B ] .
If n=0 then FBS solves
8. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify NASTRAN
FBSOPT = -2, SPARSE = 0.
9. For the sparse method the B matrix must be in machine precision. See Remarks under the
DECOMP, 733 module description.
Main Index
FBS 913
Matrix forward/backward substitution
10. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical Methods Users Guide for further details on the FBS module and
related topics.
Examples:
1. Solve
DECOMP
FBS
MATPRN
2. Solve
A/LD,U, $
LD,U,B/X/ $
X// $
DECOMP
FBS
MATPRN
3. Solve
A/LD,, $
LD,,B/X/ $
X// $
FBS
4. Solve
FBS
5. Given that
T 1
[ [ LD ] ] [ K ] [ LD ]
where
[ M ] = [ LD ] [ LD ]
DECOMP
FBS
FBS
Main Index
M/LD,,//1 $ CHOLESKY
LD,,K/Y///1 $ FWD.ONLY,Y AN INTERMEDIATE RESULT
LD,,Y/J/2//1 $ FWD.ONLY, LEFT-HAND
914
FILE
Data block declaration
FILE
FILE
DB1=[SAVE,APPEND,OVRWRT]/DB2=[SAVE,APPEND,
OVRWRT]/... $
Data Blocks:
DBi
Parameters:
SAVE
APPEND
Same as SAVE and also allows a module to append other data blocks to DBi
on successive passes through a DMAP loop.
OVRWRT
Remarks:
1. FILE is a nonexecutable DMAP instruction that is used only by the DMAP compiler for
information purposes. It may appear anywhere in subDMAP. It is also a local declaration; i.e., it
must be declared in all subDMAPs where the SAVE, APPEND, or OVRWRT is needed.
2. A data block name may appear only once in all FILE statements within a subDMAP; otherwise,
the first appearance will determine all special characteristics applied to the data block.
3. The APPEND keyword should only be applied to local scratch data blocks. In other words, the
data block should not be referenced on a TYPE DB statement. It is also recommended that the
APPEND keyword not be applied to data blocks that appear as output on the EQUIVX module.
See the EQUIVX, 902 module description for further details.
Example:
1. Data block C is created only in the first pass through the loop and must be "saved" for subsequent
passes:
FILE
C=SAVE $
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,R=(1.,0.) $
TYPE PARM,,I,N,COUNT=1 $
.
.
.
DO WHILE ( COUNT<=3 ) $
Main Index
FILE 915
Data block declaration
Main Index
916
FORTIO
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
FORTIO
FORTIO
//OPERATN/UNITNO/CLOSEOPT/IOSTAT $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
OPERATN
'OPEN'
Open file.
'CLOSE'
Close file.
UNITNO
CLOSEOPT
IOSTAT
Close/keep (default).
Close/delete.
Successful.
Unsuccessful.
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0
Remarks:
Main Index
FORTIO 917
Opens or closes a FORTRAN file
Example:
Main Index
918
FRLG
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
FRLG
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads via Fourier transform for frequency
response analysis.
Format:
FRLG
CASECC,USETD,DLT,FRL,GMD,GOD,DIT,PHDH,APPLOD,
ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN,ROTRT,
UNBVEC,EQDYN,FRFXITPP,FRFLABEL,FACLV*,PACLV*/
PPF,PSF,PDF,FOL,PHF,YPF/SOLTYP/S,N,FOURIER/
S,N,APP $
Main Index
CASECC
USETD
DLT
FRL
GMD
GOD
DIT
PHDH
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
ROTORT
UNBVEC
EQDYN
FRFXITPP
P-size column matrix generated in an FRF generation job containing coded values
for rows indicating whether the DOF corresponding to that row has unit load
specified on it via an FRFXIT entry, an FRFXIT1 entry or due to its being a
connection DOF (or a combination of these)
FRLG 919
Generates frequency-dependent loads or time-dependent loads
FRFLABEL
FACLV
PACLV
PPF
PSF
FOL
PHF
YPF
Parameters:
SOLTYP
'DIRECT'
FOURIER
APP
Remarks:
Main Index
920
FRLGEN
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRLGEN
Creates the frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Format:
FRLGEN
DYNAMIC,LAMAS,LAMAF/
FRL,FRL1,DFFDNF/
S,N,NOFRL/S,N,NOOPT/DFREQ $
DYNAMIC
LAMAS
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the
model.
LAMAF
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.
Main Index
FRL
FRL1
DFFDNF
FRLGEN 921
Creates frequency response list from the FREQi Bulk Data entries
Parameters:
NOFRL
NOOPT
DFREQ
Main Index
922
FRQDRV
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries
FRQDRV
Drives loop on frequencies defined on FREQi Bulk Data entries and is intended for frequency-dependent
element processing.
Format:
FRQDRV
CASECC,FRL/
FRLI/
S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
CASECC
FRL
FRLI
Parameters:
FRQLOOP
FREQVAL
Example:
TYPE PARM,,I,N,FRQLOOP=0 $
DO WHILE ( FRQLOOP>=0 ) $
FRQDRV
CASES,FRL/FRLI/S,N,FRQLOOP/S,N,FREQVAL $
.
.
.
ENDDO $ FRQLOOP>=0
Main Index
FRRD1 923
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
FRRD1
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or
direct methods.
Format:
FRRD1
CASECC,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,K4XX,PXF,FRL,FOL,EDT,
SILD,USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
SOLTYP/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/NSKIP/FRRD1SEL/
S,N,FIRSTBAD/SETNAME/FREQDEP $
Main Index
CASECC
DIT
KXX
BXX
MXX
K4XX
FRL
FOL
PXF
EDT
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD
PARTVEC
924
FRRD1
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
UXF
FOLT
Parameters:
SOLTYP
'DIRECT'
NONCUP
ITSEPS
ITSMAX
NSKIP
ZFREQ
FIRSTBAD
SETNAME
FREQDEP
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in FRRD1 or FRRD2 (Frequency Response Solution). In the
case of a direct formulation the following equation is solved.
Main Index
FRRD1 925
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
[ M dd 2 + iB dd + K dd ] { u d } = { P d }
Eq. 4-22
and in the case of a modal formulation, the following equation is used in:
[ M hh 2 + iB hh + K hh ] { u h } = { P h }
Eq. 4-23
The arithmetic used in the solution may be real or complex and the solution procedure may be symmetric
or unsymmetric. The choice of arithmetic and solution procedure is made by the program depending on
the form of the dynamic matrices.
Remarks:
1. CASECC, FRL, FOL, and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, and MXX can be purged.
2. If SOLTYP='DIRECT', then K4XX can be used to simulate viscoelastic materials. Otherwise it
may be purged. If SOLTYP='MODAL', then K4XX is ignored and may be purged.
3. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and
viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the
aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
4. EDT is required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case Control command
selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.
Main Index
926
FRRD2
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
FRRD2
Solves for the steady-state, modal or direct, frequency response, displacement solution using iterative or
direct methods.
Format:
FRRD2
KXX,BXX,MXX,QHHL,PXF,FOL,CASECC,EDT,SILD,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXF,FOLT/
BOV/Q/MACH/NONCUP/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/SETNAME/
FRRD2SEL/S,N,FIRSTBAD $
Main Index
KXX
BXX
MXX
QHHL
PXF
FOL
CASECC
EDT
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset of the
d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD
PARTVEC
FRRD2 927
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
UXF
FOLT
Parameters:
BOV
MACH
NONCUP
ITSEPS
ITSMAX
SETNAME
ZFREQ
FIRSTBAD
Method:
[ M ] + i [ [ B ] Q BOV IM [ Q ] ] +
[u] = [P]
[ K ] Q Re [ Q ]
\
Main Index
928
FRRD2
Solves for the steady-state frequency response displacement solution
Remarks:
1. FOL and PXF cannot be purged. KXX, BXX, MXX, and QHHL can be purged.
2. FRRD1 is similar to FRDD2 except that FRRD1 has many more efficiency improvements and
viscoelastic material processing. However, FRRD2 performs special operations with the
aerodynamic matrix list, QHHL.
3. CASECC and EDT are required for the iterative solver is NSKIP>0 and the SMETHOD Case
Control command selects the ITER Bulk Data entry. Otherwise it may be purged.
Main Index
FTGCAS 929
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for fatigue stress/strain recovery
FTGCAS
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for
fatigue stress/strain recovery
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for fatigue and a datablock which provides
information on the fatigue analyses and the elements that participate in each.
Format:
FTGCAS
CASECC,FATIGUE,EDT,MPT,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,UNITS,GEOM2MNF,EST,
BGPDT,GPECT/
CASFTG,FTGID,SEAMTAB,WIDHTAB,GWECT/APP
$SCID/PARTSE/RSONLY/CWRANDEL
CASECC
FATIGUE
EDT
MPT
GEOM2
GEOM4
Constraint table
EPT
UNITS
GEOM2MNF
EST
BGPDT
GPECT
Main Index
CASFTG
FTGID
SEAMTAB
WIDHTAB
GWECT
930
FTGCAS
Processes user input data for fatigue to create case control for fatigue stress/strain recovery
Parameters:
APP
SCID
Input-superelement ID
PARTSE
RSONLY
Residual structure
FALSE- superelements are specified
TRUE- superelements are not specified
CWRANDEL
Percentage at which cweld elements are removed. If this is a spot weld fatigue
case and GWRANDEL is >, 0.0, a fatal message is issued.
Remarks:
1. FTGCAS determines if fatigue analyses are to be performed and then performs user input error
checking and defines the set of elements that participate in the fatigue analysis.
2. CASFTG identifies the type of data recovery required (stress/strain), (element corner) and the
elements that participate in the fatigue analysis on a subcase basis. This is a family of datablocks
with each member having it own FATIGUE ID from case control.
3. FTGID is a single datablock that for each FATIGUE ID:
a. Identifies which subcases participate in the fatigue analysis
b. Defines the number of analysis groups and the MATFTG ID/PFTG ID of each.
c. For each element participating in the fatigue analysis, its ID and analysis group number is
specified.
Main Index
FTGSOL 931
Performs Embedded Fatigue Analysis
FTGSOL
Stages fatigue analysis using the DTLib (nCodeDT) fatigue analysis library from HBM nCode by
assembling material, time loading, loads, element ids and element stresses. Performs fatigue analysis and
outputs the results.
Format:
FTGSOL
Main Index
CASFTG
FATIGUE
MPT
EST
OES1
OEStr
DIT
EDT
Element Deformation Table EDT table used for retrieving udname data.
FTGID
UHDT
CASECC
TOLF
FTGIDO
OEFFTG
OGPFTG
SEAMTAB
WLDHTAB
BGTDTS
CSTMS
KDICT
GWECT
932
FTGSOL
Performs Embedded Fatigue Analysis
WLDHDS
EPT
OEFTG
OEFTG2
OEFTGM
Parameters:
FTGID
APP1
SEID
Remarks:
1. Input data blocks (UHDT,CASECC,TOLF) are only used in transient analysis. They can be
purged when APP1 is not 'TRANS'
2. Stress and Strain tables are never used together in the same fatigue analysis.
3. DIT contains TABLED1/TABLFTG data if required.
4. EDT contains any needed SETi and UDNAME data.
Main Index
GENTRAN 933
Generates a transformation matrix
GENTRAN
Generates a transformation matrix that will convert the upstream boundary coordinate system to the
downstream coordinate system.
Format:
GENTRAN
SEMAP,BGPDTS,CSTMS,BGPDTD,CSTMD,SCSTM/
MAPS/
SEID $
SEMAP
BGPDTS
CSTMS
BGPDTD
CSTMD
SCSTM
MAPS
Parameter:
SEID
Example:
Main Index
934
GENTRAN
Generates a transformation matrix
Main Index
GETCOL 935
Reads STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number number
GETCOL
Reads the STATSUB Case Control command subcase identification number and converts it to the
equivalent column number in the static solution matrix.
Format:
GETCOL
CASEBUCK,CASESTAT//
NSKIP/S,N,BCKCOL/S,N,PRECOL/S,N,ICCOL $
CASEBUCK
CASESTAT
None.
Parameters:
NSKIP
BCKCOL
PRECOL
ICCOL
Remarks:
If the STATSUB subcase identification number is not found in CASEBUCK then the BCKCOL is set to
1. If the subcase identification number specified by the STATSUB command is not found in CASESTAT
then a fatal message is issued.
Main Index
936
GETFUNIT
Associates physical file name with logical name and FORTRAN unit
GETFUNIT
Associates physical file name with logical name and FORTRAN unit
Connect a file name with a Fortran unit with user-specified file logical name. This module allows the
access to a Fortran file without ASSIGN statement
Format:
GETFUNIT
//LOGNAME/form/s,n,funit/fname1/fname2 $
None
Output Data Blocks:
None
Parameters:
LOGNAME
form
Input/Integer, Default=1.
form = 1, unformatted
form = 0, formatted
funit
Input/Integer, Default=0
As input: Control flag/starting Fortran unit
As output: Available Fortran unit
fname1
fname2
Remarks:
1. Physical file name associated with LOGNAME has two parts, namely <job_name> and <suffix>.
Example:
GETFUNIT //'INPUTT2'/1/S,N,UNITOP2/'_NAS.OP2' $
For <job_name> of pem, above GETFUNIT connects physical file 'pem_NAS.OP2' to INPUTT2.
Main Index
GETMKL 937
Create list of Mach numbers on reduced frequency pairs
GETMKL
GETMKL
EDT/MKLIST/S,N,NMK $
EDT
MKLIST
Parameters:
NMK
Main Index
938
GI
Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
GI
GI
SPLINE
,BGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,
AMSPLINE
AERO,
CSTMA,AEGRID/
GPGK,GDGK $
Input Data Blocks:
AERO
SPLINE
Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with external
grid identification numbers.
AMSPLINE
BGPDT
AEBGPDT
The basic grid point definition table with the aerodynamic degrees of freedom
added (ks-set in AEUSET).
AEUSET
AECOMP
CSTMA
AEGRID
Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD
as PGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
GPGK
GDGK
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
GI 939
Generates aerodynamic spline transformation matrix
Example:
DBVIEW AEUSET=USET0
WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'
AND WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW AEBGPDT=BGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROSTRC'
AND WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW AEGRID=AEBGPDTS WHERE (MODLTYPE='AEROMESH')
GI
AERO,SPLINE,XBGPDT,AEBGPDT,AEUSET,AECOMP,CSTMA,AEG
RID/
GPGK0,GDGK0 $
Main Index
940
GIC2C
Forms splice matrix for element centroids
GIC2C
Forms a spline matrix that maps displacements measured at centroidal elemental grids of aero meshes to
the corner point (mesh connectivity) grids. This displacement map will allow visualization of
connectivity grid motion for "element centroid" based aero meshes (like DLM and ZAERO).
Format:
GIC2D
AEBOX,AEGRID,AEBGPDT*,CSTM/GDKSKS $
AEBOX
AEGRID
Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output by APD
as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEBGPDT*
CSTM
GDKSKS
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
GKAM 941
Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
GKAM
GKAM
USETD,PHA,MI,LAMA,DIT,M2DD,B2DD,K2DD,CASECC,
LAMMAT, MEMF/
MHH,BHH,KHH,PHDH,MODSELT,MODSELV,LAMASEL,BMODAL/
NOUE/LMODES/LFREQ/HFREQ/UNUSED5/UNUSED6/UNUSED7/
S,N,NONCUP/S,N,FMODE/KDAMP/FLUID/UNUSED12/APP $
USETD
PHA
MI
LAMA
DIT
M2DD
Mass matrix contribution from the M2PP Case Control command and
reduced to the d-set.
B2DD
Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP Case
Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient response analysis,
B2DD may also include structural damping effects.
K2DD
Stiffness matrix contribution from the K2PP Case Control command and
reduced to the d-set. In frequency response analysis, K2DD may also include
structural damping effects.
CASECC
LAMMAT
MEMF
Main Index
BHH
MHH
KHH
PHDH
942
GKAM
Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
MODSELT
MODSELV
LAMASEL
BMODAL
Matrix of modal damping values from selected TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry
in DIT.
Parameters:
NOUE
LMODES
LFREQ
HFREQ
UNUSED5
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
NONCUP
Output-integer-no default. If K2DD, B2DD, and M2DD are purged. then the
model is considered uncoupled and NONCUP is set to -1.
FMODE
KDAMP
Input-integer-default=1. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to 1, then viscous modal damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will
be included in the stiffness matrix as structural damping.
FLUID
UNUSED12
Input-logical-default=FALSE. Unused.
APP
Input-character-default='
'FREQRESP'
Main Index
Frequency response.
GKAM 943
Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
Method:
The dynamic matrices expressed in modal coordinates are assembled in GKAM (General K AssemblerModal) as follows:
T
2 ][ ]
[ K hh ] = [ k ] + [ dh ] [ K dd
dh
(4-24)
2 ][ ]
[ M hh ] = [ m ] + [ dh ] [ M dd
dh
(4-25)
and
T
2 ][ ]
[ B hh ] = [ b ] + [ dh ] [ B dd
dh
(4-26)
m i = modal mass
b i = 2f i g ( f i )m i
k i = 4 2 f i2 m i
If PARAM,KDAMP = -1 in complex eigenvalue analysis, modal frequency response, aerodynamic
flutter, and aeroelastic response, the viscous modal damping will be incorporated into the complex
stiffness matrix as follows:
m i = modal mass
bi = 0
k i = [ 1 + ig ( f i ) ]4 2 f i2 m i
Values of g ( fi ) are specified on the TABDMP1 Bulk Data entry, selected by the SDAMPING Case
Control command. If KDAMP = 1 (default), the matrices
transient response.
Remarks:
Main Index
944
GKAM
Assembles modal mass, damping and stiffness matrices
5. LAMA may be purged as long as both MI and LAMMAT exist. Using MI and LAMMAT is
preferable to LAMA because the the values in MI and LAMMAT are in machine precision.
6. No output matrix can be purged.
7. HFREQ and LFREQ are ignored if LMODES>0.
8. See Section 9.4.10 of the MSC Nastran Reference Manual for further details.
9. If modes are not selected with HFREQ, LFREQ and LMODES parameters or the MODESELECT
command and NOUE < 0, then PHDH will be purged and a subsequent EQUIVX from PHA to
PHDH must be executed.
Main Index
GM4APD 945
GM4APD
Returns a modified GEOM4 table that merges the ASET and QSET records from the two input GEOM4
tables.
Format:
GM4APD
GEOM4
FIXGOM4
GEOM4FLX
Modified geom4 at return which will have a-set and q-set records appended
from flxgom4. i.e. geom4flx = geom4 + "ASET/ASET1/QSET/QSET1
records from flxgom4"
Parameters:
None
Description:
This DMAP module takes two input data blocks, GEOM4 and FLXGOM4, and returns an output data
block, GEOM4FLX, which appends the ASET/ASET1/QSET/QSET1 records from the second DB into
the first DB to create the output DB; i.e., GEOM4FLX is just the GEOM4 +
"ASET/ASET1/QSET/QSET1 records from FLXGOM4".
Main Index
946
GNFM
Computes element forces due to large displacements
GNFM
Computes the element forces due to large displacements and optionally computes the elemental stiffness
matrices associated with incremental deflections.
Format:
GNFM
KELM,KDICT,KDELM,KDDICT,EST,CSTM,UG,BGPDT/
FG,KELM1,KDICT1/
SKPMTX/LUSET/NSKIP $
KELM
KDICT
KDELM
KDDICT
EST
CSTM
UG
BGPDT
FG
KELM1
KDICT1
Parameters:
Main Index
SKPMTX
LUSET
NSKIP
GNFM 947
Computes element forces due to large displacements
Remarks:
1. FG cannot be purged.
2. KELM1 and KDICT1 may be purged if SKPMTX<>0.
Main Index
948
GP0
Modifies tables to include p-element information
GP0
Modifies geometry, connectivity, loads, and constraints tables to include p-element information and also
create edge, face, and body tables.
Format:
GP0
CASECC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,
EDT,DEQATN,DEQIND,PELSET,PVAL0/
GEOM1M,GEOM2M,GEOM2A,GEOM3M,GEOM4M,
EHT,EHTA,MEDGE,MFACE,GDNTAB,MBODY/
ALTSHAPE/UNIT1/UNIT2/S,N,PVALID/S,N,PEXIST/
GNSTART/S,N,GNMAX/GMTOL/INITAPI/PEDGEP/GNPROC $
CASECC
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GEOM4
EPT
EDT
DEQATN
DEQIND
PELSET
PVAL0
Main Index
GEOM1M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for the
current p-level.
GEOM2M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points and updated for the current p-level.
GP0 949
Modifies tables to include p-element information
GEOM2A
GEOM3M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads and
updated for the current p-level.
GEOM4M
EHT
EHTA
MEDGE
MFACE
GDNTAB
MBODY
Parameters:
Main Index
ALTSHAPE
UNIT1
UNIT2
PVALID
PEXIST
GNSTART
GNMAX
GMTOL
INITAPI
PEDGEP
Input-integer-default=0.
GNPROC
950
GP1
Performs basic geometry processing
GP1
GP1
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GDNTAB,MEDGE,SGPDT,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GPL,EQEXIN,GPDT,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,VGF,GEOM3B,DYNAMICB,
VGEXF/S,N,LUSET/S,N,NOCSTM/S,N,NOPOINTS/
UNIT/UPERM/UPRMT/NUFLAG/SEID $
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GDNTAB
MEDGE
SGPDT
DYNAMIC
CASECC
Table of Case Control command values. Only used for SOLs 600 and 700.
Main Index
GPL
EQEXIN
GPDT
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
VGF
GEOM3B
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads with
DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and MOMENT entry
images.
GP1 951
Performs basic geometry processing
DYNAMICB
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry
images.
VGEXF
Parameters:
LUSET
NOCSTM
NOPOINTS
UNIT
UPERM
UPRMT
NUFLAG
SEID
Remarks:
1. GP1 assembles a list of all grid and scalar points and places them in internal order, computes
coordinate system transformation matrices, and transforms all grid points to the basic coordinate
system.
2. No output data block, except VGF, may be purged.
Main Index
952
GP2
Processes element connectivity
GP2
GP2
GEOM2,EQEXIN,EPT,GEOM2A,EPTA,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT/
ECT,ECTA/
S,N,ACOUSTIC $
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
EQEXIN
EPT
GEOM2A
EPTA
BGPDT
CSTM
MPT
ECT
ECTA
Parameter:
ACOUSTIC
Remarks:
Main Index
GP2 953
Processes element connectivity
Main Index
954
GP3
Processes static and thermal loads
GP3
GP3
GEOM3,BGPDT,GEOM2,EDT,UGH,ESTH,BGPDTH,
CASEHEAT,MPT,PG*/
SLT,ETT/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOGRAV/S,N,NOTEMP $
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
BGPDT
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
EDT
UGH
ESTH
BGPDTH
CASEHEAT
MPT
PG*
Main Index
SLT
ETT
GP3 955
Processes static and thermal loads
Parameters:
NOLOAD
NOGRAV
NOTEMP
Remarks:
(WHERE APRCH='HEAT
(WHERE APRCH='HEAT
(WHERE APRCH='HEAT
Main Index
956
GP4
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
GP4
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table, based on single point constraints, multipoint constraints, rigid
elements, and set membership assignment Bulk Data entries (e.g., ASET). Also generate the enforced
displacement matrix and multipoint constraint equation matrix.
Format:
GP4
CASECC,GEOM4,EQEXIN,SIL,GPDT,BGPDT,CSTM,
MEDGE,MFACE,MBODY,GEOM2,GDNTAB,ECT,GPSNT,GEOM1,ACTNODS,EDTS/
RMG,YS0,USET0,GPSNTN,YMU,YRG,RBSET,S2SCGGN,S2SCGGT/
LUSET/S,N,NOMSET/S,N,MPCF2/S,N,NOSSET/S,N,NOOSET/
S,N,NORSET/S,N,NSKIP/S,N,REPEAT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NOL/
S,N,NOA/SEID/ALTSHAPE/SEBULK/AUTOMSET/SNORMPRT/
S,N,NEWGPSNT/ATQSET/NLRIGID/MPCPFLG/S2S_SIG/S400S2S/RBSETPRT $
Main Index
CASECC
GEOM4
EQEXIN
SIL
GPDT
BGPDT
CSTM
MEDGE
MFACE
MBODY
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
GDNTAB
ECT
GPSNT
GEOM1
ACTNODS
EDTS
GP4 957
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
Main Index
RMG
YS0
USET0
GPSNTN
Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with RSSCON
elements.
YMU
YRG
RBSET
S2SCGGN
S2SCGGT
958
GP4
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET
NOMSET
MPCF2
NOSSET
NOOSET
NORSET
NSKIP
REPEAT
NOSET
NOL
Output-integer-default=1. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-offreedom belong to m-set, s-set, o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-offreedom in the l-set.
NOA
SEID
ALTSHAPE
SEBULK
GP4 959
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
AUTOMSET
Input-character-default=' '. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent
degree-of-freedom specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will
be rearranged to avoid exclusive dof set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter.
SNORMPRT
No print or punch.
Punch.
Print only.
NEWGPSNT
ATQSET
NLRIGID
MPCPFLG
S2S_SIG
=0
=1
=1
=2
S400S2S
RBSETPRT
>0 or
<0
Remarks:
1. YS will be purged if SPCD or SPC Bulk Data entries do not specify nonzero values for
displacement.
Main Index
960
GP4
Generates the degree-of-freedom set table
Main Index
GP5 961
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
GP5
GP5
ECT,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EDT,SIL,CSTM/
PANSLT,EQACST,NORTAB,WETFACES,EDT1/
S,N,MPNFLG/S,N,NUMPAN/S,N,MATCH/NASOUT/GETNUMPN/
EDT1FLG/SKINOUT $
ECT
BGPDT
EQEXIN
EDT
SIL
CSTM
Main Index
PANSLT
EQACST
Equivalence table between internal fluid grid points and internal structural
grid points which lie on the fluid/structure boundary. Output by GP5.
NORTAB
Table containing fluid face and the maximum of eight structural grids which
lie within the acoustic face.
WETFACES
EDT1
EDT updated written out if user requested a panel with the entire wetted
structure skin.
962
GP5
Creates table of static loads for panels in coupled fluid/structure analysis
Parameters:
MPNFLG
NUMPAN
MATCH
Non-meshing mesh.
NASOUT
GETNUMPN
EDT1FLG
SKINOUT
Main Index
-1
Do not write.
PUNCH
Punch file.
f06 file.
ALL
GPFDR 963
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
GPFDR
GPFDR
PG QG
UADJ AGG2
LAMA
FOL
BGPDT,
,CSTM,VELEM,PTELEM,QMG,NFDICT,FENL,
TOL
OLF
MELM,MDICT,BELM,BDICT,GEI,MATPOOL,F2J,VG,AG,EDT/
ONRGY1
OGPFB1
OEKE1
OEDE1
- , --------------------- , ---------------------- , --------------------
----------------------OELSS1
OELSWI
OELSM1
OELSDI
OELQS1,OELQW1,OELQM1,OELQD1,OPACC1/
APP/TINY/XFLAG/CYCLIC/WTMASS/NDVTOT/DMIGFN/G/GFL $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
UG
KELM
KDICT
ECT
EQEXIN
GPECT
PG
UADJ
QG
AGGZT
BGPDT
LAMA
964
GPFDR
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
FOL
TOL
OLF
CSTM
VELEM
PTELEM
QMG
NFDICT
FENL
MELM
MDICT
BELM
GEI
BDICT
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to DMIG Bulk Data entries.
F2J
Matrix of strain energy on DMIG Bulk Data entries referenced by the K2GG Case
Control command. Must be qualified by qualifier named by DMIGFN.
VG
Velocity matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future
enhancement).
AG
Acceleration matrix in g-set for transient analysis (unused and reserved for a future
enhancement).
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. Also contains SET1
and MONITOR point entries.
UADJ
AGGZT
Main Index
ONRGY1
OELSS1
OGPFB1
OELSW1
OEKE1
OELSM1
GPFDR 965
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
OEDE1
OELSD1
OELQS1
OELQW1
OELQM1
OELQD1
OPACC1
Parameters:
APP
Linear statics.
'REIG'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'NLST'
Nonlinear static.
TINY
XFLAG
0.5* [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] [ ue ]t [ pt ]
1
0.5* ( [ ue ]t [ ke ] [ ue ] [ ue ]t [ pt ] )
Main Index
CYCLIC
WTMASS
NDVTOT
DMIGFN
966
GPFDR
Computes grid point forces and element strain energy
GFL
Remarks:
1. GPFDR creates the grid point force balance table for a user-selected set of points. This table lists
the forces acting at each selected point due to element constraints, single-point constraints, and
applied loads. Also listed is the sum total of these forces which represents the balance in an
opposite direction due to multipoint constraints, general elements, round-off errors, and other
nonlisted sources. Subtotals for element sets and element types are also provided.
2. GPFDR creates the element strain energy table for a user-selected set of elements. These selected
elements are listed by type with their strain energy, percent of total strain energy with respect to
all elements and strain energy density. The strain energy is computed by one of the following
equations:
If XFLAG=0 (default):
1
T
W e = --- { F e } { u e }
2
(4-27)
If XFLAG=1:
1 1
T
i
W e = --- { u e } { K e } { u e }
2
(4-28)
Main Index
GPJAC 967
Checks element Jacobians
GPJAC
GPJAC
ECT,BGPDT//S,N,JACDET $
ECT
BGPDT
None.
Parameter:
JACDET
Remark:
By default the run will terminate if bad Jacobians are detected. If system cell 213 is equal to 1 then the
run will not terminate.
Main Index
968
GPSP
Performs auto-SPC operation
GPSP
GPSP
KNN KMM
,
,USET0,SIL,GPL,YS0,GEOM4,EQEXIN,
KGG RMG
CASECC,GPSPRT0/
USET,YS,BD3X3,RMG1,GPSPRT/
S,N,NOSSET/AUTOSPC/PRGPST/SPCGEN/EPZERO/ACON/
S,N,SING/EPPRT/S,N,NOSET/S,N,NGERR/MPCMETH/
NSKIP/S,N,DONSET/RESID/S,N,NNEWS/S,N,NNEWM $
KNN
KGG
KMM
RMG
USET0
SIL
GPL
YS0
GEOM4
EQEXIN
CASECC
GPSPRT0
Main Index
USET
YS
GPSP 969
Performs auto-SPC operation
Main Index
BD3X3
3x3 diagonal strip for boundary degrees-of-freedom from KGG for parallel
domain decomposition.
RMG1
Updated RMG matrix when MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case
Control command.
GPSPRT
Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when the MPC
option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control command and
DONSET=0.
970
GPSP
Performs auto-SPC operation
Parameters:
NOSSET
AUTOSPC
PRGPST
SPCGEN
Input-integer-default=0. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then
singularities identified by this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC
Bulk Data entries.
EPZERO
ACON
SING
EPPRT
NOSET
NGERR
MPCMETH
NSKIP
DONSET
RESID
Main Index
-1
GPSP 971
Performs auto-SPC operation
NNEWS
NNEWM
Remarks:
USET0,KGG/KMM,,,/'G'/'M'/'N' $
USET0,GM,KGG,,,/KNN,,, $
KNN,KMM,...
...S,N,NGERR/'KMM' $
If KMM is purged then some singular rotational independent degrees-of-freedom may not be
identified unless all rotations at a given point are independent.
3. If GPSP is executed before MCE1 and MCE2 then KGG and RMG should be specified. Also, the
default for MPCMETH should be used.
GPSP
KGG,RMG,...
If RMG is purged then singular independent degrees-of-freedom connected to multipoint
constraints or rigid elements will not be identified or constrained.
4. ACON should be set to -1 if processing a superelement.
Main Index
972
GPSTR1
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors
GPSTR1
Computes element to grid point interpolation factors for grid point stress computations.
Format
:
GPSTR1
POSTCDB,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,ELSET,ESTNL,UNUSED7,CASECC/
EGPSF/
S,N,NOEGPSF $
POSTCDB
BGPDT
EST
CSTM
ELSET
ESTNL
UNUSED7
CASECC
EGPSF
Parameter:
NOEGPSF
Remark:
Main Index
GPSTR2 973
Computes grid point stresses or strains
GPSTR2
Computes grid point stresses or strains interpolated from element centroid stresses or strains.
Format:
GPSTR2
CASECC,EGPSF,BGPDT,OES1,OESNLXR/
OGS1,EGPSTR/
S,N,NOOGS1/S,N,NOEGPSTR/APP/NLSTRAIN/GPSOPT $
CASECC
EGPSF
BGPDT
OES1
OESNLXR
Table of nonlinear element stresses in SORT1 format and appended for all subcases.
OGS1
EGPSTR
Table of grid point stresses or strains for post-processing in the DBC module.
Parameters:
NOOGS1
NOEGPSTR
APP
Statics
'REIGEN'
Normal modes
'TRANRESP'
Transient response
NLSTRAIN
GPSOPT
Main Index
Description
974
GPSTR2
Computes grid point stresses or strains
Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for
direct stress/strain for volume
Set device code bit in OGS1's Id record to indicate plot only for
principal stress/strain for volume
Remarks:
Main Index
GPSTRPBX 975
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
GPSTRPBX Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross
Section.
Performs grid point stress recovery for Arbitrary Beam Cross Section.
Format:
GPSTRPBX
OEF1,EPT,PBRMS,PBRMSD,COELEM,EST/
OGS1AB,OES1AB/
S,N,IRECPBR/S,N,KSTATN/S,N,OP2AB $
OEF1
EPT
PBRMS
PBRMSD
COELEM
EST
OGS1AB
OES1AB
Parameters:
Main Index
IRECPBR
KSTATN
OP2AB
976
GPWG
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
GPWG
Computes the center of mass of the structure relative to a given point and the principal inertias about the
center of gravity.
Format:
GPWG
BGPDT,CSTM,UNUSED3,MGG,MEDGE,UNUSED6/
OGPWG/
GRDPNT/WTMASS/ALTSHAPE/SEID $
BGPDT
CSTM
UNUSED3
MGG
MEDGE
UNUSED6
OGPWG
Parameters:
GRDPNT
WTMASS
ALTSHAPE
SEID
Method:
The Grid Point Weight Generator (GPWG) module calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias
of the general mathematical model of the structure. The data are extracted from the [ M gg ] matrix by
Main Index
GPWG 977
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
using a rigid body transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate
displacements resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center of
gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving each of the the three
masses its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using the directional
mass effects. The axes about which the inertial terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these
axes are those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the
term "center of gravity." If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses. the three
masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia terms
will intersect at the center of gravity.
The actual computation proceeds in four parts:
T
1. Computation of the [ D ] matrix: six vectors are formed that will describe the six motions about
the reference point. The matrix [ D ] is formed from the vectors that describe rigid body
displacements in global coordinates in terms of the six unit displacements and rotations in basic
coordinates at the reference point
[ ug ] = [ D ] [ uo ] (reference point)
(4-29)
Method of Generation
Each grid point is considered in order. If it is a scalar point, zero is stored in each of the six
columns of [ D ] . If it is a grid point,
r1
{ ri } = { Ri } { Ro } = r2
r3
(4-30)
is computer where { R i } is the basic coordinate of the i-th grid point given in the BGPDT table
and { R o } is the location of the reference point.
The transformation matrix to the grid point
r3 r2
[ Tr ] = r3 0
r1
(4-31)
r2 r1 0
is formed. GPWG calculates the 3x3 transformation matrix [ T i ] from the global coordinates to
basic coordinates for the grid point. The matrix
Main Index
978
GPWG
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
Ti Ti Tr
[d] =
(4-32)
0 Ti
is computed. The rows of [ d ] form the columns of [ D ] . The matrix [ D ] is generated a column
at a time and packed out onto a scratch file.
T
2. If all points were scalar point, GPWG returns; otherwise, form [ D ] from [ D ] .
3. [ M o ] is computed
T
[ M 0 ] = [ D ] [ M gg ] [ D ]
(4-33)
tr
[ Mo ] M M
rt
r
M M
(4-34)
( M ij )
(4-35)
and
t 2
( M ij ) where i j
(4-36)
[ S ] = [ { e 1 }, { e 2 }, { e 3 } ]
The
[ S ] matrix is output. [ Mt ] ,
T
tr
tr
[M ] = [S] [M ][S]
[M ] = [S] [M ][S]
[M ] = [S] [M ][S]
Main Index
(4-37)
r
tr
(4-38)
(4-39)
(4-40)
GPWG 979
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
The following terms, defined in the principal axis system { e 1 } , { e 2 } , and { e 3 } , are calculated
and output. The mass terms are
t
M x = M 11
(4-41)
M y = M 22
(4-42)
M z = M 33
(4-43)
tr
tr
M 11
M 13
M 12
X x = --------, Y x = -----------, Z x = -------Mx
Mx
Mx
tr
tr
tr
M 23
M 22
M 21
X y = --------, Y y = --------, Z y = -----------My
My
My
tr
(4-44)
tr
(4-45)
tr
M 32
M 31
M 33
X z = -----------, Y z = --------, Z z = -------Mz
Mz
Mz
(4-46)
The inertias at the center of gravity relative to the principal mass axis are determined from
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
I 11 = M 11 M y Z y M z Y z
I 12 = I 21 = M 12 M z X z Y z
I 13 = I 31 = M 13 M y X y Z y
I 22 = M 22 M z X y M x Z x
I 22 = M 22 M z X z M x Z x
r
I 32 = I 23 = M 23 M x Y x Z x
2
I 33 = M 33 M x Y x M y X y
Main Index
(4-47)
(4-48)
(4-49)
(4-50)
(4-51)
(4-52)
(4-53)
980
GPWG
Computes center of mass of structure relative to a given point
For principal inertias, eigenvalues and eigenvectors are found such that
P
I 11 0
= [ Q ] [ I ] [ Q ]
T
0 I 22 0
(4-54)
0 I 33
where [ I ] is the same as [ I ] with sizes of the off-diagonal terms reversed. [ Q ] contains the
P
normalized eigenvectors (with the directions of the principal inertias), and the I ii are the
eigenvalues. The matrices [ S ] and [ Q ] are actually coordinate rotation matrices and show the
directions of the principal masses and inertias.
Remarks:
1. BGPDT and OGPWG cannot be purged. If MGG is purged or null, GPWG will return. CSTM
must be present if coordinate systems are used to define the location of one or more grid points.
MEDGE must be present if p-elements are present.
2. GPWG is identical to Option 7 in the VECPLOT module.
3. GPWG calculates the masses, centers of gravity, and inertias of the general mathematical model
of the structure. The data are extracted from the [Mgg] matrix by using a rigid body
transformation calculation. The transformation is defined by the global coordinate displacements
resulting from unit translations and rotations of the whole body about a reference point.
4. Because of the scalar mass effects, the total mass may have directional properties, and the center
of gravity may not be a unique location. This effect is shown in the output by giving for each of
the three masses, its own direction and center of gravity. The inertia terms are calculated by using
the directional mass effects.
The axes about which the inertia terms are calculated may not intersect. However, these axes are
those which provide uncoupled rotation and translation effects. This is the significance of the term
"center of gravity". If the structural model has been constructed using only real masses, the three
masses printed out will be equal, the center of gravity will be unique, and the axes of the inertia
terms will intersect at the center of gravity.
Main Index
GUST 981
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
GUST
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis that are associated with aerodynamic flow.
Format:
GUST
CASECC,DLT,FRL,DIT,QHJL,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,ACPT,
CSTMA,PHF,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PHF1,WJ,QHJK,PFP/
S,N,NOGUST/BOV/MACH/Q $
CASECC
DLT
FRL
DIT
QHJL
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
ACPT
CSTMA
PHF
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
Main Index
PHF1
Frequency response load matrix in the h-set (modal) combined with gust
loads.
WJ
Gust matrix.
982
GUST
Computes loads for aerodynamic analysis
QHJK
PFP
Frequency response load matrix in the p-set combined with gust loads.
Parameters:
NOGUST
BOV
MACH
Remarks:
Main Index
GUSTLDW 983
Computes downwash load due to gust
GUSTLDW
GUSTLDW
EDT,AERO,CSTMA,MKLIST,AEBGPDT*,SKJ,LAJJT,UAJJT/
QKGUST*/
GUST2ID/S,N,QKGUSTL $
EDT
AERO
CSTMA
MKLIST
AEBGPDT*
SKJ
Integration matrix.
LAJJT
UAJJT
QKGUST*
Parameters:
GUST2ID
QKGUSTL
Main Index
984
GYROLD
Compute the gyroscopic static loads.
GYROLD
Format:
GYROLD
CASECC,CSTM,BGPDT,SLT,KGGG*/
PJR,UNUSED/
GYLDOPT/LOADID/RFORSCAL/RACCSCAL $
CASECC
CSTM
BGPDT
SLT
KGGG*
PJR
Gyroscopic static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and
applied to its interior points only.
UNUSED
Parameters:
GYLDOPT
Compute the coriolis matrix for dynamic analysis with static subcase
(rotordynamics in rotating coordinates).
LOADID
RFORSCAL
RACCSCAL
Remark:
Determine in which subcases RGYRO and RFORCE are referenced and then make a kvector for
each subcase from the entries KGGG and the rotation vector from the RFORCE entry.
Main Index
IFP 985
Reads Bulk Data Section
IFP
Reads in the Bulk Data and outputs the finite element model in table form.
Format:
IFP
BULK/
GEOM1,EPT,MPT,EDT,DIT,DYNAMIC,GEOM2,
GEOM3,GEOM4,EPTA,PCOMPT,MATPOOL,AXIC,PVT,DMI,
DMINDX,DTI,DTINDX,DEFUSET,EDOM,DEQATN,DEQIND,
CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED25/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/
S,N,RUNIFP5/S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/
S,N,RUNIFP9/SEID/S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10/
S,N,RUNIFBS2 $
BULK
Main Index
GEOM1
EPT
MPT
EDT
DIT
DYNAMICS
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GEOM4
EPTA
UNUSED11
MATPOOL
986
IFP
Reads Bulk Data Section
AXIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to conical shell, hydroelastic, and
acoustic cavity analysis.
PVT
Table containing parameter values from PARAM Bulk Data entry images.
DMI
DMINDX
DTI
DTlNDX
DEFUSET
EDOM
DEQATN
DEQIND
CONTACT
OINT
UNUSED25
Parameters:
NOGOIFP
RUNIFPi
SEID
RUNMEPT
RUNIFBS2
Remarks:
1. IFP does not stop on error detection, therefore, the DMAP sequence must contain a statement to
terminate the run. For example,
IF (NOGOIFP) EXIT$
2. IFP must appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence after the IFP1 and XSORT modules and
before any other module.
Example:
Read the Bulk Data Section and update applicable records for acoustic, hydroelastic, hyperelastic,
composite beam and shell, axisymmetric, and beam library analyses.
IFP
Main Index
iBULK/
IFP 987
Reads Bulk Data Section
GEOM1.0,EPT.0,MPT.0,IEDT,IDIT,IDYNAMIC,
GEOM2.0,GEOM3.0,GEOM4.0,EPTA,IPCOMPT.0,
MTPOL.0,IAXIC,IPVT,IDMI,IDMINDX,IDTI,IDTINDX,
DEFUSET,IEDOM,IDEQATN,IDEQIND,CONTACT,OINT,UNUSED2/
S,N,NOGOIFP/S,N,RUNIFP3/S,N,RUNIFP4/S,N,RUNIFP5/
S,N,RUNIFP6/S,N,RUNIFP7/S,N,RUNIFP8/S,N,RUNIFP9//
S,N,RUNMEPT/S,N,RUNIFP10 $
$
PVT
IPVT,iCASECC/ $ RESOLVE PARAMETER VALUES SET IN CASE CONTROL
$
IF ( RUNIFP3 ) THEN $
IFP3
IAXIC/GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM3,GEOM4.3/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
GEOM1.0/GEOM1.3/-1 $
EQUIVX
GEOM2.0/GEOM2.3/-1 $
EQUIVX
GEOM3.0/iGEOM3 /-1 $
V
V.0/GEOM4.3/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IF ( RUNIFP4 ) THEN $
IFP4
IAXIC,GEOM1.3,GEOM2.3,GEOM4.3,MTPOL.0/
GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4,IGEOM4,IMATPOOL/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
GEOM1.3 /GEOM1.4/-1 $
EQUIVX
V2.3 /GEOM2.4/-1 $
EQUIVX
V4.3 /iGEOM4 /-1 $
EQUIVX
MTPOL.0/IMATPOOL/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IF ( RUNIFP5 ) THEN $
IFP5
IAXIC,GEOM1.4,GEOM2.4/IGEOM1.5,IV2.5/
S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
GEOM1.4/iGEOM1.5/-1 $
EQUIVX
GEOM2.4/iGEOM2.5/-1 $
ENDIF $
$
IF ( RUNIFP8 ) THEN $
IFP8
MPT.0,IDIT/MPT.8/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
ELSE $
EQUIVX
MPT.0/MPT.8/-1 $
Main Index
988
IFP1
Reads Case Control Section
IFP1
IFP1
/CASECC,PCDB,XYCDB,POSTCDB,FORCE,MMCDB/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC/S,N,BEGSUP/STEPPR $
CASECC
PCDB
XYCDB
POSTCDB
FORCE
MMCDB
Parameter:
NOGOIFP1
LASTCC
BEGSUP
STEPRR
QKGUSTL
Remarks:
1. IFP1 does not stop if an error is detected in the Case Control Section; therefore, the following
statement should appear after the module:
Main Index
IFP1 989
Reads Case Control Section
IF (NOGOIFP1) EXIT $
2. IFP1 may be executed only once and should appear at the beginning of the DMAP sequence
before any other module.
Example:
Read multiple Case Control Sections in a loop. Each Case Control Section is prefaced with the
AUXCASE and AUXMODEL commands. The outputs from IFP1 are to be qualified on auxiliary model
identification number.
DO WHILE ( LASTCC<>2 ) $
IFP1
/XCASECC,XPCDB,XXYCDB,XPOSTCDB,XFORCE/
S,N,NOGOIFP1/S,N,LASTCC $
PARAML
XCASECC//'DTI'/1/258//S,N,AUXMID $
EQUIVX
XCASECC/CASEXX/-1 $
EQUIVX
XPCDB/PCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX
XXYCDB/XYCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX
XPOSTCDB/POSTCDB/-1 $
EQUIVX
XFORCE/FORCE/-1 $
ENDDO $
Main Index
990
IFP3
Modifies Bulk Data entry records
IFP3
Modifies Bulk Data entry records related to axisymmetric conical shell analysis.
Format:
IFP3
AXIC/GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM3X,GEOM4X/S,N,NOGOIFP3 $
AXIC
GEOM1X
GEOM2X
GEOM3X
GEOM4X
Parameter:
NOGOIFP3
Remarks:
1. IFP3 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP3 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
2. IFP3 must appear after the IFP1 and before the IFP4 modules.
3. The axisymmetric Bulk Data entry records modified by IFP3 are:
Bulk Data
Entry Record
Main Index
Output Records
AXIC
None
None
CCONEAX
CCONE
GEOM2
FORCEAX
FORCE
GEOM3
MOMAX
MOMENT
GEOM3
IFP3 991
Modifies Bulk Data entry records
Bulk Data
Entry Record
Output Records
MPCAX
MPC
GEOM4
OMITAX
OMIT
GEOM4
POINTAX
MPC
GEOM4
GRID
GEOM1
PRESAX
PLOAD
GEOM3
RINGAX
SPC
GEOM4
GRID
GEOM1
MPC
GEOM4
GRID
GEOM1
SPCAX
SPC
GEOM4
SUPAX
SUPORT
GEOM4
TEMPAX
TEMP
GEOM3
SECTAX
4. The other Bulk Data entries recognized and processed by IFP3 are:
FORCE, GRAV, LOAD, MOMENT, TEMPD, TEMP, GRID,
MPCADD, OMIT, SEQGP, SPC, SPCADD, and SUPORT
Example
Main Index
992
IFP4
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP4
IFP4
AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,MATPOOL/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,GEOM4X,MATPOOLX/S,N,NOGOIFP4 $
AXIC
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
GEOM4
MATPOOL
GEOM1X
GEOM2X
GEOM4X
MATPOOLX
Parameter:
NOGOIFP4
Remarks:
1. IFP4 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP4 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module
2. IFP4 must appear after the IFP3 and before the IFP5 modules.
Main Index
IFP4 993
Processes hydroelastic-related Bulk Data entry records
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP4:
Bulk Data
Entry Record
Output Records
AXIF
None
None
BDYLIST
Various
MATPOOLX
CFLUID2
CFLUID2
GEOM2X
CFLUID3
CFLUID3
GEOM2X
CFLUID4
CFLUID4
GEOM2X
FLSYM
Various
MATPOOLX
FREEPT
SPOINT
GEOM2X
MPC
GEOM4X
CFSMASS
GEOM2X
SPC
GEOM4X
GRIDB
GRID
GEOM1X
PRESPT
SPOINT
GEOM2X
MPC
GEOM4X
GRID
GEOM1X
SEQGP
GEOM1X
DMIG
MATPOOLX
FSLIST
RINGFL
DMIAX
Example:
Main Index
994
IFP5
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
IFP5
IFP5
AXIC,GEOM1,GEOM2/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X/S,N,NOGOIFP5 $
AXIC
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
GEOM1X
GEOM2X
Parameter:
NOGOIFP5
Remarks:
1. IFP5 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP5 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. IFP5 must appear after the IFP4 and before the IFP6 modules.
3. The following is a list of Bulk Data entry records generated or modified by IFP5:
Input Record
Main Index
Output Record
AXSLOT
AXIC
None
None
CAXIF2
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
CAXIF3
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
IFP5 995
Process acoustic cavity-related Bulk Data entry records
Input Record
Output Record
CSLOT3
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
CSLOT4
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
CAXIF4
GEOM2
PLOTEL
GEOM2X
GRIDF
AXIC
GRID
GEOM1X
GRIDS
AXIC
GRID
GEOM1X
SLBDY
AXIC
CELAS2
GEOM2X
Example:
Main Index
996
IFP6
Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
IFP6
Create PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PCOMP and MAT8 bulk data
entry records.
Format:
IFP6
EPT,MPT,DIT,PCOMPT/
EPTC,MPTC,PCOMPTC/
S,N,NOGOIFP6/S,N,NOCOMP/DSFLAG $
EPT
MPT
DIT
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input from the PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
EPTC
MPTC
PCOMPTC
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the
PCOMP Bulk Data entry.
Parameter:
Main Index
NOGOIFP6
NOCOMP
DSFLAG
IFP6 997
Creates PSHELL and MAT2 Bulk Data entry records
Remarks:
1. IFP6 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP6 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. IFP6 must appear after the IFP and before the IFP7 modules.
Example:
Main Index
998
IFP7
Creates PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP7
Create PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBCOMP Bulk Data entry records.
Format:
IFP7
GEOM2,EPT,MPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP7 $
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
EPT
MPT
DIT
EPTX
Parameter:
NOGOIFP7
Remarks:
1. IFP7 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP7 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. IFP7 must appear after the IFP6 and before the IFP8 modules.
Example:
Main Index
IFP8 999
Creates MATHP Bulk Data entry records
IFP8
Create MATHP Bulk Data entry records based upon data on the TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records for
use in hyperelastic analysis.
Format:
IFP8
MPT,DIT/MPTX/S,N,NOGOIFP8 $
MPT
DIT
MPTX
Parameter:
NOGOIFP8
Remarks:
1. IFP8 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP8 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. IFP8 must appear after the IFP4 and before the IFP9 modules.
3. IFP8 modifies the MATHP Bulk Data entry records using least squares fitting of experimental
data referenced on TABLES1 Bulk Data entry records to analytically obtained solutions.
Example:
Main Index
1000
IFP9
Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
IFP9
Create PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records based upon data on PBARL and PBEAML Bulk Data
entry records.
Format:
IFP9
EPT,GEOM1,EDT,GEOM2/EPTX,PBRMS/S,N,NOGOIFP9/
ARBMPS/ARBMFEM $
EPT
GEOM1
EDT
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
EPTX
PBRMS
Parameter:
NOGOIFP9
ARBMPS
Input-logical-default-FALSE.
ARBMFEM
Input-logical-default-FALSE.
Remarks:
1. IFP9 does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOIFP9 should
be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. IFP9 must appear after the IFP modules.
Main Index
IFP9 1001
Creates PBAR and PBEAM Bulk Data entry records
Example:
Main Index
1002
IFP10
Converts IFP tables for topology optimization
IFP10
Construct new GEOM2, EPT, and MPT tables based upon data supplied by the TOPVAR
entry for topology optimization.
Format:
IFP10
GEOM2,EPT,MPT,EDOM/
GEOM2T,EPTT,MPTT,TOPTAB,TOPELE/
S,N,NOGOIF10 $
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar
points.
EPT
MPT
EDOM
GEOM2T
EPTT
MPTT
TOPTAB
TOPELE
Parameter:
NOGOIF10
Main Index
IFPINDX 1003
Creates an IFP table index keyed by identification number
IFPINDX
IFPINDX
/IFPDB $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
IFPDB
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
Main Index
1004
IFPBSH2
Check PBUSH2D references for TABLED5 and DEQATN entries
IFPBSH2
IFPBSH2
EPT,DIT,DEQATN,DEQIND//S,N,NOGOIFB2 $
EPT
DIT
DEQATN
DEQIND
None
Parameters:
NOGOIFB2
Main Index
IFT 1005
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
IFT
Performs an inverse Fourier transform to convert the frequency response solution matrix to the time
domain.
Format:
IFT
UXF,CASECC,TRL,FOL/
UXT,TOL/
IFTM $
UXF
CASECC
TRL
FOL
UXT
TOL
Parameters:
IFTM
0
1
2
Constant
Piecewise linear (default)
Cubic spline
Purpose:
The purpose of this module is to obtain solutions versus time for frequency response for which the forces
are only known as functions of frequency.
The definition of the inverse transform is
Main Index
1006
IFT
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
1
it
u i ( t ) = --- Re [ u i ( )e ]d
(4-55)
where u ( ) is considered to be a known input (frequency response, and u ( t ) is the output (time
response). Several approximations will be used for evaluation of (4-55). A special algorithm is to be used
for equal s, which can result in savings of computation times. A special algorithm will be introduced
to provide for a cubic spline fit for u ( ) between the data points.
Method:
General Approach. The integral will be expressed as a finite sum. The input data block UXF has
one row for each mode, and a column (complex) for each frequency. The output UXT will have the same
number of rows, but with these columns for each time step. Frequencies and times have been selected via
standard FREQi and TSTEP Bulk Data entries. Each row of the input matrix is transformed into a row
of the output.
The basic sume is given by
NFREQ
1
u i ( t m ) = --
i t
Re [ { C mn u i ( n ) + D mn u i ( n ) }e n m ]
(4-56)
n=1
NFREQ
1
u i ( t m ) = --
Re [ i n { C mn u i ( n ) + D mn u i ( n ) }e
i n t m
(4-57)
n=1
NFREQ
1
ui ( t m ) = --
2
Re [ n { C mn u i ( n ) }e
i n t m
n=1
where:
m
n
Main Index
= 1, 2,...,NTIME
= 2 f n ( f = frequency )
u i ( n )
= the complex quantity in the i-th row and the n-th column of UHVF.
ui ( n )
(4-58)
IFT 1007
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
u i ( t n )
Re = "Real part of." Note: for efficiency ReCu = ReCu Reu Imc Imu
n n 1
n + 1 n
C mn = -------------------------- E 2 ( it m ( n n 1 ) ) + -------------------------- E 2 ( + it m ( n + 1 n ) )
2
2
3
D mn
(4-59)
( n + 1 n )
( n n 1 )
- G ( it m ( n n 1 ) ) ---------------------------------- G ( n + 1 n )
= -------------------------------24
24
(4-60)
( n n 1 ) ( 2 1 ) < 10 ( 2 1 )
then the special equal frequency intervals methods are to be used. Otherwise, the general case will be
assumed. In the sum, the following assuptions can be made
General
Equal , t
Parameter
IFTM
0
1
E 2 = 1 (for first if
E 2 = 1 ( 1 2 first, last
= 0, E 2 = 1 2 ).
D mn = 0 ).
D mn = 0
D mn = 0
C m = function of m , and
special for first, last .
2
C mn = 0
C m = (See (4-57).)
C m, D mn are functions of m ,
only. Special for first and last .
Main Index
1008
IFT
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
nm
n t m = nmt = 2 -------
N
(4-61)
C k = cos ( 2k N )
(4-62)
S k = sin ( 2k N )
Then
i n t m
= C k + iS k
(4-63)
where
k =
Mod ( nm )
N
(4-64)
i n t m
= cos ( n t m ) + i sin ( n t m )
(4-65)
1 cos
sin
-------------------------------------E 2 ( i ) =
+i
0
1 2
1 2
--
2
2
2
3 3 4 5 3 47
34 3456
G ( i ) = 2E 2 ( i ) E 4 ( i )
3
(4-69)
- + ----------.5 - +
- + ------------------------ + + i
--- ----------------= 1 -------- < 0
56 5678
5 5 6 7 59
Main Index
(4-67)
(4-68)
---------24
24
2
(4-66)
(4-70)
IFT 1009
Performs an inverse Fourier transform
0 = 0.1 . The alternating series is continued until the last term computed is less than 10
When IFTM = 2, a spline fit must be made to solve for u . This will be done by a backward and forward
pass over the frequencies . The same method is used for equal or unequal . On the initializing
backward pass, compute real A n ( n = NFREQ 1, , 2 ) .
N NFREQ = 0
( n n 1 )
A N = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 ( n + 1 n 1 ) ( n + 1 n )A n + 1
(4-71)
For each row, do a backward and forward pass. The B n and u ( n ) can be stored in the same locations.
B NFREQ = 0
BN
u n + 1 u n u n u n 1
6 ------------------------- ------------------------- ( n + 1 n )A n + 1 B n + 1
n + 1 n n n 1
= --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------n n 1
(4-72)
n = ( NFREQ 1 ), , 3, 2
(real and imaginary)
The forward pass:
u 2 u 1
6 ------------------- ( 2 1 )A 2 B 2
2 1
u ( n ) = A n ( B n u n 1 )
Main Index
(4-73)
1010
ILMP1
Creates unit displacement matrix
ILMP1
Creates a unit displacement matrix on those DOFs that contribute to the monitored components. This
matrix will be G-set size rows by contributed DOF in columns. Also creates a CASECC table associated
with the columns of the unit displacement matrix and the g-set size column partitoning vector that mark
the contributing DOF's.
Format:
ILMP1
EST,BGPDT,EDT,EDT0/
CASEUNIT,UNITDISP,UNITPV,EDTM/
S,N,NCOLUNIT $
EST
BGPDT
EDT
EDT0
CASEUNIT
UNITDISP
UNITPV
Partitioning vector (g-set) with 1.0 at each grid where a unit displacement is
requested. (All 6 degrees-of-freedom will be assumed to contribute).
EDTM
Parameters:
NCOLUNIT
Main Index
ILMP2 1011
Creates output transformation matrix
ILMP2
Creates the output transformation matrix for a particular OFP table type.
Format:
ILMP2
EDT,OFP12,OFP22,OFP32/
OTMT,RLABEL/
NCOLMNP2 $
EDT
OFPi2
OTMT
RLABEL
Parameters:
NCOLMNP2
Main Index
1012
ILMPGPF
ILMPGPF
Filters the grid point force output table according to the MONPNT3 entries down to a single monitor
point.
Format:
ILMPGPF
MP3GPF,EDT,BGPDT,CSTM,OGPFB1/
GPFMAT/
NDDLNAME $
MP3GPF
EDT
BGPDT
CSTM
OGPFB1
GPFMAT
Matrix of monitor point force data where each column is a subcase and each
row is one component of the monitored forces.
Parameter:
NDDLNAME
Main Index
INDXBULK 1013
Indexes the Bulk Data table
INDXBULK
INDXBULK
BULK/BULKINDX $
BULK
BULKINDX
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
Main Index
1014
INPUTT2
Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT2
Recovers up to five tables or matrices from a FORTRAN unit. This unit may have been written either by
a FORTRAN program or by the companion module OUTPUT2.
Format:
INPUTT2
/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/
S,N,HNAME1/S,N,HNAME2/S,N,HNAME3/S,N,HNAME4/
S,N,HNAME5/S,N,DBKNT/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5 $
DBi
Main Index
INPUTT2 1015
Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
Parameters:
ITAPE
ITAPE Value
Action
+n
-1 or -11
-3 or -13
-5 or -15
-6 or -16
-7 or -17
-8 or -18
IUNIT
LABL
ITAPE Value
Main Index
+n
NO
NO
-1
YES
-3
YES
-5
YES
-6
YES
1016
INPUTT2
Input tables of matrices from a FORTRAN unit
ITAPE Value
-7
YES
-8
YES
-11
NO
-13
NO
-15
NO
-16
NO
-17
NO
-18
NO
HNAMEi
Output-character-default='
on the Fortran unit.
DBKNT
NDDLNAMi
Remarks:
1. Any or all of the output data blocks may be purged. Only nonpurged data blocks will be taken
from the tape. The data blocks will be taken sequentially from the tape starting from a position
determined by the value of the first parameter. Note that the output data block sequence A,B,,, is
the same as ,A,,B, or ,,,A,B.
2. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Certain
FORTRAN units are reserved, see Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014
Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units.
3. Data blocks will be read from the FORTRAN unit in either binary or neutral format, depending
upon the FORM option of the ASSIGN FMS statement. If no ASSIGN FMS statement is
specified, then binary input is assumed.
4. The format of the FORTRAN binary file is given in the OUTPUT2 description
5. Factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13 and 15) cannot be processed by INPUTT2.
Main Index
INPUTT4 1017
Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
INPUTT4
Reads an ASCII or binary file from a FORTRAN unit and creates a matrix suitable for input to other
modules. OUTPUT4 module output may also be used as input.
Format:
INPUTT4
/M1,M2,M3,M4,M5/NMAT/IUNIT/ITAPE/UNUSED4/BIGMAT $
Mi
Matrices
Parameters:
NMAT
IUNIT
ITAPE
ITAPE
Action
None.
-1
-2
-3
Both.
UNUSED4
Input-integer-default=1. Unused.
BIGMAT
Remarks:
1. Each matrix is read from IUNIT according to its ASSIGN FMS statement, and the BIGMAT as
shown in the remarks of the OUTPUT4 description.
Main Index
1018
INPUTT4
Inputs a matrix from a FORTRAN unit
2. Each real or complex matrix must have been written on IUNIT according to the format below.
For example, in the nonsparse format and binary format (ASSIGN FORM=UNFORMATTED),
WRITE(8,100) NCOL,NROW,NF,NTYPE
FORMAT(4I8)
WRITE(8,200) ICOL,IROW,NW,(X(I),I=1,NW)
200
FORMAT(3I8,(1P,5E16.9))
The format for X(I) above must be (1P,rEw.d),
where d is the number of digits in the fractional part, w must be greater than d+7, and r is the
integer part of 80/w.
The MSC Nastran "util" directory contains a utility subroutine called MAKIDS in a file called
mattst.f (or .for) which will write a matrix into the format suitable for INPUTT4. See Building
and Using MATTST (p. 240) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and Operations Guide.
Zero terms must be explicitly present from the first nonzero in any column to the last nonzero
term unless the sparse matrix option is used.
Null columns need not be input (they will be properly handled if they are input).
3. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a
proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent. If the ASSIGN statement is not provided, then the
format of the matrices on IUNIT is assumed to be nonsparse and binary. The ASCII format
requires an ASSIGN FMS statement with the FORM = FORMATTED option. Certain
FORTRAN units are reserved, see Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014
Installation and Operations Guide for a listing of reserved FORTRAN units.
4. The memory required is from the first nonzero entry in the column to the last nonzero entry.
5. Factor matrices from DECOMP and DCMP (matrix forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be
processed by INPUTT4.
Main Index
INTERR 1019
Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum
INTERR
INTERR
CASECC,DIT,DYNAMIC,ZETAH,FN,SPECSEL,PSI/
UHR/
CLOSE/OPTION $
CASECC
DIT
DYNAMIC
ZETAH
Mass-normalized damping.
FN
SPECSEL
PSI
UHR
Parameters:
CLOSE
OPTION
Main Index
Absolute.
'SRSS'
'NRL'
'NRLO'
1020
INTERR
Generates modal components of base motion from a response spectrum
Remark:
Main Index
ISHELL 1021
Invokes an external program
ISHELL
ISHELL
//PRGNAME/S,N,IRTN/NOINT/NOREAL/NOCMPX/NOCHAR/
NOUNIT/INT1 /INT2 /INT3 /INT4 /
REAL1/REAL2/REAL3/REAL4/
CMPX1/CMPX2/CMPX3/CMPX4/
CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4/
IUNIT1/IUNIT2/IUNIT3/IUNIT4
$
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
PRGNAME
IRTN
NOINT
NOREAL
NOCMPX
NOCHAR
NOUNIT
INTi
REALi
CMPXi
CHARi
IUNITi
1022
ISHELL
Invokes an external program
Remarks:
1. The external program identified by PRGNAME will be passed arguments from MSC Nastran as
specified by the ISHELL parameters. The external program can be either a shell script or an
executable program. It can either mimic an internal module or provide any user-defined
functionality that requires access to MSC Nastran's data structures.
2. MSC Nastran remains in a "wait" state until the external program is completed.
3. OUTPUT2, OUTPUT4, INPUTT2 and INPUTT4 modules are required to pass tables and/or
matrices into the external program.
4. The name of external program must be uppercase and limited to 8 characters.
5. The unit numbers must have associated ASSIGN statements. Based on the ASSIGN statements,
the module will automatically pass the physical filenames associated with unit numbers to the
external program. These filenames are passed at the positions 31 through 34.
6. Errors encountered in ISHELL will not terminate the MSC Nastran execution. To help debug
errors in ISHELL, diagnostic messages may be requested on the nastran command line with
"symbol=MSCBGN=ishelln"; where n can be integer value 1 to 9 with 1 giving the lowest level
of verboseness and 9 giving the highest.
7. IRTN=-1 indicates a failure during invocation of PRGNAME. It is not related to errors
encountered within the invoked script or executable. For example, PRGNAME cannot be found
or does not have execute permission.
8. You will need a utility program to parse the arguments for your external program. For example,
use set -A argarray "$@" or a similar technique.
9. The FORTIO module must be used with ISHELL to OPEN and CLOSE FORTRAN units
referenced by the external program.
Example:
Main Index
LAMX 1023
Eigenvalue Table Editor
LAMX
Modifies, creates, or converts to matrices the LAMA (real eigenvalues) and CLAMA (complex
eigenvalues) tables.
Formats:
Modify LAMA:
LAMX
EMAT, LAMA/LAMAX/NLAM/RESFLG
LAMX
FREQMASS,/LAMA/NLAM/RESFLG $
LAMX
,,LAMA/LMAT/-1/RESFLG $
LAMX
CLAMMAT,/CLAMA/-1 $
LAMX
,,CLAMA/CLAMMAT/-2 $
Generate new LAMA table based on diagonals of a stiffness and mass matrix:
LAMX
KXX,MXX/LAMAX,LAMMAT/-3/RESFLG $
Main Index
EMAT
LAMA
FREQMASS
1024
LAMX
Eigenvalue Table Editor
CLAMA
CLAMMAT
KXX
MXX
LAMAX
LAMA
LMAT
CLAMMAT
LAMMAT
Parameters:
NLAM
RESFLG
1
2
0
Remarks:
1. The EMAT matrix has three rows and one column for each mode which are used to modify the
frequency and generalized mass.
Number of Modes
R 1j
R 2j
R 3j
If R 3j 0 then the frequency
Main Index
LAMX 1025
Eigenvalue Table Editor
0
j
= R ij + ( 1.0 + R 2j )f
0
j
Fixed shift:
Fractional change:
Generalized mass:
R 3j ( if R 3j > 0 )
mj = 0
m j ( if R 3 = 0 )
Then eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are based on the modified frequency and
generalized mass:
radians:
j = 2f j
eigenvalue:
j =
2
j
generalized stiffness:
Kj = j mj
modification.
2. The FREQMASS matrix has three rows and one column for each mode. The first row contains
the frequencies and the third row contains the generalized masses. The second row is null. Then
eigenvalue, radians, and generalized stiffness are computed as in Remark 3.
Number of Modes
fj
0.0
mj
Main Index
1026
LAMX
Eigenvalue Table Editor
3. In the LMAT matrix each row corresponds to a mode. Each column corresponds to eigenvalue,
radians, frequency, generalized mass, and generalized stiffness.
5
i i fi Mi ki
Number of
Modes
4. Under NLAM=-3:
a. The frequency is computed:
diag (KXX)
Freq = 0.5 Pi ---------------------------------diag (MXX)
b. KXX and MXX may be vectors.
c. If a diagonal in MXX is null then the corresponding entry in LAMA table will be null.
d. If MXX is purged then an identity matrix is assumed.
e. If KXX is purged the module returns with no output.
f. LAMAX or LAMMAT may be purged.
Examples:
Main Index
Desired Modification
none
---
multiply f 4 by 0.8
DMI,EMAT,4,2,-0.2
none
---
delete
DMI,EMAT,6,3,-1.0
replace f 7 by 173.20
DMI,EMAT,7,1,173.20,-1.0
replace m8 by 2.98
DMI,EMAT,8,3,2.98
LAMX 1027
Eigenvalue Table Editor
Mode(s)
Desired Modification
none
---
10
delete
DMI,EMAT,10,3,-1.0
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
FREQMASS,
0,
1,
2,
3,
4,
2,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1, 1,
10.0,
20.0,
30.0,
40.0,
, 3, 4
00, 1.0
0.0, 1.0
0.0, 1.0
0.0, 2.0
DMI,DMINDX/,,,,,,,,,$
FREQMASS,/LAMB $
LAMB//$
CLAMMAT,
CLAMMAT,
CLAMMAT,
CLAMMAT,
0,6,3,3, ,3,3
1,1,-1.0,-1.0
2,2, -2.0, -2.0
3,3, -3.0, +1.0
DMI,DMINDX/CLAMMAT,,,,,,,,,/$
CLAMMAT,/CLAMB/-1 $
Main Index
1028
LANCZOS
Performs real eigenvalue analysis
LANCZOS
Performs real eigenvalue analysis on real symmetric mass and stiffness matrices using the Lanczos
method for the eigensolution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also
designed and implemented to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked
computers.
Format:
LANCZOS
KGG,MGG,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,DYNAMIC,INVEC/
PHG,MI,LAMA,LAMMAT,QG,QMG/
FORMAT/NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/EPSORTH/
SID/F1/F2/NDES/MSGLVL/
MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/EPSNO/NOQG/
NOQMG $
KGG
MGG
RMG
CASECC
USET
CSTM
CASECC
EQEXIN
SIL
DYNAMIC
INVEC
Starting vector(s).
Main Index
PHG
LAMA
LAMMAT
MI
LANCZOS 1029
Performs real eigenvalue analysis
QG
QMG
Parameters:
FORMAT
NEIGV
NSKIP
FLUID
EPSORTH
Input-real-default=1.0E-10. Unused.
SID
Main Index
F1
F2
Input-real-default=0.0. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time. The
default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
NDES
MSGLVL
No output.
Summary output.
1030
LANCZOS
Performs real eigenvalue analysis
MAXSET
Input-integer-default=7. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual
value of block size may be reduced depending on available memory and problem
size.
SHFSCL
NORM
Input-character-default='
'. Method for normalizing eigenvectors. By default
(or NORM='MASS'), MASS normalization is performed. NORM='MAX' selects
normalization by maximum displacement.
EPSNO
NOQG
NOQMG
Remarks:
Main Index
LCGEN 1031
Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries
LCGEN
Expands the Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries.
Format:
LCGEN
CASECC,SLT,ETT,DYNAMIC,GEOM4/
CASESX/
NSKIP/APP $
CASECC
SLT
ETT
DYNAMIC
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics without DAREA entry
images. LCGEN reads the RLOADi and TLOADi records to determine
unique DAREA identification numbers.
GEOM4
CASESX
Parameters:
Main Index
NSKIP
APP
Not dynamics.
'FREQRESP'
1032
LCGEN
Expands Case Control table based on LSEQ Bulk Data entries
Main Index
'TRANRESP'
REIG
LMATPRT 1033
Prints combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix
LMATPRT
Prints the combined design sensitivity/constraint matrix. Applicable to Old Design Sensitivity Analysis
only.
Format:
LMATPRT
DSCMR,DSROWL,DSCOLL//
DSZERO $
DSCMR
DSROWL
Table of design sensitivity row labels for design sensitivity matrix, DSCMR.
DSCOLL
None.
Parameter:
DSZERO
Main Index
M3DCONT1
CASECC
CONTACT
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points
GEOM4
EPT
BGPDT
CSTM
MPT
DIT
HRMSP
Main Index
ACTNOD
Table of contact data, including active contact nodes and the glued contact
information
OGEOM1
OGEOM2
OFCON3D
MACOFP 1035
Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output
Parameters:
C3DFLG
Input/output-integer-no default.
As input:
C3DFLG=0; SOL 101 or SOL 400;
C3DFLG=1; Other solutions that run the glued contact.
As output:
C3DFLG=0; No contact is activated
C3DFLG=-1; Contact is activated
UNUSED1
Input-integer-default=0. Unused
UNUSED2
Input-character-default=PEID. Unused
UNUSED3
Input-integer-default=-1. Unused
MRCMSG1
MRCMSG5
MRCREVR
HEXIST
WRSTPHY
MACOFP
Creates a FORTRAN file containing selected output normally printed by the OFP module.
Format:
MACOFP
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,OFP7//
ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3 $
OFPi
None.
Main Index
1036
MACOFP
Creates FORTRAN file containing OFP module output
Parameters:
ITAPE
Main Index
-1
-2
-3
-4
IUNIT
UNUSED3
Input-character-default='XXXXXXXX'. Unused.
MAKAEFA 1037
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
MAKAEFA
Extracts data specified on the AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries that reference
UXVEC, DMIJ and DMIK Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MAKAEFA
EDT,MATPOOL,AECTRL,AEBGPDTJ*,AEBGPDTI*,AEBGPDTK*/
AEDWIDX,UXVW,AEDW,AEIDW,AEPRSIDX,UXVP,AEPRE,
AEIPRE,AEFIDX,UXVF,AEFRC/
MACHNO/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
EDT
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images containing DMIJ, DMIJI and DMIK entries.
AECTRL
AEBGPDTJ*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the js-set aerodynamic degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTI*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set aerodynamic
degrees of freedom.
AEBGPDTK*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the ks-set aerodynamic degrees of
freedom.
Main Index
AEDWIDX
UXVW
AEDW
AEIDW
AEPRSIDX
UXVP
AEPRE
Matrix of pressure vectors contained on DMIJ Bulk data entries referenced by the
AEPRESS entries.
AEIPRE
1038
MAKAEFA
Extracts data specified on AEDW, AEPRESS and AEFORCE Bulk Data entries
AEFIDX
UXVF
AEFRC
Matrix of force vectors contained on DMIK Bulk data entries referenced by the
AEFORCE entries.
Parameters:
MACH
SYMXZ
SYMXY
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MAKAEFS 1039
Generates an index and associated matrices
MAKAEFS
Generates an index and the associated matrices based on the AEFORCE Bulk Data entry with
MESH='STRUCT'.
Format:
MAKAEFS
EDT,AECRTL,SLT,PG/
AEDBIDX,UXVST,PGVST,PVPERQ/
MACH/SYMXZ/SYMXY $
EDT
AECTRL
SLT
PG
AEDBIDX
UXVST
PGVST
PVPERQ
Partitioning vector for the V columns of PGVST into those to be scaled by Q (=1)
and those that are absolute (=0).
Parameters:
MACH
SYMXZ
SYMXY
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1040
MAKAEMON
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points
MAKAEMON
Creates hinge moment (HM) monitor points and merges with previously defined monitor points if
present. Also generates a new full vehicle (COEF) monitor point.
Format:
MAKAEMON
AERO,EDT,AEMONOLD/
AEMONPT,MONITOR/
AECONFIG $
AERO
EDT
AEMONOLD
AEMONPT
MONITOR
Parameters:
AECONFIG
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
MAKCOMP 1041
Extracts components from EDT
MAKCOMP
Extract components from EDT and merge with previously defined components if OLDCMP is present.
Format:
MAKCOMP
EDT,AECOMP,AECMPOLD/
AEROCOMP
/
STRUCOMP
MESH $
Input Data Blocks:
EDT
AECOMP
AECMPOLD
AEROCOMP
STRUCOMP
Parameters:
MESH
Remarks:
None.
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1042
MAKENEW
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format
MAKENEW
Converts tables from their pre-Version 69 format to their Version 69 (or greater) format.
Format:
MAKENEW
OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5/
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5 $
OLDDBi
NEWDBi
Parameters:
OLDNAMi
Input-character-default='
'. The generic name of the corresponding output;
e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks.
NEWNAMi
Remarks:
Main Index
AXIC
BGPDT
CSTM
EPT
EQEXIN
EST
GEOM1
MAKENEW 1043
Converts tables from pre-Version 69 to Version 69 (or greater) format
GEOM2
GEOM3
GEOM4
GPDT
GPL
SIL
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in
the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications
are equivalent.
MAKENEW
GEOM1,AXIC,,,/NGEOM1,NAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKENEW
AXIC,GEOM1,,,/NAXIC,NGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. In order to create BGPDT, EST, and CSTM, MAKENEW requires multiple inputs. For example,
MAKENEW
MAKENEW
BGPDT,EQEXIN,SIL,GPL,/NBGPDT,,,,/
'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL'//'BGPDT'
EST,EQEXIN,SIL,,,/NEST,,,,/
'EST'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'///'EST' $
MAKENEW
CSTM,EQEXIN,GPL,,,/NCSTM,,,,/
'CSTM'/'EQEXIN'/'GPL'///'CSTM' $
4. The generation of the new data organization on 32 bit platforms does not increase the precisional
values of the data items.
5. Heat transfer and p-elements in EST cannot be processed by MAKENEW.
Main Index
1044
MAKEOLD
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
MAKEOLD
Converts tables from their Version 69 (or greater) format to their pre-Version 69 format.
Format:
MAKEOLD
NEWDB1,NEWDB2,NEWDB3,NEWDB4,NEWDB5/
OLDDB1,OLDDB2,OLDDB3,OLDDB4,OLDDB5/
NEWNAM1/NEWNAM2/NEWNAM3/NEWNAM4/NEWNAM5/
OLDNAM1/OLDNAM2/OLDNAM3/OLDNAM4/OLDNAM5 $
NEWDBi
OLDDBi
Parameters:
NEWNAMi
Input-character-default='
'. The generic name of the corresponding input
table; e.g., NEWNAM3 corresponds to NEWDB3, etc. See Remarks.
OLDNAMi
Input-character-default='
'. The generic name of the corresponding output;
e.g., OLDNAM3 corresponds to OLDDB3, etc. See Remarks.
Remarks:
Main Index
AXIC
BGPDT
CSTM
EPT
EQEXIN
EST
GEOM1
MAKEOLD 1045
Converts tables from Version 69 (or greater) to pre-Version 69 format
GEOM2
GEOM3
GEOM4
GPDT
GPL
SIL
2. The inputs, outputs, and parameters can be specified in any order as long as the parameters are in
the same positions as their respective inputs or outputs. For example, the following specifications
are equivalent.
MAKEOLD
GEOM1,AXIC,,,/OGEOM1,OAXIC,,,/
'GEOM1'/'AXIC'///'GEOM1'/'AXIC' $
MAKEOLD
AXIC,GEOM1,,,/OAXIC,OGEOM1,,,/
'AXIC'/'GEOM1'///'AXIC'/'GEOM1' $
3. If BGPDT is specified as input then MAKEOLD creates four tables BGPDT, EQEXIN, SIL, and
GPL. For example,
MAKEOLD
BGPDT,,,,/OBGPDT,OEQEXIN,OSIL,OGPL,/
'BGPDT'/////'BGPDT'/'EQEXIN'/'SIL'/'GPL' $
Main Index
1046
MAKETR
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
MAKETR
Generates transformation matrix to transform forces from the support point degrees-of-freedom to the
reference point.
Format:
MAKETR
AERO,CSTMA,BGPDT,USET,TRX/
TR,PRBDOFS,URDDIDX,URDDUXV,TRANTR/
AUNITS $
AERO
CSTMA
BGPDT
USET
TRX
Main Index
TR
PRBDOFS
URDDIDX
URDDUXV
UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that are nonnull. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define AESTAT,
URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for this symmetry
condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for antisymmetric analysis).
TRANTR
MAKETR 1047
Generates transformation matrix for support point degrees-of-freedom
Parameters:
AUNITS
Example:
Main Index
1048
MAKMON
Builds table of monitor points
MAKMON
MAKMON
EDT,
AEROCOMP
,
/
STRUCOMP AEROCOMP
AEMONPT
,MONDISP,MONGRP,MP3LAB,MP3GPF/
MONITOR
MKERRCHK $
EDT
AEROCOMP
STRUCOMP
AEMONPT
MONITOR
MONDISP
MONGRP
MP3LAB
MP3GPF
Parameter:
MKERRCHK
Main Index
MASSCOMB 1049
Adds family of mass matrices
MASSCOMB
Adds together a family of mass matricies controlled by the MASSET Bulk Data and CASECC
commands.
Format:
MASSCOMB
EDT,MGG*/
MGGCOMB/
MASSETID/MASSQUAL $
EDT
MGG*
MGGCOMB
Parameters:
MASSETID
MASSQUAL
Example:
PARAML
Main Index
CASECC/'SET'/1/453//S,N,MASSSET
DBVIEW MGIN=MHH WHERE(MASSID=*) $
MASSCOMB EDT,MGIN/MHH/MASSSET $
1050
MATGEN
Matrix generator
MATGEN
Matrix generator
To generate different kinds of matrices for subsequent use in other matrix operation modules.
Format:
MATGEN
T/MAT/P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13 $
MAT
Parameters:
P1
P2 through P11
P12
P13
Remarks:
The operation performed by MATGEN depends on the option selected by parameter P1. The following
sections describe the corresponding operation for each P1 parameter value.
Option P1 = 1
MATGEN
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
,/MAT/1/P2/P3/P4 $
MATGEN 1051
Matrix generator
MAT
Parameters:
P2
Order of matrix.
P3
P4
Example:
,/I10X10/1/10 $
Option P1 = 2
MATGEN
,/MAT/2/P2 $
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Parameters:
P2
Order of matrix.
This option differs from P1 = 1 in that only the trailer is generated (form = 8) and the matrix is not actually
generated. Only certain DMAP modules are prepared to accept this form (e.g., MPYAD, FBS, CEAD).
P1 = 1 is the preferred option.
Example:
Main Index
,/TI10X10/2/10 $
1052
MATGEN
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 3
MATGEN
,/DB/3/P2 $
None.
Output Data Block:
DB
Parameters:
P2
This option was primarily designed to generate data blocks of various sizes for data base testing. Each
data block contains two files; a short two-record descriptor file and a file with records that contain 100
words of zero.
Option P1 = 4
MATGEN
,/MAT/4/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Pattern matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
P2
Number of columns.
P3
Number of rows.
MATGEN 1053
Matrix generator
P4
Precision.
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
P9
P7-1
P7-1
P8-1
P8-1
P5
P5
P5
P6-1
P6-1
P6-1
P6-1
P5
P5
...
.
.
P5
P5
.
.
.
.
.
.
P3
...
.
.
P5
.
.
P2
Remark:
1. To generate a 10 x 10 diagonal matrix with the column number in each diagonal position, code:
Main Index
1054
MATGEN
Matrix generator
MATGEN
,/DIAG/4/10/10/0/1/10/1/1/10 $
2. Generate a 12x1 partitioning (Boolean) vector with a nonzero value at every third row:
MATGEN
,/ASTRIP/4 /1 /12/
/1 /3 /3 $
0
0
1
0
0
[ ASTRIP ] = 1
0
0
1
0
0
1
3. Generate a 5x5 matrix with nonzero values in its lower triangle:
MATGEN
,/LOW/4/5 /5 /
0
1
[ LOW ] = 1
1
1
0
0
2
2
2
0
0
0
3
3
/2 /1 /5 $
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
Option P1 = 5
Generate a matrix of pseudorandom numbers. The numbers span the range 0 to 1.0, with a uniform
distribution.
Format:
MATGEN
Main Index
,/MAT/5/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
MATGEN 1055
Matrix generator
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Parameters:
P2
Number of columns.
P3
Number of rows.
P4
P5
P6
Option P1 = 6
MATGEN
,/CP/6/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10 $
None.
Output Data Block:
CP
Parameters:
Main Index
P2
1056
MATGEN
Matrix generator
Remarks:
10
1. If
i=3
10
2. If
i=3
Example:
Generate a vector of 5 unit terms followed by 7 zeros followed by two unit terms:
MATGEN
,/UPART/6/14/0/5/7/2 $
Option P1 = 7
MATGEN
,/MAT/7/P2/P3/P4/P5 $
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Null matrix.
Parameters:
P2
Number of rows.
P3
Number of columns.
P4
P5
Example:
Main Index
,/N20X15/7/20/15 $
MATGEN 1057
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 8
Generate a matrix from equations based on its indices. The matrix is in single precision.
Format:
MATGEN
,/MAT/8/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Parameters:
P2
=0
P3
Number of rows.
P4
Number of columns.
P5
Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define real coefficients.
P6
P7
P8
Main Index
P5 < 0
P5 = 0
Data pairs from record 0 (data block header record) are interpreted as
defining
C ( 1 ) = ( 2 ) ( 1 ) is integer; ( 2 ) is real
P5 > 0
Number of the record in field 3 of the DTI entry used to define imaginary coefficients
D1.
P6 < 0
No coefficients defined.
P6 > 0
P7 > 0
1058
MATGEN
Matrix generator
P8 = 0
P8 0 Print coefficients lists C and D from the DTI input. (Print D list only if P6
> 0).
The equation used to determine the coefficient of the (l,J)th term of the output matrix is:
MAT (I,J) = [ C1 I + C2 J + C3 I + C4 J +
I
C5 C6 + C7 ( p, C )8 + C9 ( I + J 1 ) +
I
+ D12 D13 ]
The Ci terms are input on two DTI Bulk Data entries. The entry referenced by P5 generates the real part
of the term. The entry referenced by P6 generates the imaginary part of the term. The terms referenced
by P5 may be input using only the first physical entry of the DTI entry (P5 < 0). The coefficients are
defined by adjacent pairs of numbers on the DTI entry. The first number of the pair is an integer that
names the coefficient being defined. For example, a value of 9 means the C9 value is to follow. The
second number of a pair is a real number that defines the value of the coefficient. Zero coefficients need
not be defined.
Bulk Data Entry:
1
DTI
AB
3.5
-5.2
DTI
AB
DTI
AB
DTI
AB
0.01
7.9
12
-21.8
13
6.6
1.0
Main Index
10
MATGEN 1059
Matrix generator
MATGEN AB/M3/8//100/200/2/1 $
For HILBERT (I,J) = 1.0 ( I + J 1 ) ; I, J = 1, 10 :
MATGEN AB/HILBERT/8//10/10/3 $ 3RD RECORD
Option P1 = 9
Generate a transformation between external and internal sequence matrices for g-set size matrices.
Format:
MATGEN
EQEXIN/TRANS/9/P2/P3 $
EQEXIN
TRANS
Transformation matrix.
Parameters:
P2
P3
Number of terms in g-set. The parameter LUSET, which is output by the GP1
module, contains this number in most solution sequences.
Examples:
Main Index
1060
MATGEN
Matrix generator
By default in SOLs 1 through 200, PARAM, OLDSEQ is -1, which means this operation is not required.
Option P1 = 10
Not used.
Option P1 = 11
MATGEN
USET/MAT/11/P2/P3/////////SET1/SET2 $
USET
MAT
Parameters:
P2
"" 0 Generate a null matrix with an identity sub-matrix based on SET1 and SET2
degree-of-freedom sets.
P3
SET1
SET2
Remark:
1. If P2 1 , and one or both of the sets requested in SET1 and SET2 does not exist, then MAT is
returned purged, and P5 is returned with the value of -1. If MAT does exist, P5 is returned with
the value of 0.
Main Index
MATGEN 1061
Matrix generator
Option P1 = 12
MATGEN
,/MAT/12/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9 $
None.
Output Data Block:
MAT
Rectangular matrix.
Parameters:
P2
Number of columns.
P3
Number of rows.
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
Average bandwidth.
Option P1 = 13
MATGEN
Main Index
CPERM/MPART/13/NEWMSIZ $
1062
MATGEN
Matrix generator
CPERM
MPART
Parameters:
NEWMSIZ
Remarks:
1. The default value for parameters P2, P3, P4, P5, and P7 is zero. Therefore, in order to successfully
create the matrix, nonzero values for these parameters must be input.
2. The average string length is internally computed based on the other properties of the matrix. P6
is only used as a check. If the value computed is not the same as P6, a user warning message to
that effect is issued.
3. In order to verify the properties of the output matrix, set DIAG 8 and check the matrix trailer
information.
4. MPART is output in single precision.
Main Index
MATGPR 1063
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
MATGPR
Prints nonzero terms of matrices along with the external grid point and component identification numbers
corresponding to the row and column position of each term.
Formats:
1. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid or scalar points (g-set):
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1$
MATGPR
GPL,USET,SIL,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1$
2. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to grid, scalar or extra points (p-set):
MATGPR
GPLD,USETD,SILD,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
3. For matrices with degrees of freedom that relate to aerodynamic elements (ks-set):
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,MATRIX//COLNAM/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/
TINY/F1 $
4. Print a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined column label
and page header.
MATGPR
BGPDT*,USET*,,MATRIX//
'OFP'/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TINY////
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLB2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLB2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/
HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8/
PUNCH/S,N,CARDNO $
Main Index
GPL
GPLD
USET
1064
MATGPR
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
USETD
SIL
SILD
MATRIX
BGPDT
BGPDT*
USET*
Parameters:
COLNAM
ROWNAM
PRNTOPT
Option
Main Index
Action
NULL
ALL
ALLP
TINY
F1
LCOLLBLi
RCOLLBLi
MATGPR 1065
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
HDRLBLi
PUNCH
CARDNO
Remark:
The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
m
s
g
n
t
ne
fe
ks
js
5. If the value specified for COLNAM is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the columns
will be labeled 1,2,3..., etc. without grid and component labels.
6. If the value specified for R is not one of the names shown in Remark 1, then the terms in each
column will be labeled 1 H, 2 H, 3 H, etc. without grid and component labels. The user must
know which sets correspond to the rows and columns of the matrix to be printed. This is usually
apparent from the DMAP name of the matrix data block.
7. When using Format 1 this module may not be scheduled until after GPSP since data blocks
generated by GPSP are required inputs. (This module may be scheduled after GP4 if USET0 is
specified for input to MATGPR instead of USET.) When using Format 2 this module may not be
scheduled until after DPD since data blocks generated by DPD are required inputs. When using
Format 3, MATGPR must be scheduled after the APD module.
8. If MATRIX is purged, no printing will be done.
9. The rows and columns of A must correspond to the order of the degrees-of-freedom defined in
GPL, USET, SIL, BGPDT, etc.; i.e., internal sequence.
Main Index
1066
MATGPR
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
Examples:
BGPDT,USET,,GCF//'ofp'/'g' $
COLUMN 1
MATRIX
POINT ID.
1
3
4
6
7
9
10
TYPE
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
T1
.0
-1.303852E-08
-1.490116E-08
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
T2
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
.0
.0
GCF
T3
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R1
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R2
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R3
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
Main Index
BGPDTS,USET,,GCFF//'OFP'/'G'//////
'DIRECTIO'/'N'///
////
'G R O U '/'N D
C '/'H E C K '/'
'C E S ('/' G - S E'/' T )' $
F O R '/
MATGPR 1067
Degree-of-freedom matrix printer
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D
OINT ID.
1
3
4
6
7
9
10
Main Index
TYPE
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
T1
.0
-1.303852E-08
-1.490116E-08
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
C H E C K
T2
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
.0
.0
F O R C E S
T3
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
( G - S E T )
R1
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R2
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R3
1.862645E-09
1.862645E-09
.0
-4.656613E-10
4.656613E-10
.0
.0
1068
MATMOD
Matrix modification
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Transforms matrix or table data blocks according to one of many options into output matrix or table data
blocks.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6/P7/P8/P9/P10/P11/P12/P13/P14
/P15/
P16/P17/P18/P19 $
Ii
Oi
Parameters:
Main Index
P1
P2, P3, P4
P5, P6
P7 through P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
P18
P19
MATMOD 1069
Matrix modification
Remark:
Each option corresponds to a different value of the first parameter, P1. The following summary table
provides descriptions of the options.
Option P1 = 1
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,O2/1/STARTCOL/ENDCOL/COLINC $
I1
O1
O2
Parameter:
STARTCOL
ENDCOL
COLINC
Remarks:
Main Index
1070
MATMOD
Matrix modification
3. Partition A into one matrix containing the odd-numbered columns and another containing the
even-numbered columns.
MATMOD
or
A,,,,,/ODDCOLS,EVENCOLS/1/1//2 $
MATMOD
A,,,,,/EVENCOLS,ODDCOLS/1/2//2 $
Option P1 = 2
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/2/PURGE/UPLOW/TYPEF/FILTER $
I1
O1
Parameter:
PURGE
UPLOW
TYPEF
FILTER
Main Index
>0
<0
=0
No nullification.
-1
MATMOD 1071
Matrix modification
Remark:
B,,,,,/BFILTER,/2//1/-1/-200. $
B// $
Option P1 = 3
Zeros out rows and columns of a matrix according to degree of freedom component number.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/3/CODE $
I1
O1
Parameter:
CODE
Remark:
I1 is assumed to consist only of grid point degrees of freedom. A code of 345 simply zeros rows and
columns 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 15, 16, 17, etc. of matrix I1. Users should exercise caution when selecting this
option on a resequenced matrix.
Example:
Main Index
KGG,,,,,/KGG1,/3/126 $
KGG1/KGG/ALWAYS $
1072
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 4
Replicates a matrix six rows by N columns row-wise to a g-row by N-column matrix. The input matrix
is replicated for each grid point.
Format:
Form 1
MATMOD
I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/4 $
Form 2
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/4/LUSET $
I1
SIL
O1
Parameter:
LUSET
Remarks:
1. If SIL is purged, then MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made
that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged.
2. If SIL is not purged, then LUSET is ignored. I1 is inserted at the rows of every grid point. Scalar
and extra points are ignored.
Option P1 = 5
Accepts a DMI matrix six rows by six columns and output a g-row by g-column matrix where the input
matrix is inserted at the diagonal 6x6 of each grid point or output a
g-row by g-column transform matrix.
Main Index
MATMOD 1073
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
I1,SIL,,,,/O1,/5/LUSET/0 $
Form 2 (Generates specified coordinate system to basic coordinate system transformation matrix)
MATMOD
CSTM,SIL,,,,/01,/5/LUSET/P3 $
MATMOD
CSTM,SIL,BGPDT,,,/01,/5//-1 $
I1
SIL
BGPDT
O1
Parameter:
LUSET
P3
Remarks:
1. If P3 = 0, this option accepts a six row by six column matrix and the SIL table. The output is a
g-size square matrix containing the 6 x 6 input matrix along the diagonal at every grid point.
Scalar and extra points contain 0.0 values.
If P3 > 0, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the transformation matrix from the coordinate
system with the coordinate ID = P3 to the basic system. If P3 points to a cylindrical or spherical
coordinate system, then the transformation location is at the origin of the P3 system. Scalar and
extra points contain 1.0.
Main Index
1074
MATMOD
Matrix modification
If P3 = -1, the 6 x 6 single-precision matrix will be the global-to-basic transformation for each
grid point. Scalar and extra points contain 1.0.
2. If SIL is purged, the MATMOD uses LUSET for the size of the g-set. The assumption is made
that only grids exist in the g-set. LUSET must not be zero if SIL is purged.
Examples:
CSTM,SIL,,,,/TRANS10,/5//10 $
TRANS10/TRANST10T $
TRANS10T,KGGBASIC,TRANS10,,,/KGG10/3 $
Option P1 = 6
Find the maximum absolute value for each row over all columns of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/6 $
I1
Main Index
MATMOD 1075
Matrix modification
O1
Column vector with terms that represent the absolute maximum over
all columns of I1 for each row.
Example:
UG,,,,,/UGMAX,/6 $
Option P1 = 7
Find the maximum absolute value for each column over all the rows of a matrix.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/7 $
I1
O1
Column vector with a term that represents the absolute maximum over
all rows of I1 for each column.
Example:
UG,,,,,/MAXDISP,/7 $
Option P1 = 8
Normalize matrix.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
I1,,,,,/O1,/8////S,N,NORMREAL/
S,N,NORMIMAG $
1076
MATMOD
Matrix modification
I1
O1
Matrix shaped like I1 with every term divided by the magnitude of the
term in I1 with the largest magnitude.
Parameters:
NORMREAL
NORMIMAG
Option P1 = 9
Find the maximum (absolute magnitude) value of each three columns of UHT-transient response solution
matrix. (The columns of UHT represent displacement, velocity, and acceleration for each output time
step.)
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/9 $
I1
[ [ { u 1 } { v 1 } { a 1 } ] [ { u 2 } { v 2 } { a 2 } ] [ { u i } { v i } { a i } ] ]
Output Data Block:
O1
Example:
Main Index
MATMOD 1077
Matrix modification
MATMOD UHT,,,,,/UHTMAX,/9 $
DDRMM CASEXX,UHTMAX,PHIP1,,,,/OUPMAX,,,,/ $
OFP
OUPMAX,,,,// $
Option P1 = 10
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/10 $
I1
O1
Example:
Form a new BGPDT (Basic Grid Point Definition Table) with grid locations that are given by I1.
Format:
MATMOD
LOCVEC,BGPDT,,,,/BGPDTN,/11 $
Main Index
LOCVEC
G-size vector with values that represent grid locations in the basic
coordinate system.
BGPDT
1078
MATMOD
Matrix modification
BGPDTN
New BGPDT table with grid point locations that are displaced by
LOCVEC.
Example:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/12/S,N,NONULL/
NMATRIX/P4 $
I1, I2, I3
O1
Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where all matrices selected
have null columns if P4 > 0 or non-null columns if P4 < 0.
O2
Parameters:
Main Index
NONULL
NMATRIX
P4
Input-integer-default=0. Flag to output 1.0 for null columns or nonnull columns. See 01 and 02 for descriptions.
MATMOD 1079
Matrix modification
Remarks:
Search for simultaneous null columns in the g-size mass, damping, and stiffness matrices and remove
rows and columns corresponding to these columns.
MATMOD
MGG,BGG,KGG,,,/PARTNULL,/12/S,N,NO
IF (NONULL > 0) THEN $
PARTN
MGG,PARTNULL,/MGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN
BGG,PARTNULL,/BGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX BGGNEW/BGG/ALWAYS $
PARTN
KGG,PARTNULL,/KGGNEW,,,/-1 $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 13
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/13 $
I1
O1
Copy of I1.
Remark:
Filter small magnitude terms from a matrix; more capabilities than option 2.
Main Index
1080
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/14/PURGE/UPLOW/STRTR/
FILTER/RELFLT/TRUNC $
I1
O1
Parameters:
PURGE
UPLOW
STRTR
FILTER
RELFLT
TERM (I,J)
-------------------------------------------------------------- < RELFLT
TERM (i,i) TERM (J,J)
I1 must be square for this option
TRUNC
Input-integer-default=0. If
accordingly
1
TERM (I,J) * 1 ---------------------
TRUNC
10
Remarks:
Main Index
MATMOD 1081
Matrix modification
4. If I1 is not square and the relative filtering option is selected, then FILTER will be set to RELFLT
and the absolute filtering technique will be used. A user warning message will also be issued.
Option P1 = 15
Not implemented.
Option P1 = 16
Put matrix into DMIG format in a MATPOOL-type data block and/or generate DMIG punched output.
Format:
MATMOD
MATIN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/MATPOOLX,/16/PNDMIG/
SORTFLG/TYPOUT////////CCHAR/DMIGNAME/
ROWSETNM/COLSETNM $
MATIN
EQEXIN
USET
MATPOOLX
Parameters:
PNDMIG
SORTFLG
TYPOUT
Main Index
1082
MATMOD
Matrix modification
DMIGNAME
ROWSETNM
COLSETNM
Remarks:
1. The form of MATIN must be either 1 (square), 6 (symmetric) or 2 (rectangular). If not, then a
warning message will be issued and MATPOOLX will not be generated.
2. If the default value of 0 for SORTFLG is used, the rows of MATIN must be of G-size. If MATIN
is square or symmetric, its columns must also be of G-size. Further, the default value of 0 for
SORTFLG also assumes that the rows and columns of MATIN are in external sort. In order to
accomplish this, it is necessary to first generate a transformation matrix via the MATGEN module
Option 9 and then employ this matrix to transform the rows and columns of MATIN from internal
sort to external sort. (This is illustrated in the Example shown below.)
3. If non-blank continuation characters are specified for CCHAR, then a maximum of 99,999 DMIG
entries can be generated for any single matrix. If this maximum number is exceeded, the program
terminates the job with a fatal error.
4. The program checks to ensure that the number of rows and columns of MATIN correspond to the
displacement sets specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM and COLSETNM. If this condition is
not satisfied, the program issues a warning message and proceeds without generating any output
from this call to the MATMOD module.
5. If the form of MATIN is either 1 (square) or 6 (symmetric), then the IFO field on the generated
DMIG entry is set to 1 or 6. If the form is 2 (rectangular), then IFO is set to 2 if a displacement
set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM. Otherwise, IFO is set to 9. (If the form is 6, only
the terms in one triangle are output. The MTRXIN module, which converts DMIG data in
MATPOOL-type data blocks into matrices, fills in the other triangle for symmetric matrices.)
Main Index
MATMOD 1083
Matrix modification
6. The rows of the DMIG entry are always labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and
component numbers. If a displacement set is specified (or implied) for COLSETNM, then the
columns of the DMIG entry are also labeled with the appropriate grid/scalar IDs and component
numbers. Otherwise, the columns of the DMIG entry are labeled sequentially, starting with unity.
7. The EQEXIN input data block may not be purged.
8. The USET input data block may be purged if (a) the default value of 0 is used for SORTFLG or
(b) the displacement set specified (or implied) by ROWSETNM is G and the displacement set
specified (or implied) by COLSETNM is either G or the columns are just sequential entities.
9. The MATPOOLX output data block may be purged if PNDMIG is specified as non-zero and only
the DMIG punched output is desired.
10. By employing the APPEND option on a DMAP FILE statement, a single concatenated
MATPOOLX output data block may be generated from multiple calls to MATMOD Option 16.
See the following Example 2.
Example 1:
Generate DMIG punched output for the boundary stiffness matrix KAA, the boundary load matrix PA
and the matrix GMN (representing the MPC/rigid element equations) for an external superelement. The
KAA DMIG entry is to be named KAAEXTSE, the PA DMIG entry is to be named PAEXTSE and the
GMN DMIG entry is to be named GMNEXTSE.
The DMAP shown below illustrates the usage of Option 16 using input matrices in internal sort
(capability available in MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases) as well as using input matrices in
external sort (only usage possible in pre-MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 releases). It can be seen that the DMAP
for the former case is much simpler and more efficient than for the latter case.
It should be pointed out here that, if the internal and external sorts are different, the DMIG output
resulting from the two scenarios shown below will appear to be different. This is because the matrix
elements will be output in different order, but their values will be the same. The DMIG output from the
two scenarios will yield identical matrices if they are used in turn by the MTRXIN module to re-generate
the matrices.
DMAP uses input matrices in internal sort (MSC.Nastran 2005 r2 and subsequent releases).
TYPE PARM,,I,N,PUNCHFLG=1 $ GENERATE DMIG PUNCHED OUTPUT
TYPE PARM,,I,N,SORTFLG=1 $ INPUT MATRICES ARE IN INTERNAL SORT
MATMODKAA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
KAAEXTSE/A $
MATMODPA,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
PAEXTSE/A $
MATMODGMN,EQEXIN,USET,,,/,/16/PUNCHFLG/SORTFLG//////////
GMNEXTSE/M/N $
Main Index
1084
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Main Index
MATMOD 1085
Matrix modification
Generate a g-size partitioning vector from a user-defined set of grid and/or scalar points or from a
user-supplied bit position that designates one of the USET sets.
Format:
MATMOD
EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/CP,/17/UBIT/SETFLG/
S,N,NOCP////////SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR
4 $
EQEXIN
USET
SIL
CASECC
CP
Main Index
1086
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameters:
UBIT
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. Obsolete method for set selection. For a more userfriendly method use SETSTRi. In order to select specific sets for UBIT, add the
corresponding decimal equivalent numbers from the table below. For example, sets
R, O, and MP, UBIT=8+4+1=13. For supersets, add the decimal equivalent
numbers of the mutually exclusive sets which are contained in the superset. For
example, set S combines the SB and SG set and therefore UBIT=1024+512=1536.
The presence of any grid point degree of freedom in the associated sets causes all
degrees of freedom associated with that grid point to be given a value of 1.0 in the
output vector.
Set
Name
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
4194304
LM
2097152
1048576
524288
262144
SA
131072
2048
SB
1024
SG
512
MR
16
MP
MATMOD 1087
Matrix modification
SETFLG
If SETFLG>0 then the PARTN=SID Case Control command selects the SET
command.
If SETFLG<0 then absolute value of SETFLG selects the SET command.
NOCP
SETSTRi
Input-character-default='
'. Set name string. SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form
a single string of set name(s) and is 32 characters in length. The set names must be
separated by a plus sign, "+". For example, SETSTR1='M+R+N+SG' and
SETSTR2='+A+Q' specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets.
Remarks:
Generate a partitioning vector from a set of grid points defined in the Case Control Section.
MATMOD
Note:
EQEXIN,USET,SIL,CASECC,,/VECX,/17/128/1 $
If no set had been selected in the Case Control Section, the vector VECX would have been
generated using the a-set degrees of freedom since UBIT=128.
MATMOD
Main Index
GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3T,/18/SID $
1088
MATMOD
Matrix modification
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GPL
UG
GEOM3T
Parameter:
SID
Remarks:
Put data from the temperature vector UG into a record for SID = 30.
MATMOD
GEOM3,GPL,UG,,,/GEOM3NEW,/18/30 $
Option P1 = 19
MATMOD
GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGT,/19/SID $
Main Index
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
EQEXIN
MATMOD 1089
Matrix modification
UGT
Parameter:
SID
Remarks:
GEOM3,EQEXIN,,,,/UGN,/19/40 $
Option P1 = 20
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/O1,/20///PRTOPT/S,N,SUM $
I1 though I6
O1
Parameter:
PRTOPT
Main Index
Print a page header identifying the output as coming from this module before
printing the results. (Default)
1090
MATMOD
Matrix modification
2
SUM
Do not print anything. Results are returned in SUM (normally only used
with a single input matrix).
Output-real. Sum of the absolute values of the largest terms in the input matrices.
Remarks:
Extracts the components of a factor matrix and converts them to a standard form suitable for input to any
matrix module.
Format for Sparse Factor Matrix (FORM=13):
MATMOD
LD,,,,,/T,LP/21 $
MATMOD
LD,,,,,/L,D/21 $
LD
LP
Lower triangular
L
D
Remarks:
Main Index
MATMOD 1091
Matrix modification
where P is a permutation matrix (row and column interchange used to improve efficiency), L, a
lower triangular matrix, and D, a tridiagonal matrix. Option 21 extracts P, L, and D and converts
them to a standard form, suitable for input to any matrix module. L and P are appended columnwise in output D.
2. Active column symmetric decomposition forms the equivalent matrix representation of a
symmetric matrix.
[A] = [L][D][L]
3. The input matrix LD may be single or double precision. Output matrices are the same type as input
matrix.
Example:
Option P1 = 22
MATMOD
MKLIST,Qij,,,,/QijL,/22 $
MKLIST
Qij
Aerodynamic matrix.
QijL
Main Index
1092
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 23
Determines type of eigenvalue analysis requested and optionally extracts values from the selected EIGR
or EIGRL Bulk Data entry.
Format:
MATMOD
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23/
S,N,METHTYP/S,N,LANCZOS/METHFLAGI/S,N,EIGRVALR
//
S,N,NFOUND/ICASE/S,N,EIGVALI///S,N,EIGRFLD $
CASECC
DYNAMIC
Parameters:
METHTYP
LANCZOS
METHFLAG
-1
-2
-3
EIGRVALR
NFOUND
ICASE
EIGRVALI
EIGRFLD
Examples:
Main Index
MATMOD 1093
Matrix modification
IF ( METHTYP=1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' LANCZOS OR SINV IS SELECTED.' $
ELSE $
MESSAGE //' GIVENS OR HOUSEHOLDER IS SELECTED.' $
ENDIF $
2.
MATMOD
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23////S,N,F2///////'F2' $
3. Extract the NORM field value from the EIGR entry:
NORM='NORM' $ initialize and will change on output
MATMOD
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/,/23///////////S,N,NORM $
Option P1 = 24
Generate a square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and null column of I1, I2, and
I3 simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,/24/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/S,N,NRNENC
$
I1, I2, I3
O1
Square matrix that has a 1.0 at the intersection of every null row and
null column of I1, I2, and I3 simultaneously.
Parameters:
NOOUT
NMATX
NRNENC
Output-integer. Set to -1 if the number of null rows does not equal the
number of null columns.
Remark:
Main Index
1094
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Example:
Add a unit value to the stiffness matrix for degrees of freedom that have no associated mass, damping,
or stiffness. This is usually done to prevent potential singularities during direct transient and frequency
analyses.
MATMOD
MAA,BAA,KAA,,,/KAAX,/24/S,N,NOADD/3/S,N,NRNENC $
IF (NRNENC < 0) THEN $
MESSAGE//ERROR: MATRICES ARE NOT/
SYMMETRIC $
EXIT $
ENDIF $
IF (NOADD < -1) THEN
ADD
KAA,KAAX/KAANEW $
EQUIVX KAANEW/KAA/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
Option P1 = 25
Generate vectors that have 1.0 corresponding to each null row and null column in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,,,/O1,O2/25/S,N,NOOUT/NMATX/
S,N,NRNENC///S,N,SYM $
I1, I2, I3
O1
Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null row in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously. See Remark 1.
O2
Vector that has 1.0 corresponding to each null column in I1, I2, and I3
simultaneously.
Parameters:
Main Index
NOOUT
NMATX
MATMOD 1095
Matrix modification
NRNENC
SYM
Remarks:
A,,,,,/RPARTN,CPARTN/25/S,N,NOOUT/1////S,N,SYM $
> -1) THEN $
A,CPARTN,RPARTN/ANEW/SYM $
ANEW/A/ALWAYS $
Option P1 = 26
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/27 $
I1
O1
Remarks:
1. Form 3 matrices are not output by any module. They are only allowed as input by the INPUTT2,
INPUTT4, and DMIIN modules.
2. The SMPYAD, MPYAD, and ADD modules will not accept form 3 matrices. The matrices should
now be converted to form 6 before use in these modules.
Main Index
1096
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Example:
DMIIN
MATMOD
DMI,DMINDX/A3,,,,,,,,, $
A3,,,,,/A6,/27 $
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
2.
0.
0.
0.
0.
3.
0.
0.
0.
0.
4.
Option P1 = 28
Convert the first column of a matrix to a symmetric matrix (form 6) with the terms of the first column
along the diagonal and off-diagonal terms set to zero.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/28 $
I1
O1
Example:
MATMOD
B,,,,,/BDIAG,/28 $
If B is the matrix
1. 2.
3. 4.
then BDIAG will be
Main Index
MATMOD 1097
Matrix modification
1. 0.
0. 3.
Option P1 = 29
MATMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/,/30/BBLK/EBLK $
Ii
Parameters:
BBLK
EBLK
Option P1 = 31
MATMOD
MAT,,,,,/,/31/MAXSIZ $
MAT
Any matrix.
None.
Main Index
1098
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Parameter:
MAXSIZ
Option P1 = 32
Convert tables created by DRMH1 into DTI Bulk Data entry format and write to the punch file. Also
converts DRMH1 directory tables in DTI Bulk Data entry format into DRMH1 output table format.
Format:
MATMOD
TXY,,,,,/TOUT,/32/CONVERT $
TXY
TOUT
Parameter:
CONVERT
Remark:
Table record 3 is all character and reading DTI entries will produce all numbers. Therefore CONVERT=1
will convert the DTI numbers and to character values.
Option P1 = 33
Create a single column matrix from the frequency response output list table, FOL. The frequencies are
also converted to radian units.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
FOL,,,,,/FOLMAT,/33 $
MATMOD 1099
Matrix modification
FOL
FOLMAT
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 34
Extract the real and imaginary parts of complex matrix into two real matrices.
Format:
MATMOD
CMAT,,,,,/RMAT,IMAT/34//PREC $
CMAT
Complex matrix.
RMAT
IMAT
Parameter:
PREC
Machine-precision. (Default)
Single.
Double.
Option P1 = 35
Sorts row term values in a selected column of the input matrix and produces a list vector and/or a Boolean
matrix that contains the indices of the sorted terms.
Main Index
1100
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
IM,,,,,/
SORTLIST,SORTBOOL/S,N,P1/COLNUM/S,N,PRESORT/
SORTOPT/// NKEYS $
IM
Any matrix.
SORTLIST
SORTBOOL
Parameters:
P1
COLNUM
Input-integer-default=0. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be
sorted to produce SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.
PRESORT
SORTOPT
NKEYS
-2
-1
Double key sort to maintain original order of terms in case of duplicate terms.
Remark:
Main Index
MATMOD 1101
Matrix modification
Example:
Given the input matrix, IM, generate an algebraic ascending order sort. The input matrix and its sorted
order (algebraically ascending) are:
IM =
2.0
0.0
1.0
4.0
1.0
0.0
P1=35 $
MATMOD
IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////2 $
LIST =
1.0
3.0
2.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
For NKEYS=1, it is equally likely that the indices for equal values may be in a different order. For
example, if the MATMOD call statement were
P1=35 $
MATMOD
Main Index
IM,,,,,/LIST,BOOL/S,N,P1//S,N,SORTED////1 $
1102
MATMOD
Matrix modification
then the output matrix LIST for NKEYS=1 could contain either
LIST =
1.0
3.0
6.0
2, 0
5.0
4.0
or
LIST =
1.0
3.0
2.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
since there are duplicate terms (0.0's) in the input matrix column and a single key sort was used.
The Boolean square matrix contains unit values in the appropriate positions so that it can be used to create
the sorted input matrix by means of a simple matrix multiply as in:
MPYAD
BOOL,IM,/IMS/1 $
IMS =
Main Index
2.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
4.0
MATMOD 1103
Matrix modification
Remarks:
1. If the matrix input into this option contains more than one column and SORTBOOL is used
subsequently to operate on this matrix, all columns will have their rows re-ordered according to
the sort obtained from the column processed by the MATMOD operation. In this case, the column
that was selected during the MATMOD operation to produce the sorted ordering will be
guaranteed in sort. Other columns may or may not have their rows in sorted order.
2. The output data blocks are in machine precision, regardless of the precision of the input matrix.
3. NKEYS=2 provides a more repeatable sort in the presence of equal values in the input, at the cost
of longer run times. A test on a typical vector showed a difference of a factor of approximately
ten. If repeatability is not essential, NKEYS=1 is the preferred choice.
Option P1 = 36
Reduce the GRID record in the GEOM1 table to the entries corresponding to grid identification numbers
specified in a Case Control set.
General Format:
MATMOD
GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/M36OPT///ELEMSET/MSGLVL
/PCHSET $
MATMOD
GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/
GEOM1R,/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
MATMOD
GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/
GEOM1R,/
36/GRIDSET//1///ELEMSET/MSGLVL/PCHSET $
MATMOD
Main Index
GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/2///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
1104
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format for M36OPT=3: Generate point set from element set and grid set
MATMOD
GEOM1,CASECC,GEOM2,BGPDT,,/
GEOM1R,CASER/
36/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1/3///ELEMSET//PCHSET $
GEOM1
CASECC
GEOM2
BGPDT
GEOM1R
CASER
Parameters:
GRIDSET
NOGEOM1
GRIDSET found and the contents match some grid points in GEOM1.
-1
GRIDSET found and the contents matches all grid points in GEOM1.
M36OPT
MSGLVL
PCHSET
Input-integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written
to the punch file in Case Control command SET format.
Remarks:
1. Only the GRID record is processed and all other GEOM1 records are copied as is to GEOM1R.
2. GEOM1 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD
option:
FILE GEOM1=APPEND $
Main Index
MATMOD 1105
Matrix modification
IFPINDX
MATMOD
/GEOM1 $
GEOM1,CASECC,,,,/GEOM1R,/36/
GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM1 $
3. It is recommended that GEOM1 and GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then
used as input to MATMOD.
4. M36OPT=1 performs a consistency check of the input sets and the actions are:
a. Create a grid point set of all points connected to the elements specified in the ELEMSET Case
Control set.
b. Verify that all points in the set generated above are present in the GRIDSET Case Control set
and vice-versa. By default, a fatal message will be issued error if any point is missing. But if
MSGLVL=-1, then a warning message is issued instead.
c. GEOM1R is an optional output, but if specified and if no inconsistency is detected then
GEOM1R will be generated.
5. M36OPT=2 ensures a consistent grid point set for the input element set and the actions are:
a. Create a set in CASER of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case
Control set. Create a Case Control set in CASER with an id = GRIDSET.
b. Create the GEOM1R based on CASER.
6. M36OPT=3 ensures a consistent grid point set for the input element set and allows additional
points to be added to the set and the actions are:
a. Create a set in CASER of all points touched by the elements contained in the ELEMSET Case
Control set defined in CASECC.
b. Create a Case Control set in CASER of the point set generated in a.
c. Locate the GRIDSET set in CASECC and merge in the set created in a. If GRIDSET set does
not exist on CASECC, simply store the ELEMSET generated grid list as the GRIDSET set ID
in CASER. Otherwise, copy the merged GRIDSET set into CASER.
d. Create the GEOM1R based on CASER.
Option P1 = 37
Reduce the element and SPOINT records in the GEOM2 table to the entries corresponding to element or
SPOINT identification numbers specified in a Case Control set.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
GEOM2,CASECC,,,,/GEOM2R,/37/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
1106
MATMOD
Matrix modification
GEOM2
CASECC
GEOM2R
Parameters:
ELEMSET
GRIDSET
NOGEOM2
-1
Remarks:
1. GEOM2 must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD
option:
FILE GEOM2=APPEND $
IFPINDX /GEOM2 $
MATMOD
GEOM2,CASECC,,,,/GEOM2R,/37/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOGEOM2 $
2. It is recommend that GEOM2 be converted by the SECONVRT module and then used as input to
MATMOD.
Option P1 = 38
Reduce the records in the EST table to the entries corresponding to element numbers specified in a Case
Control set.
Main Index
MATMOD 1107
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
EST
CASECC
ESTR
Parameters:
ELEMSET
GRIDSET
NOEST
-1
Remarks:
1. EST must be indexed with IFPINDX module before being used as input to this MATMOD option:
FILE EST=APPEND $
IFPINDX /EST $
MATMOD
EST,CASECC,,,,/ESTR,/38/
ELEMSET/GRIDSET/S,N,NOEST $
Option P1 = 39
MATMOD
Main Index
I1,,,,,/O1,O2/39/S,N,NOXPLZER $
1108
MATMOD
Matrix modification
I1
Any matrix.
O1
O2
Matrix containing a 1.0 at the row and column, where an explicit zero
was found in I1.
Parameter:
NOXPLZER
Option P1 = 40
Replace the value of, or add a value to, a single term in a matrix. If the input matrix is not purged, the
output matrix is the same type as the input matrix while the input term is governed by TYPE.
Format:
MATMOD
I1,,,,/O1,/
40/ICOL/IROW/TYPE/REAL//NCOL/NROW/
////////REALD/CMPLX/CMPLXD $
I1
O1
Modified I1 matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
ICOL
Column number.
IROW
Row number.
TYPE
-2
MATMOD 1109
Matrix modification
-3
-4
REAL
NCOL
NROW
REALD
CMPLX
CMPLXD
Example:
MATMOD
A,,,,,/A1,/40/2/3/-1/10.5 $
Remarks:
If the input matrix is real and TYPE is -4, -3, 3, or 4, only the real term from CMPLX or CMPLXD will
be used.
Main Index
1110
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 41
MATMOD
GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/41 $
GRDRM
Permutation matrix.
I1
Rectangular matrix.
O1
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 42
MATMOD
GRDRM,I1,,,,/O1,/42 $
GRDRM
Permutation matrix.
I1
Square matrix.
O1
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 43
Not implemented.
Main Index
Permuted matrix.
MATMOD 1111
Matrix modification
Option P1 = 44
MATMOD
EQEXIN,VG,,,,/EQEXINR,/44 $
EQEXIN
VG
EQEXINR
Parameters:
None.
Option P1 = 45
Main Index
1112
MATMOD
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
I1,RPERM,,,,/O1,/45/PERMOPT $
RPERM
I1
Square matrix.
O1
Permuted matrix.
Parameter:
PERMOPT
Gather.
Scatter.
Option P1 = 46
MATMOD
KTTP,,,,,/KTTS,/46/NOOSET $
KTTP
KTTS
Parameter:
NOOSET
Main Index
MATMOD 1113
Matrix modification
Example:
USET,SILS,EQEXINS,KFFX,VFO,VFOX/
LFO,KTTSP,/3///MAXRATIO/'F' $
PUTSYS(0,277) $
MATMOD
KTTSP,,,,,/KTTREG,/46/NOOSET $
DIAGONAL
KTTREG/KTTDIAG/'SQUARE' $
TRNSP
KTTREG/KTTTRAN $
ADD5
KTTREG,KTTTRAN,KTTDIAG,,/KTT///-1.0 $
MODTRL
KTT////6 $
Option P1 = 47
MATMOD
I1,,,,,/O1,/47///P4 $
I1
Any matrix.
O1
Column vector which has 1.0 at those rows where I1 has null rows if
P4 > 0 or non-null if P4 < 0. If I1 is purged, then O1 is purged. If I1 is
null, then O1 will be full.
Parameter:
P4
Option P1 = 51
Partition FRL table or FOL table and loads matrix for DMP processing.
Format:
MATMOD
Main Index
INTAB1,INTAB2,,,,/OUTTAB1,OUTTAB2/51/NPROC/PROCID/IOPT $
1114
MATMOD
Matrix modification
INTAB1
INTAB2
OUTTAB1
OUTTAB2
Parameters:
NPROC
PROCID
IOPT
If IOPT=-1, INTAB1 is the FRL table. Otherwise, INTAB1 is the FOL table.
Default=0.
Remarks:
1. The partition algorithm is given by the following DMAP code fragment, where NFREQT is the
total number of forcing frequencies in the problem. ISTART is the first process-specific
frequency, and NFREQ is the number of frequencies for local process PROCID.
NF
= NFREQT / NPROC $
NLEFT = MOD( NFREQT, NPROC ) $
IF (PROCID .GT. NLEFT) THEN $
NFREQ = NF $
ISTART = NLEFT*(NF+1) + (PROCID-NLEFT-1)*NF + 1 $
ELSE $
NFREQ = NF + 1 $
ISTART = (PROCID-1)*(NF+1) + 1 $
ENDIF $
For example, if NPROC=4 and NFREQ=15, the frequencies are partitioned according to the
following table.
PROCID
ISTART
NFREQ
13
Option P1 = 52
Main Index
MATMOD 1115
Matrix modification
Format:
MATMOD
MATMOD I1,FOL,,,,/O1,O2/52 $
I1
FOL
O1
O2
Parameter:
P4
Remarks:
1. Velocity vectors are computed by multiplying each term of a column of I1with corresponding i .
2. Acceleration vectors are computed by multiplying each term of a column of I1with corresponding
Main Index
1116
MATOFP
Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
MATOFP
Prints a matrix in the format similar to DISPLACEMENT output with a user-defined column label and
page header.
Format:
MATOFP
MAT,BGPDT,OL,USET/
OMAT1/
APP/ROWNAM/PRNTOPT/TCODE/PUNCH/IPRINT/
LCOLLBL1/LCOLLBL2/LCOLLBL3/LCOLLBL4/
RCOLLBL1/RCOLLBL2/RCOLLBL3/RCOLLBL4/
HDRLBL1/HDRLBL2/HDRLBL3/HDRLBL4/
HDRLBL5/HDRLBL6/HDRLBL7/HDRLBL8 $
MAT
Matrix (real or complex). The rows of the matrix must correspond to the gset DOFs.
BGPDT
OL
List of values for column labeling on left corner of page. The contents of OL
depend on the value of APP:
APP
OL
'REIGEN'
LAMA
'FREQRESP'
FOL
'TRANRESP'
TOL
'CEIGEN'
CLAMA
'BKL1'
BLAMA
'NLST'
COMB
'USERLIST'
OMAT1
Main Index
MATOFP 1117
Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
Parameters:
APP
ROWNAM
PRNTOPT
Action
NULL
ALL
ALLP
TCODE
PUNCH
IPRINT
LCOLLBLi
Main Index
LCOLLBLi
'TRANRESP'
TIME
'FREQRESP'
FREQUENCY
'REIGEN'
FREQUENCY
'CEIGEN'
FREQUENCY
'USERLIST'
LABEL
RCOLLBLi
HDRLBLi
1118
MATOFP
Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
Examples:
Example 1:
MATOFP
GCF,BGPDT,,USET/ $
AUGUST
11, 2000
COLUMN 1
MATRIX
POINT ID.
TYPE
T1
T2
GCF
T3
R1
R2
R3
1
3
1.862645E-09
4
6
4.656613E-10
7
4.656613E-10
9
10
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
1.862645E-09
G
G
G
G
G
-1.303852E-08
-4.656613E-10
-1.490116E-08
4.656613E-10
1.862645E-09
.0
1.862645E-09
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
Example 2:
MATOFP
Main Index
GCF,BGPDTs,,USET/
OGCF1///////////
DIRECTIO/N///
G R O U /N D C H /E C K /F O R C /
E S ( G /- S E T /) $
.0
.0
.0
-
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
MATOFP 1119
Prints matrix similar to DISPLACEMENT output
AUGUST
11, 2000
MSC.NASTRAN
DIRECTION 1
G R O U N D
POINT ID.
1
1.862645E-09
3
1.862645E-09
4
6
4.656613E-10
7
4.656613E-10
9
10
Main Index
TYPE
G
T1
.0
T2
.0
-1.303852E-08
-4.656613E-10
G
G
-1.490116E-08
1.862645E-09
4.656613E-10
.0
1.862645E-09
G
G
-3.725290E-09
-3.725290E-09
.0
.0
.0
C H E C K
F O R C E S
( G - S E T )
T3
.0
R1
.0
R2
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
R3
.0
-
.0
.0
1120
MATPCH
Punches contents of matrix data blocks
MATPCH
Punches the contents of matrix data blocks onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
Format:
MATPCH
I1,I2,I3,14,I5//IVNIT/N1/N2/N3/N4/N5 $
Ii
None.
Parameters:
IVNIT
Ni
Remarks:
1. The nonzero elements of each matrix are punched on double-field DMI entries as shown in the
example below. The name of the matrix is obtained from the header record of the data block.
Field 10 contains the three-character parameter value in columns 74 through 76 and an
incremented integer record count in columns 77 through 80 if nondefault values are used for the
Ni parameters.
2. Double precision matrices will be converted to single precision. Only the real part of complex
matrices will be used.
3. All matrices are output on double-field entries in single precision.
4. If Ni is specified, then Ni must be different for each corresponding input matrix. Also, the
maximum number of records that may be punched is 99999. If full square matrices are considered,
a maximum order of 629 is allowed. If matrices larger than this are desired, use the OUTPUT2 or
OUTPUT4 modules to produce a FORTRAN readable file.
Main Index
MATPCH 1121
Punches contents of matrix data blocks
5. Only sufficiently small nonpurged data blocks will be punched onto DMI Bulk Data entries.
Example:
1.0
0.0
[ MAT ] = 2.0
0.0
3.0
0.0
0.0
4.0
5.0
0.0
6.0
7.0
0.0
0.0
8.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
9.0
0.0
Main Index
DMI
MAT
DMI
MAT
3
0
4
2
5
1
1.000000E 00
2.000000E 00
3.000000E 00
DMI*
MAT
4.000000E 00
5.000000E 00
DMI*
MAT
6.000000E 00
7.000000E 00
8.000000E 00
DMI*
MAT
9.000000E 00
10
1122
MATPRN
General matrix printer
MATPRN
MATPRN
M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//PRTFORM $
Mi
Parameters:
PRTFORM
Character-input-default='
LONG
12 significant digits.
SHORT
4 significant digits.
Remarks:
1. MATPRN
KGG/$
2. MATPRN
KGG,PL,PG,BGG,UPV//$
Main Index
MATPRT 1123
Matrix printer
MATPRT
Matrix printer
Prints a matrix.
Format:
MATPRT
MATRIX//PRNTLABL/PRNTFLAG $
MATRIX
Parameters:
PRNTLABL
PRNTFLAG
Remark:
Each column (or row) of the matrix is broken into groups of six terms (3 terms if complex) per printed
line. If all the terms in a group are 0, the line is not printed. If the entire column (or row) is 0, it is not
printed. If the entire matrix is null, it is not printed.
Example:
Main Index
MGG// $
1124
MATREDU
Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
MATREDU
Reduces a square matrix from the g-set to the a-set or p-set to the d-set. Optionally produces the s-set by
f-set partition following multipoint constraint elimination and reduction.
Format:
MATREDU
,
,
,
, XSF , XSS
XDD
NOXGG
S,N,
$
NOXPP
XGG
XPP
USET
USETD
GM
GMD
GOA
GOD
Main Index
XAA
XDD
XSF
XSS
MATREDU 1125
Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
Parameters:
NOXGG
NOXPP
Method:
4 ] are reduced to the a-set by the MATREDU module which
The damping matrices [ B gg ] and [ Kgg
[ B gg ]
B nn B nm
B mn B mm
T
[ B nn ] = [ G mn ] [ B mn G mn + B mn ] + [ B mn ] [ G mn ] + [ B nn ]
2. Eliminate single point constraints
[ B nn ]
B ff B fs
B sf B ss
[ B ff ]
B aa B ao
B oa B oo
[ B aa ] = [ G oa ] [ B oo G oa + B oa ] + [ B oa ] [ G oa ] + [ B aa ]
Remarks:
Main Index
1126
MATREDU
Reduces square matrix from g-set to a-set or p-set to d-set
Main Index
MCE1 1127
Creates multipoint constraint transformation matrix
MCE1
MCE1
USET,RMG,KGG,YMU/
GM,THETAM $
USET
RMG
KGG
YMU
GM
THETAM
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The multipoint constraint equations, R mg , formed in the GP4 module, are partitioned by the MCE1
module (Multipoint Constraint Eliminator -- Phase 1) as follows:
[ R mg ] = R mm R mn
MCE1 also solves the equation
[ R mm ] [ G mn ] = [ R mn ]
for the transformation matrix [ G mn ] .
Main Index
1128
MCE2
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
MCE2
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction on up to four g-set size square matrices.
Format 1: For g-set matrices
MCE2
USET,GM,XGG1,XGG2,XGG3,XGG4/
XNN1,XNN2,XNN3,XNN4 $
MCE2
USETD,GMD,XPP1,XPP2,XPP3,XPP4/
XNENE1,XNENE2,XNENE3,XNENE4/NOUE $
USET
GM
XGGi
USETD
GMD
XPPi
XNNi
XNENEi
Parameters:
NOUE
Method:
Main Index
MCE2 1129
Performs multipoint constraint elimination and reduction
[ K gg ] =
K nn K nm
(5-74)
K mn K mm
[ K nn ] = [ G mn ] [ K mm G mn + K mn ] + [ K mn G mn + K nn ]
Remark:
Any or all of XGGi and XNNi may be purged. However, if any of XGGi is specified then the
corresponding XNNi must also be specified.
Example:
Reduce
Main Index
K gg to K nn .
(5-75)
1130
MCFRAC
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
MCFRAC
MCFRAC
CASECC,LAMA,OL,BGPDT,RPH,UH,PVMCFR,MODSELT/
OMCF1,UNUSED/
APP/FMODE $
CASECC
LAMA
OL
BGPDT
RPH
UH
PVMCFR
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MCFRAC
Case Control command.
MODSELT
OMCF1
UNUSED
Parameters:
APP
Main Index
Complex eigenvalues.
MCFRAC 1131
Compute, sort and print modal contribution fractions
Remark:
If PVMCFR is specified then the number of rows in RPH must correspond to the ones and their positions
in PVMCFR.
Main Index
1132
MDATA
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
MDATA
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass.
Format:
MDATA
CASECC,XYCDB,MAR,MEA,UAX,OL/
OEP/
APP/S,N,NOSORT2/FREQINDX $
CASECC
XYCDB
MAR
MEA
UA
OEP
Parameters:
APP
Normal modes.
'CEIG'
Complex eigenvalues.
'FREQ'
Frequency response.
'TRAN'
Transient response.
NOSORT2
FREQINDX
Method:
Main Index
MDATA 1133
Computes pressures for selected elements associated with virtual fluid mass
APP
Type of
Arithmetic
ua
REIG
Real
U a = u a ( from LAMA )
CEIG
Complex
U a = p u d ( from CLAMA )
FREQ
Complex
U a = u d ( from FOL )
TRAN
Real
f e = M ea U a
3. Output selected pressures. Output may be printed (via OFP) or plotted (via XYPLOT). The
CASECC and XYCDB data blocks are scanned for all MPRES output requests. The set selection
method is the same as used in Module SDR2. The MEA data block has two work pairs (element
identification number and area) corresponding to each row of the element force vector. For each
selected element, output the pressure (force divided by area) to the OFP data block. All flags must
be set (e.g., print, punch, plot, real, phase, etc.), depending upon the MPRES request.
Remarks:
Main Index
1134
MDCASE
Partitions the Case Control table
MDCASE
Partitions the Case Control table into separate Case Control tables based on the ANALYSIS Case Control
command.
Format:
MDCASE
CASECC EDOM
,
,
/
CASEXN
CASECC
CASESTAT,CASEMODE,CASEBUCK,CASEFREQ,CASECEIG,
CASEMTRN,CASESAER,CASEDVRG,CASEFLUT,CASESMST,
CASESMEM,CASEHEAT,CASEUPSE,CASESADV,CASESNMB,
CASEXX,CASENL,CASELN,CASETMP/
S,N,STATCC/S,N,MODECC/S,N,BUCKCC/S,N,DFRQCC/
S,N,MFRQCC/S,N,DCEIGCC/S,N,MCEIGCC/S,N,MTRNCC/
S,N,SAERCC/S,N,DVRGCC/S,N,FLUTCC/S,N,SMSTCC/
S,N,SMEMCC/S,N,HEATCC/S,N,UPSECC/S,N,DESOBJ/
S,N,DESGLB/S,N,OBJSID/SEPRTN/S,N,WVFLG/
desmod/statblnk/marcelm/noglued/IBUCK $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
EDOM
CASEXN
Main Index
CASESTAT
CASEMODE
CASEBUCK
CASEFREQ
Case Control table for modal or direct frequency response analysis and based on
ANALYSIS=MFREQ or DFREQ.
CASECEIG
Case Control table for modal or direct complex eigenvalue analysis and based
on ANALYSIS=MCEIG or DCEIG.
CASEMTRN
CASESAER
MDCASE 1135
Partitions the Case Control table
CASEDVRG
CASEFLUT
CASESMST
CASESMEM
CASEHEAT
Case Control table for heat transfer analysis and based on ANALYSIS=HEAT.
CASEUPSE
CASESADV
CASESNMB
CASEXX
Case Control table intended for Phase 1 matrix generation, assembly and
reduction.
CASENL
NL-related CASECC 17
217
CASECC records for all SOL 400 related SUBCASE/STEP.
For nonlinear and multi-physics: ANALYSIS= NLST, NLTR, HSTA, HTRA
For linear perturbations: ANALYSIS= MODES, MCEIG, DCEIG, MFREQ,
DFREQ, MTRAN
CASELN
Linear CASECC
18
218
All linear analysis disciplines (Note: Linear analysis disciplines supported by
SOL 400
include: STATICS, MODES, BUCK, MCEIG, DCEIG, MFREQ, DFREQ,
MTRAN, ... )
CASETMP
Parameters:
Main Index
STATCC
MODECC
BUCKCC
1136
MDCASE
Partitions the Case Control table
Main Index
DFRQCC
MFRQCC
DCEIGCC
MCEIGCC
MTRNCC
SAERCC
DVRGCC
FLUTCC
SMSTCC
SMEMCC
HEATCC
MDCASE 1137
Partitions the Case Control table
UPSECC
DESOBJ
DESGLB
OBJSID
SEPRTN
WVFLG
Remarks:
Main Index
1138
MDENZO
MDACMS matrix utility
MDENZO
Matrix utility for matrix domain automatic component mode synthesis (MDACMS).
Format:
MDENZO
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O3/
MDOPT/IP1/IP2/SETNAM/RP1/RP2/L1 $
Ii
Oi
Parameters:
MDOPT
IP1
IP2
SETNAM
RP1
RP2
L1
Option MDOPT=0:
Partition KXX (or MXX or BXX) into o-set and t-set based on MDMAP and SEID. GOTMAP is an
optional output.
Format:
MDENZO
Main Index
KXX,MDMAP,,,/KOO,KOT,GOTMAP/0/SEID $
MDENZO 1139
MDACMS matrix utility
Option MDOPT=1:
Extracts the o-set partition of a load matrix based on MDMAP and SEID.
Format:
MDENZO
PX,MDMAP,,,/PO,,/1/SEID $
Option MDOPT=2:
MDENZO
PHQ,GOQ,ORDER,,/PHQI,,/2/NDOM $
Option MDOPT=3:
Find UT (and PVEC) for SEID as SEID goes back "up the tree"
Extract UT from family UO.
Format:
MDENZO
GOTMAP,MDMAP,GOT,UO,GOQUQ,MDSPARSE/
UT,PVEC,UOI/3/SEID/P2 $
P2 on input is undefined for serial execution. For DMP, P2 on input is GSEID, the "global" SEID
associatd with the current domain.
On output, P2 is YESNO.
If possible (YESNO=+1), multiply-add GOT*UT+GOQUQ, else set YESNO=-1.
If yes, the answer is placed in UOI.
MDSPARSE is used to partition down UOI (if made) to the DOFs needed for option 4.
Option MDOPT=4:
Reorder the family into the correct/original ordering. Use the gather/re-order vector in MDMAP.
Main Index
1140
MDENZO
MDACMS matrix utility
Format:
MDENZO
UOF,MDMAP,,,/PHI,,/4// $
Option MDOPT=5:
Take the partition vector RECVEC and determine which SEIDs you need to recover and write to
RECMAP.
Format:
MDENZO
RECVEC,MDMAP,,,/RECMAP,,/5// $
Option MDOPT=6:
MDENZO
RECMAP,,,,/,,/6/SEID/OUTYN/ $
Option MDOPT=7:
MDENZO
XOO,GOT,,,/XOOGOT,XTT1,/7/OUTYN/ $
If there is sufficient memory to do multiply in-core then produce XOOGOT, XTT1 and set OUTYN to
+1.
If not possible, set OUTYN to -1 $
Both input matrices must be real and XOO must be symmetric.
This is for tip only.
Option MDOPT=8:
MDENZO
Main Index
XOT,GOT,,,/XTTA,XTTB,/8/OUTYN $
MDENZO 1141
MDACMS matrix utility
Takes 4 matrices that are involved in the reduction and produces the 2 output matrices that are needed
from subDMAP MDREDMB.
Format:
MDENZO
XOO,GOT,XOT,XTTBAR,/XOOGOT,XTT,/9/OUTYN $
Take a complex load and break it into real and imaginary parts and place those side by side as real
columns in PGRI.
Format:
MDENZO
PG,,,,/PGRI,VEC1,VEC2/10 $
Create the MDK4INFO table which describes properties about the K4 damping matrix.
Format:
MDENZO
USET,,,,,/MDK4INFO,,/11/MDK4OPT/MGE/APP///RSONLY
MDK4OPT is a user PARAM that disables the high performance feature if MDK4OPT<1.
APP is string describing the application such as 'FREQRESP' or 'TRANRESP'.
MGE is the multiple GE value flag used in the EMG module.
RSONLY is a logical that is TRUE if there is only a single residual superelement.
Main Index
1142
MDENZO
MDACMS matrix utility
After MDK4INFO has been created and the EMG module has created K4GG option 11 can be used to
extract GEBAR.
MDENZO
USET,MDK4INFO,,,/,,/11/MDK4OPT/MGE//S,N,GEBAR $
GEBAR is the GE value that was subtracted from all structure elements.
Option MDOPT= 12:
Same as MDOPT=1 except PF can made into a family of PO's the family is made even if PF does not fit
in memory.
Format:
MDENZO
PF,MDMAP,,,/PFAM,,/12 $
Take the lower triangle of KFF and mirror it so that the upper and lower triangles of KFFSYM are exact.
If -13, remove packed 0s.
Format:
MDENZO
KFF,,,,,/KFFSYM,,/13 $
Option MDOPT= 14
Make sure DOFs of the same grid stay together when compressed in PRESOL add mbkxx1 to its
transpose and send into PRESOL.
Format:
MDENZO
Main Index
MBKXX,BGPDT,USET,VGFS,,/MBKXX1,,/14 $
MDISUTIL 1143
Broadcasts multiple data blocks between slave and master processors
MDISUTIL
MDISUTIL
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,DB6,DB7,DB8,DB9,
DB10,DB11,DB12,DB13,DB14,DB15/
DBOUT1,DBOUT2,DBOUT3,DBOUT4,DBOUT5,DBOUT6,
DBOUT7,
DBOUT8,DBOUT9,DBOUT10,DBOUT11,DBOUT12,DBOUT13,
DBOUT14,DBOUT15/
SENDID/NUMDB/RECVCODE $
DBi
Any data block to be broadcast from the master to the slave processors.
DBOUTi
Parameters:
SENDID
NUMDB
RECVCODE
<0
>0
Bit pattern of receiving processors. The bit position from right to left
corresponds to the processor identification number.
Remarks:
Main Index
1144
MDUSTMNF
MDUSTMNF
Returns a modified USET table which is suitable for exporting MNF in SOL400.
Format:
MDUSTMNF
BGPDT
BGPDT table
GEOM2
USET
USETM
Parameter:
NLRIGID
Input-integer-no default
<0
=0
>0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and both Lagrange multipliers and m-set
DOFs are eliminated.
Remarks:
USETM is obtained by modifying the USET table in case there are rigid elements or Lagrange multipliers
due to contact using the following logic:
a. Lagrange Multipliers for contact are put into the o-set.
b. In case of rigid element (RBE2/RBE3/RBAR/RROD/RJOINT) whose independent or
reference grid/grids have been put into the a-set by the user this module puts all the grids
(independent, dependent, reference, Lagrange grids) of that element into the a-set, otherwise,
this module puts all the grids of that element into the o-set.
Main Index
MERGE 1145
Matrix merge
MERGE
Matrix merge
MERGE
A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/SYM/TYPE/FORM $
Aij
CP
RP
Parameters:
SYM
TYPE
FORM
Remarks:
1. MERGE is the inverse of PARTN in the sense that if [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] were produced
by PARTN using {RP}, {CP}, FORM, SYM and TYPE from [A], MERGE will produce [A]. The
operation of MERGE is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, {CP} and {RP}, and the
symmetry flag, SYM.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Main Index
1146
MERGE
Matrix merge
Case 1:
SYM 0 :
MERGE A11,A21,,,,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix.
[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
[A12] is not written.
[A22] is not written.
Case 2:
{ RP } is purged and
A11 [ A ]
A21
SYM 0 :
MERGE A11,,A12,,CP,/A/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA - NC) matrix.
[A21] is not written.
[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix.
[A22] is not written.
Main Index
A11 A12 [ A ]
MERGE 1147
Matrix merge
Case 3:
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,/A $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix.
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix.
Case 4:
A11 A12 [ A ]
A21 A22
SYM 0 :
MERGE A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix.
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix.
A11 A12 [ A ]
A21 A22
Rectangular
Symmetric
Square
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Symmetric
Rectangular
Rectangular
Symmetric
4. Any or all of [A11], [A12], [A21], [A22] may be purged. When all are purged, this implies
[A] = 0.
5. Both { RP } and { CP } may not be purged.
Main Index
1148
MERGE
Matrix merge
Examples:
1. Let A11, A12, A21, A22, {CP} and {RP} be defined as follows:
[ A11 ] = 2.0
6.0
[ A21 ] = 10.0
1.0
0.0
( CP ) =
1.0
1.0
0.0
( RP ) = 0.0
1.0
Then, the DMAP instruction
MERGE
A11,A21,A12,A22,CP,RP/A/1 $
will create the real matrix:
2.0
[ A11 ] = 6.0
10.0
Main Index
MERGE 1149
Matrix merge
[ A11 ] = 1 2
5 6
[ A12 ] = 3
7
[ A21 ] = 9 10
[ A22 ] = 11
1 2 3
[A] = 5 6 7
9 10 11
Main Index
1150
MERGEOFP
Merges linear and nonlinear stress output
MERGEOFP
OES1,OESNL1/OES1X $
OES1
OESNL1
OES1X
Table of linear and nonlinear element stresses in the SORT1 and linear
element format.
Remark:
The linear and nonlinear element stress files are read concurrently. The output file is produced with the
same order of files as the input files, but where the same element name and identification number appears
on each input file, the linear element stress data block for the element will immediately precede the
nonlinear element stress data block on the output file.
Main Index
MESSAGE 1151
Prints messages
MESSAGE
Prints messages
MESSAGE
T1/T2/P1/P2/.../Pn $
T1
T2
Parameter:
Pi
Remarks:
Main Index
1152
MESSAGE
Prints messages
offset = 150704034 $
message /test/' maxint ='/maxint /' offset ='/offset $
lstart = maxint - offset $
incr
= offset / 39 $
message /test/' starting column ='/lstart /' incr ='/incr $
message test/ $
The following will appear in the f06 file:
^^^ MAXINT =
776705406 OFFSET =
150704034
^^^ STARTING COLUMN = 626001372 INCR = 3864206
Main Index
MGEN 1153
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
MGEN
MGEN
CASECC,MATPOOL,EST,CSTM,BGPDT/
MCHI,MLAM,GEG,MAR,MCHI2,MLAM2/
LUSET/S,N,NOMGEN/UNUSED3/WTMASS/UNUSED5 $
CASECC
MATPOOL
EST
CSTM
BGPDT
MCHI
MLAM
GEG
MAR
MCHI2
MLAM2
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET
NOMGEN
UNUSED3
Input-real-default=0.0. Unused.
1154
MGEN
Creates virtual fluid mass matrices
Main Index
WTMASS
UNUSED5
Input-integer-default=-1. Unused.
MKCNTRL 1155
Assembles a description of aerodynamic controllers sets
MKCNTRL
MKCNTRL
EDT,CSTMA,AEBGPDT/
AECTRL,TRX,AECSTMHG/
SYMXZ/AUNITS $
EDT
CSTMA
AEBGPDT
AECTRL
TRX
AECSTMHG
Parameters:
SYMXZ
AUNITS
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
1156
MKCSTMA
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models.
MKCSTMA
Merge coordinate system tables; usually tables from structural and aerodynamic models.
Format:
MKCSTMA
CSTM1,CSTM2/CSTMM $
CSTMi
CSTMM
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
MKMNTIFP 1157
Updates geometry, connectivity, and properties
MKMNTIFP
Updates geometry, connectivity, and property tables to form frames to track monitor points.
Format:
MKMNTIFP
BGPDT,CSTM,MONITOR,ECT,EPT,MPT/
GEOM1X,GEOM2X,EPTX,MPTX/
YOUNGM $
BGPDT
CSTM
MONITOR
ECT
EPT
MPT
GEOM1X
GEOM2X
EPTX
MPTX
Parameters:
YOUNGM
Main Index
1158
MKRBVEC
Computes load summation about a given point
MKRBVEC
Builds a g-set X 6 matrix that sums forces and moments of a set of grids to a given reference point about
a given set of coordinate axes.
Format:
MKRBVEC
BGPDT,CSTM,AEROCOMP/
RBF/
COORID/REF1/REF2/REF3/COMPNAME/CDOM/INDDOF $
BGPDT
CSTM
AEROCOMP
RBF
Parameters:
Main Index
COORID
REF1
REF2
REF3
COMPNAME
MKRBVEC 1159
Computes load summation about a given point
Main Index
CDOM
INDDOF
1160
MKSPLINE
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model
MKSPLINE
Generates splines to interpolated results from the structural model to the aero model.
Format:
MKSPLINE
EDT,CSTMA,AEGRID,AECOMP,ECT,AEBOX,ACOMP,SCOMP,BGPDT,
ABGPDT/SPLINE/AEROEXT $
EDT
CSTMA
AEGRID
AECOMP
ECT
AEBOX
ACOMP
SCOMP
BGPDT
ABGPDT
SPLINE
Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers.
Parameters:
AEROEXT
Main Index
MKSPLINE 1161
Generates splines to interpolated results from structural to aero model
Example:
Main Index
1162
MODACC
OFREQ and OTIME command processor
MODACC
Removes columns in solution and load matrices based on the OTIME and OFREQ Case Control
commands.
Format:
MODACC
CASECC,OL,U,P1,P2,P3/
OL1,U1,P11,P21,P31/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
CASECC
OL
Pi
Any matrix with the same number of columns as there are eigenvalues,
frequencies, or time steps in OL.
OL1
U1
Pi1
Parameter:
APP
MDCEQV
Main Index
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
MODACC 1163
OFREQ and OTIME command processor
Remarks:
1. MODACC selects vectors based on OTIME or OFREQ commands in CASECC. If APP = 'CEIG',
the selection is based on the imaginary part of the complex eigenvalue. If APP = 'REIG', the
selection is based on the frequency f = 2 .
2. Here are typical data block names and the appropriate value of APP:
LAMA
APP = 'REIG'
CLAMA
APP = 'CEIG'
FOL
APP = 'FREQ'
TOL
APP = 'TRAN'
Main Index
MODACC
CASEM,LAMA,PHA,,,/
LAMA2,PHA1,,,/APP/S,N,MDCEQV $
EQUIVX
LAMA/LAMA2/MDCEQV $
EQUIVX
PHA/PHA1/MDCEQV $
1164
MODCASE
Processes POST command for f06 redirection
MODCASE
Process Case Control records for output data recovery and redirect output to user-specified Fortran files
instead of the f06.
Format for POSTCFLG=1:
MODCASE
CASECC,/POSTCC/1//S,N,NUNIQF06 $
MODCASE
CASECC,POSTCC0/CASECCP/
2/F6CNTR//S,N,F6UNIT/S,N,F6SUFFIX $
CASECC
POSTCC0
POSTCC
Parameters:
POSTCFLG
Main Index
Generate POSTCC.
NUNIQF6
F6CNTR
F6UNIT
F6SUFFIX
MODENRGY 1165
Computes modal energies
MODENRGY
Computes modal strain and kinetic energies in frequency and transient response analysis.
Format:
MODENRGY
CASECC,OL,UH,KHH,MHH,MODSELT/
TSNRGY,TKNRGY,MODSELT1,OL1,MSNRGY,MKNRGY/
APP/FMODE/UNUSED $
CASECC
UH
OL
KHH
MHH
MODSELT
Main Index
TSNRGY
TKNRGY
MODSELT1
OL1
MSNRGY
MKNRGY
1166
MODENRGY
Computes modal energies
Parameters:
APP
Main Index
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Frequency response.
FMODEv
UNUSED
MODEPF 1167
Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors
MODEPF
Computes mode participation factors for fluid-structure models in frequency response analysis.
Format:
MODEPF
BGPDT,USET,CASECC,EDT,ABESF*,
PHASH2,UHFS,PHDFH,MFHH,BFHH,
KFHH,FOL,ABEH*,PHDFH1,PHDFH2,
UHFF,AH,PFHF,UNUSED,PNLLST,
VGA/
GPMPF,FMPF,SMPF,PMPF,LMPF,
MPFMAP/
NOFREQ/NOLOADF/GRIDFMP/NUMPAN/PNQALNAM/
SYMFLG/MPNFLG/FLUIDMP/STRUCTMP/PANELMP/
GRIDMP/NOSASET/FILTERF/FILTERS $
Main Index
BGPDT
USET
CASECC
EDT
ABESF*
PHASH2
UHFS
PHDFH
MFHH
BFHH
KFHH
FOL
ABEH*
PHDFH1
PHDFH2
UHFF
1168
MODEPF
Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors
AH
PFHF
UNUSED
Unused.
PNLLST
VGA
GPMPF
FMPF
SMPF
PMPF
LMPF
MPFMAP
Parameters:
NOFREQ
NOLOADF
GRIDFMP
<
0
1
0
>
0
Main Index
NUMPAN
PNQALNAM
SYMFLG
MODEPF 1169
Computes fluid-structure mode participation factors
MPNFLG
FLUIDMP
STRUCTMP
PANELMP
GRIDMP
NOSASET
FILTERF
FILTERS
Remarks:
If MPNFLG>0 and PANELMP>-1 then compute panel mode participation factors, PMPF.
Main Index
1170
MODEPOUT
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice
MODEPOUT
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrices. Also create table data blocks suitable for XY
plots and power spectral density calculations.
Format:
MODEPOUT
LAMAF,LAMAS,CASECC,FMPF,SMPF,
PMPF,LMPF,GMPF,MPFMAP,
MODSELTS,MODSELTF/
OFMPF2E,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2E,OSMPF2M,OPMPF2E,
OPMPF2M,OLMPF2E,OLMPF2M,OGMPF2E,OGMPF2M,
UNUSED1,UNUSED2,UNUSED3,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
OUTFMP/OUTSMP/FMPFEPS/SMPFEPS/MPFSORT/
NOMPF2E/FMODE/FMODEF $
Main Index
LAMAF
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
LAMAS
CASECC
FMPF
SMPF
PMPF
LMPF
GPMPF
MPFMAP
MODSELTS
MODSELTF
MODEPOUT 1171
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice
OFMPF2E
OFMPF2M
OSMPF2E
OSMPF2M
OPMPF2E
OPMPF2M
OLMPF2E
OLMPF2M
OGMPF2E
OGMPF2M
UNUSEDi
Unused.
Parameters:
OUTFMP
OUTSMP
FMPFEPS
SMPFEPS
MPFSORT
NOMPF2E
Main Index
10
20
30
40
Descending sort.
Ascending sort.
Input-integer-default=-1.
0
Generate.
-1
Do not generate.
FMODE
Input-integer-no default. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user
parameter input of LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also
MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case Control input.
FMODEF
Input-integer-no default. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user
parameter input of LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also
MODESELECT(FLUID) Case Control input.
1172
MODEPOUT
Filter, sort, and printout mode participation factor matrice
Remarks:
1. The O*MPF2E data blocks are suitable for input to the XYTRAN module.
2. The O*MPF2M data blocks are suitable for input to the RANDOM module.
Main Index
MODEPT 1173
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records
MODEPT
Updates PACABS and PACABR Bulk Data entry records based upon data on TABLEDi Bulk Data entry
records.
Format:
MODEPT
EPT,DIT/EPTX/S,N,NOGOMEPT $
EPT
DIT
EPTX
Copy of EPT except PACABS and PACABR entries are updated with
TABLEij references.
Parameter:
NOGOMEPT
Remarks:
1. MODEPT does not terminate the run if an error is detected in the Bulk Data entries. NOGOMEPT
should be checked before proceeding to the GP1 module.
2. MODEPT must appear after the IFP.
Example:
Main Index
1174
MODGDN
Updates geometry table for existence of p-elements and superelements
MODGDN
Updates the geometry table for the existence of p-elements and superelements.
Format:
MODGDN
GEOM1,SEMAP,MFACE,MEDGE,MBODY/
GEOM1P/
S,N,NOSEMAP $
GEOM1
SEMAP
MFACE
MEDGE
MBODY
GEOM1P
Parameter:
NOEMAP
Main Index
MODGM2 1175
Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
MODGM2
Creates internal records in the element connectivity table based on the presence of PLPLANE and
PLSOLID Bulk Data entry records. Internal records are also created from fluid elements defined on the
PSOLID Bulk Data entry.
Format:
MODGM2
EPT,GEOM2,GEOM1,GEOM4,BGPDT,CSTM,MPT,EDT,DYNAMIC/
GEOM2X,GEOM1X,GEOM2DCW,EPTX,MPTX,GEOM4X,HARMELPT/
S,N,ACFLAG/OSWPPT/OSWELM/S,N,NSWPPT/
S,N,NSWELM/S,N,SWEXIST/S,N,NOGOMGM2/
S,N,RGDEXIST/RIGID/ORIGID/S,N,NLRIGID/
LMFACT/PENFN/NONLNR/CWRANDEL/CWDIAGP/
CFRANDEL/CFDIAGP/S,N,NOEPT/S,N,NOMPT/SOFFSET/
CSRANDEL/CSDIAGP/STOCHQA/SEID/MODGM4 $
EPT
GEOM2
GEOM1
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
BGPDT
CSTM
MPT
EDT
DYNAMIC
Main Index
GEOM2X
GEOM1X
GEOM2DCW
EPTX
1176
MODGM2
Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
MPTX
GEOM4X
Parameter:
ACFLAG
No fluid elements.
Fluid elements.
Fluid/structure coupling.
OSWPPT
OSWELM
NSWPPT
NSWELM
SWEXIST
NOGOMGM2
RGDEXIST
RIGID
ORIGID
NLRIGID
LMFACT
Main Index
<0
=0
>0
MODGM2 1177
Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
PENFN
NONLNR
CWRANDEL
CWDIAGP
CFRANDEL
CFDIAGP
NOEPT
NOMPT
Generated
-1
Not generated
Generated
-1
Not generated
SOFFSET
CSRANDEL
CSDIAGP
STOCHQA
SEID
MODGM4
Remarks:
Main Index
1178
MODGM2
Create table entries for PLPLANE and PLSOLID Bulk Data
2. The following GEOM2 Bulk Data entry records are replaced by the internal records in GEOM2X:
GEOM2X Record
GEOM2
Record
Fluid
CQUAD4
n/a
QUAD4FD
CQUAD8
n/a
QUAD8FD
CTRIA3
n/a
TRIA3FD
CTRIA6
n/a
TRIA3FD
CQUAD
n/a
QUADFD
CTRIAX
n/a
TRIAXFD
CQUADX
n/a
QUADXFD
CHEXA
HEXPR
HEXAFD
CPENTA
PENPR
PENTAFD
CTETRA
TETPR
TETRAFD
Example:
Main Index
Hyperelastic
MODGM4 1179
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
MODGM4
Reads the SPCs and SPCDs that were defined by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk Data
entries and generates the unique SPC and SPCD records.
Format:
MODGM4
CASECC,GEOM2M,GEOM4M,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,BGPDTM,
EPT/
GEOM4P/
GNSTART/S,N,MODGM4/ALTSHAPE/S,N,NSWELM/
SWEXIST/RGDEXIST $
CASECC
GEOM2M
GEOM4M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
the current p-level.
DEQATN
DEQIND
DIT
BGPDTM
Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.
EPT
GEOM4P
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, updated for the
constraints applied by GMBC, GMSPC, SPC, SPC1, or SPCD Bulk
Data entries.
Parameters:
Main Index
GNSTART
MODGM4
1180
MODGM4
Reads SPCs and SPCDs and generates unique SPC and SPCD records
Main Index
ALTSHAPE
NSWELM
SWEXIST
RGDEXIST
MODQSET 1181
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
MODQSET
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 records with q-set degrees-of-freedom definition to account
for the component modes computed for all superelements.
Format:
MODQSET
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4/
GEOM1W,GEOM2W,GEOM4W/
NOQSETT/QSETREC/QSETID $
GEOM1
GEOM2
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
GEOM1W
GEOM2W
GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the nonfluid superelement component modes.
GEOM4W
Parameters:
NOQSETT
NOQSETF
QSETREC
Main Index
1182
MODQSET
Augments GEOM1, GEOM2 and GEOM4 with q-set definitions
=-2:
QSETID
Main Index
MODTRK 1183
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
MODTRK
Compares the mode set of the current design cycle with those of the previous design cycle, identifies or
tracks these modes, and reorders the eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with the previous
design cycle.
Format:
MODTRK
CASECC,EDOM,R1TABR,LAMA,MGG,MAA,PHG,PHA,PHGREF,
PHAREF/MTRAK,LAMA1,PHG1,PHA1,PHGREF1,PHAREF1/
DESCYCLE/S,N,NOTRACK $
CASECC
EDOM
R1TABR
Table of retained first level (direct) (DRESP1 Bulk Data entry) attributes.
LAMA
MGG
MAA
PHG
PHA
PHGREF
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the g-set from the prior design cycle
output of MODTRK.
PHAREF
Designed normal modes eigenvector matrix in the a-set from the prior design cycle
output of MODTRK.
Main Index
MTRAK
LAMA1
PHG1
PHA1
1184
MODTRK
Reorders eigenvalues and eigenvectors to be consistent with previous design cycle
PHGREF1
PHAREF1
Parameters:
DESCYCLE
NOTRACK
Remarks:
MODTRK prints a report on mode switching activity for the current design cycle and punches out
updated DRESP1 Bulk Data entries that correspond to the new mode positions.
Example:
Main Index
MODTRL 1185
Modify trailer
MODTRL
Modify trailer
MODTRL
DB//P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
DB
Parameters:
Pi
Remarks:
1. Negative parameters are ignored. Nonnegative parameters cause the corresponding word of the
data block trailer to be replaced by the value of the parameter.
2. MODTRL should be scheduled immediately after the functional module that generates the data
block. For example:
ADD
I1,I2/O1 $
MODTRL O1////6 $
EQUIVX Ol/O2/ALWAYS $
3. If MODTRL is used to increase the number of columns in a matrix, then the resulting matrix is
unusable in most modules, including MATPRN and ADD.
4. The correspondence between the parameters and the content of a matrix trailer is as follows:
Parameter
Matrix Trailer
P1
Number of columns
P2
Number of rows
P3
Form
P5
Main Index
1186
MODTRL
Modify trailer
Examples:
ADD5
SINGLE,,,,/DOUBLE $
Double to single
PUTSYS(1,55) $
ADD5
DOUBLE,,,,/SINGLE $
PUTSYS(2,55) $
3. In order to change the type (complex or real) of a matrix, use ADD to convert real to complex and
MATMOD(34) for complex to real. For example,
Real to complex
ADD
REAL,/CMPLX//(0.,1.) $
Complex to real
MATMOD
Main Index
CMPLX,,,,,/REAL,/34 $
MODUG 1187
Modifies UG vector to incorporate displacements of piercing points for connector elements
MODUG
Computes displacements of piercing points for connector elements and incorporates them into the
modified UG vector.
Format:
MODUG
UG,BGPDT,EST,CSTM,GPECT,USET,CASECC/
OUG/S,N,MDUG $
UG
Displacement vector.
BGPDT
EST
CSTM
GPECT
USET
CASECC
OUG
Parameters:
MDUG
Main Index
1188
MODUSET
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)
MODUSET
MODUSET
EDITVEC,USET/
USETM/
USETOP/MAJOR/SET0/SET1/USETADD/UNUSED6/UNUSED7 $
EDITVEC
USET
USETM
Main Index
MODUSET 1189
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)
Parameters:
USETOP
USETOP
Operation
UNION
COMP0
COMP1
DELETE
TURNON
COPY
EXPAND
MOVE
FILTER
NEWMSET
REPLACE
MAJOR
SET0
SET1
USETADD
UNUSED6
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
UNUSED7
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remark:
Main Index
1190
MODUSET
Modifies the degree-of-freedom set membership table (USET)
Examples:
1. Scalar degrees-of-freedom 1 through 5 will be defined in the u1-set and u3-set and scalar degreesof-freedom 6 through 10 in the u2-set and u3-set.
SOL ...
COMPILE ...
ALTER ...
MODUSET ,,USET/USET1 $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
SPOINT,1,THRU,10
USET1,U1,0,1,THRU,5
USET1,U3,0,6,THRU,10
2. The u1-set will be empty. The u2-set will contain the a-set and the u3-set will contain the f-set.
MODUSET ,,USET/VSET/'COMP0'/'F' /'U1'/'A' $
MODUSET ,,VSET/WSET/'COMP1'/'F' /
/'U2' $
MODUSET ,,WSET/XSET/'UNION'/'U3'/'U1'/'U2' $
3. The following alter puts all degrees-of-freedom automatically constrained by GPSP into the sgset.
COMPILE SEKR0
ALTER 'GPSP'(,-1) $ BEFORE GPSP
$ MOVE DOF IN SET SB INTO SET U3
MODUSET, ,USET0/VSET/'MOVE'/'U3'/'SB'/ $
EQUIVX VSET/USET0/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY - CHECK BELOW'/ $
TABPRT USET0,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
ALTER 'GPSP' $ AFTER GPSP
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY AUTOSPC DOF - CHECK BELOW'/
$
TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ MOVE CURRENT SB (ALL FROM AUTOSPC) INTO SG
MODUSET, ,USET/VSET1/'MOVE'/'SG'/'SB'/ $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE EMPTY,SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/
$
TABPRT VSET1,EQEXINS//'USET'/11
$ NOW MOVE SET U3 BACK INTO SB
MODUSET, ,VSET1/VSET2/'MOVE'/'SB'/'U3'/ $
EQUIVX VSET2/USET/ALWAYS $
MESSAGE //'SB SET SHOULD NOW BE ONLY SPC DOF'/
' SG SHOULD BE PS + AUTOSPC'/ $
TABPRT USET,EQEXINS//'USET'/11 $
Main Index
MONVEC 1191
Forms monitor point rigid body vectors
MONVEC
MONVEC
AEMONPT ,
MONITOR
SRKS
AEROCOMP ,
AEBGPDT , CSTMA
STRUCOMP
AEMONPT
MONITOR
AEROCOMP
STRUCOMP
AEBGPDT
CSTMA
SRKS
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1192
MONVEC3
Process type 3 monitor points
MONVEC3
MONVEC3
MP3LAB,STRUCOMP,BGPDT,CSTM,KDICT,DSPT1/
MN3VEC*,KDICT3*,DSPT1F*$
MP3LAB
STRUCOMP
BGPDT
CSTM
KDICT
DSPT1
MN3VEC*
KDICT3*
DSPT1F*
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
MPP 1193
Prints monitor point results
MPP
Prints monitor point results for either trim subcase or for any one UXDAT instance or for any one
UXDAT instance by interpolation of the UXV.
Format:
MPP
MONITOR
MPSR
MPSER
AECTRL,UXDAT,
,
,
,
AEMONPT
MPAR
MPAER
MPEU,MPSIR,MPSRP,MP2S,MPSERP,UXV,INDX//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/MESH $
Main Index
AECTRL
UXDAT
MONITOR
AEMONPT
MPSR
MPAR
MPSER
MPAER
MPEU
MPSIR
MPSRP
MP2S
MPSERP
UXV
ADBINDX
1194
MPP
Prints monitor point results
None.
Parameters:
MACH
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
MESH
Examples:
AECTRL,UXDAT,MONITOR,MPSR,MPSER,,MPSIR,MPSRP,MPSERP,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'STRUCT' $
Main Index
AECTRL,UXDAT,AEMONPT,MPAR,MPAER,,,,,,//
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/'AERO' $
MPPTRAN 1195
Prints monitor point data for frequency response aeroelasticity
MPPTRAN
MPPTRAN
CASECC,MPDB,OL,MAT1,MAT2,MAT3,MAT4//MATTYPE/MONTYPE $
CASECC
MPDB
OL
Transient response time output list or frequency response frequency output list.
MATi
None.
Parameters:
MATTYPE
MONTYPE
Remarks:
None.
Main Index
AERODYNA
1196
MPYAD
Matrix multiply and add
MPYAD
Perform the multiplication of two matrices and optionally, the addition of a third matrix to the product.
T
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ]
Format:
MPYAD
A,B,C/X/
T/SIGNAB/SIGNC/PREC/FORM/DODMP/DMPYIN/DMPYOUT $
Matrix product.
Parameters:
T = 1, perform [ A ] [ B ]
T = 0, perform [ A ] [ B ]
T = 2, perform [ A ] [ B ] where [ A ] is the complex conjugate of A.
Only meaningful when A is complex.
T
Main Index
MPYAD 1197
Matrix multiply and add
SIGNC
PREC
Integer-input-default = 0. Precision.
PREC = 1, element of [ X ] will be output in single precision.
PREC = 2, elements of [ X ] will be output in double precision.
PREC = 0, elements of [ X ] will be output in the precision of the
computer.
FORM
Integer-input-default = 0. Form of [ X ] .
FORM = 0, form of [ X ] will be 1 (square) or 2 (rectangular).
DODMP
DMPYIN
DMPYOUT
Remarks:
Main Index
1198
MPYAD
Matrix multiply and add
7. The MPYAD keyword (or SYSTEM(66)) and the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the
NASTRAN statement is used for MPYAD method deselection. (The SPARSE keyword is
described in Remark 11.) The Deselection Values in the table below are used to deselect or disable
a single method or several methods. If MPYAD=0 and SPARSE=1, which are the defaults, then
the method that results in the lowest CPU and I/O time will be selected. If all transpose methods
are deselected, then T must be equal to zero (default). If all nontranspose methods are deselected,
then T must be equal to 1.
Storage
Technique
Method
MPYAD Keyword
Deselection Value
1 Nontranspose
1 Transpose
2 Nontranspose
---
2 Transpose
---
3 Nontranspose
---
16
3 Transpose
---
32
4 Nontranspose
---
64
4 Transpose
---
128
1 Nontranspose
256
1 Nontranspose
512
1 Nontranspose
1024
1 Nontranspose
2048
1 Nontranspose
4096
1 Nontranspose
8192
1 Transpose
16384
1 Transpose
32768
1 Transpose
65536
1 Transpose
131072
For methods 2, 3, and 4, a combination of methods is selected by subtracting the sum of their
Deselection Values from 255. For example, NASTRAN MPYAD = 243 (which is obtained from
255-(4+8)) selects only Methods 2 Transpose and Nontranspose.
Main Index
MPYAD 1199
Matrix multiply and add
accordingly. First sum their Deselection Values and then add 1, if Nontranspose, and/or 2, if
Transpose. This total is then subtracted from 262143. See examples below.
Example 1:
Example 2:
8. As an alternative to the deselection procedure described above, the MPYAD keyword value may
be set to select a single method while deselecting all other methods and submethods. To select a
single method, add 1048576 to the selection value of the desired method shown in the table below.
For example, if Method 1 Nontranspose Storage Submethod C is desired, then MPYAD =
1048586; computed from 1048576 + 10.
Storage
Submethod
Method
Main Index
Selection
Value
1 Nontranspose
1 Transpose
2 Nontranspose
---
2 Transpose
---
3 Nontranspose
---
3 Transpose
---
4 Nontranspose
---
4 Transpose
---
1 Nontranspose
1 Nontranspose
1 Nontranspose
10
1 Nontranspose
11
1 Nontranspose
12
1 Nontranspose
13
1 Transpose
14
1 Transpose
15
1 Transpose
16
1 Transpose
17
1200
MPYAD
Matrix multiply and add
If a Storage Submethod under Method 1 is selected in this manner, then a printout of timing
estimates for the other submethods may be requested by adding 3145728 to the selection value
above. Using the previous example, MPYAD = 3145738, computed from 3145728 + 10.
9. Sparse methods are deselected or selected by the SPARSE keyword (or SYSTEM(126)) on the
NASTRAN statement. The default SPARSE = 1 causes the automatic selection of sparse methods
if their CPU and I/O estimates are lower than those estimated for the methods in Remark 7. If the
sparse method is not desired, then specify SPARSE = 0 or 6.
In order to select or force one or both methods below, then add l to its value(s) below.
Sparse Method
Nontranspose
Transpose
Example 1:
Example 2:
Note that if SPARSE = 2, 3, 4, 5, or 7, then all methods in Remark 2 are turned off or deselected,
and the MPYAD keyword must be equal to zero.
The SPARSE keyword is also used for sparse method selection within all modules which
perform matrix decomposition and forward-backward substitution; e.g., DCMP, DECOMP, FBS,
and SOLVE.
10. The diagonal matrix format (FORM = 3) for input matrices is not supported for the transpose
option (T = 1), and will cause an ILLEGAL INPUT fatal message. [A] can be transposed with
the TRNSP module.
11. Parallel processing in this module (Methods 1 Nontranspose Storage E and Transpose Storage C
only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)) which
is set to the number of parallel processors (default = 0). To force parallel processing, the MPYAD
keyword must be set to one of the following values:
MPYAD Keyword
1048592
Transpose C
1048588
Nontranspose E
192512
Both
Examples:
1.
Main Index
Storage Technique
MPYAD 1201
Matrix multiply and add
MPYAD A,B,C/X $
2.
3.
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ]
MPYAD A,B,/X//-1 $
Main Index
1202
MRGCOMP
Merges two existing aerodynamic or structural component tables
MRGCOMP
MRGCOMP
COMP1,COMP2/
COMP/
COMPRPLC $
COMPi
COMP
Parameter:
COMPRPLC
Remark:
Duplicate component names will cause a fatal message to be issued unless COMPRPLC is true.
Main Index
MRGCSTM 1203
Merges families of coordinate system defintion tables (CSTM)
MRGCSTM
MRGCSTM
CSTM1*,CSTM2*,CSTM3*,CSTM4*,CSTM5*/
CSTMX/S,N,NOCSTMX $
CSTMi*
CSTMX
Parameter:
NOCSTMX
Remark:
None.
Main Index
CSTMX created
1204
MRGMON
Merges two monitor point tables
MRGMON
Merges two monitor point tables and optionally output their associated matrices.
Format:
MRGMON
MON1,MON2,SZR1,SZR2/
MON,SZR/
MONRPLC $
MONi
Monitor tables.
SZRi
MON
SZR
Parameter:
L
MONRPLC
Remarks:
1. Duplicate monitor points will cause a fatal message to be issued unless MONRPLC is true.
2. SZR1, SZR2, and SZR may be purged.
3. SZR is created only if both SZR1 and SZR2 exist.
Main Index
MSGHAN 1205
Passes message number for processing by MSGPOP API
MSGHAN
Passes the message number of a message for processing by the MSGPOP API.
Format:
MSGHAN
//MSGNUM/MSGINP1/MSGINP2/S,N,MSGOUT $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
MSGNUM
MSGINP1
MSGINP2
MSGOUT
1206
MSGSTRES
Computes data based on fields generated by MSGMESH
MSGSTRES
FORCE,OES1X//
S,N,PLTNUM/NOMSGSTR $
FORCE
OES1
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
PLTNUM
NOMSGSTR
MTRXIN 1207
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
MTRXIN
Converts matrices input on DMIG Bulk Data entries to matrix data blocks.
Format:
MTRXIN
EQEXIN
,,/
EQDYN
,,MATPOOL,
NAME1,NAME2,NAME3,NAME4,NAME5/
LUSET
/S,N,NONAME1/S,N,NONAME2/
LUSETD
S,N,NONAME3/S,N,NONAME4/S,N,NONAME5 $
Form 2 -- Case Control Command Selection of stiffness, mass, and damping (or square) matrices
(IOPT=1 for K2GG, etc., and IOPT=0 for K2PP, etc., and TF).
MTRXIN
EQEXIN
,,
/
EQDYN TFPOOL
CASECC,MATPOOL,
K2GG,M2GG,B2GG
,K42GG,A2GG /
K2PP,M2PP,B2PP
LUSET
/S,N,NOK2/S,N,NOM2/S,N,NOB2/
LUSETD
S,N,NOK42/S,N,NOA2/
1
$
0
Form 3 -- Case Control Command selection of load (or rectangular) matrix (IOPT=2).
MTRXIN
Main Index
CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/
P2G,,,,/
LUSET/S,N,NOP2G/////2 $
1208
MTRXIN
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
Form 4 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ and DMIJI by data block names MATKi, MATJi, and MATJIi.
AEBGPDTK
MTRXIN
,,MATPOOL, AEBGPDTJ ,, /
AEBGPDTI
MATK1
MATK2
MATK3
3
S,N,LJSET
/S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3///
4 $
S,N,LISET
5
Form 5 -- Selection of stiffness, mass, damping, and loads (or square) matrices by MATNAMi, etc. input
parameter values (IOPT=10 through 12).
MTRXIN
EQDYN
TFPOOL
CASECC,MATPOOL, EQEXIN ,,
/
EQEXIN
MATP1 MATP2
MATP3 MATP4 MATP5
MATG1 , MATG2 ,
/
MATG3 , MATG4 , MATG5
RMATG
LUSETD
LUSET /S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/
10
LUSET
S,N,NOMAT4/S,N,NOMAT5/ 11 /
12
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3/MATNAM4/MATNAM5/
TFLID
NFEXIT/MATID1/MATID2/MATID3/MATID4/M
ATID5
$
Main Index
MTRXIN 1209
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
Form 6 -- Selection of DMIK, DMIJ, and DMIJI matrices by the MATNAMi input parameter values
(IOPT=13 through 15).
AEBGPDTK
MTRXIN
MATK2
MATK3
13
S,N,LJSET
/S,N,NOMAT1/S,N,NOMAT2/S,N,NOMAT3/
//
14 /
S,N,LISET
15
MATNAM1/MATNAM2/MATNAM3 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
MATPOOL
EQEXIN
EQDYN
TFPOOL
AEBGPDTK
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTJ
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degrees of
freedom.
AEBGPDTI
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set interference
degrees of freedom
Main Index
NAMEi
K2GG, etc.
1210
MTRXIN
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
MATPi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the
p-set.
MATGi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the gset.
RMATG
Rectangular matrix defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and may have
an arbitrary number of columns but g-set rows, similar to P2G.
MATKi
MATJi
MATIi
Parameters:
LUSET
LUSETD
NONAMEi
NOK2, etc.
IOPT
LKSET,
LJSET,
LISET
Main Index
No Case Control command selection (see Form 1) or K2GG, etc., and TFL
Case Control command selection (see Form 2).
10
K2PP, M2PP, and B2PP selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
11
K2GG, M2GG, and B2GG selection by input parameter value (see Form 5).
12
13
14
15
MTRXIN 1211
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
NOMATi
MATNAMi
TFLID
NFEXIT
MATIDXi
Remarks:
1. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, named M1 and M2, which reference grid
and/or scalar points only. The following set of DMAP instructions will generate these two
matrices in matrix format, multiply them together and print the result.
MTRXIN
,,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/Ml,M2,/LUSET/S,N,NOMl/S,N,NOM2$
IF (NOM1 > -1 AND NOM2 > -1) THEN $
MPYAD
M1,M2,/PRODUCT $
MATPRN PRODUCT//$
ENDIF $
2. Assume the Bulk Data contains two DMIG matrices, MASS and STIFF, which reference grid
and/or scalar points only. The following Case Control and DMAP instructions will generate these
two matrices in matrix format and add them to the structural mass and stiffness.
Case Control:
M2GG = MASS
K2GG = STIFF
DMAP instructions:
MTRXIN
CASECC,MATPOOL,EQEXIN,,/STIFF,MASS,/
LUSET/S,N,NOSTIFF/S,N,NOMASS//1 $
IF (NOSTIFF > -1) THEN $
Main Index
1212
MTRXIN
Converts DMIG entries to matrices
ADD
KGG,STIFF/KGGNEW $
EQUIVX KGGNEW/KGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF $
IF (NOMASS > -1) THEN $
ADD
MGG,MASS/MGGNEW $
EQUIVX MGGNEW/MGG/ALWAYS $
ENDIF
Main Index
NASSETS 1213
Combines all element sets for MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1
NASSETS
Combines all element sets defined in Case Control, including OUTPUT(PLOT) sections, for
MSGMESH, and sets defined on SET1 Bulk Data entries.
Format:
NASSETS
CASECC,ELSET,EDT/
SET/
MESHSET $
CASECC
ELSET
EDT
SET
Parameter:
MESHSET
Main Index
1214
NDINTERP
Nonlinear interpolator
NDINTERP
Nonlinear interpolator
Nonlinear interpolator.
Format:
NDINTERP
CONTVXV,CONTVX/
IFACT,CONTDIF/
NSUPD/MINNUSE/MAXNUSE/STOL $
CONTVXV
CONTVX
IFACT
CONTVDIF
Parameters:
Main Index
NSUPD
MINNUSE
MAXNUSE
STOL
NEWUSET 1215
Creates USET table for matrix-based ACMS
NEWUSET
Creates a USET table for the matrix-based ACMS (automatic component mode synthesis) method.
Format:
NEWUSET
COLOR,USET,SIL/USETN/SEID $
COLOR
USET
SIL
USETN
Parameters:
SEID
Main Index
1216
NLCOMB
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
NLCOMB
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads for the current nonlinear analysis
iteration.
Format:
NLCOMB
CASEX,MESTNL,KDICTNL,BKDICT,ETT,PTELEM0,PTELEM,EDT,
MPT,EQEXIN,SLT,DLT,BGPDT,APPLOD,DYNAMIC,
ESTL,ACTNODS,DLTO/
ELDATAH,DLT1,GPTT1,ESTLT,DLT1COM/
NSKIP/LSTEP/LINC/STATIC/LGDISP/OSTEP/NEWSTEP/
TSTATIC/ $
Main Index
CASECC
EST
KDICTNL
BKDICT
ETT
PTELEM0
PTELEM
UNUSED8
MPT
EQEXIN
SLT
DLT
BGPDT
APPLOD
DYNAMIC
ESTL
NLCOMB 1217
Consolidates tables related to nonlinear elements and applied loads
ACTNODS
DLTO
ELDATA
SLT1
DLT1
GPTT1
ESTLT
Combine ESTL and the temperature load related data from ELDATA
DLT1COM
Combine DLT0 from previous loadcase and DLT1 at current loadcase for follower
force
Parameters:
NSKIP
LSTEP
Input-integer-no default. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level
for static solutions.
LINC
STATIC
Input-integer-default=0. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one
for dynamic analysis.
LGDISP
OSTEP
NEWSTEP
TSTATIC
Main Index
-1
Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.
1218
NLHARM
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
NLHARM
NLHARM
HUDI,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,NLPART,NLFTAB,UNUSED6,DIT/
HPNLDIX,HDFDDIX,UNUSED3/
DFFLAG/UVAFLAG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4/DELTA/FREQ/UNUSED7 $
HUDI
MFCDISP
MFCVELO
Same as MFCDISP above but its size is(NN-1)xM and its used to
compute the time domain velocity given the Fourier coefficients.
NLPART
NLFTAB
UNUSED6
DIT
HPNLDIX
HDFDDIX
UNUSED3
Parameters:
DFFLAG
UVAFLAG
Main Index
Compute DFDX
-1
NLHARM 1219
Computes forces and derivatives of forces in Fourier space
Main Index
UNUSED3
UNUSED4
DELTA
FREQ
UNUSED7
1220
NLICLOOP
Prepares data for the NLIC run in SOL 400
NLICLOOP
NLICLOOP
CASECC,NLRSMP//STPPRV/S,N,ICLOOP $
CASECC
NLRSMAP
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
STPPRV
ICLOOP
<0
NLITER 1221
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLITER
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to static structural or steady state
heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLITER
Main Index
CASECC
CNVTST
PLMAT
YSMAT
KAAL
ELDATA
KELMNL
LLLT
Lower triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and
differential stiffness effects.
GM
MPT
DIT
MGG
SLT1
1222
NLITER
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
USET
RDEST
RECM
KGGNL
ULLT
Upper triangular factor for nonlinear elements including material, slideline, and
differential stiffness effects.
GPSNT
EDT
DITID
DEQIND
DEQATN
FENL
Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous load step
in nonlinear matrix format.
EPT
PCOMPT
Table containing LAM option input and expanded information from the PCOMP
Bulk Data entry.
SLTNL
SLT with follower forces for CQUADR/CTRIAR elements for both the current
and last load step.
Main Index
UGNI
FGNL
ESTNLH
CIDATA
QNV
FFGH
MUGNI
MESTNL
DUGNI
NLITER 1223
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
BTOPOCNV
BTOPOSTF
FENL1
Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load
step in nonlinear matrix format.
MDUGNI
MDPSINI
Parameters:
LOADFAC
Input/output-complex-no default. Load factor. The real part is the load factor
for the current iteration, having a fractional value between 0 and 1.
CONV
Initialization.
On output:
-1
RSTEP
NEWP
NEWK
Update stiffness.
Update stiffness, the solution is diverging and MAXBIS has been reached.
POUTF
NSKIP
Input/output-integer-no default.
On input: Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
On output: Set to -2 if run is to be fatally terminated.
LGDISP
Main Index
1224
NLITER
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLFLAG
Output-integer-default=0.
ITERID
KMATUP
LSTEP
KTIME
SOLCUR
TABS
KFLAG
NBIS
NORADMAT
LASTCNMU
SIGMA
ARCLG
ARCSGN
TWODIV
LANGLE
Main Index
Gimbal angle.
NLITER 1225
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
Rotation vector.
ITOPT
ITSEPS
ITSMAX
PLSIZE
IPAD
IEXT
ADPCON
PBCONT
NBCONT
GPFORCE
GNLSTN
Small strain.
Green strain.
UNUSED
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
K6ROT
Remarks:
1. NLITER updates the displacement vector for as many iterations as are necessary to attain an
equilibrium between the applied loads and the forces. NLITER calculates nonlinear forces and
follower forces which are used to obtain new displacements until a converged solution is found,
or a new stiffness matrix is necessary, or a bisection of the load step is necessary.
2. KGGNL is needed for the reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization in the iterative solver only.
Otherwise it may be purged.
3. MGG, RDEST, RECM are only required for heat transfer analysis. Otherwise they may be
purged.
Main Index
1226
NLITER
Computes nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
Main Index
-1
Solution had converged, but no stiffness update had been made or solution had
not converged, and a stiffness matrix update had been made. A new stiffness
matrix is required before starting bisection.
Solution had converged and a stiffness update had been made. No new stiffness
matrix is required before starting bisection.
NLRSLOOP 1227
Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.
NLRSLOOP
CASECC,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/RSSUBC/RSSTEP/RSTIME/
S,N,SOLCURR/S,N,STEPCUR/S,N,SUBCUR/
S,N,STEPCURL/S,N,STIMER/S,N,NSKIPR/
S,N,SOLPREL/S,N,LOOPIDL/S,N,NEWSTEP/
S,N,STIMES $
CASECC
NLRSMAP0
NLRSMAP
Parameters:
Main Index
RSSUBC
RSSTEP
RSTIME
Input-real-no default. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment
in static analysis (or time step in transient analysis).
SOLCURR
Output-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart
point.
STEPCUR
SUBCUR
STEPCURL
STIMER
NSKIPR
Output-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart
point.
1228
NLRSLOOP
Prepare data for nonlinear restarts.
SOLPREL
LOOPIDL
NEWSTEP
STIMES
Main Index
-1
Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and TIME=0.0.
NLRSMAP 1229
Creates the nonlinear restart map
NLRSMAP
NLRSMAP
CASEXX,NLRSMAP0/
NLRSMAP/UNUSED/UNUSED/
STIMER/SOLCURR/STEPCUR/SUBCUR/
NSKIPR/SOLPREL/NEWSTEP/STIMES $
CASEXX
NLRSMAP0
NLRSMAP
Nonlinear restart map from the restart step augmented with the current
output time step.
Parameters:
UNUSED
STIMER
SOLCURR
Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the output time step at the restart
point.
STEPCUR
Input-integer-no default. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point.
SUBCUR
NSKIPR
Input-integer-no default. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart
point.
SOLPREL
NEWSTEP
STIMES
Main Index
-1
Cold start from the first SUBCASE, first STEP case and time=0.0.
1230
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response with an adaptive time increment for a given iteration.
Format:
NLSOLV
Main Index
NLSOLV 1231
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/
S,N,ITERID/ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUP/S,N,NOGONL/
S,N,NBIS/MAXLP/TSTAT/LANGLE/NDAMP/
TABS/SIGMA/NLR/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/
S,N,NBCONT/UNUSED/S,N,MNEWK/S,N,OFLAG/TANALY/
FKSYMFAC/RSTRT/NLPACK/GPFRC/GNLSTN/MSCHG/K6ROT/
WTMASS/S,N,TSTATX/S,N,STIMEF/STEPCUR/STEPNXT /
TANALOLD/ITOPTX/CVMEM/CASPIV/LMTOPT/AUTOMSC1/
AUTOMSC2/HGGTOUT/NDAMPM/S,N,CURMU/
S,N,LSTEP/S,N,RSTEP/S,N,ARCLG/S,N,ARCSGN/
G/W3/W4/NLIC/NLICFLG/STIMEHSC/S,N,HGENPLAS/
MAXRATIO/OLDSEQ/UNUSED/ASSMKPPT/NLOOPH/ICPLD/
NUMCPLD/NEWCPLD/NBISCPLD/NCPLOOP/S,N,HGENFRIC/
S,N,DTCPLD/S,N,TOTALTIM/S,N,OPENFSI/LGDISPU/EXTSYS/
S,N,NSTPCPLD/ITMPCPLD/NUMCPLDY/S,N,STIMERT $
Main Index
CASEXX
UPVNLH
YS
ELDATA
KELMNL
KPP
GMNE
MPT
DIT
KFEFE
DLT1
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
USETD
BFEFE
Damping matrix in the fe-set (or nonlinear tangential heat capacitance matrix) for
both linear and nonlinear elements in the fe-set.
MFEFE
1232
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
Main Index
NLFT
RDEST
RECM
BPP
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear elements only.
GPSNT
DITID
DEQIND
DEQEQN
MPP
MBSP
MBFEP
MMP
GMS
MFeFei
UNUSED
not used
GEOM4
KTPP
YVH
YAH
GPTT1
EPTS
TMLD
ROTORT
BGFAM
KCFAM
ENZGD
CONTACT
ACTNODS
ESTLT
Combine ESTL and the temperature load related data from ELDATA
N2M
KDFeFe
RGNL
YM
NLSOLV 1233
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
KDICT0
KELEM0
KDICTNL
K2PP
KdDICTL
KdELML
KdDICTNL
KdELMNL
KFDICT
KFELM
BKDICT
BKELM
EDT
MDICT0
MELM0
BDICT0
BELM0
BDICTNL
BELMNL
M2PPcas
B2PPcas
EQDYN
PPBO
TOLBO
GPECT
CPLDIN1
CPLDIN2
CPLDIN3
Main Index
UPVH
OLBH
KDIOF
KDELF
1234
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
FSI
HRMSP
OINT
Input Data Block, OINT data block used to get OUTPUT card
DDUVA_FE
QSPH0
ESTINF
FFOLPRE
Main Index
UPVNLH
FSV
ESTNLH
FPV
OESNL1
PPL
Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix appended from each output time step.
TEL
MUPN
Solution matrix from nonlinear response analysis in the p-set for matrix update.
MESTNL
BTOPOCNV
BTOPOSTF
OESNLB1
FMV
QPV
DUPV
RPV
GEOM4CN
KFRIC
TELS
QNV
OFCON3D
NEWMPT
NLSOLV 1235
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
Main Index
LTF
UTF
PNLH
Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step (for transient analysis
only).
FSVi
Matrix of nonlinear element forces FSV at constrained points at the output time
steps (for transient analysis only).
PPLi
Nonlinear load (applied and NOLINi) matrix PPL appended from each output time
step (for transient analysis only)
UPVNLHi
Solution matrix UPVNLH from nonlinear analysis appended from each output time
step (for transient analysis only).
FMVi
Nonlinear element forces at m-set FMV appended from each output time step (for
transient analysis only).
ESTSAV
Nonlinear element summary table from previous time step. Saved ESTCON data
for re-entering usage. For itrfmt=7, ESTCON is the input estnl file of nlemg for the
last time step. For itrfmt<>7, it is the output (estnlh) of nlemg for the last time step.
Both are used in stiffness updating to the previous converged time step.
MESTN0
UPVNL0
FENL1
Matrix of strain energy and grid point force at every element at the last converged
load step.
Rbeqmg
KELMSV
Saved KELMNL for stiffness updating to previous time step with itrfmt=7.
HGGT
N3Dsav
Save the useful data of 3D Contact at the final iteration before exit.
ESTMG
GRPSTM
MTSTM
MTSTM1
MTSTM2
MTSTM3
MTSTM4
MMTX
MMTXR
Advanced nonlinear element stresses and strains reference state, matching MMTX
MMTX1
NLVECM
VCCTM
VCCT data
1236
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
GCOMM
GCOMMR
MKELM
MRELM
MKELMR
N3Ddb0
N3Ddbi
HGGTi
ESTLNS
OFVCCT
UDEFSFD
FRICEL
bsHGGTa
bsKGGn
bsKGGfa
CIDATA
KTPPSV
GCOMMRD
MMTXRD
OCOMPH
OCOMPMH
ONLOUTS
ONLOUTV
ONLOUTT
CPLDOUT1
Main Index
FSIXF
OFDBGDT
ROTDATH
R_FE
RBEQMGi
RBEQMG appended from each output time step for NLTRAN only
ESTINFX
EIDPID
NLSOLV 1237
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
FFOLLOW
OFCON3Di
Parameters:
KRATIO
CONV
Initialization.
On output:
-1
STIME
NEWP
NEWK
Main Index
>0
OLDDT
NSTEP
LGDISP
CONSEC
ITERID
ITIME
1238
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
KTIME
LASTUPD
Input/output-integer-default=0. The time step number of the last stiffness update at:
>
<
=1
NOGONL
NBIS
MAXLP
TSTAT
ANALYSIS=NLTRAN
LANGLE
Gimbal angle.
NDAMP
Input-real-default=0.
0
Main Index
Numerical damping.
TABS
SIGMA
NLR
No radiation.
-1
Initial radiation.
ADPCON
PBCONT
NLSOLV 1239
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
NBCONT
unused
(not used)
MNEWK
OFLAG
<=0
>0
Print the title lines for iteration message and/or print the output-only
information before exiting.
>=0
On output--output exit:
TANALY
=0
No
>=1
Yes
FKSYMFAC
RSTRT
NLPACK
Cold start
=1
Restart
Append all output time steps together in each STEP case before
processing the output procedure.
>0
Append the value of NLPACK output time steps together in each STEP
case before output procedure.
GPFRC
GNLSTN
MSCHG
Main Index
<=0
Small strain
Green strain
1240
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
<=0
no change
>0
changed
K6ROT
Input-real. Scaling factor of the penalty stiffness to be added to the normal rotation
for QUAD4 and TRIA3
WTMASS
TSTATX
STIMEF
-1
Main Index
STEPCUR
TANALOLD
ITOPTX
= -1
> 0
VALUE
OPTION
Reserved
Reserved
16
Reserved
32
Reserved
64
128
256
NLSOLV 1241
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
Main Index
10
512
11
1024
12
2048
CVMEM
CASPIV
Input- real-default= 10
LMTOPT
10
AUTOMSC1
AUTOMSC2
HGGTOUT
=1
NDAMPM
CURMU
LSTEP
RSTEP
ARCLG
ARCSGN
G,W3,W4
NLIC
NLICFLG
TIMHSC
HGENPLAS
MAXRATIO
OLDSEQ
UNUSED
Input- integer-default=0.
1242
NLSOLV
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
ASSMKTTP
NLOOPH
ICPLD
NUMCPLD
NEWCPLD
change in physics
NBISCPLD
NCPLOOP
HGENFRIC
DTCPLD
Unused
TOTALTIM
OPENFSI
Input-integer-default=1.0.
LGDISP
EXTSYS
NSTPCPLD
ITMPCPLD
NUMCPLDY
Main Index
=0
=0
>0
=1
Iteration mode
=2
=9
: zeroth increment.
>-1
: regular increments
Input-integer-default=0. Flag for initial temperature for the 0th increment for statics
2
NLSOLV 1243
Solves nonlinear static and transient response
STIMERT
Main Index
1244
NLTRD
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLTRD
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural
analysis only.
Format:
NLTRD
CASECC,MESTNL,PDT,YS,KRDD,
ELDATA,KELMNL,LAM1DD,GM,MPT,
DIT,UAM1DD,DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,
SIL,USETD,AM2,AM3,NLFT,
KSGG,DITID/
ULNT,IFG,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL/
BETA/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP/S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITER
ID/
S,N,MU/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/
S,N,NOTIME/MAXLP/UNUSED17/UNUSE18/UNUSE19/
TABS/LANGLE $
Main Index
CASECC
MESTNL
PDT
YS
KRDD
ELDATA
KELMNL
LAM1DD
GM
MPT
DIT
UAM1DD
DLT1
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
NLTRD 1245
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
USETD
AM2
AM3
NLFT
KSGG
DITID
ULNT
IFG
Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time
steps.
ESTNLH
IFD
OESNL1
PNL
TEL
Parameters:
BETA
CONV
Initialization.
On output:
Main Index
-1
STIME
NEWP
1246
NLTRD
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NEWK
Main Index
>0
Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which
have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is
terminated.
OLDDT
NSTEP
LGDISP
CONSEC
ITERID
MU
KTIME
LASTUPD
NOGONL
NOTIME
Output-integer-default=0. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further
iterations but enough time to perform data recovery.
MAXLP
UNUSED17
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
UNUSED18
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
UNUSED19
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
TABS
NLTRD 1247
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
LANGLE
Gimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
Remarks:
1. NLTRD supports only METHOD="AUTO" and "TSTEP" on the TSTEPNL Bulk Data entry.
NLTRD2 supports only METHOD="ADAPT".
2. NLTRD does not support heat transfer, slideline contact, or shell normals. Use NLTRD2.
3. ULNT contains only displacement and velocity vectors at converged time steps during the direct
integration. However, upon completion of the subcase it also contains acceleration for the output
time steps.
Main Index
1248
NLTRD2
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NLTRD2
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables. Applicable to dynamic structural or
transient heat transfer analysis.
Format:
NLTRD2
CASECC,PDT,YS,ELDATA,KELMNL,
KDD,GM,MPT,DIT,KBDD,
DLT1,CSTM,BGPDT,SIL,USETD,
BRDD,MDD,NLFT,RDEST,RECM,
BDD,GPSNT,DITID,DEQIND,DEQATN,
ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,TMLD,UNUSED1,UNUSED2,RDG,PSFL/
ULNT,IFS,ESTNLH,IFD,OESNL1,
PNL,TEL,MULNT,MESTNL,BTOPCNV,
BTOPSTF,OESNLB1,MPTTC,LTF,UTF/
KRATIO/S,N,CONV/S,N,STIME/S,N,NEWP/S,N,NEWK/
S,N,OLDDT/S,N,NSTEP/LGDISP /S,N,CONSEC/S,N,ITERID/
ITIME/S,N,KTIME/S,N,LASTUPD/S,N,NOGONL/S,N,NBIS/
MAXLP/TSTATIC/LANGLE/NDAMP/TABS/
SIGMA/NORADMAT/S,N,ADPCON/PBCONT/
S,N,NBCONT/FKSYMFAC/WTMASS/NOUDCMP $
Main Index
CASECC
PDT
YS
ELDATA
KELMNL
KDD
GM
MPT
DIT
KBDD
DLT1
CSTM
BGPDT
SIL
NLTRD2 1249
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
USETD
BRDD
Damping matrix in the d-set for linear elements only or heat capacitance matrix
for both linear and nonlinear elements in the d-set.
MDD
NLFT
RDEST
RECM
BDD
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear elements only.
GPSNT
DITID
DEQIND
DEQATN
ROTORT
BGDD*
KCVDD*
TMLD
UNUSED1
UNUSED2
RDG
PSFL
Main Index
ULNT
IFS
ESTNLH
IFD
OESNL1
PNL
TEL
MULNT
MESTNL
1250
NLTRD2
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
BTOPOCNV
BTOPOSTF
OESNLB1
MPTTC
LTF
UTF
Parameters:
KRATIO
CONV
Initialization.
On output:
Convergence has not been achieved.
STIME
NEWP
NEWK
Main Index
-1
-1
>0
Update stiffness and represents the number of consecutive time steps which
have shown divergence. If this number reaches 5, the solution process is
terminated.
OLDDT
NSTEP
LGDISP
NLTRD2 1251
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
Main Index
CONSEC
ITERID
ITIME
KTIME
LASTUPD
NOGONL
NBIS
MAXLP
TSTATIC
LANGLE
Gimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
NDAMP
TABS
SIGMA
NORADMAT
No radiation.
-1
Initial radiation.
ADPCON
PBCONT
1252
NLTRD2
Computes transient nonlinear analysis solution matrices and tables
NBCONT
FKSYMFAC
WTMASS
NOUDCMP
Remarks:
Main Index
NLTRLG 1253
Produces time independent load vector
NLTRLG
NLTRLG
CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,GMD,GOD,
PHDH,EST,MPT,APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PDT,TMLD,DLT1/TABS $
Main Index
CASECC
USETD
DLT
SLT
BGPDT
SIL
CSTM
TRL
DIT
GMD
GOD
PHDH
EST
MPT
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
1254
NLTRLG
Produces time independent load vector
PDT
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.
TMLD
DLT1
Parameter:
TABS
Main Index
NORM 1255
Normalize a matrix
NORM
Normalize a matrix
To normalize a matrix, each column by its largest element or compute the square root of the sum of the
squares for each row of a matrix (SRSS).
Format:
NORM
A/ANORM/S,N,NCOL/S,N,NROW/S,N,XNORM/IOPT/
S,N,XNORMD/PRTSWM $
ANORM
Normalized matrix.
Parameters:
NCOL
Number of columns in A.
NROW
XNORM
IOPT
Compute SRSS.
XNORMD
PRTSWM
Remarks:
1. If IOPT=1 then ANORM is the same as A except each column has been normalized by its
maximum absolute value.
2. If IOPT=2 then ANORM is a column vector where the i-th row is the sum of the magnitudes of
the terms in the i-th row of A.
Main Index
1256
NORM
Normalize a matrix
Examples:
Main Index
NSMEPT 1257
Modifies element properties
NSMEPT
Modifies element properties table from the NSML and NSML1 records.
Format:
NSMEPT
ECT,EPT,BGPDT/NEWEPT/S,N,NEWEPT $
ECT
EPT
BGPDT
NEWEPT
Parameters:
NEWEPT
Main Index
No.
-1
Yes.
1258
OFP
Output file processor
OFP
To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by other modules in user-oriented, self-explanatory
formats.
Format:
OFP
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6,
CSTM,BGPDTVU,ERROR1,DEQATN,DEQIND,DIT,UNUSED//
UNUSED/ODCODE/PVALID/OCID $
OFPi
Output table suitable for processing by the OFP module. See Remark
2.
CSTM
EHT
BGPDTVU
ERROR1
DEQATN
DEQIND
DIT
UNUSED
None.
Main Index
OFP 1259
Output file processor
Parameters:
UNUSED
ODCODE
Plot
Punch
PVALID
OCID
Displacements.
Applied loads.
Eigenvectors.
10
Velocities.
11
Accelerations.
Remarks:
Main Index
1260
OFP
Output file processor
5. CSTM, DEQATN, DEQIND, and DIT are required if the CORD3G Bulk Data entry is present
and only for element data recovery; i.e., displacement, stress, strain, etc.
Example:
Main Index
OPTGP0 1261
p-element analysis preprocessor
OPTGP0
Preprocesses the input design optimization shape basis vectors for p-element analysis.
Format:
OPTGP0
GEOM1M,GEOM2M,MEDGE,EDOM,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSE
D7,
DEQATN,DEQIND/
EDOMM/
DELG $
GEOM1M
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
the current p-level.
GEOM2M
MEDGE
EDOM
UNUSED5
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
DEQATN
DEQIND
EDOMM
Parameter:
DELG
Main Index
1262
OPTGP0
p-element analysis preprocessor
Remark:
OPTGP0 preprocesses the shape basis vectors defined at the p-element geometry level for both the
GMCURV or POINT option and generates DVGRID entry images at the grid-n points (a point on an
FEEDGE, FEFACE or FEBODY entity with variable number of degrees-of-freedom).
Main Index
ORTHOG 1263
Generates orthonormal set of vectors
ORTHOG
Generates an orthonormal set of vectors from a given set of vectors. For example, orthogonalize with
respect to an identity matrix or mass matrix.
Format:
ORTHOG
A,M/
Q,R/
ORTHOPT/ORTHCON/S,N,ORTHEPS/ORTHREPT/ORTHTOL $
Parameters:
ORTHOPT
ORTHCON
Main Index
1264
ORTHOG
Generates orthonormal set of vectors
ORTHEPS
ORTHREPT
ORTHTOL
Remark:
1. ORTHOG generates an orthonormal set of vectors [ Q ] from a given set of vectors [A] such that:
[ A] = [Q ][R ]
T
or if [ M ] is not given: [ Q ] [ Q ] = [ I ]
where [ I ] is an identity matrix.
2. ORTHOG cannot orthogonalize complex matrices. If a complex matrix is input then a fatal
message is issued. SubDMAP ONORM can orthogonalize complex matrices which is described
under "General Enhancements for Orthogonalizing Complex Vectors" on page 149 of the
MSC.Nastran 2004 Release Guide.
Main Index
OUTADF 1265
Output Frequency Response Result to ADF Format File
OUTADF
Output the frequency response functions and participation factors to ADF format file.
Format:
OUTADF
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,UNITS,BGPDT,CASECC//IPRINT $
OFPi
UNITS
Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.
BGPDT
CASECC
None
Parameters:
IPRINT
Remarks:
1. This module support the output table block of OUGx, OSMPF1, OAFMPF1, OASMPF1,
OAPMPF1, OAPPF1, OAGPF1 and OSPPF1 (TCODE=1, 10, 11 and 61 to 67).
2. OFPi may be purged.
3. If CASECC is purged, all supported result data in OFPi will output.
4. See the parameter POSTADF for the other information.
Main Index
1266
OUTPRT
Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors
OUTPRT
Constructs partitioning vectors to be used in sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery.
Format:
OUTPRT
CASECC,ECT,BGPDT,SIL,XYCDB,DYNAMIC,MATPOOL,PG,VGFD,
CASEDS,TABEVP,TABEVS,MMCDB,OINT,PELSET,EDT,GPECT,
FRFXITZG,FTGID/
PVGRID,PVSPC,PVMPC,PVLOAD,PVMCFR/
S,N,SDRMETH/NOSE/SDROVR/SDRDENS/ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT $
Main Index
CASECC
ECT
BGPDT
SIL
XYCDB
DYNAMIC
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer
radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
PG
VGFD
CASEDS
TABEVP
Cross-reference table between ESTDVP records and element and design variable
identification numbers.
TABEVS
Cross reference table between ESTDVS records and element and design variable
identification numbers.
MMCDB
OINT
PELSET
EDT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element deformation, aerodynamics, pelement analysis, divergence analysis, and the iterative solver. This module is
processes MONPNT3 and SET1 records only.
GPECT
OUTPRT 1267
Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors
FRFXITZG
FTGID
PVGRID
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following
Case Control commands:
DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY, ACCELERATION, FORCE,
STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE, MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE,
ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE.
PVSPC
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the SPCFORCE
Case Control command.
PVMPC
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the MPCFORCE
Case Control command.
PVLOAD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied.
PVMCFR
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the
MCFRACTION Case Control command.
Parameters:
SDRMETH
NOSE
Input-integer-default=0.
Set to -1 if there are no superelements; 0 otherwise. Superelement presence
flag.
SDROVR
Main Index
FULL
SPARSE
1268
OUTPRT
Constructs sparse load reduction and sparse data recovery partitioning vectors
Main Index
SDRDENS
ADPTINDX
ADPTEXIT
OUTPUT2 1269
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT2
Writes a table or matrix data block(s) onto a binary or "compressed ASCII" (or neutral) file for user
postprocessing or for subsequent input (via INPUTT2) into another MSC Nastran run.
Format:
OUTPUT2
DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5,CASECC//
ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/
NDDLNAM1/NDDLNAM2/NDDLNAM3/NDDLNAM4/NDDLNAM5/
HNAME1/HNAME2/HNAME3/HNAME4/HNAME5/PROCID $
DBi
CASECC
Parameters:
ITAPE
Main Index
Skip forward n data blocks before writing (only used if file has no label).
Data blocks are written starting at the current position. If this is the first
use, no label is written.
-1
-3
Rewind IUNIT, print data block names and then write after the last data
block on IUNIT (file must have a label).
-9
Write a final EOF on IUNIT (must be used before -3 option and as last
I/O use of unit) then rewind IUNIT.
IUNIT
LABL
MAXR
1270
OUTPUT2
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
NDDLNAMi
HNAMEi
PROCID
Remarks:
position of the first nonzero term in the column followed by the first through the last nonzero
term in the column.
In tables, the contents of logical records vary according to the table but are described in Data
Blocks (Ch. 2).
2. The FORTRAN binary file consists of physical records of data from the data block and KEYs that
are provided to assist in the reading of the file. Each physical record of data is separated by oneword records called KEYs. The KEYs will indicate one of the following depending on its location
in the binary file:
KEY
Description
>0
The length of the next physical record. It may also indicate the start of a new
logical record.
<0
3. The End-of-Data (EOD) follows the last end-of-file (data block) written to the binary file.
4. If possible, each logical record of the data block will be written to one physical record of the
FORTRAN binary file. However, the length of a logical record may exceed the maximum length
of a physical record (see MAXR parameter). If this occurs, then the logical record will span more
than one physical record. In other words, the logical record will be written to the first physical
record followed by a positive KEY record, which indicates a continuation of the logical record
and the length of the subsequent second physical record.
5. The OUTPUT4 module performs similar operations on matrices, but not tables. It is simpler to
use and is the recommended method for matrix output.
6. Tables and matrices may be processed as sequential data blocks.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1271
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
7. The ASSIGN (p. 44) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide FMS statement is recommended
for assigning the FORTRAN unit. Selection of a proper value for IUNIT is machine dependent.
Refer to the Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and
Operations Guide.
8. No physical record will exceed the value specified by the parameter MAXR which has a default
that is two times BUFFSIZE words. Furthermore, the value specified for MAXR should not
exceed the maximum allowable record size for the receiving disk device. See the Keywords and
Environment Variables (p. 45) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and Operations Guide for
the maximum allowable values.
9. When the neutral format option is selected via FORM=FORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS
statement (associated with OUTPUT2 parameter IUNIT), then MAXR and NDDLNAMi are
interpreted as follows:
MAXR
Represents the maximum physical record size (in words) on the target
machine(s) for the machine binary-formatted file after it has been
converted from neutral to binary via the MSC-supplied conversion
utility RCOUT2.
NDDLNAMi
Correlates the DMAP data block name with the corresponding NDDLdefined name. If this parameter is left blank, then the corresponding
DMAP name (DB1 through DB5) is assumed to be the NDDL-defined
name.
The following is a partial list of the table data block names available for OUTPUT2 neutral file
formatting. For a more complete list see the NDDL.
AXIC
GEOM1
GPLS
OEIGS
OESNL2
OQG2
CASES
GEOM1Q
LAMA
OEP
OESNLX
OSTR1
CLAMA
GEOM2
MATPOOL
OES1
OGPWG
OSTR2
CSTMS
GEOM2S
MPT
OES1C
OGS1
OUGV1
DIT
GEOM3
MPTS
OES1X
OPG1
OUGV2
DYNAMICS
GEOM3S
OEF1
OES1X1
OPG2
PSDF
EPT
GEOM4
OEF1X
OES2
OPNL1
PVT
EPTS
GEOM4S
OEF2
OESNL1
OQG1
USET
FOL
GPDTS
In addition, all matrices defined with a TYPE DB, may also be neutral formatted. If a matrix is
not an NDDL data block, then the NDDLNAMi='MATRIX' should be used. For example, to write
the matrix MYMATRIX use
OUTPUT2
Main Index
MYMATRIX,,,,//ITAPE/IUNIT/LABL/MAXR/'MATRIX' $
1272
OUTPUT2
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Note and the neutral format is a machine-neutral format that allows the transfer of the OUTPUT2generated files between different machine types. See RCOUT2 (p. 214) in the MSC Nastran 2014
Installation and Operations Guide for a discussion of this transfer process and the MSC-supplied
conversion utility RCOUT2.
10. The following formats describe each physical record. Note that the following formats depend on
the value of system cell 403 (NASTRAN statement keyword OP2NEW).
Format for Table and Matrix Labels (written only if ITAPE=-1)
Physical
Record
Number
Length
Contents
KEY = 3
KEY
KEY = 7
KEY
Description
*Word 1 = NAST, Word 2 = RAN, Word 3 = FORT, Word 4 = TAP, Word 5 = EID, Word 6 = COD,
Word 7 = E
5
KEY = 2
KEY
If OP2NEW = 0:
7
KEY = -1 (EOR)
KEY = 0 (EOF)
If OP2NEW = 1:
Main Index
KEY = 3
KEY
KEY = -1 (EOR)
10
KEY = 0 (EOF)
End of Label
OUTPUT2 1273
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Physical
Record
Number
Length
Contents
Description
KEY = 2
10
KEY
11
KEY = -1 (EOR)
12
KEY = 7
13
KEY
14
KEY = -2 (EOR)
15
16
KEY = 0
17
KEY = 2.
Logical Record
18
KEY
3 of Data Block
19
KEY=-3 (EOR).
Trailer: Logical
Record 2 of Data Block
Physical
Record
Number
Main Index
Length
Contents
Description
11
KEY = 2
12
KEY
13
14
KEY
15
KEY = -1 (EOR)
16
KEY = 7
17
KEY
18
KEY = -2 (EOR)
19
20
KEY = 0
Trailer: Logical
Record 2 of Data Block
1274
OUTPUT2
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Physical
Record
Number
Length
Contents
Description
21
KEY = 2.
Logical Record
22
KEY
23
KEY=-3 (EOR).
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
Main Index
Length
Contents
Description
20
24
21
25
KEY
Logical Record 4
of
Table
Next Logical Record Type=0 for table record
22
26
KEY > 0
23
27
KEY
Data
24
28
25
29
26
30
KEY
27
31
KEY > 0
28
32
KEY
Data
29
33
Additional Records
of Table
n-7
n-6
KEY
Last Logical
Record of Table
n-5
KEY > 0
n-4
KEY
Data
n-3
Logical Record 5
of Table
OUTPUT2 1275
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
Length
Contents
n-2
n-1
KEY
KEY = 0 (EOF)
Description
If Last Next
Logical Record
Type" = 0, then
End-of-Table
**If more data exists for the column or logical record, then KEY>0 and the physical records 22, 23,
and 24 (or 26, 27, and 28) will be repeated as many times as necessary to complete the column or
logical record.
Format for Matrices (Records 20 or 24 though n)
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
20
1
24
Length
1
Contents
Description
Logical Record 4 of
Matrix=first column
21
25
KEY
22
26
23
27
KEY+1
24
28
29
KEY+1
Repeat String Records 22-23 for
Additional Strings in Column
n-2
Main Index
1276
OUTPUT2
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Physical
Record
Number
OP2NEW
0
Length
Contents
n-1
KEY+1
KEY<0 (EOR)
Description
Main Index
Null Column
OUTPUT2 1277
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Physical Record
Number
Length
Contents
Description
KEY
(See Record 21 above)
n+2
KEY<0 (EOR)
m-5
m-4
KEY+1
m-3
KEY<0
m-2
m-1
KEY
KEY = 0 (EOF)
End of Matrix
Physical
Record
Number
n+1
Length
1
Contents
If No Data Blocks Follow, KEY = 0 (EOD) End-of-Data
11. OUTPUT2 files may be read using three utility subroutines provided in the utility ("util")
directory; see Building and Using TABTST (p. 246) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and
Operations Guide.
IOPEN
IHEADR
IREAD
These routines in a file called tabtst.f (or.for). These routines are coded in machine-independent
FORTRAN.
Major benefits that result in using this standard interface are:
Easier initial usage of OUTPUT2. Most users make several errors while becoming familiar with
the formats.
User code is not burdened/concerned with physical record boundaries.
Data can be processed in logical groups rather than in a "blast" read mode.
Main Index
1278
OUTPUT2
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Following are descriptions and use of the three OUTPUT2 service routines.
Entry Point
Description
Initializes an OUTPUT2 file and read the label (MSC Nastran).
Format:
CALL
IOPEN(IUN,L)
where IUN = An input integer which specifies the unit number to be read.
IOPEN
L = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the label written on the unit (L
comes from the third parameter in the DMAP call).
Method:
IOPEN rewinds IUN and reads in the data, title, and label. The keys are checked.
A key check failure results in the message IOPEN BAD KEYX = XXXX.
Processes the data block name and trailer.
Format:
CALL IHEADR(IUN,NAM,T)
where IUN = As described in IOPEN.
IHEADR
NAM = An output two-word array (2A4) containing the data block trailer in words
two through seven. Word one contains the location in the DMAP call (101,102,
etc.)
Method:
IHEADR reads the name and trailer. It checks KEY lengths. It also skips the data
block header (which unfortunately may contain data for some/few data blocks).
IHEADR must be called for each data block either immediately after IOPEN or
after IREAD signifies an end-of-file.
12. Starting with MSC.Nastran 2004 the OUTPUT2 file transport format has been enhanced to better
delineate the content to allow external applications to identify version and stride values for IFP
class datablocks. The new MSC Nastran keyword for either the NASTRAN statement or RC file
inclusion is OP2NEW and is linked to system cell 403. This is an integer value with a default of
one (1), indicating that the new transport format is used. A value of zero (0) removes all version
information and IFP locate word changes from the transport file. Modification for version occurs
both in the Label Record and within the Data Block Name record. For more details, see
Modifications to OUTPUT2 (INPUTT2) Transport Formats (p. 570) in the and this guide.
Main Index
OUTPUT2 1279
Output a table or matrix into a FORTRAN readable file
Entry Point
Description
Supplies data to the calling program in a logical (as opposed to a physical) manner.
Format:
CALL IREAD(IUN,ARRY,NARY,IMETH,NT,IRTN)
where IUN is as described in IOPEN.
ARRY is the array into which a record is transmitted.
NARY is an integer input that requests the number of words to be transmitted. If
NARY is zero, no words will be transmitted. If NARY is negative, the words will
be skipped but not transmitted. If (NARY is greater than the number of words
remaining, the remaining words are processed (skipped or transmitted) and NT is
set to this number and IRTN is set to 1.
IREAD
IMETH is an integer input that specifies how to proceed through the logical record.
If IMETH = 0, the current logical record is continuously processed until an end-ofrecord return (IRTN =1) is given. If IMETH = 1, the remaining data (if any) at the
conclusion of IREAD, in the current logical record, is skipped.
NT is an integer output value which contains the number of words transmitted or
skipped if IRTN is 1 on return from IREAD.
IRTN is an integer output value which indicates the status on return from IREAD.
IRTN = 0 Normal return.
IRTN = 1 End of logical record hit while trying to process NARY words.
IRTN = 2 End-of-file hit for this data block.
Method:
OUTPUT2 physical records are read into a buffer area. These records are, at most,
2 * BUFFSIZE words long. The current position is maintained and data is
transmitted (or skipped) from the buffer to the ARRY array. If the MSC Nastran
logical record spans several physical FORTRAN records these are transparent (no
end-of-record returns) to the user.
Main Index
1280
OUTPUT4
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
OUTPUT4
OUTPUT4
M1,M2,M3,M4,M5//ITAPE/IUNIT/UNUSED3/BIGMAT/DIGITS $
Mi
Matrices. Mi cannot be a factor matrix (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15).
Parameters:
ITAPE
Input-integer-default = -1. ITAPE controls the status of the unit before OUTPUT4
starts to write any matrices as follows:
ITAPE
Main Index
ACTION
None.
-1
-2
-3
Both.
IUNIT
UNUSED3
Input-integer-default=1. Unused.
OUTPUT4 1281
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
BIGMAT
DIGITS
P,rEw.d
d = DIGITS
w=d+7
r = 80/w (integer portion)
For example, if
DIGITS = 9 then the format will be 1P,5E16.9
or if DIGITS = 16 then the format will be 1P,3E23.16
Remarks:
Word Number
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Integer
Integer
5 and 6
Character
Character
Character
Main Index
Type
1282
OUTPUT4
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and binary format, (IUNIT > 0 and binary format) and
Type
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Integer
4 through
(NW+3)
Real or
Complex
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for nonsparse and ASCII format, (IUNIT > 0), are repeated for each nonzero
column, ICOL through NCOL. Records 3, 4, etc., are also repeated for each group of r values
(see DIGITS parameter).
Record
Number
2
3, 4, etc.
Word
Number
Type
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Integer
1 through NW
Real or Complex
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
FALSE).
Word Number
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Integer
Real or
Complex
4 through
(NW+3)
Main Index
Type
OUTPUT4 1283
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
*IS = IROW + 65536(L + 1) where IROW is the row position of the first term in the string and L
is the length of the string, see Remark 3. For example, a string of six words (see Remark 3)
beginning in row 4 has IS=458756. L and IROW may be derived from IS by:
L = INT(IS/65536) - 1
IROW = IS - 65536(L + 1)
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, binary, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
TRUE).
Word Number
Type
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Integer
Integer
Real or
complex
4 through
(NW+3)
Repeated for
each string.
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and string header format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
FALSE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string, and
record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record
Number
Type
Meaning
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Integer
1 through NW
Real or
Complex
Main Index
Word
Number
1284
OUTPUT4
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
Records 2, 3, 4, etc. for sparse, ASCII, and regular string format (IUNIT < 0, and BIGMAT =
TRUE) are repeated for each nonzero column. Records 3 and 4 are repeated for each string and
record 4 is also repeated for each group of r values (see DIGITS parameter).
Record
Number
Word
Number
Type
Integer
Integer
Zero.
Integer
Integer
Integer
1 through NW
Real or
Complex
Meaning
2. A record with the last column number plus +1 and at least one value in the next record will be
written on IUNIT.
3. The number of words in the column, NW (or string, L), is the number of elements in the column
(or string) times the number of words per type. Number of words per type is given in the table
below. For example, a column with seven real double precision elements is 14 words long.
Number of
Words
Type
1 -- Real single precision
4. The ASSIGN FMS statement is recommended for assigning the FORTRAN unit (see the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide). Selection of a proper value for IUNlT is machine dependent.
See Making File Assignments (p. 77) in the MSC Nastran 2014 Installation and Operations Guide.
5. If the nonsparse format (IUNIT > 0) is selected, zero terms will be explicitly present after the first
nonzero term in any column until the last nonzero term.
6. Null columns will not be output.
7. An entire column must fit in memory.
Main Index
OUTPUT4 1285
Output matrices onto a FORTRAN readable file
8. The FORTRAN binary file option (FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement)
is the preferred method when the file is to be used on the same computer. The ASCII format
FORM = UNFORMATTED on the ASSIGN FMS statement allows use of the file on another
computer type.
9. The output format of these files can be read by the INPUTT4 module.
10. OUTPUT4 files may be read using a utility FORTRAN subroutine called GETIDS, which is
provided in the utility directory. (See Building and Using MATTST (p. 240) in the MSC Nastran
2014 Installation and Operations Guide.) GETIDS is in the file called mattst.f or mattst.for.
The program must be modified if the ASCII format is desired.
The program is designed to read matrices less than 65536 rows. (BIGMAT = FALSE).
11. Sparse factor matrices (forms 4, 5, 10, 11, 13, and 15) cannot be processed by OUTPUT4.
Main Index
1286
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
PARAML
PARAML
DB/DBNAME/P1/S,N,P2/S,N,P3/S,N,P4/S,N,P5/S,N,P6/
S,N,SET1/S,N,F1/S,N,SET2/S,N,F2/
S,N,SET3/S,N,F3/S,N,SET4/S,N,F4/
S,N,SET5/S,N,F5/S,N,SET6/S,N,F6/
S,N,SET7/S,N,F7/S,N,SET8/S,N,F8/
S,N,SET9/S,N,F9/S,N,SET10/S,N,F10/
S,N,SET11/S,N,F11/S,N,SET12/S,N,F12 $
DB
DBNAME
Parameters:
P1
P2
Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P3
Input/output-integer-default = 1.
P4
Output-real-default = 0.0.
P5
Output-integer-default = 0.
P6
Output-real-default = 0.0.
SETi
Input/output-character-default = '
Fi
Output-integer-default = 0.
'.
The following describes the various options and their formats. The meaning and usage of parameters P2
through P6, SETi, and Fi depend on the value of P1. Under all options P5 will be set to -1, if the input
data block does not exist, and no other parameters will be set.
Main Index
PARAML 1287
Sets parameters from a data block
Option P1 = BULK
Check for the presence of Bulk Data entry records by examining the trailer bits of its IFP module related
table.
Format:
PARAML
IFPDB//'BULK'//////
BULKNM1/S,N,BULKFG1/BULKNM2/S,N,BULKFG2/
BULKNM3/S,N,BULKFG3/BULKNM4/S,N,BULKFG4/
BULKNM5/S,N,BULKFG5/BULKNM6/S,N,BULKFG6/
BULKNM7/S,N,BULKFG7/BULKNM8/S,N,BULKFG8/
BULKNM9/S,N,BULKFG9/BULKNM10/S,N,BULKFG10/
BULKNM11/S,N,BULKFG11/BULKNM12/S,N,BULKFG12 $
IFPDB
Table with trailer bits indicating existence of Bulk Data entry records.
Parameters:
BULKNMi
BULKFGi
Remark:
To determine which table contains BULKNMi, see Data Blocks (Ch. 2).
Example:
PARAML
GEOM4//'BULK'//////'RBE1'/S,N,RBE1/'RBE2'/S,N,RBE2/
'RBE3'/S,N,RBE3/'RROD'/S,N,RROD/'RBAR'/S,N,RBAR/
'RTRPLT'/S,N,RTRPLT/'RSPLINE'/S,N,RSPLINE $
PARAML
Main Index
//COMPVEND//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
1288
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
PARAML
//COMPMODL//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
PARAML
//COMPOS //////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
PARAML
//COMPOS1 //////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameter:
:
CHARi
Remarks:
PARAML
Main Index
MAT//DMI/ICOL/IROW/S,N,REAL/
S,N,NROW/S,N,IMAG $
PARAML 1289
Sets parameters from a data block
MAT
Parameters:
ICOL
IROW
REAL
IMAG
Remark:
1. If IROW is greater than the number of rows in the matrix, then NROW will be set to the number
of rows and REAL and IMAG will be set to zero.
Example:
Obtain the value in column 6, row 11 of matrix KGG and save in parameter TERM.
PARAML
KGG//DMI/6/11/S,N,TERM/S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1 = DTI
PARAML
TAB//DTI/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/
S,N,REAL/S,N,INTGR/S,N,IMAG/S,N,CHAR/
S,N,RECNEW//S,N,INTNEW $
TAB
Any table.
Parameters:
Main Index
RECNUM
WRDNUM
REAL
INTGR
1290
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
IMAG
CHAR
RECNEW
INTNEW
Remark:
1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other
parameters remain unchanged.
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to
-1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value.
If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value of the WRDNUM-th
word. If the value changes then INTGR will be set to -1.
Examples:
1. Extract the frequencies from FRL.
TYPE PARM,,I,,KNT $
TYPE PARM,,LOGI,,LPFLG=TRUE $
DO WHILE ( LPFLG ) $
KNT=KNT+1 $
PARAML FRL//'DTI'/1/S,N,KNT/S,N,FREQ $
IF ( KNT>-1 ) THEN $
MESSAGE //' FREQ='/FREQ $
.
.
.
ELSE
LPFLG=FALSE $
ENDIF $
ENDDO $
2. Test for an SPCFORCE Case Control command in any subcase. According to Data Blocks
(Ch. 2), SPCFORCE requests are declared in word 135 of the CASECC data block.
PARAML
CASECC//DT1/-1/135//S,N,SPCREQ $
Option P1 = DTI2
Extract double precision load factor stored in two consecutive words of the ESTNL data block and
truncate to single precision.
Main Index
PARAML 1291
Sets parameters from a data block
Format:
PARAML
ESTNL//'DTI2'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL $
ESTNL
Parameters:
RECNUM
WRDNUM
REAL
Remarks:
1. This option is so far only applicable to the load factor stored in the ESTNL data block.
2. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other
parameters remain unchanged.
3. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in RECNUM record, then WRDNUM is set to
-1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
Example:
Option P1 = DTI2C
PARAML
TAB//'DTI2C'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM//
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR2 $
TAB
Main Index
Any table.
1292
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
Parameters:
RECNUM
WRDNUM
INTGR
CHAR2
Remarks:
1. If RECNUM is greater than the number of records in table, then RECNUM is set to -1. All other
parameters remain unchanged.
2. If WRDNUM is greater than the number of words in the RECNUM-th record, then WRDNUM
is set to -1. All other parameters remain unchanged.
3. If RECNUM = -1, then the WRDNUM-th word in all records will be scanned for a nonzero value.
If any exist, then INTGR will be set to -1.
4. If RECNUM = -2, then all records will be scanned for changes in the value in the WRDNUM-th
word. If the value changes, then INTGR will be set to -1.
Example:
Extract the K2PP Case Control DMIG name specification words 139 and 140 of the Case Control data
block.
PARAML
CASECC//'DTI2C'/1/139////S,N,K2PP $
Option P1 = IMATCH
PARAML
TAB//'IMATCH'/RECNUM/IVALUE//S,N,FOUND $
TAB
Any table.
Parameter:
Main Index
RECNUM
IVALUE
FOUND
PARAML 1293
Sets parameters from a data block
Example:
PARAML
/DBNAME/'NAME'////S,N,NODB//S,N,NAME $
None.
Output Data Block:
DBNAME
Parameters:
NODB
NAME
Remarks:
1. This option is useful for checking to see if the data block is purged on the CALL statement(s) in
the calling subDMAP(s).
2. If DBNAME is specified on the SUBDMAP statement, then NAME is the name appearing on the
corresponding CALL statement. This process is repeated until the DBNAME no longer appears
on a SUBDMAP statement.
Example:
/MAA/'NAME'////S,N,NOMAA//S,N,MAANAM $
Option P1 = NULL
Main Index
1294
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
Format:
PARAML
MAT//'NULL'//S,N,FULLMAT//S,N,NULLMAT $
MAT
Any matrix.
Parameters:
FULLMAT
NULLMAT
full
not full
Example:
PARAML
PG//'NULL'////S,N,NOPG $
Option P1='PARAM'
PARAML
PVT//'PARAM'/////
PARAM1/S,N,NOPARM1/PARAM2/S,N,NOPARM2/
PARAM3/S,N,NOPARM3/PARAM4/S,N,NOPARM4/
PARAM5/S,N,NOPARM5/PARAM6/S,N,NOPARM6/
PARAM7/S,N,NOPARM7/PARAM8/S,N,NOPARM8/
PARAM9/S,N,NOPARM9/PARAM10/S,N,NOPARM10/
PARAM11/S,N,NOPARM11/PARAM12/S,N,NOPARM12 $
PVT
Main Index
PARAML 1295
Sets parameters from a data block
Parameters:
PARAMi
NOPARMi
Remark:
PARAML
PVT//'PARAM'//////'AUTOSPC'/S,N,NOAUTOSP $
Option P1 = PRESENCE
PARAML
DB//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NODB $
DB
Parameter:
NODB
Remark:
PARAML
KGG//'PRESENCE'////S,N,NOKGG $
Option P1='SET'
Main Index
1296
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
Format:
PARAML
CASECC//'SET'/S,N,RECNUM/S,N,WRDNUM/S,N,REAL/
S,N,INTGR//S,N,CHAR/S,N,SETKNTR $
CASECC
Parameters:
RECNUM
WRDNUM
REAL
INTGR
IMAG
CHAR
SETKNTR
Example:
PARAML
CASECC//'SET'/1/338////S,N,MATNAM/S,N,SETKNTR $
Option P1=TABDEL
Delete a group of words in a record, the trailing portion of a record, or the entire record in a table.
Format:
PARAML
Main Index
TABIN/TABOUT/TABDEL/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//NWORDS $
PARAML 1297
Sets parameters from a data block
TABIN
Any table.
TABOUT
Modified TABIN.
Parameters:
RECNUM
WORDNUM
NWORDS
>0
=0
<0
Delete the trailing portion of record RECNUM starting from word number
ABS(WORDNUM). NWORDS is ignored in this case.
Remark:
1. The usage implies that the use of WORDNUM=0 and WORDNUM=-1 will both result in the
deletion of the entire record number RECNUM.)
Option P1=TABINSR, TABINSI, TABINSC, and TABINS2C
Insert a new value in a record or insert a new record after an existing record in a table.
Format for P1=TABINSR:
Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
PARAML
Main Index
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINSR/
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
1298
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINSI/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Insert the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINSC/
RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $
Insert the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4-character
values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABINS2C/
RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $
TABIN
Any table.
TABOUT
Modified TABIN.
Parameters:
RECNUM
WORDNUM
Main Index
PARAML 1299
Sets parameters from a data block
=0
REAL
INTEG
CHAR
Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by real number REAL.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREPR/
RECNUM/WORDNUM/REAL $
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREPI/
RECNUM/WORDNUM//INTEG $
Replace the WORDNUM-th word in the RECNUM-th record by four character string CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREPC/
RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $
Replace the WORDNUM-th and WORDNUM+1-th words in the RECNUM-th record by two 4character values comprising the character parameter CHAR.
PARAML
TABIN/TABOUT/TABREP2C/
RECNUM/WORDNUM////CHAR $
TABIN
Main Index
Any table.
1300
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
TABOUT
Modified TABIN.
Parameters:
RECNUM
WORDNUM
REAL
INTEG
CHAR
Remarks:
1. It is the programmers responsibility to ensure that the type of word that is being replaced is the
same as the type of word that is replacing it. The program does not check for this condition.
Option P1 = TRAILER
Extract a value from the trailer of a data block or set information from USET.
Format for all data blocks except USET:
PARAML
DB//'TRAILER'/WRDNUM/S,N,TVALUE/S,N,REAL/
S,N,NODB $
PARAML
USET//'TRAILER'////S,N,NOSET//SETNAME $
Main Index
DB
USET
PARAML 1301
Sets parameters from a data block
Parameter:
WRDNUM
TVALUE
REAL
NODB
NOSET
SETNAME
Remarks:
1. Meaning of TVALUE:
WRDNUM
Meaning of TVALUE
Type of matrix
Size in blocks
Number of strings
10
Average bandwidth
11
Maximum bandwidth
12
Examples:
1. Extract the second word of the trailer from the SILS table and save in LUSETS:
PARAML
Main Index
SILS/'TRAILER'/2/S,N,LUSETS//S,N,NOSILS $
1302
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
USET//TRAILER////S,N,SINGLE//S $
Option P1 = USET
PARAML
USET//'USET'//////
SET1/S,N,NOSET1/SET2/S,N,NOSET2/
SET3/S,N,NOSET3/SET4/S,N,NOSET4/
SET5/S,N,NOSET5/SET6/S,N,NOSET6/
SET7/S,N,NOSET7/SET8/S,N,NOSET8/
SET9/S,N,NOSET9/SET10/S,N,NOSET10/
SET11/S,N,NOSET11/SET12/S,N,NOSET12 $
USET
Parameter:
SETi
NOSETi
Remark:
Check for the existence of multipoint constraints (MPCs), rigid elements, and single-point constraints
(SPCs).
PARAML
USET//USET//////M/S,N,NOMSET/S/S,N,NOSSET $
Extract the program version information as shown in f06 title page banner.
Main Index
PARAML 1303
Sets parameters from a data block
Formats:
PARAML
//VERSID//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
PARAML
//VERSID1//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
PARAML
//VERSID2//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
PARAML
//VERSID3//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
PARAML
//VERSID4//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
PARAML
//VERSDATE//////S,N,CHAR1//S,N,CHAR2//
S,N,CHAR3//S,N,CHAR4 $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
1304
PARAML
Sets parameters from a data block
Parameter:
CHARi
Remarks:
//CHAR1/CHAR2/CHAR3/CHAR4 $
Option P1='XYCDB'
Check for the presence of a response types specified on xy plotting commands: XYPAPLOT, XYPEAK,
XYPLOT, XYPRINT and XYPUNCH.
Format:
PARAML
XYCDB//'XYCDB'/////
RESP1/S,N,NORESP1/RESP2/S,N,NORESP2/
RESP3/S,N,NORESP3/RESP4/S,N,NORESP4/
RESP5/S,N,NORESP5/RESP6/S,N,NORESP6/
RESP7/S,N,NORESP7/RESP8/S,N,NORESP8/
RESP9/S,N,NORESP9/RESP10/S,N,NORESP10/
RESP11/S,N,NORESP11/RESP12/S,N,NORESP12 $
XYCDB
Parameters:
RESPi
Main Index
VELO
ACCE
SPCF
OLOA
VG
STRE
FORC
SDIS
SVEL
SACC
NFOR
PRES
BOUT
STRA
MPCF
FPRE
FMPF
SMPF
PMPF
LMPF
GMPF
PARAML 1305
Sets parameters from a data block
See X-Y PLOT Commands (p. 631) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide for a description of the
types.
NORESPi
Example:
Main Index
XYCDBS//'XYCDB'//////'MPCF'/S,N,NOMPCF $
1306
PARTN
Matrix partition
PARTN
Matrix partition
CP
A11 A12 = 0
A21 A22 0
[ A ] RP
= 0 "" 0
Format:
PARTN
A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/SYM/TYPE/Fll/F2l/F12/F
22 $
Matrix to be partitioned.
RP
CP
Aij
Parameters:
Main Index
SYM
TYPE
Fij
PARTN 1307
Matrix partition
Remarks:
1. The operation of PARTN is dependent upon the partitioning vectors, CP and RP, and the
symmetry flag, SYM. The following describes the operations:
Let
Case 1:
SYM 0 :
PARTN A,,RP/A11,A21,,/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NR) by NCOLA matrix.
[A21] is a NR by NCOLA matrix.
[A12] is not written.
[A22] is not written.
Case 2:
SYM 0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,,A12,/1 $
[A11] is a NROWA by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is not written.
[A12] is a NROWA by NC matrix.
[A22] is not written.
Case 3:
[ A ] A11
A21
[ A ] A11 A12
SYM < 0 :
PARTN A,CP,/A11,A21,A12,A22 $
[A11] is a (NROWA-NC) by (NCOLA-NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NC by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix.
[A22] is a NC by NC matrix.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Case 4:
SYM 0 :
PARTN A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
[A11] is a (NROWA -- NR) by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A21] is a NR by (NCOLA -- NC) matrix.
[A12] is a (NROWA -- NR) by NC matrix
[A22] is a NR by NC matrix.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Main Index
1308
PARTN
Matrix partition
[ A ] A11
A21
SYM 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:
6. If {RP} is purged and SYM < 0 , [A] is partitioned as follows:
5. If {RP} is purged and
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
where {CP} is used as both the row and column partitioner.
7. {RP} and {CP} cannot both be purged.
8.
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
Let [A] be an m by n matrix, {CP} be an nx1 vector containing q zero elements; and {RP} be a
mx1 vector containing p zero elements.
Partition [A11] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = RPi = 0.0 in the same order
as they appear in [A].
Partition [A12] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which
same order as they appear in [A].
Partition [A21] will consist of all elements Aij of [A] for which CPj = 0.0 and
same order as they appear in [A].
9. The default action for F11, F21, F12, and F22 allows the program to automatically select the
appropriate form.
Examples:
Main Index
PARTN 1309
Matrix partition
1.0
0.0
{ CP } =
1.0
1.0
0.0
{ RP } = 0.0
1.0
Then, the DMAP instruction
PARTN
A,CP,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
will create the real matrices:
[ A11 ] =
2.0
6.0
10.0
[ A21 ] = purged
[ A22 ] = purged
Main Index
A,
,RP/A11,A21,A12,A22/1 $
1310
PARTN
Matrix partition
[ A12 ] = purged
[ A22 ] = purged
1 2 3
4. If [ A ] = 5 6 7
9 10 11
PARTN
A,RP,/A11,A21,A12,A22/-1 $
then the resulting partitions would be
1 2 3
A11 A12
5 6 7
A21 A22
9 10 11
Main Index
PCOMB 1311
Combines static loads from upstream superelements
PCOMB
Combines static loads from upstream superelements and the residual structure based on the CLOAD Bulk
Data entry.
Format:
PCOMB
CASECC,EDT,SLT,PGUP,PJ/
CVECT,PG1/
NSKIP/S,N,NVECT/MODE $
CASECC
EDT
SLT
PGUP
Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to static
loads in upstream superelements only.
PJ
Static load matrix for the g-set of the residual structure and applied to
its interior points only.
CVECT
PG1
Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure.
Parameters:
Main Index
NSKIP
NVECT
MODE
STATICS
1312
PCOMB
Combines static loads from upstream superelements
Remarks:
Main Index
PCOPY 1313
Tests parallel copy
PCOPY
PCOPY
INDB/
OUTDB1,OUTDB2,OUTDB3,OUTDB4,OUTDB5,OUTDB6,OUTDB7,
OUTDB8/
PCOPY1/PCOPY2 $
INDB
OUTDBi
Copies of INDB.
Parameters:
PCOPY1
PCOPY2
Perform copy.
>0
<0
Remark:
PCOPY is a reserved for MSC development purposes and should not be used.
Main Index
1314
PFCALC
Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
PFCALC
Computes the modal contribution factors (MCF) for the structure or the modal participation factors for
the fluid based upon PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID Case Control commands.
Format:
PFCALC
CASECC,BGPDT,OL,RXS,UXFS,LAMAS,LAMAF,UXFF,MFXX,BFXX,
KFXX,PNLLST,RWXS,RXF,AXX,AXW,VGW,ABEH*,
PFXF,UBRS,UBRF,UBWS,APXW*,MSXX,BSXX,KSXX,PXS,
UBWF,APYW*, QFRQV*,QSXX*,QFXX*,QAXX*,QABEH*,QABEF*,
QABES*,QAXW*/ SMPF,SMPFD,OSMPF1,AFMPF,AFMPFD,OAFMPF1,
ASMPF,ASMPFD, OASMPF1,APMPF1,APMPFD,OAPMPF1,APPF,
APPFD,OAPPF1,AGPF, AGPFD,OAGPF1,SPPF,SPPFD,OSPPF1/
FS/APP/SOLTYPS/SOLTYPF/NOACTRM $
Main Index
CASECC
BGPDT
OL
RXS
UXFS
LAMAS
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the structural portion of the model.
LAMAS
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the model.
UXFF
MFXX
BFXX
KFXX
PNLLST
Table of triplets defining panel names and their associated IPANEL qualifier values.
RWXS
RXF
Transformation matrix of fluid relating displacements at response degrees-offreedom to solution set results.
AXX
PFCALC 1315
Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
AXW
VGW
ABEH*
PFXF
UBRS
UBRF
Contribution of the base motion to the pressure at the response degrees of freedom
UBWS
APXW*
Family of panel fluid-structure coupling matrices (family of panel axw matrices for
fluid response)
MSXX
BSXX
KSXX
PXS
UBWF
Contribution of the base motion to the displacements of the wetted surface on fluid.
APYW*
QFRQV*
QSXX*
QFXX*
QAXX*
QABEH*
QABEF*
QABES*
QAXW*
Main Index
SMPF
SMPFD
1316
PFCALC
Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
OSMPF1
AFMPF
AFMPFD
OAFMPF1
4ASMPF
ASMFPD
OASMPF1
APMPF
APMPFD
OAPMPF1
APPF
APPFD
OAPPF1
AGPF
AGPFD
OAGPF1
SPPF
SPPFD
OSPPF1
Parameters:
FS
APP
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalue
SOLTYPS
SOLTYPF
NOACTRM
Remarks:
1. The response degrees-of-freedoms are the degrees-of-freedoms of which the participation factors
are requested (setdof on right-hand side of PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID commands).
Main Index
PFCALC 1317
Participation factors for structure and acoustic applications
2. Acoustic and structural modal participation factors are supported in modal frequency response
(SOL 111), modal transient response (SOL 112) and modal complex eigenvalue analysis (SOL
110)
3. Acoustic panel and grid participation factors are supported in a coupled modal or direct frequency
response analysis (SOL 108 and SOL 111).
4. All other acoustic participation factors are supported in a coupled modal frequency response
analysis (SOL 111) only.
Main Index
1318
PFOFP
Output File Processor for Participation Factors
PFOFP
To output (print or punch) data blocks prepared by PFMODE, PFPANEL and PFGRID.
Format:
PFOFP
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5//ODCODE/APP $
OFPi
None
Parameters:
ODCODE
APP
Plot
Punch
Remarks:
Main Index
PLOT 1319
Creates a table of plot instructions
PLOT
Creates a table of plot instructions for undeformed and deformed shapes and then writes the table to
Fortran unit 14.
Format:
PLOT
PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET,CASECC,BGPDT,
,
,
,
/
USET
ECT
PLOTMSG/
NGP/LUSET/JPLOT/DEFORMED/S,N,PLTNUM $
Input Data Blocks:
PLTPAR
GPSETS
ELSET
CASECC
BGPDT
PUGS
USET
PUGD
ECT
GPECT
OES1
PLOTMSG
Main Index
1320
PLOT
Creates a table of plot instructions
Parameters:
NGP
Input-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.
LUSET
JPLOT
Input-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.
DEFORMED
Remarks:
1. If GPECT, OES1, PUGS, and PUGD are purged then only undeformed shapes may be drawn.
2. If either PUGS or PUGD is purged, that type of deformed shape will not be drawn.
3. If GPECT or OES1 are purged, contour plots or outlines will not be drawn.
4. The plot instructions are written to Fortran unit 14.
5. If USET and ECT are input, then the plot will label the grid points with numbers indicating the
degrees-of-freedom constrained to zero. For example, a label of 126 indicates the grid is
constrained in the first and second translational and third rotational degrees-of-freedom. Also, the
elements will be labeled with their property identification numbers. These features are only
available in undeformed plotting only.
Main Index
PLTHBDY 1321
Supports plotting of CHBDYi elements
PLTHBDY
Updates the geometry and connectivity tables to support plotting of CHBDYi elements.
Format:
PLTHBDY
GEOM2,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,CSTM/
PECT,PBGPDT/
S,N,NHBDY/MESH $
GEOM2
ECT
BGPDT
CSTM
PECT
PBGPDT
Parameters:
Main Index
NHBDY
MESH
1322
PLTSET
Generates element sets for plotting
PLTSET
PLTSET
PBGPDT PECT
PCDB,
,
BGPDT
ECT
POSTCDB,
, GEOM2
ELSET
/
PELSET
PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,
S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT/ECTYPE $
Input Data Blocks:
PCDB
POSTCDB
BGPDT
PBGPDT
ECT
PECT
GEOM2
Main Index
PLSETMSG
PLTPAR
GPSETS
PLTSET 1323
Generates element sets for plotting
ELSET
PELSET
Parameters:
NGP
Output-integer-no default. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure.
JPLOT
Output-integer-no default. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none.
ECTYPE
Remark:
Main Index
PCDB,PBGPDT,PECT/
PLTMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSETS/
S,N,NSILS/S,N,JPLOT $
1324
PNCHGRP
For multi-level DMP, changes the active group set from a parent to a child group or from a child to a parent group.
PNCHGRP
Format:
PNCHGRP
//FROMLABL/TOLABEL/IBELONG $
None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
FROMLABL
TOLABEL
IBELONG
Remarks:
1. If a processor does not belong to any of the groups associated with TOLABEL then IBELONG
will be zero and PNCHGRP will not change the parallel processing environment for that
processor. If a processor does belong to a group associated with TOLABEL, then IBELONG will
be one.
2. PNCHGRP can only change groups from a parent to a child or from child to a parent.
3. PNCHGRP redefines system cell 231 (NPROCS) and system cell 265 (the processor ID) to be
their local values within the new group.
Main Index
PNMKGRP 1325
For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.
PNMKGRP
PNMKGRP
//PLABEL/NSUBGP/GRPSIZ/PIDINI/
INCPID/INCGRP/GPLABEL $
None.
Output Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
PLABEL
NSUBGP
GRPSZ
PIDINI
INCPID
INCGRP
GPLABEL
1326
PNMKGRP
For multi-level DMP; creates a set consisting of one or more (sub)groups.
Remarks:
1. The parent group set identified by the first parameter must be the active group when the child
group set is created. The default active group is the WORLD group. A child group is made active
using the PNCHGRP module.
2. If there are more than one groups (NSUBGP > 1), then all the groups must have the same number
of processors.
Examples:
1. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification
numbers {1,2,3,4}, {5,6,7,8}, {9,10,11,12}, {13,14,15,16}, {17,18,19,20}:
PNMKGRP
//world/5/4/1/1/4/mygroup1
2. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set of 5 subgroups with processor identification
numbers {1,6,11,16}, {2,7,12,17}, {3,8,13,18}, {4,9,14,19}, {5,10,15,20}:
PNMKGRP
//world/5/4/1/5/1/mygroup2
3. From the world group of 20 processors, create a set 1 subgroup with processor identification
numbers {1,5,9,13,17}:
PNMKGRP
Main Index
//world/1/5/1/4//masters1
PRESOL 1327
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
PRESOL
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution using the domain decomposition method.
Format under PRSLOPT=0:
PRESOL
GEQMAP,USET,SIL,PARFIL,PFA,PJXL/
EQMAP,GAPAR,,PFA1,/
NOFSETL/S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
PRESOL
MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
QMAPD,GAPAR,PARTF,LOCALP,GRDRM//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH $
PRESOL
MAT1,MAT2,EQMAPD0,,,/
AT1N,MAT2N,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT
PRESOL
MAT1,MAT2,,,,/
COLOR,,,,//
S,N,PRSLOPT/PARTMETH/NMATDOM $
Main Index
GEQMAP
Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
USET
SIL
MAT1
MAT2
PARTVEC
PFA
1328
PRESOL
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
PJXL
Static load matrix for boundary load contribution from the residual
structure.
EQMAPD0
EQMAP
GAPAR
PARTVEC1
PFA1
EQMAPD
MAT1N
MAT2N
GRDRM
Permutation matrix.
COLOR
Parameters:
Main Index
UNUSEDi
PRSLOPT
Partition the matrices into as many domains as there are processors. All
outputs are created.
It is assumed that PRESOL has been called before with PRSLOPT=1. Under
PRSLOPT=2, local a-set terms are filtered out of local matrices that are kept
on other processors.
PRESOL 1329
Prepares special tables for the distributed parallel solution
PARTMETH
NMATDOM
Main Index
Extreme.
11
MSCMLV.
1330
PROJVER
Set or query project identification numbers
PROJVER
PROJVER
//PRJVEROP/S,N,PROJNO/S,N,VERSION/S,N,EXISTS $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
PRJVEROP
Main Index
'NEXT'
'SET'
'LAST'
'RESTART'
PROJNO
VERSION
EXISTS
'DELETED'
'NONE'
PRTMSG 1331
Prints plotting information messages
PRTMSG
Prints user information messages related to plot set definition and plotting.
Format:
PRTMSG
PLOTMSG
//PRDMSG $
PLSETMSG
PLOTMSG
PLSETMSG
None.
Parameter:
PDRMSG
Main Index
1332
PRTPARM
Parameter and DMAP message printer
PRTPARM
Prints non-NDDL parameter values and DMAP messages. For NDDL parameters (see TYPE statement),
use the MESSAGE statement.
Format:
PRTPARM
//PRTPOPT/PNAME/PRTPSORT/SUBDMAP $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
PRTPOPT
PNAME
PRTPSORT
SUBDMAP
Remarks:
Main Index
PRTPARM 1333
Parameter and DMAP message printer
If no value is entered for SUBDMAP, the parameter value or values (depending on PNAME) will
be for the current subDMAP. Otherwise, the value or values will be for the subDMAP identified
by SUBDMAP.
2. As a DMAP message printer, parameter PRTPOPT is nonzero.
3. Meaningless values of PRTPOPT, PNAME, and SUBDMAP will result in diagnostic messages
from PRTPARM.
Main Index
1334
PURGEX
Explicit data block purge
PURGEX
PURGEX
/DB1,DB2,DB3,DB4,DB5/PARM $
DBi
Parameter:
PARM
Input-integer-default=0.
<0
<0
No action is taken.
Remark:
PURGEX is an executive operation module intended for restart purposes only. If at execution time a data
block has been previously output from a module, then any existing data will be deleted and the data block
will be marked as empty. If the data block has not been previously output from a module, it will simply
be marked as empty. A purged data block is equivalent to a data block not generated with the exception
that the NES "remembers" for restart purposes that it has been previously output. If no restart is involved,
purge is entirely equivalent to a data block not generated.
Example:
Flag data block MGGX as empty so as to avoid execution of EMA module on restart.
PURGEX/MGGX,,,,/NOMGGX $
Main Index
PVT 1335
Sets parameter values
PVT
Sets parameter values from Case Control and/or Bulk Data Sections.
Format:
PVT
PVT,CASECC/PVTS/LOADFLT $
PVT
Parameter value table from IFP module. (Bulk Data PARAM entries)
CASECC
PVTS
Parameter Variable Table from Case Control merged with the Bulk
Data input parameters.
Parameter
:
LOADFLT
Remarks:
1. The PVT module is primarily used to resolve parameter values specified in the Case Control and
Bulk Data Sections. These parameters must have Y authorization.
2. Either one or both input data blocks may be purged. If the input data block is purged, the user input
parameter settings will not contain parameters from the input. If both input data blocks are purged,
and LOADFLT is FALSE, then no values are entered.
3. The output data block may be purged. The PVT module will always internally update the user
input parameters. The output data block is primarily used for restart purposes.
First, the default parameters are added if requested.
Second, the PVT user input parameters from the Bulk Data Section are set.
Third, the CASECC user input parameters from Case Control above the subcase level override
any settings of Bulk Data parameters of the same name. Any additional Case Control above the
subcase level parameters are set.
Main Index
1336
PVT
Sets parameter values
Fourth, the CASECC user input parameters for the current subcase override any settings of Bulk
Data parameters or above subcase level parameters of the same name. Any additional current
subcase parameters are set.
4. The Parameter Defaults Table is an internal table that contains the default value for all parameters
resolved between the Case Control, Bulk Data, NDDL, and the main and current subDMAP.
Main Index
RANDOM 1337
Computes functions from frequency response data
RANDOM
Computes power spectral density functions and autocorrelation functions from frequency response data.
Format:
RANDOM
XYCDB,DIT,PSDL,OUG2,OPG2,OQG2,OES2,OEF2,CASECC,
OSTR2,OQMG2,RCROSSL,OFMPF2M,OSMPF2M,OLMPF2M,OPMPF2M,
OGPMPF2M,OVG2,OAG2, CSIG,CEPS,CFAI,CSRS/
PSDF,AUTO,
OUGPSD2,OUGATO2,OUGRMS1,OUGNO1,OUGCRM2,
OPGPSD2,OPGATO2,OPGRMS1,OPGNO1,OPGCRM2,
OQGPSD2,OQGATO2,OQGRMS1,OQGNO1,OQGCRM2,
OEFPSD2,OEFATO2,OEFRMS1,OEFNO1,OEFCRM2,
OEEPSD2,OEEATO2,OEERMS1,OEENO1,OEECRM2,
OQMPSD2,OQMATO2,OQMRMS1,OQMNO1,OQMCRM2,
OCPSDF,OCCORF,
OVGPSD2,OVGATO2,OVGRMS1,OVGNO1,OVGCRM2,
OAGPSD2,OAGATO2,OAGRMS1,OAGNO1,OAGCRM2,
OCSPSD2,OCSATO2,OCSRMS2,OCSNO2,OCSCRM2,
OCAPSD2,OCAATO2,OCARMS2,OCANO2,OCACRM2,
OCFPSD2,OCFATO2,OCFRMS2,OCFNO2,OCFCRM2,
OCRPSD2,OCRATO2,OCRRMS2,OCRNO2,OCRCRM2 /
S,N,NORAND/RMSINT/DVAFLAG $
Main Index
XYCDB
DIT
PSDL
OUG2
OPG2
OQG2
OES2
OEF2
CASECC
OSTR2
OQMG2
RCROSSL
OFMPF2M
OSMPF2M
1338
RANDOM
Computes functions from frequency response data
OLMPF2M
OPMPF2M
OGPMPF2M
Table of panel grid modal participation factors by natural modes in SORT2 format.
OVG2
OAG2
CSIG
CEPS
CFAI
CSRS
Main Index
PSDF
AUTO
OUGPSD2
OUGATO2
OUGRMS1
OUGNO1
OUGCRM2
OPGPSD2
OPGATO2
OPGRMS1
OPGNO1
OPGCRM2
Table of applied loads in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OQGPSD2
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OQGATO2
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the autocorrelation
function.
OQGRMS1
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OQGNO1
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the NO function.
OQGCRM2
Table of single point forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation.
OESPSD2
OESATO2
OESRMS1
OESNO2
RANDOM 1339
Computes functions from frequency response data
Main Index
OESCRM2
Table of element stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCSPSD2
OCSATO2
OCSRMS1
OCSNO2
OCSCRM2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCAPSD2
OCAATO2
OCARMS1
OCANO2
OCACRM2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCFPSD2
OCFATO2
OCFRMS1
OCFNO2
OCFCRM2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCRPSD2
OCRATO2
OCRRMS1
OCRNO2
OCRCRM2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OEFPSD2
OEFATO2
OEFRMS1
OEFNO1
OEFCRM2
Table of element forces in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OEEPSD2
OEEATO2
OEERMS1
OEENO1
OEECRM2
Table of element strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OQMPSD2
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the PSD function.
OQMATO2
1340
RANDOM
Computes functions from frequency response data
Main Index
OQMRMS1
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT1 format for the RMS function.
OQMNO1
OQMCRM2
Table of multipoint forces of constraint in SORT2 format for the cross correlation
function.
OCPSDF
OCCORF
OVGPSD2
OVGATO2
OVGRMS1
OVGNO1
OVGCRM2
OAGPSD2
OAGATO2
OAGRMS1
OAGNO1
OAGCRM2
OCSPSD2
OCSATO2
OCSRMS1
OCSNO2
OCSCRM2
Table of lamina stresses in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCAPSD2
OCAATO2
OCARMS1
OCANO2
OCACRM2
Table of lamina strains in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCFPSD2
OCFATO2
OCFRMS1
OCFNO2
OCFCRM2
Table of failure indices in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
OCRPSD2
OCRATO2
OCRRMS1
RANDOM 1341
Computes functions from frequency response data
OCRNO2
OCRCRM2
Table of strength ratios in SORT2 format for the cross correlation function.
Parameters:
NORAND
RMSINT
DVAFLAG
Method:
Overview
The Random Analysis Module calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and
mean deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraint, and element forces
and stresses.
Module Initialization
1. The XYCDB must be present or RANDOM returns.
2. A set of RANDPS Bulk Data entries from PSDL must be selected in CASECC or RANDOM
returns.
3. The frequency list is extracted from the first non-empty data file.
4. The RANDPS Bulk Data entry defines the function
S ab ( f ) = ( x + iy )F K ( f )
(5-22)
where:
Main Index
1342
RANDOM
Computes functions from frequency response data
2
2 2L 1 + 2 ( p + 1 ) ( kwL U )
----------------------------------------------------------Wg
2 p+32
U
S ab ( f ) =
(5-23)
[ 1 + ( kwL U ) ]
where W g ,
If a b on any RANDPS entry, the equations are called coupled; otherwise, they are called
uncoupled.
The following eight steps are accomplished:
a. The XYCDB is read for a list of requested points.
b. Compute S aa ( f ) at each load change.
c. Read in the data from the SORT2 data block and compute
2
S ja ( f ) = U j ( f ) S aa ( f )
(5-24)
S ja ( f ) =
Sja ( f )
(5-25)
where
e. When all subcases for the points have been processed, the mean response q j is calculated for
each point j :
N1
1--2
[ ( Sj ( fi ) + Sj ( fi + 1 ) ) ] ( fi + 1 fi )
(5-26)
i=1
where
N = number of frequencies.
The mean response is output with both the PSDF and the autocorrelation function.
The zero positive crossing N 0 is also computed and output with the mean response q j . N 0 is
defined by
1----2
w
0
S J ( w ) dw S J ( w ) dw
(5-27)
The number of zero crossings with positive slope per unit time is a weighted average
frequence equal to the square root of the ratio of the integral of the PSD times frequency
squared to the integral of the PSD.
The integral in the denominator is already calculted and is related to the "mean square
response"
Main Index
RANDOM 1343
Computes functions from frequency response data
2
qj
Sj ( f )
= Rj ( 0 ) =
df
(5-28)
2
rj
S j ( f ) df
0
N1
rj =
1--2
[ Sj ( fi ) + Sj ( fi + 1 ) ] ( fi + 1 fi )
(5-29)
i=1
2
= ( 3f i + 2f i f i + 1 + f i + 1 ) 6
2
= ( f i + 2f i f i + 1 + 3f i + 1 ) 6
Note that if
and are 1.0, the sum for rj would become the formula for qj . Then
f. If PSDF for point j is requested, one identification number and data record are written on the
PSDF data block.
g. If an autocorrelation function is requested for point j , the S j ( f ) are transformed to the time
domain to give the autocorrelation function:
N1
Rj ( m ) =
i=1
1 Sj ( fi + 1 ) Sj ( fi )
- -------------------------------------- [ cos ( 2 m f i + 1 ) cos ( 2 m f i ) ]
-------------2 2
fi + 1 fi
4 m
(5-30)
1
+ ------------- [ S j ( f + 1 ) sin ( 2 m f i + 1 ) S j ( f i ) sin ( 2 m f i ) ]
2 m
where:
(5-31)
1344
RANDOM
Computes functions from frequency response data
where:
r ( m ) = qj
The Coupled Case
3. For each RANDPS entry S j ( f ) is looked up for all f , For each point S j ( f ) is computed:
1
S j ( f ) = H ja ( f )S ab ( f )H jb ( f )
where Hja ( f ) denotes the value of point
(5-32)
j for subcase a .
1
The bar over the third factor in (5-32) denotes the complex conjugate. These S j ( f ) are summed
over all entries to form S j ( f ) :
Sj ( f ) =
Hja ( f )Hjb ( f )
a
(5-33)
1. RANDOM calculates power spectral density functions, autocorrelation functions and mean
deviations for selected displacements, loads, forces of single-point constraints, and element forces
and stresses.
2. DIT cannot be purged if PSDL references TABLEDi records in DIT.
Main Index
RBMG3 1345
Computes rigid body information
RBMG3
Computes the rigid body transformation matrix, rigid body error ratio, and strain energy matrix.
Format:
RBMG3
LLL,ULL,KLR,KRR/
DM $
LLL
ULL
KLR
KRR
DM
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
DM = K ll
K lr
(5-34)
K rr + K lr DM
----------------------------------------------------K rr
Note:
Main Index
(5-35)
1346
RBMG3
Computes rigid body information
DM
K ll DM + K rr
Main Index
(5-36)
RBMG4 1347
Computes rigid body mass matrix
RBMG4
RBMG4
DM,MLL,MLR,MRR/
MR $
DM
MLL
MLR
MRR
MR
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
Main Index
M lr + M lr
DM + DM
M ll DM
(5-37)
1348
READ
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
READ
READ
KAA,MAA,MR,DAR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,
VACOMP
INVEC
LLL
,
,
SPCCOL
EQMAP
VFO1
PARTVEC,SIL,
EQEXIN
,
/
GAPAR
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,LAMMAT,OUTVEC/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV/NSKIP/FLUID/SETNAME/SID/METH/
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM/PRTSUM/
MAXRATIO/MDLGDEF $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
KAA
K matrix in (5-38).
MAA
MR
DAR
DYNAMIC
USET
CASECC
PARTVEC
(5-38)
(5-39)
READ 1349
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
Main Index
SIL
VACOMP
SPCCOL
Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's s-set
degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain decomp.
INVEC
EQMAP
LLL
VFO1
EQEXIN
GAPAR
1350
READ
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
LAMA
PHA
OEIGS
MI
LAMMAT
OUTVEC
Parameters:
Main Index
FORMAT
NEIGV
No eigenvectors found.
>0
<0
NSKIP
FLUID
SETNAME
READ 1351
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
SID
METH
Main Index
Lanczos.
INV
Inverse power.
SINV
GIV
Givens (tridiagonalization).
MGIV
Modified Givens.
HOU
Householder.
MHOU
Modified Householder.
AGIV
AHOU
F1
F2
NE
Note:
ND
1352
READ
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
MSGLVL
No output.
Summary output.
MAXSET
SHFSCL
NORM
PRTSUM
MAXRATIO
MDLGDEF
Remarks:
1. In the solution sequences the eigensolution control parameters are selected by the METHOD or
METHOD(FLUID) command which are defined in the CASECC data block and selects a EIGR
or EIGRL Bulk Data entry record defined in the DYNAMIC or EED data block. EED is a subset
of and interchangeable with the DYNAMIC for this application. There are alternate formats as
shown below where the Case Control commands and/or the EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entries
are replaced with optional parameters SID, METH, F1, etc.
SID=0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC data blocks must be specified. METHOD command and
KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,CASECC,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV $
SID>0 -- Only DYNAMIC data block must be specified. The EIGR or EIGRL entry is selected
by the SID parameter. The CASECC data block may be purged and is ignored.
READ
KAA,MAA,,,DYNAMIC,,,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
Main Index
READ 1353
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////SID $
SID<0 -- DYNAMIC and CASECC are not required. SID=-1 and METH through NORM
parameters are specified. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM,
please refer to the descriptions of Bulk Data entries EIGR, 1935 and EIGRL (p. 1939) in the MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide. The CASECC and DYNAMIC data blocks may be purged and
are ignored.
READ
KAA,MAA,,,,,,,,,/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS,/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV////-1//
F1/F2/NE/ND/MSGLVL/MAXSET/SHFSCL/NORM $
2. In the READ module, the most memory-intensive part of the calculations is involved with
symbolic decomposition of the mass or shifted stiffness matrix. Two methods of internal
resequencing are available. When the USET, SIL, EQEXIN, and PARTVEC data blocks and
SETNAME parameter are available, the resequencing is done in a grid point basis. These data
blocks allow correlation of row numbers in the a-set with grid point numbers. When any of these
data blocks are missing the resequencing is done on a degree-of-freedom basis, potentially 6 times
larger in size and requiring the square of this quantity for memory. The grid point option requires
less memory and is appreciably faster than the degree-of-freedom option.
3. In all eigensolution methods READ will calculate rigid body modes accurately without the
presence of SUPORTi entries in the Bulk Data Section. The SUPORTi entries define the r-set, the
reference set for rigid body modes. If all of the input blocks associated with the r-set are input
properly, the static shapes input in the DAR data block are used to compute rigid body modes. If
the calculated frequencies associated with these modes are small numbers, they are reset to binary
zero.
Modern r-set introduced in Version 70.5:
DXR has the same number of rows as KXX and both are partitioned from DAR and KAA using
PARTVEC. DAR is the motion of the a-set variables due to unit motion of each r-set point,
successively, as calculated by static analysis and ignoring mass effects. Linear combinations of
these shapes are used for rigid body mode shapes that are orthogonal with respect to the mass
matrix.
READ
KXX,MXX,MR,DXR,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL,
,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
Main Index
1354
READ
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
DMX and VACOMP are used for special r-set processing based on the r-set rows being added to
DMX in the READ module. DMX is partitioned from DM in the way KXX is partitioned from
KAA. In other words, the same degrees-of-freedom are partitioned for both KXX and DMX. The
modern method uses DAR instead, with the r-set rows included in DAR.
READ
KXX,MXX,MR,DMX,DYNAMIC,USET,CASECC,PARTVEC,SIL,
VACOMP,,LLL,EQEXIN/
LAMA,PHA,MI,OEIGS/
FORMAT/S,N,NEIGV//FLUID $
Use of this obsolete format is no longer recommended, and provisions for it may be removed
from the code in a future version. Refer to old documentation for a description of this obsolete
form.
4. For the Lanczos and INV methods KAA may be indefinite and MAA must be at least positive
semidefinite. For the unmodified tridiagonal methods (for example, HOU) KAA may be
indefinite, but MAA must be non-singular. For the modified and auto tridiagonal methods (for
example, MHOU and AHOU) MAA may be singular when [KAA + lambda*MAA] is nonsingular. Lambda is an internally calculated shift. The matrix sum will be singular or approach
singularity only when the system contains massless mechanisms. A shaft model made with bar
elements using point masses is an example of a system with a massless mechanism. The torsion
DOFs are not constrained to ground, and the point masses provide no rotary inertia. See the
MODERS subDMAP for the auto-omit DMAP steps used to remove rows and columns with null
mass for the tridiagonal methods. This makes the modified methods more efficient, and removes
some (but not all) possible causes of singularity in the mass matrix.
5. For the Lanczos and Sturm Inverse methods, LAMA and PHA may also be input if the APPEND
mode is being used.
6. LAMA and OElGS are suitable for OFP output.
7. MI may not be purged.
8. Parallel processing in this module (Householder method only) is selected with the NASTRAN
statement keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM(107)), see the <emphasis>MSC Nastran Quick
Reference Guide, Section 1.
9. If an r-set is present and special processing of rigid body modes is desired then it is recommended
that DAR have the same number of rows as KAA. If not, then either MR, USET, or VACOMP
should be specified.
10. For more detailed information on parameters F1 through NORM, please refer to the descriptions
of the EIGR and EIGRL Bulk Data entries in the <emphasis>MSC Nastran Quick Reference
Guide.
11. For the Lanczos method:
Main Index
By default, the Lanczos method uses sparse matrix methods. To use regular matrix methods
specify SPARSE = 1 on the NASTRAN statement or specify PUTSYS (126,1) just prior to the
READ module.
READ 1355
Extracts real symmetric system eigenvalues
In vibration analysis MAA must be positive semidefinite. In buckling analysis, KAA must be
positive semidefinite. For either type of analysis, the other input matrix may be indefinite.
Performance-enhancing options may be requested on system cells 193 through198. Use the
NASTRAN statement or the PUTSYS DMAP statement. See the MSC.Nastran Numerical
Methods Users Guide.
The Lanczos method was updated in Version 70.5 with several enhancements related to shift
logic. However, if the Lanczos method in Version 70 is desired then specify NASTRAN
SYSTEM(273)=1 in the File Management Section or PUTSYS(1,273) in the DMAP before the
READ module.
For maximum efficiency in the Lanczos method, it is recommended that USET, SIL, and
EQEXIN data blocks and SETNAME parameter are specified. If the size of KAA is not the same
as the size of the set indicated by SETNAME, then PARTVEC should also be specified.
12. If SID=-2, then NE is used to modify the ND parameter. ND is modified accordingly:
ND*(1+NE/100)
13. For the Lanczos (METH='LAN') and Householder (METH='HOU', 'MHOU', and 'AHOU')
methods, if the problem can fit into memory then a "QL" Householder eigensolution will be
performed. If the problem cannot fit in memory then the old method is used because the "QL"
method does not have spill capability.
The criterion for switching from the requested method to the "QL" method is controlled system
cell 359 and the NE parameter. The default value for system cell 359 is 1 which means:
if METH='LAN' is requested, the program wil automatically switch to AHOU when the size of
1. Suppose the user has a matrix [ A ] for which he or she wishes to extract eigenvalues via the
classical equation [ A I ] { u } = 0 . Presuming [ A ] is input via DMI Bulk Data entries and
there is an EIGR or EIGRL Bulk Data entry that is selected in Case Control (METHOD), the
following DMAP sequence will be sufficient:
PARAML
MATGEN
READ
A//TRAILER/1/S,N,NCOLA $
,/IDEN/1/NCOLA $
A,IDEN,,,DYNAMICS,,CASECC,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS,/MODES/S,N,NEIGS/1 $
OFP
LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF(NEIGS>-1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
2. Suppose that the user wishes to now calculate 5 modes of the equation [[A] - lambda [I]]{phi} =
0 in a subDMAP where the DYNAMICS and CASECC data blocks are not available:
$ GENERATE IDEN AS SHOWN IN THE PRIOR EXAMPLE
READ
A,IDEN,,,,,,,,,,,,,/LAMA,VECTOR,MI,
OEIGS/'MODES'/S,N,NEIGS////-1////5 $
OFP
LAMA,OEIGS//$
IF (NEIGS > -1) MATPRN VECTOR// $
Main Index
1356
RESMOD
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
RESMOD
Format:
RESMOD
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5/
O1,O2,O3,O4,O5/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Ii
Parameters:
P1
Description
'ATBC'
'MPART'
'LININD'
'LDSWEEP'
'USWEEP'
P2,P3,P4
P5,P6
Option P1 = 'ATBC'
Main Index
[ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I3 ] if [ I3 ] is present; [ I1 ] [ I2 ] [ I1 ] otherwise.
RESMOD 1357
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
Format:
RESMOD
I1,I2,I3,,/O1,,,,/'ATBC' $
Ii
O1
Matrix product.
Remark:
RESMOD
[D ] = [A] [B][C]
A,B,C,,/D,,,,/'ATBC' $
Option P1 = 'MPART'
RESMOD
PHI,K,M,,/PHI0,K0,PHI1,M1,K1/
'MPART'////ZROSTIFF/ZROMASS $
Main Index
PHI
Eigenvector matrix.
PHI0
Massless eigenvectors.
K0
PHI1
1358
RESMOD
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
M1
K1
Parameters:
ZROSTIFF
ZROMASS
Remarks:
RESMOD
U,M,,,/U0,U1,,,/'LININD'////ZROVEC $
U0
U1
Parameter:
ZROVEC
Remarks:
Main Index
RESMOD 1359
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
T
[ I0 ] [ M ] [ U0 ] = computational zeros
T
[ U1 ] [ M ] [ U1 ] > 0.0
4. U and M must be real.
Option P1 = 'LDSWEEP'
RESMOD
LD,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/LDIND,,,,/
'LDSWEEP'/NORMFLG $
LD
Load matrix
PHI
Eigenvector matrix
MXX
MQQ
LDIND
Parameter:
NORMFLG
Remarks:
RESMOD
Main Index
[ PHI ] [ LD ]
U,PHI,MXX,MQQ,/UIND,,,,/'USWEEP'/NORMFLG $
1360
RESMOD
Perform linear algebra functions to support residual vector calculations
A set of vectors.
PHI
Modal vectors.
MXX
MQQ
UIND
Filtered vectors.
Parameter:
NORMFLG
Remarks:
T 1
Main Index
RESTART 1361
Data block comparison
RESTART
RESTART
DB1,DB2,DLSTIN/DLSTOUT/
INVOKE/SPEXP/DPEXP/NDDLNAM/PRTUNIT $
DBi
DLSTIN
A list of data blocks and the associated pathnames. DLSTIN was built as
DLSTOUT during prior executions of the RESTART module. DLSTIN is used to
invoke the same restart dependencies, but with different qualifiers, as done during
previous RESTART comparisons.
DLSTOUT
Main Index
A list of data blocks and associated pathnames defined from DB1 that were deleted
during this execution of the RESTART module. If DLSTOUT is designated as an
APPEND file, then DLSTOUT contains the list of data blocks deleted (or marked
for deletion during this) from prior executions of the module.
1362
RESTART
Data block comparison
Parameters:
INVOKE
SPEXP
x y < 10
DBEXP
SPEXP
Input-logical-default=12. Double-precision tolerance component. Two doubleprecision numbers, x and y are considered equal if
x y < 10
DBEXP
NDDLNAM
Input-character-default='
'. NDDL is the name of the DATABLK statement to
use for a description in the comparison that overrides the name of DB1.
PRTUNIT
Print to f04.
<>0
Print to f06.
Remarks:
In this example, GEOM1 and GEOM2 are compared to the restart versions defined in the DBVIEW
statement. Changes are marked within the HIST file. Deletions are performed after SEID is set.
FILE HIST=APPEND $
PROJVER
//RESTART/S,N,RESPRJ/S,N,RESVER/S,N,EXIST $
DBVIEW
GEOM1R = GEOM1 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
DBVIEW
GEOM2R = GEOM2 (WHERE VERSION=RESVER) $
RESTART
GEOM1,GEOM1R,/HIST/ $
Main Index
RESTART 1363
Data block comparison
RESTART
GEOM2,GEOM2R,/HIST/ $
SEID = SEDWN $
RESTART,,,HIST//TRUE $
Main Index
1364
RMDUPBLK
Removes duplicate records from the Bulk Data
RMDUPBLK
/BULK/S,N,NEWBULK $
None.
Output Data Blocks:
BULK
Parameters:
NEWBULK
No
TRUE
Yes
Remarks:
1. BULK is both and input and output data block and therefore must be declared as an append file
on the FILE statement. For example:
FILE IBULK=APPEND $
RMDUPBLK /IBULK $
2. The actions taken by this module and tolerance for defining duplicate real numbers are both
specified in system cell 402:
< 0.0
> 0.0
= 0.0
3. Only the CORD2C, CORD2R, CORD2S, and GRID Bulk Data entries are checked and
candidates for deletion.
Main Index
RMG2 1365
Processes radiation exchange coefficients
RMG2
Processes radiation exchange coefficients to produce temperature heat flux transfer matrices.
Format:
RMG2
EST,MPOOL,MUGNI,KGGNL,MPT,DIT,BGPDT,SIL,USET/
RDEST,RECM,RGG,KGGNL1/
TABS/SIGMA/S,N,NORADMAT/LUSET $
EST
MPOOL
MUGNI
KGGNL
MPT
DIT
BGPDT
SIL
USET
RDEST
RECM
RGG
KGGNL1
Parameters:
Main Index
TABS
SIGMA
NORADMAT
1366
RMG2
Processes radiation exchange coefficients
No radiation.
-1 Initial radiation.
LUSET
Remark:
Main Index
ROTOR 1367
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
ROTOR
ROTOR
BGPDT,DYNAMIC,DIT,CSTM,VDA,EDOM/
ROTOR,ROTORT/
CONFAC/APP/ROTPRNT/ROTTFLG $
BGPDT
DYNAMIC
DIT
CSTM
VDA
Partitioning vector--d-set size--with 1.0's at extra point degrees-offreedom. May be purged if no extra points are specified.
EDOM
Table of Bulk Data entries that contain the DDVAL entries referenced
by RSPINR records in DYNAMIC.
ROTOR
ROTORT
Parameters:
CONFAC
Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
APP
ROTPRNT
Main Index
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'STATICS'
Statics.
Print.
=0
Do not print.
1368
ROTOR
Process rotordynamics Bulk Data input
ROTTFLG
Main Index
SOL 400
0:
SOL 129
ROTRDR1 1369
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
ROTRDR1
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices based on rotordynamics user input and also drives DMAP rotor
loop.
Format:
ROTRDR1
BGPDT,CSTM,ROTOR,MG6,ROTORT/
BCGG,TI,VGROT/
S,N,RECNUM/S,N,ROTORID/CONFAC/WTMASS/
S,N,METHSID/S,N,SDAMPSID/S,N,KDAMP/APP/ROTPRNT $
BGPDT
CSTM
ROTOR
MG6
ROTORT
BCGG
TI
VGROT
Parameters:
Main Index
RECNUM
Input/output-integer-default=1.
ROTORID
Input/output-integer-default=0.
CONFAC
Input-real-default=1.0E-5.
WTMASS
METHSID
SDAMPSID
1370
ROTRDR1
Creates coriolis and circulation matrices
KDAMP
APP
ROTPRNT
Main Index
Yes
No
Complex eigenvalues.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
''TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'STATICS'
Statics.
Input-integer-default=0.
<>0
Print.
=0
Do not print.
ROTRDR2 1371
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
ROTRDR2
ROTRDR2
CASECC
DIT
ROTOR
//
ROTORT
S,N,RECNUM/APP/
FREQ
/S,N,ROTORID/S,N,SYNFLAG/
TIME
S,N,RSCALE0 S,N,RSCALE1
/
/S,N,GR/S,N,RAVG/
S,N,OMEGA S,N,OMEGADOT
S,N,ALPHAR1/S,N,ALPHAR2 $
Input Data Blocks:
CASECC
DIT
ROTOR
ROTORT
Output Data Blocks:
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
RECNUM
Input/output-integer-default=1.
APP
Input-character-default='
FREQ
Input-real-default=0.0.
TIME
Input-real-default=0.0.
ROTORID
Output-integer-default=0.
SYNFLAG
Output-integer-default=0.
RSCALE0
Output-real-default=0.0.
OMEGA
Output-real-default=0.0.
'.
1372
ROTRDR2
Set parameters for rotordynamic looping
Main Index
RSCALE1
Output-real-default=0.0.
OMEGADOT
Output-real-default=0.0.
GR
Output-real-default=0.0.
RAVG
Output-real-default=0.0.
ALPHAR1
ALPHAR2
ROTRUTL 1373
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
ROTRUTL
Format:
ROTRUTL
I1,I2,I3,I4,I5,I6/
O1,O2,O2/
P1/P2/P3/P4/P5/P6 $
Ii
Oi
Parameters:
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
Option IOPT = 1
Format:
ROTRUTL
FINRL,BGPDT,,,,/MINRL,,/1 $
Main Index
FINRL
BGPDT
1374
ROTRUTL
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
MINRL
G-set square mass matrix that would produce these forces where
MINRL is block diagonal with 3x3 blocks.
Option IOPT = 2
Format:
ROTRUTL
CASECC,DYNAMIC,,,,/
NHFRL,NHOUT,/2/S,N,NHARM/S,N,NHSUBFAC/S,N,NLHI
C $
CASECC
DYNAMIC
NHFRL
NHOUT
Parameters:
NHARM
Output.
NHSUBFAC
Output.
NLHIC
Ouptut.
Option IOPT = 3
Format:
ROTRUTL
CASECC,ROTOR,,,,/ROTORX,,/3//SPEED $
Main Index
CASECC
ROTOR
ROTRUTL 1375
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
ROTORX
Parameter:
SPEED
Input. Speed.
Option IOPT = 4
Format:
ROTRUTL
EPT,,,,,/EPTX,,/4/PID/DDVALUE/FID/ITYPE $
EPT
EPTX
Parameters:
PID
DDVAL
FID
ITYPE
Option IOPT = 5
Format:
ROTRUTL
ROTOR,,,,/,,/5/IRGYRO//S,N,REFROTR $
ROTOR
Main Index
1376
ROTRUTL
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
None.
Parameters:
IRGYRO
REFROTR
Remark:
If the ROTOR table does not exist REFROTR is output as 0 (zero). If IRGYRO is not found in ROTOR
then REFROTR is set to -1.
Option IOPT = 6
Format:
ROTRUTL
DYNAMIC,,,,,/SEROT,,/6/S,N,NROTOR//S,N,NROTORS
E $
DYNAMIC
SEROT
Parameters:
NROTOR
NROTORSE
Option IOPT = 7
Add ROTORG entries into DYNAMIC based on the SEPART and SEROT .
Format:
ROTRUTL
Main Index
DYNAMIC,SEPART,SEROT,BGPDT,,/DYNAMICX,,/7 $
ROTRUTL 1377
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
DYNAMIC
SEPART
Partitioning vector.
SEROT
BGPDT
DYNAMICX
Parameters:
None.
Option IOPT = 8
ROTRUTL
DYNAMIC,CASECC,BGPDT,EVEC,USETD,DIT/
NLFTAB,NLPART,/8/S,N,UVAFLAG $
DYNAMIC
CASECC
BGPDT
EVEC
USETD
DIT
Main Index
NLFTAB
NLPART
1378
ROTRUTL
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
Parameter:
UVAFLAG
Option IOPT = 9 or -9
Format:
ROTRUTL
U,,,,,/UAVG,,/9/NHARM/FREQ/CONDIV//ISUBFAC $
UAVG
Parameters:
NHARM
Input.
FREQ
Input.
CONDIV
Input.
ISUBFAC
Input.
Option IOPT = 10
Format:
ROTRUTL
Input Data Blocks:
None.
Main Index
,,,,,/MFCDISP,MFCVELO,/10/NHARM//NHPLUS $
ROTRUTL 1379
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
MFCDISP
MFCVELO
Parameters:
NHARM
Input.
NHPLUS
Input.
Option IOPT = 11
Format:
ROTRUTL
U,PTVEC,MFCDISP,MFCVELO,,/UT,VT,/11 $
Solution matrix.
PTVEC
Partitioning vector.
MFCDISP
MFCVELO
UT
VT
Option IOPT = 12
Convert U (fourier components of d-set) into TIC records to be used in a transient response analysis
Main Index
1380
ROTRUTL
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
Format:
ROTRUTL
DYNAMIC,BGPDT,EVEC,U,,/,,/12/TICID/FREQ/NHARM
$
DYNAMIC
BGPDT
EVEC
Solution matrix.
None.
Parameters:
TICID
Input.
FREQ
Input.
NHARM
Input.
Option IOPT = 13
Format:
ROTRUTL
DIT,,,,,/,,/13/SDAMP/S,N,TR/S,N,INFOR $
DIT
Parameters:
Main Index
SDAMP
Input.
TR
Output.
INFOR
Output.
ROTRUTL 1381
Perform various utilities for rotordynamics processing.
Option IOPT = 14
ROTRUTL
RESU0,RESU1,,,,/HISTAB,,/14/S,N,ICODE/NLHTOL $
RESU0
RESU1
Iterate matrix after DECOMP/FBS with 0.0 < LAMC <= 1.0
HISTAB
Parameters:
Main Index
ICODE
NLHTOL
1382
RSPEC
Converts transient response motion for plotting
RSPEC
Converts transient response motion to response spectra output suitable for plotting.
Format:
RSPEC
FRL,OUG2,SPSEL,OVG2/
OXRESP/
S,N,SPSELREC/DVAFLAG $
FRL
OUG2
SPSEL
OVG2
OXRESP
Parameters:
SPSELREC
Input/output-integer-default=0. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to 1 when processing last record.
DVAFLAG
Example:
Main Index
RSPEC 1383
Converts transient response motion for plotting
ENDIF $ RECORD>=0
ENDDO $ RECORD<>-1
Main Index
1384
SCALAR
Matrix element extractor
SCALAR
SCALAR
A//S,N,NROW/S,N,NCOL/S,N,VALUED $
None.
Parameters:
IROW
ICOL
VALUED
Remarks:
1. Extract the matrix element in row 1 and column 2 of matrix A and assigns it to the parameter
VALUE.
SCALAR
A//1/2/S,N,VALUE $
2. Convert a pre-Version 2001 SCALAR module call to the current version.
SCALAR
A//1/2/S,N,CDVALUE $
$ Add following statements
Main Index
SCALAR 1385
Matrix element extractor
TYPE PARM,,CS,N,CSVALUE $
CSVALUE = SINGL(CDVALUE) $
3. Read the values from a matrix V of unknown length into a parameter.
TYPE PARM,,I,N,II $ LOOP COUNTER
TYPE PARM,,I,N,VI=1 $ SELECTS COLUMN TO SEARCH
DO WHILE (II>=0) $ STOP WHEN II NEGATIVE
II = II + 1 $
SCALAR V//1/S,N,II/S,N,VI $ II RESET TO -II WHEN AT END OF
MATRIX.
IF (II>0) MESSAGE //'INDEX'/II/'VALUE'/VI $
ENDDO $
Main Index
1386
SDP
Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives
SDP
Calculates and prints the nondimensional stability and control derivatives and the intercepts of the quasisteady stability derivatives.
Format:
SDP
CASEA,AECTRL,AERO,CSTMA,EDT,
AEDBUXV,AEMONPT,MONITOR,MPARV,MPAERV,MPAEUV,
MPSRV,MPSERV,MPSIERV,MPSEUV,MPSIEUV,UXTRIM,AEDBINDX,
PRBDOFS/
STBDER,UXDIFV/
MACH/Q/AECONFIG/SYMXY/SYMXZ/LPRINT $
Main Index
CASEA
AECTRL
AERO
CSTMA
EDT
AEDBUXV
AEMONPT
MONITOR
MPARV
MPAERV
MPAEUV
MPSRV
MPSERV
MPSIRV
MPSEUV
MPSIUV
UXTRIM
UX vector at trim.
SDP 1387
Calculates nondimensional stability and control derivatives
AEDBINDX
PRBDOFS
Partitioning matrix to partition the "active" URDDI from the "inactive". Active
URRDI are assigned a 1.0 value and are connected to the SUPORT degrees-offreedom.
STBDER
UXDIFV
Parameters:
MACH
AECONFIG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
LPRINT
Remark:
are computed.
The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have
been included. It is assumed that the model is restrained at the support points for this derivative.
The aerodynamics after they have been transferred to the structure and elastic deformations have
been included. Movement of the supported degrees of freedom is included in this derivative.
Main Index
1388
SDR1
Computes solution and single-point forces
SDR1
Computes and appends the solution (displacements, velocities, acceleration) and single-point forces of
constraint at the g-set for each boundary condition. Also appends applied loads.
Format:
SDR1
USET,PG,UL,UOO,YS,GOA,GM,PS,KFS,KSS,QR,KGG/
UG,PGT,QG/
NSKIP/APP/NOQG $
USET
PG
UL
UOO
Displacement matrix in o-set due to applied loads on the o-set with the
a-set fixed (set to zero).
YS
GOA
GM
PS
KFS
KSS
QR
KGG
Main Index
UG
PGT
Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary
conditions.
QG
SDR1 1389
Computes solution and single-point forces
Parameters:
NSKIP
APP
NOQG
'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIG'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
'MMREIG'
'BKL0'
Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1'
Buckling.
'DYNAMIC'
Dynamics.
Method:
Static Analysis
In the case of static analysis, SDR1 recovers dependent displacements
ul
{ ua }
ur
(5-40)
ua
{ uf }
uo
(5-41)
where
t ]{u } + {u o}
{ u o } = [ G oa
a
o
(5-42)
uf
{ un }
Ys
Main Index
(5-43)
1390
SDR1
Computes solution and single-point forces
un
{ ug }
um
(5-44)
where
{ u m } = [ G mn ] { u n }
(5-45)
{ q s } = [ K fs ] [ u f ] + [ K ss ] { Y s } { P s }
(5-46)
Eigenvalue Analysis
In the case of eigenvalue analysis SDR1 recovers dependent components of the eigenvectors
{ o } = [ G oa ] { a }
(5-47)
a
- = { f }
--- o
(5-48)
f
- = { n }
--- s
(5-49)
{ m } = [ G mn ] { n }
n
- = { g }
---- m
(1)
(5-50)
{ q s } = [ K fs ] { f }
(5-51)
{ q s } = [ [ K sf ] 2 [ M sf ] ] { f }
(5-52)
Remarks:
1. If NSKIP is greater than 1 and the outputs are declared APPEND on the FILE statement than the
outputs will be appended to outputs from prior executions of SDR1.
2. PG, YS, QR, and PS may be purged.
Main Index
SDR1 1391
Computes solution and single-point forces
Main Index
1392
SDR2
Creates data recovery output tables
SDR2
Creates tables based on output requests for forces of single-point and multipoint forces of constraint,
applied loads, displacements, velocities, accelerations, element stresses, element strains, and element
forces. These output tables are suitable for printing, plotting, and various other postprocessing.
Format:
SDR2
CASECC, CSTM
SIL
, ETT
SILD
,MPT
,OL
,DIT
EQEXIN
,
EQDYN
,BGPDT
,PG
QG
,UG
,EST
,XYCDB
,OINT
,
PELSET ,VIEWTB ,GPSNT
,DEQATN ,DEQIND ,
DITID
,PCOMPT ,GPKE
,EDT
,VG
,
AG
,QMG
,MMCDB
,ESTMG
,GRPSTM ,
MTSTM
,MTSTM1 ,MTSTM2 ,MTSTM3 ,MTSTM4 ,
MMTX
,MMTXR
,MMTX1
,NLVECM ,VCCTM
,
GCOMM
,N2M
,UNUSED ,PBRMS0 ,CPLDIN1 ,
CPLDTEMP,HRMSP
,NLRSMP ,UGNI
,QS2SGN ,
QS2SGT/
OPG
,OQG
,OUG
,OES
,OEF
,
PUG
,OVG
,OAG
,OQMG
,OGPKE1 ,
OSTR
,OMM
,OTEMPP
,OCOMP
,OQS2SGN ,
OQS2SGT/
APP
/S,N,SORTFLAG/NOCOMP/ACOUSTIC/DVAFLAG/
HTFLOW /GPF
/ACOUT
/PREFDB /TABS
/
SIGMA
/ADPTINDX/ADPTEXIT/BSKIP
/W3
/
W4
/LANGLE /OMID
/G
/S,N,OCID $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
CSTM
MPT
DIT
EQEXIN
EQDYN
SIL
SILD
SDR2 1393
Creates data recovery output tables
Main Index
ETT
OL
BGPDT
PG
QG
UG
EST
XYCDB
OINT
PELSET
VIEWTB
GPSNT
DEQATN
DEQIND
DITID
PCOMPT
GPKE
EDT
VG
AG
QMG
MMCDB
Datablocks for
Advanced
Nonlinear
Element
CPLDIN1
CPLDTEMP
1394
SDR2
Creates data recovery output tables
NLRSMP
QS2SGN
QS2SGT
OPG
OQG
OUG
OES
OEF
PUG
OVG
OAG
OQMG
OGPKE1
OSTR
OMM
OTEMPP
TOP/BOT/MID temperature
OCOMP
OQS2SGN
OQS2SGT
Parameters:
APP
Main Index
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Fequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
'MMREIG'
'BKL0'
Pre-buckling (statics).
'BKL1'
Buckling.
'NLST'
Nonlinear statics.
SDR2 1395
Creates data recovery output tables
'GNST'
SORTFLAG
NOCOMP
ACOUSTIC
Input-Integer-Default=1.
0
DVAFLAG
HTFLOW
GPF
Main Index
1396
SDR2
Creates data recovery output tables
ACOUT
Root-mean-square.
'PEAK'
Peak.
PREFDB
TABS
SIGMA
ADPTINDX
ADPTEXIT
BSKIP
W3
W4
LANGLE
Gimbal angle.
Rotation vector.
OMID
OCID
Displacements.
Applied loads.
Eigenvectors.
10 Velocities.
11 Accelerations.
Main Index
SDR2 1397
Creates data recovery output tables
Remarks:
Main Index
1398
SDR3
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format
SDR3
Converts tables in SORT1 (or SORT2) format to SORT2 (or SORT1) format.
Format:
SDR3
OFP1,OFP2,OFP3,OFP4,OFP5,OFP6/
OFP1X,OFP2X,OFP3X,OFP4X,OFP5X,OFP6X $
OFPi
OFPiX
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
Main Index
SDRCOMP 1399
Calculates laminar stresses
SDRCOMP
SDRCOMP
CASECC,MPT,EPT,ETT,EST,OES1A,OEF1A,DIT,BGPDT,PCOMPT/
OES1C,OEFIT,OEF1AA,OPLYSR,OGPLYSS,OGPLYFI,OGPSR,
OEXTFIB /
STRNFLG/DESOPT/LOADFAC/SRCOMPS/APPFLAG/SRTFLAG/PCOMPRM
CASECC
MPT
EPT
ETT
EST
OES1A
OEF1A
DIT
BGPDT
PCOMPT
Main Index
OES1C
OEFIT
OEF1AA
OPLYSR
OGPLYSS
OGPLYFI
1400
SDRCOMP
Calculates laminar stresses
OGPSR
OEXTFIB
Parameters:
LSTRN
DESOPT
LOADFACR
SRCOMPS
APPFLAG
SORTFLAG
PCOMPRM
=1
=2
Remarks:
Main Index
SDRHT 1401
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
SDRHT
Combines the heat flow for the CHBDYi elements with the heat flux for other elements.
Format:
SDRHT
UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,RDEST,RECM,DLT,OEFNL1,MPT,
BGPDT,
CSTM,SIL,USET,CASECC,OESNLH,APPLOD/
HOEF1,HOES1/
TABS/SIGMA/NORADMAT $
Main Index
UG
OEF1
SLT
EST
DIT
RDEST
RECM
DLT
OEFNL1
MPT
BGPDT
CSTM
SIL
USET
CASECC
OESNLH
APPLOD
1402
SDRHT
Combines heat flow for CHBDYi elements with heat flux of other elements
HOEF1
HOES1
Table of element heat flow in SORT1 format combined for linear and
nonlinear elements.
Parameters:
TABS
SIGMA
NORADMAT
HOES1
Remarks:
1. For linear steady state heat transfer, OEF1 is also specified for OEFNL1 and RDEST, RECM, and
DLT may be purged.
SDRHT
UG,OEF1,SLT,EST,DIT,,,,
OEF1,MPTS,BGPDTS,CSTMS,SILS,USET,CASECC/
HOEF1/TABS/SIGMA/-1 $
2. In transient heat transfer UG also contains the enthalpy.
Main Index
SDRNL 1403
Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements
SDRNL
SDRNL
CASECC,ESTNL,ELDATA,UNUSED4,UNUSED5,UNUSED6,UNUSED7,
CSTM,UGNI,BGPDT,ESTMG,GRPSTM,MTSTM,MTSTM1,MTSTM2,
MTSTM3,MTSTM4,MMTX,MMTXR,MMTX1,
NLVECM,VCCTM,GCOMM,N2M,OINT,EPTS,UNUSED27,
GPSNTS,EDT/
OESNL1,OESNLB1,UNUSED3,OCOMP,OCOMPM,ONLOUTS,
ONLOUTV,ONLOUTT,UNUSED9/
NLTYPE/UNUSED2/UNUSED3/NSKIP/LINC/UNUSED6/
UNUSED7/UNUSED8 $
Main Index
CASECC
ESTNL
ELDATA
UNUSED4
UNUSED5
UNUSED6
UNUSED7
CSTM
UGNI
BGPDT
ESTMG
GRPSTM
MTSTM
MTSTM1
Materials data.
MTSTM2
Materials pointers.
MTSTM3
Materials flags.
MTSTM4
MMTX
MMTXR
1404
SDRNL
Performs stress data recovery for nonlinear elements
MMTX1
NLVECM
VCCTM
GCOMM
OESNL1
OESNLB1
UNUSED3
OCOMP
OCOMPM
ONLOUT
ONLOUTV
ONLOUTT
UNUSED9
Parameters:
NLTYPE
Main Index
UNUSED2
UNUSED3
NSKIP
LINC
UNUSED6
Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.
UNUSED7
Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.
UNUSED8
Input-integer-default=0.0. Unused.
SDRP 1405
Computes data for p-elements
SDRP
SDRP
CASECC,EST,VIEWTB,UG,OUG1,
OES1,OSTR1,OEF1,DEQATN,DEQIND,
DIT,MPT,MPT,CSTM,ETT,OINT,
PELSET,BGPDT,BGPDT,OL,GPSNT,ERROR1,
RSQUERY,OVG1,OAG1/
OUG1VU,OES1VU,OEE1VU,OEF1VU,STATDATA,
RSLTSTAT,RSLTDATA,GLBTAB,GLBRSP,
OVG1VU,OAG1VU/
ADPTEXIT/ALTSHAPE/APP/SDRPOPT/PVALID/
DESCYCLE/ADPTINDX/ODESMAX/OADPMAX/SEID/
DVAFLAG $
Main Index
CASECC
EST
VIEWTB
UG
OUG1
OES1
OSTR1
OEF1
DEQATN
DEQIND
DIT
MPT
CSTM
ETT
OINT
1406
SDRP
Computes data for p-elements
PELSET
BGPDT
OL
GPSNT
ERROR1
RSQUERY
OVG1
OAG1
Main Index
OUG1VU
OES1VU
OSTR1VU
OEF1VU
STATDATA
RSTLSTAT
RSLTDATA
GLBTAB
GLBRSP
OVG1VU
OAG1VU
SDRP 1407
Computes data for p-elements
Parameters:
ADPTEXIT
ALTSHAPE
APP
SDRPOPT
'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQ'
Frequency response.
'TRANSNT'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
Compute in SDRP.
'OFP'
Compute in OFP.
PVALID
DESCYCLE
ADPTINDX
ODESMAX
OADPMAX
SEID
DVAFLAG
Remarks:
1.
If disk space is critical then SDRPOPT may set to 'OFP' to delay computation of principal stresses
and strains to the OFP module.
2.
The scope of SDRP processing depends on the value system cell 297:
0
1,2,3
-1
Main Index
1408
SDRX
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
SDRX
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and
PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applicable to static and normal
modes analysis only.
Format:
SDRX
CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
BGPDT,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT $
CASECC
OEF1
OES1
GEOM2
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
BGPDT
OSTR1
Main Index
OEF1X
OES1X
OSTR1X
SDRX 1409
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
Parameter:
NOXOUT
Main Index
1410
SDRXD
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
SDRXD
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element forces, stresses, and strains due to CBARAO and
PLOAD1 Bulk Data entries. Also computes intermediate station output. Applies to transient and
frequency response analysis only.
Format:
SDRXD
CASECC,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2,GEOM3,EST,CSTM,MPT,DIT,
UG,DLT,OL,BGPDT,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/
S,N,NOXOUT/APP/COUPMASS $
CASECC
OEF1
OES1
GEOM2
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
EST
CSTM
MPT
DIT
UG
DLT
OL
BGPDT
OSTR1
OEF1X
Main Index
SDRXD 1411
Modifies CBAR, CBEAM and CBEND element results
OES1X
OSTR1X
Parameters:
NOXOUT
APP
COUPMASS
-1
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
Lumped.
Coupled.
Example:
SDRX
EQUIVX
EQUIVX
EQUIVX
Main Index
CASEDR,OEF1,OES1,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,EST,CSTMS,MPTS,
DIT,BGPDTS,OSTR1/
OEF1X,OES1X,OSTR1X/S,N,NOXOUT $
OEF1/OEF1X/NOXOUT $
OES1/OES1X/NOXOUT $
OSTR1/OSTR1X/NOXOUT $
1412
SDSA
Partitions design model to superelements
SDSA
Partitions the design model (i.e., the design optimization Bulk Data entries) to superelements.
Format:
SDSA
EDOM,EPTS,EQEXINS,SEMAP,MPTS,SGPDTS/
EDOMS/
SEID/PEID/S,N,OBJSID/DESOBJ/S,N,DESVAR/
S,N,DRESP/S,N,TWGTFL/S,N,TVOLFL $
EDOM
EPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the
superelement specified by SEID.
EQEXINS
SEMAP
MPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the
current superelement.
SGPDTS
EDOMS
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
PEID
OBJSID
DESOBJ
SDSA 1413
Partitions design model to superelements
DESVAR
DRESP
TWGTFL
TVOLFL
Remark:
SDSA is intended to be executed in a superelement DMAP loop driven by SEP2DR. See subDMAP
DESINIT for an example.
Main Index
1414
SDSB
Generates superelement processing list
SDSB
Generates the superelement processing list to direct the pseudo-load and response sensitivity
calculations.
Format:
SDSB
SLIST,EDOM*,CASECC,UNUSED4,UNUSED5/
DSLIST/
S,N,DMRESD/S,N,NOSEDV/S,N,NOSERESP $
CASECC
SLIST
EDOM*
UNUSED4
UNUSED5
DSLIST
Parameters:
DMRESD
NOSEDV
NOSERESP
Example:
Main Index
EDOMF=EDOMS
WHERE (wildcard) $
SDSB 1415
Generates superelement processing list
Main Index
1416
SDSC
Prints correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix
SDSC
Prints the correlation table for normalized design sensitivity coefficient matrix.
Format:
SDSC
DSCMCOL//
OBJSID/DESOBJ/UNUSED3/EIGNFREQ $
DSCMCOL
None.
Parameters:
Main Index
OBJSID
DESOBJ
UNUSED3
Input-integer-default=1. Unused.
EIGNFREQ
Eigenvalue (radian/time).
Frequency (cycle/time).
SECONVRT 1417
Modifies Bulk Data entry records
SECONVRT
BGPDT,GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3/
GEOM1N,GEOM2N,GEOM3N $
BGPDT
GEOM1
GEOM2
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GEOM1N
GEOM2N
GEOM3N
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
No converson.
>0
Main Index
Convert and echo the first n converted entries in the f06 where n is the value of system cell
350.
1418
SEDR
Partitions tables for superelements
SEDR
Partitions the solution matrix, Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEDR
SEMAP,CASECC,PCDB,DRLIST,XYCDB,SLT,ETT,
MAPS*,UGD,BGPDTD,GDNTAB,VGD,AGD/
UA,CASEDR,PCDBDR,XYCDBDR,VA,AA/
APP/SEID/S,N,NOUP/S,N,NOSORT1/S,N,NOUG/
S,N,NOOUT/S,N,NOPLOT/S,N,NOXYPLOT/QUALNAM/NCUL
/
SORTP $
SEMAP
CASECC
PCDB
DRLIST
XYCDB
SLT
ETT
MAPS*
UGD
BGPDT
GDNTAB
VGD
AGD
Main Index
UA
CASEDR
SEDR 1419
Partitions tables for superelements
PCDBDR
XYCDBDR
VA
AA
Parameters:
APP
Statics.
STATICSNot statics.
Main Index
SEID
NOUP
NOSORT1
NOUG
NOOUT
NOPLOT
NOXYPLOT
QUALNAM
NCUL
SORTP
1420
SEDRDR
Drives superelement data recovery loop
SEDRDR
SEDRDR
DRLIST,SEMAP//
S,N,LASTSE/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR/
NOSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/S,N,SCNDRY/S,N,EXTRN/
SEDRCNTL/NOPGHD $
DRLIST
SEMAP
None.
Main Index
SEDRDR 1421
Drives superelement data recovery loop
Parameters:
LASTSE
SEID
Initialization.
-2
>0
On output:
>0
Main Index
PEID
SEDWN
NODR
NOSE
SETYPE
Output-character-default='
SEBULK Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT'
Repeated.
'MIRROR'
Mirror.
'COLLTR'
Collector.
'EXTRNA'
External.
'PRIMARY'
Primary.
RSEID
SCNDRY
EXTRN
SEDRCNTL
Input-character-default='
1422
SEDRDR
Drives superelement data recovery loop
'
'
'CURR'
NOPGHD
-1
-2
-3
Remark:
SEDRDR processes each superelement, specified in DRLIST, in the order of data recovery; i.e.,
downstream to upstream or residual structure to tip superelements.
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the residual structure and ending with the
tips.
PARAML
SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG>=0 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEDRDR
DRLIST//
S,N,LPFLG/S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,NODR $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
SEEFMBND 1423
Generates band information for EFM
SEEFMBND
CASECC,DYNAMIC,DIT,LAMA,EFMDMP/
BANDPV,BANDLIST/EFMMASS $
CASECC
DYNAMIC
DIT
LAMA
EFMDMP
Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed.
BANDPV
BANDLIST
Parameters:
EFMMASS
Main Index
Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
modeling calculations are to be performed.
1424
SEEFMCLF
Calculates EFM values for a band
SEEFMCLF
For energy flow modeling (EFM), calculates for the current band: total modal energy for each subsystem,
energy influence coefficients for rain-on-the-roof excitation, average power input, energy factors matrix,
and coupling loss factors.
Format:
SEEFMCLF
DIT,EFMLIST,EFMDMP,BANDLIST,BANDPV,MQE*/
ENEMAT,APIMAT,EFMMA,SCLFMAT,CLFMAT/
IBAND/EFMMASS/QUALNAM/EFMDIAG $
DIT
EFMLIST
EFMDMP
Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed.
BANDLIST
BANDPV
MQE*
ENEMAT
APIMAT
EFMMAT
SCLFMAT
CLFMAT
Parameters:
Main Index
IBAND
EFMMASS
Input-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
modeling calculations are to be performed.
SEEFMCLF 1425
Calculates EFM values for a band
Main Index
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='
matrices.
EFMDIAG
1426
SEEFMDMP
Generates parameters for EMF
SEEFMDMP
CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST,OGPWG*/
EFMMCOL,EFMDMP/
S,N,EFMMASS/QUALNAM $
CASECC
DYNAMIC
EFMLIST
OGPWG*
EFMMCOL
EFMDMP
Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed.
Parameters:
Main Index
EFMMASS
Output-real-no default. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow
modeling calculations are to be performed.
QUALNAM
Input-character-default='
matrices.
SEEFMLST 1427
Generates superelement list for EFM
SEEFMLST
Generates list of superelements for which energy flow modeling (EFM) calculations are to be performed.
Format:
SEEFMLST
CASECC,GEOM1,SLIST/EFMLIST $
CASECC
GEOM1
SLIST
EFMLIST
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1428
SEEFMNOR
Generates partitioning vector and shell normals for EFM
SEEFMNOR
BGPDT,USET,GPSNT/
PVGT,SNORMM $
BGPDT
USET
GPSNT
PVGT
SNORMM
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
Main Index
SEEFMOUT 1429
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
SEEFMOUT Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis
Print output from the Energy Flow Modeling (EFM) analysis.
Format:
SEEFMOUT
EFMLIST,EFMASMTT,EXCITEFX,BANDLIST,
MNRGYMTF,APIMATT,RESMATFT/ $
EFMLIST
EFMASMTT
EXCITEFX
BANDLIST
MNRGYMTF
Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
APIMATT
Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
superelements for all bands.
RESMATFT
Matrix of average velocity respons for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1430
SEEFMXIT
Computes superelement power for EFM
SEEFMXIT
Computes superelement power and force input values for energy flow modeling (EFM).
Format:
SEEFMXIT
CASECC,DYNAMIC,EFMLIST/EXCITP,EXCITF $
CASECC
DYNAMIC
EFMLIST
EXCITP
EXCITF
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SELA 1431
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
SELA
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements into the current superelement.
Format:
SELA
PJ,SLIST,SEMAP,BGPDTS,PA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/QUALNAM/S,N,LDSEQ/S,N,NOPG/PRTUIM $
PJ
Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied
to its interior points only.
SLIST
SEMAP
BGPDTS
PA*
MAPS*
GDNTAB
PG
Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement including
loads from upstream superelements.
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
QUALNAM
LDSEQ
1432
SELA
Assembles static load matrices from upstream superelements
NOPG
PRTUIM
Remark:
PJ may be purged.
Example:
DBVIEW PAUP
= PA
WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* and PEID=*) $
SELA
PJ,SLIST,EMAP,BGPDTS,PAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
PG/
SEID/'SEID'/0/S,N,NOPG $
EQUIVX
PJ/PG/NOPG $
Main Index
SEMA 1433
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements
SEMA
Assembles square symmetric matrices (e.g., stiffness, mass, damping) from upstream superelements into
the current superelement.
Format:
SEMA
BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,XJJ,XAA*,MAPS*,GDNTAB/
XGG/
SEID/LUSETS/QUALNAM/UPFM $
BGPDTS
SLIST
SEMAP
XJJ
Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied to
its interior points only.
XAA*
MAPS*
GDNTAB
XGG
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
LUSETS
1434
SEMA
Assembles square symmetric matrices from upstream superelements
QUALNAM
UPFM
Remark:
Assemble stiffness matrix KGG and exit if there are missing upstream stiffness matrices.
DBVIEW KAAUP = KAA WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=* and WILDCARD) $
DBVIEW MAPUP = MAPS WHERE (SEID=* AND PEID=*) $
SEMA
BGPDTS,SLIST,SEMAP,KJJ,KAAUP,MAPUP,GDNTAB/
KGG/
SEID/LUSETS/'SEID'/-1 $
IF ( NOGO=-1 ) EXIT $
Main Index
SEP1 1435
Constructs superelement map table
SEP1
SEP1
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EQEXIN,BGPDT,CSTM,CASECC,SETREE/
SEMAP,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/LST2REC $
GEOM1
GEOM2
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
EQEXIN
BGPDT
CSTM
CASECC
SETREE
Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data
entry.
SEMAP
SCSTM
Parameters:
NOSE
Main Index
1436
SEP1
Constructs superelement map table
CONFAC
LST2REC
Remarks:
1. SEP1 is the initial superelement processor. It builds the superelement map table which defines the
relationships between grid points and superelements. The map includes the superelement type
(primary, secondary, mirror image, etc.), the exterior grid points, the structural and rigid elements,
and for certain secondary superelements, sequencing information.
2. SEP1 only supports superelements defined by the SESET Bulk Data entry, CSUPER Bulk Data
entry or on the SEID field on the GRID Bulk Data entry; i.e., grid-list superelements. SEP1X is a
more recently developed module intended for superelements defined in separate Bulk Data
Sections; i.e., partitioned superelements.
Main Index
SEP1X 1437
Constructs superelement map table
SEP1X
Constructs the superelement map table and "corrects" the grid point locations at RSSCON element
connections. The format has not changed but the SEP1XOVR parameter is now an output parameter
which must be passed into SEP2X. Also additional options are available in SEP1XOVR.
Format:
SEP1X
SELIST,GEOM1*,GEOM2*,GEOM4*,SETREE,SGPDTS*,BNDFIL/
SEMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/QUALNAM/QUALVAL/S,N,RSFLAG/
NQSET/EXTNAME/S,N,SEP1XOVR/NQMAX/SEBULK/TOLRSC/
S,N,SWCHECK/ATQSET/S,N,RUNSEP2X $
SELIST
GEOM1*
GEOM2*
GEOM4*
SETREE
Superelement tree table usually input via the DTI,SETREE Bulk Data entry.
SGPDTS*
BNDFIL
Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given by extreme
for domain decomposition.
Main Index
SEMAP
SGPDT
SCSTM
1438
SEP1X
Constructs superelement map table
Parameters:
NOSE
CONFAC
QUALNAM
QUALVAL
RSFLAG
NQSET
Input-integer-default=0. Number of automatic q-set degrees-of-freedom (auto-qset). Each superelement will have NQSET number of q-set degrees-of-freedom.
EXTNAME
SEP1XOVR
Main Index
Value(s)
Description
1-3
1-5
16
32
64
128
256
10
512
NQMAX
SEBULK
TOLRSC
SWCHECK
Output-logical-default=FALSE. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256
is on in CHKRUN.
SEP1X 1439
Constructs superelement map table
ATQSET
RUNSEP2X
Example:
,,GEOM1q,GEOM2,GEOM4,,/
EMAP,SGPDT,SCSTM/
S,N,NOSE/CONFAC/'
'//S,N,PARTRS/NQSET/'XEID'///
false/TOLRSC $
3. The SEP1X module checks the residual part and bit 8 on the SEP1XOVR parameter to determine
a-set membership at the residual level. The default action is to place all upstream q-set in the aset in the residual when any ASETi, BSETi, CSETi, QSETi or OMITi records are detected in the
residual based upon user specifications. Otherwise, SEP1X changes the SEP1XOVR parameter
to indicate to SEP2X not to generate ASET records for the q-set boundary dofs and then let the
left-over logic of GP4 assign to a-set or o-set. Note that the user can set bit 8 to indicate that no
ASET records will be created. The current SEP2X rule for user set specifications is to copy the
supplied record from the main GEOM4 to the residual's GEOM4S.
Main Index
1440
SEP2
Partitions tables for each superelement
SEP2
SEP2
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,
SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,DYNAMIC,GPSNT/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,UNUSED8,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,GPSNTS/
SEID/METHCMRS
GEOM1
GEOM2
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
EPT
MPT
SLIST
SEMAP
CASES
DYNAMIC
GPSNT
Main Index
GEOM1S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
superelement.
GEOM2S
GEOM3S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for
the current superelement.
SEP2 1441
Partitions tables for each superelement
GEOM4S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current
superelement.
EPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the
current superelement.
MPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the
current superelement.
MAPS
UNUSED8
UNUSED9
DYNAMICS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement.
GPSNTS
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
METHCMRS
1442
SEP2CT
Partitions Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement
SEP2CT
Partitions the Case Control and Plot Control tables for each superelement.
Format:
SEP2CT
SLIST,CASECC,PCDB,UNUSED4,XYCDB/
CASES,PCDBS,XYCDBS/
APP/SEID $
SLIST
CASECC
PCDB
UNUSED4
XYCDB
CASES
PCDBS
XYCDBS
Parameters:
APP
Statics.
Main Index
SEP2DR 1443
Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
SEP2DR
Drives the superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop. Also drives the pseudo-load
generation loop.
Format:
SEP2DR
SLIST ,SEMAP/
DSLIST
S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID/S,N,SEDWN/S,N,LASTSE/S,N,NOMAT/
S,N,NOASM/S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOUP/S,N,SCNDRY/
S,N,EXTRN/S,N,NOMR/SEP2CNTL/S,N,NOPSLG/NOPGHD/
S,N,PARTSE/S,N,SETYPE/S,N,RSEID/NSENQSET $
SEMAP
SLIST
DSLIST
None.
Main Index
1444
SEP2DR
Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
Parameters:
SEID
Initialization
-2
>0
On output:
>0
Main Index
PEID
SEDWN
LASTSE
NOMAT
NOASM
NOLOAD
NOLASM
NOUP
SCNDRY
EXTRN
NOMR
SEP2DR 1445
Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
SEP2CNTL
Main Index
'PSLGDV'
'DSLIST'
'PSLDSL'
'SLIST'
'SEDWN'
'CURR'
NOPSLG
NOPGHD
-1
-2
PARTSE
SETYPE
Output-character-default='
Bulk Data entry.
'REPEAT'
Repeated.
'MIRROR'
Mirror.
'COLLTR'
Collector.
'EXTRNA'
External a-set.
'EXTRNG'
External g-set.
'PRIMARY'
Primary.
1446
SEP2DR
Drives superelement generation, assembly, and reduction loop
RSEID
NSENQSET
Remarks:
1. SEP2DR processes each superelement, specified in SLIST or DSLIST, in the order of matrix
generation; i.e., upstream to downstream or tip superelements to the residual structure.
2. If SEP2CNTL='PSLGDV' or 'DSLIST' then DSLIST must be specified as the first input;
otherwise, 'SLIST' is specified.
Example:
Compose a DMAP loop to process all superelements starting at the tips and ending with the residual
structure.
PARAML
SEMAP//'PRES'////S,N,NOSE $
LPFLG=0 $ INITIALIZE
DO WHILE ( LPFLG<>-1 ) $
IF ( NOSE<0 ) THEN $
LPFLG=-1 $
ELSE $
SEP2DR
SLIST,SEMAP//S,N,SEID/S,N,PEID//S,N,LPFLG/
////////'ALL'//-1 $
ENDIF $
.
.
.
ENDDO $
Main Index
SEP2X 1447
Partitions tables for each superelement
SEP2X
SEP2X
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4,EPT,MPT,SLIST,SEMAP,CASES,
DYNAMIC,UNUSED11,SGPDT,SCSTM,MATPOOL/
GEOM1S,GEOM2S,GEOM3S,GEOM4S,EPTS,MPTS,
MAPS,SGPDTS,UNUSED9,DYNAMICS,MATPOOLS,UNUSED12/
SEID/METHCMRS/SEP1XOVR $
GEOM1
GEOM2
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points.
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
GEOM4
EPT
MPT
SLIST
SEMAP
CASES
DYNAMIC
UNUSED11
SGPDT
SCSTM
MATPOOL
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to hydroelastic boundary, heat transfer
radiation, virtual mass, DMIG, and DMIAX entries.
Main Index
GEOM1S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current superelement.
GEOM2S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element connectivity and scalar points
for the current superelement.
GEOM3S
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads for the current
superelement.
1448
SEP2X
Partitions tables for each superelement
GEOM4S
EPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to element properties for the current
superelement.
MPTS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the current
superelement.
MAPS
SGPDTS
Superelement basic grid point definition table for the current superelement.
UNUSED9
DYNAMICS
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current superelement.
MATPOOLS
UNUSED12
Parameters:
Main Index
SEID
METHCMRS
SEP1XOVR
SEP3 1449
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
SEP3
Examines Case Control and determines which superelements are to be processed for generation,
assembly, and reduction of stiffness, mass, and damping, and load matrices.
Format:
SEP3
CASECC,EMAP/
SLIST/
S,N,NOSECOM/S,N,SEID/NOSE/S,N,NOMAT/S,N,NOASM/
S,N,NOLOAD/S,N,NOLASM/S,N,NOMR/UNUSED9 $
CASECC
SEMAP
SLIST
Parameters:
Main Index
NOSECOM
SEID
NOSE
NOMAT
NOASM
1450
SEP3
Examines Case Control and determines superelement processing
NOLOAD
NOLASM
NOMR
UNUSED9
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remark:
If there are no superelements, then SLIST is not created and may be purged.
Main Index
SEP4 1451
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
SEP4
Examines the Case Control and Plot Control tables, queries the data base for existing solution matrices,
and determines which superelements are to be processed for data recovery.
Format:
SEP4
CASECC,PCDB,EMAP,XYCDB,UG*,PUG*,QG*,MMCDB/
DRLIST/
UNUSED1/QUALNAM/S,N,NODR/S,N,SEID/S,N,NOSEPLOT/
SEP4CNTL $
CASECC
PCDB
SEMAP
XYCDB
UG*
PUG*
QG*
MMCDB
DRLIST
Parameters:
Main Index
UNUSED1
'.
QUALNAM
NODR
SEID
1452
SEP4
Examines table and data base information for superelement processing
NOSEPLOT
SEP4CNTL
Output-integer-default='
'ALL'
Main Index
SEPLOT 1453
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
SEPLOT
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements based on the SEPLOT and SEUPPLOT
commands.
Format:
SEPLOT
PCDB,SEMAP,SCSTM,BGPDT*,ECT*,PUG*/
BGPDTX,PUGX,PLSETMSG,PLTPAR,GPSETS,ELSET/
QUALNAM/QUALNAMP/S,N,PLTCNT/S,N,NGP/S,N,JPLOT $
PCDB
SEMAP
SCSTM
BGPDT*
ECT*
PUG*
Main Index
BGPDTX
PUGX
PLSETMSG
PLTPAR
GPSETS
ELSET
1454
SEPLOT
Assembles plot displacement matrices for superelements
Parameters:
QUALNAM
QUALNAMP
PLTCNT
Initialization.
On output:
>0
NGP
JPLOT
Example:
Main Index
SEPR1 1455
Builds a list of partitioned superelement Bulk Data Sections
SEPR1
SEPR1
BULK*/
SELIST/
QUALNAM/S,N,SEFLAG $
BULK*
SELIST
Parameters:
QUALNAM
SEFLAG
Example:
Main Index
1456
SEQP
Resequencing processor
SEQP
Resequencing processor
Generates SEQGP entries or a mapping matrix for use in resequencing matrices for efficient matrix
decomposition.
Format 1: Geometry Table input
SEQP
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM4,EPT,MATPOOL,DYNAMIC,CASECC/
GEOM1Q,TIMSIZ,GEQMAP,BNDFIL,SPCPART,LGPART,GEOM2X,
GEOM4X/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH//SUPER/FACTOR/
MPCFLG/START/MSGLVL/PEXIST/PSEQOPT/S,N,NTIPS/APP/
S,N,ZCOLLCT/S,N,TIPSCOL/ACMS/S,N,FLUIDSE/ATQSET/
PARTMEM $
SEQP
MAT,GPL,USET,SIL/SEQMAP,,,,,/
SEQOUT/SEQMETH/SETNAME $
Main Index
GEOM1
GEOM2
GEOM4
EPT
MATPOOL
DYNAMIC
CASECC
MAT
GPL
SEQP 1457
Resequencing processor
USET
SIL
Main Index
GEOM1Q
Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been
added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed.
TIMSIZ
GEQMAP
Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition.
BNDFIL
Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order given
by extreme for domain decomposition.
SPCPART
SEQMAP
LGPART
GEOM2X
GEOM4X
GEOM4 table augmented with new RBE1 and RBE2 records (because
all RBE1 and RBE2 elements are split so that each one contains only
one m-set grid) for ACMS='YES'. Also augmented with SEQSET1
records for ACMS='YES'.
1458
SEQP
Resequencing processor
Parameters:
SEQOUT
SEQMETH
No output.
Combines 1 and 2.
No resequencing is performed.
Active/passive.
Band.
For the active/passive and the band options select the option giving the lowest
RMS value of the active columns for each group of grid points. (Default)
Wavefront (Levy).
SUPER
FACTOR
MPCFLG
START
Main Index
Input-integer-default=0. The number of the grid points at the beginning of the input
sequence. See Remark 8.
SEQP 1459
Resequencing processor
MSGLVL
No.
>0
Yes.
PEXIST
PSEQOPT
Input-character-default='
elements. See Remark 9.
NTIPS
APP
Input-character-default='
'STATICS'
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
ZCOLLCT
TIPSCOL
ACMS
FLUIDSE
ATQSET
PARTMEM
Main Index
FALSE
TRUE
Generate a single q-set dof for the residual structure and the fluid
superelement. Usually set indirectly by user parameter.
1460
SEQP
Resequencing processor
Remarks:
1. In the geometry table option, SEQP generates SEQGP Bulk Data entries to be appended to the in
the GEOM1 data block and/or written to the punch file.
2. In the matrix option, GPL, USET, and SIL are required for SEQOUT>0 and may be purged if
SEQOUT=0.
3. SEQMETH=7 is recommended for sparse decomposition and sparse forward-backward
substitution only. The assembly of stiffness, mass, and damping matrices by the EMA module
may be less efficient under this option. Also, if there is insufficient memory available to perform
sparse decomposition, then regular decomposition will be performed and regular decomposition
is inefficient under this option.
4. SEQMETH=5, 6, or 7, resequencing will be performed even if the CPU estimate is higher than
for no resequencing.
5. For SEQMETH=8, the estimates will be computed for two sequencing methods that are suitable
for the decomposition method selected by the PARALLEL and SPARSE keywords on the
NASTRAN statement and select the sequencing method with the lowest estimate. The following
table shows the suitable methods for each decomposition method.
Decomposition Method
Suitable
SEQMETH
1 and 4
parallel
2 and 5
sparse
6 and 7
6. Description of SUPER:
If PARAM,SUPER=0, all grid points from the connection table that are not part of the group
currently being processed are deleted. This option provides for sequencing only the interior
points of a superelement. If any superelements are present, the residual structure is not
resequenced. If all of the grid points are in the residual structure, they are resequenced.
If PARAM,SUPER=0 or 1, all grid points in the connection table are considered. This option
entries) or rigid elements (e.g., the RBAR entry) are placed in a special group at the end of the
sequence. This option also forces SEQMETH=6 and may not be selected with other values of
SEQMETH. This option is intended primarily for models that have many active columns due to
MPCs or rigid elements; e.g., a model with disjoint structures connected only by MPCs or rigid
elements. See Matrix decomposition with extended diagnostics (Ch. 3) in the MSC.Nastran
Numerical Methods Users Guide for a further discussion of sequencing operations.
7. FACTOR is used as follows:
SEQID = FACTOR * GRP + SEQ
where SEQ generated sequence number and GRP group sequence number.
Main Index
SEQP 1461
Resequencing processor
If GRP=0, use GRP(MAX)+1 where GRP(MAX) is the largest group sequence number
previously processed.
8. START specifies the input sequence will be the sorted order of the grid point numbers including
the effect of any SEQGP entries input by the user. A single SEQGP entry can be input to select
the starting point for the new sequence. Otherwise, the first point of lowest connectivity will be
used as the starting point
9. PSEQOPT has the following values and actions:
PSEQOPT='APPEND'. The list of all p-element grids at the bottom after all the regular grids.
APPEND is intended for p-element analysis with p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH =
5, 6 or 7.
PSEQOPT='INSERT'. Insert the p-element grids in appropriate locations immediately after the
regular grid point to which they are associated which is the default in p-element analysis.
INSERT is intended for p-element analysis without p-version preconditioning, i.e., SEQMETH
= -1, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Example:
The following example will generate a mapping matrix (SEQMAP) to resequence the matrix KAA. The
following SMPYAD module will resequence the rows and columns of KAA. Following the
decomposition of the resequenced matrix (KAAX), the MPYAD will resequence the right-hand side (PA)
and FBS will perform the forward/backward substitution on the resequenced right-hand side (PAX). The
final MPYAD operation will return the solution (UAX) to the original sequence (UA).
SEQP
SMPYAD
DECOMP
MPYAD
FBS
MPYAD
Main Index
KAA,,,/SEQMAP,//METHOD $
SEQMAP,KAA,SEQMAP,,,/KAAX/3////1////6 $
KAAX/LAA,/ $
SEQMAP,PA,/PAX/1 $
LAA,, PAX/UAX/ $
SEQMAP,UAX,/UA/ $
1462
SHPCAS
Appends primary models case control based on boundary shapes
SHPCAS
Appends the primary model's case control based on auxiliary or geometric model loads (boundary
shapes) and construct a vector for partitioning the primary model's solution matrices that correspond to
the boundary shapes.
Format:
SHPCAS
CASECC,YGBNDR/
CASECC1,CVEC $
CASECC
YGBNDR
CASECC1
CVEC
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
SMA3 1463
Assembles global stiffness based on general elements in GENEL Bulk Data entry
SMA3
Assembles the global stiffness based on general elements as defined on the GENEL Bulk Data entry and
optionally adding to stiffness from regular elements.
Format:
SMA3
GEI,KGG/
KGG1/
LUSET/NOGENL/NOSIMP $
GEI
KGG
KGG1
Parameters:
LUSET
NOGENL
NOSIMP
Remark:
Main Index
1464
SMPYAD
Matrix series multiply and add
SMPYAD
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ D ] [ E ] [ F ]
Format:
SMPYAD
A,B,C,D,E,F/
X/
NMAT/SIGNP/SIGNF/PREC/TA/TB/TC/TD/FORM $
A, B, C, D, E
Resultant matrix.
Parameters:
NMAT
SIGNP
SIGNF
PREC
FORM
Remarks:
1. Except for the final product, all intermediate matrix products are compute in machine precision.
Main Index
SMPYAD 1465
Matrix series multiply and add
2. The matrices are postmultiplied together from right to left; i.e., the first product calculated is the
product of matrix n-1 and matrix n. This implies that all purged inputs must be to the right. If the
transpose flag is set for the last unpurged matrix, it is ignored without warning.
3. If the input matrices are incommensurate (for example, if the number of columns in A is not equal
to the number of rows in B) or incompatible, then the User Fatal Message 5423 ATTEMPT TO
MULTIPLY INCOMPATIBLE MATRICES is issued.
4. The method used by this module is the same as for the MPYAD module except in case of a triple
product, where [ B ] and [ F ] are symmetric and [ A ] = [ C ] and TA = 1 ; i.e.,
T
[ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ A ] [ F ] ], then a method that is more efficient than two equivalent MPYAD
operations will be employed. See Example 3. However, two equivalent MPYAD operations will
be selected automatically if two MPYADS are more efficient. (Two MPYADs can be forced by
setting system cell 129 to 1, with PUTSYS(1,129) specified just before the SMPYAD module.)
5. If any of the matrices involved in the product do not exist, then the module does not create any
output.
Examples:
T
1. Compute [ X ] = [ A ] [ B ] [ C ] [ F ] .
SMPYAD
A,B,C,,,F/X/3/1/-1/0/0/1 $
T
T
T
T
2. Compute [ Z ] = [ U ] [ V ] [ W ] [ X ] [ Y ] [Z].
SMPYAD
U,V,W,X,Y,/Z/5/-1/0/0/1/1/1/1 $
T
3. Compute [ ] [ M ] [ ] .
SMPYAD
Main Index
PHI,MAA,PHI, ,,/X/3////1////6 $
1466
SOLVE
Linear system solver
SOLVE
SOLVE
A,B,SIL,USET,PARTVEC/
X/
SYM/SIGN/SETNAME $
SIL
USET
PARTVEC
Parameters:
SYM
SETNAME
Main Index
SOLVE 1467
Linear system solver
Remarks:
1. [ X ] is a rectangular matrix with the same dimensions as [ B ] and the maximum type of [ A ] and
[B] .
2. If SYM = 3, then [ B ] is ignored.
If SYM 3 and [ B ] is purged, then [ X ] will be purged; or if [ B ] is a null matrix, then [ X ] will
be a null matrix.
3. By default, the SOLVE module uses sparse matrix methods. See Remark 1 under the DECOMP
module description.
4. Parallel processing in this module (Method 1A only) is selected with the NASTRAN statement
keyword PARALLEL (or SYSTEM (107)). To force parallel processing, also specify
NASTRAN FBSOPT = -2 SPARSE = 0.
5. Data blocks USET, SIL, and PARTVEC and parameter SETNAME are required for the most
efficient method of decomposition. PARTVEC is only required if A is not the same size as
SETNAME.
Examples:
Main Index
1468
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
SOLVIT
A,B,XS,PC,USET,KGG,GM,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,EQMAP,
BGPDT,CSTM,PG,YS,KDICT,KELM,EST,MPT,DIT/
X,R,PC1,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID/
EBSOPT/CVMEM/CASPIV/SET $
SOLVIT
A,B,XS,PS,USET,USET0,SIL0,SIL,EQEXIN,EDT,CASECC,
EQMAP,,,,,,,,,/
X,R,PG,EPSSE/
SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSEPS/ITSMAX/IPAD/IEXT/ADPTINDX/
NSKIP/MSGLVL/PREFONLY/S,N,ITSERR/SEID $
Main Index
XS
PC
USET
KGG
GM
USET0
SIL
SIL0
EQEXIN
EDT
SOLVIT 1469
Iterative solver
CASECC
EQMAP
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table. Only used for element based solver
methods.
CSTM
PG
Static load matrix applied to the g-set. Only used for the element based
solver methods.
YS
KDICT
KELM dictionary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
KELM
Table of element matrices for stiffness. Only used for element based
solver methods.
EST
Element summary table. Only used for element based solver methods.
MPT
Material property table. Only used for element based solver methods.
DIT
Table of TABLEij Bulk Data entry images. Only used for element
based solver methods.
Main Index
PC1
EPSSE
1470
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
Parameters:
SIGN
ITSOPT
+ [B]
- [B]
Type of problem
p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] .
complex [ [ A ] and/or [ B ] .
non p-version and real [ A ] and [ B ] .
Main Index
ITSEPS
ITSMAX
IPAD
IPAD
Method
Model
type
Type of
all
real
10,11
3-D
real
ITSOPT
[A]
SOLVIT 1471
Iterative solver
Type of
10,11
2-D or
mixed
real
10,11
all
complex
Method
ITSOPT
IEXT
[A]
IEXT
Reduced
Block
1 shells only.
ADPTINDX
NSKIP
MSGLVL
PREFONLY
ITSERR
Main Index
Model
type
IPAD
No convergence.
Insufficent memory.
SEID
EBSOPT
=-1
>0
1472
SOLVIT
Iterative solver
Bit
Value
Option
4 Reserved.
8 Reserved.
16 Reserved.
32 Reserved.
10
11
12
CVMEM
CASPIV
SET
Input - character, default = "H" = dof set for the input matrices. Used in identifying dof
when a problem occurs.
Remarks:
Main Index
SOLVIT 1473
Iterative solver
SOLVE
Action
6. If data block PC1 is specified, the CPU time will increase slightly.
7. If SOLVIT is to be used for p-element analysis and ADPTINDX>1, then XS and PC must be the
solution matrix and pre-conditioner from the previous adaptivity p-level. Also, the USET and SIL
from the previous p-level are specified for U and KGG and the USET and SIL from the current
p-level are specified for GM and SIL.
8. For frequency response analysis with ITSOPT=10 or 11 (block incomplete Cholesky), IEXT=0
is not available and IEXT=1 is used automatically.
Examples:
Main Index
SIL0
UL0
USET0
PRECON0
= SILS
(WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
= UL
(WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
= USET
(WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
= PRECON (WHERE PVALID=PVALOLD) $
KLL,PLI,UL0,PRECON0,USET,USET0,SIL0,SILS,
EQEXINS,EDT,CASES/
UL,RUL,PRECON///////ADPTINDX/NSKIP $
1474
SSG1
Computes static load matrix
SSG1
Computes the static load matrix based on static loads, thermal loads, and enforced deformation loads or
heat transfer loads. Also the generates acceleration matrix due to inertial loads for design sensitivity
analysis.
Format:
SSG1
SLT,BGPDT,CSTM,MEDGE,EST,MPT,ETT,EDT,MGG,CASECC,
DIT,UG,DEQATN,DEQIND,GPSNT,CSTM0,SCSTM,GEOM4,ESTL,
SLTNL0,KGG,USET/
PG
, PTELEM,SLTH,SLTNL,PGRV/
AG
LUSET/NSKIP/DSENS/APP/ALTSHAPE/TABS/SEID/
COMBMETH/LGDISP/NONLNR/OGRAV $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
SLT
BGPDT
CSTM
MEDGE
EST
MPT
ETT
EDT
MGG
CASECC
DIT
UG
DEQATN
DEQIND
GPSNT
SSG1 1475
Computes static load matrix
CSTM0
SCSTM
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Required for
selected SPCD existence checks.
ESTL
SLTNL0
KGG
USET0
KGG
USET
Main Index
PG
AG
PTELEM
SLTH
SLTNL
PGRV
Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.
1476
SSG1
Computes static load matrix
Parameters:
LUSET
NSKIP
DSENS
APP
'BUCK'
'NLST'
'ALL'
ALTSHAPE
TABS
SEID
COMBMETH
LGDISP
Main Index
'STATICS'
Automatic.
Single term.
Scaled column.
Multiple/add kernels.
<0
NONLNR
OGRAV
Compute PGRV.
<0
SSG1 1477
Computes static load matrix
Remarks:
1. One static load is built for each CASECC record starting with NSKIP + 1 as long as the boundary
conditions are constant. IF SKIP 0 , it is set to zero.
2. In SLTH the heat transfer loads REFERENCING ELEMENTS (QVOL, QBDY1, QBDY2,
QBDY3 and QVECT Bulk Data entries) have been converted to applied load factors and
connected grid points.
3. SLT and BGPDT cannot be purged if external static loads or LOAD Bulk Data entries are selected
in CASECC.
4. CSTM cannot be purged if any grid point or load references a coordinate system other than basic.
5. EST and MPT cannot be purged if thermal or element deformation loads are selected.
6. ETT cannot be purged if thermal loads are applied.
7. EDT cannot be purged if element deformation loads are selected.
8. MGG cannot be purged if GRAV or RFORCE loads are applied.
9. DIT cannot be purged if temperature-dependent materials are present.
10. UG may be purged, but geometric nonlinear effects will be ignored.
11. PTELEM may be purged.
12. CSTM0 and SCSTM are required to support the MB=-1 on the GRAV and RFORCE Bulk Data
entries.
Main Index
1478
SSG2
Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
SSG2
SSG2
USET,GM,YS,KFS,GOA,DM,PG,KGG/
QR,PO,PS,PA,PL $
USET
GM
YS
KFS
GOA
DM
PG
KGG
QR
PO
PS
PA
PL
Parameters:
None.
Method:
The constraints are applied to the static load vectors by SSG2 (Static Solution Generator -- Phase 2) in
subDMAP SELR as follows:
Main Index
SSG2 1479
Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
Pn
{ Pg } =
Pm
(5-53)
{ P n } = { P n } + [ G mn ] { P m }
(5-54)
Pf
{ Pn } =
Ps
(5-55)
{ P f } = { P f } [ K fs ] { Y s }
Pa
{ Pf } =
Po
(5-56)
(5-57)
{ P a } = { P a } + [ G oa ] { P o }
(5-58)
{ P a } = { P a } [ L ao ] [ D oo ] [ u ox ]
(5-59)
[ L oo D oo ] { u ox } = { P o }
for PARAM,ALTRED,NO.
Remarks:
Main Index
(5-60)
1480
SSG2
Reduces static load and enforced displacement matrices
9. If KFS or YS is purged then the outputs will not include the effect of enforced displacements.
Main Index
SSG3 1481
Computes static solutions
SSG3
SSG3
LLL,UNUSED2,KLL,PL,LOO,UNUSED6,KOO,PO,LSEQ/
UL,UO,RUL,RUO,EPSSE/
NOOSET/UNUSED2/NSKIP/S,N,EPSI/S,N,EXTWORK/SEID $
LLL
UNUSED2
KLL
PL
LOO
UNUSED6
KOO
PO
LSEQ
UL
UO
RUL
RUO
EPSSE
Parameters:
Main Index
NOOSET
UNUSED2
1482
SSG3
Computes static solutions
NSKIP
EPSI
EXTWORK
SEID
Method:
The SSG3 module (Static Solution Generation -- Phase 3) solves the equation
[ K oo ] { u oo } = { P o }
(5-61)
{ P o } = [ K oo ] { u oo } { P o }
(5-62)
{ u oo } { P o }
o = -----------------------------T
{ P o } { u oo }
(5-63)
Except for round-off error, the error ratio o should be zero. Large values of these error ratios usually
indicate singularities in the stiffness matrix. The residual load vector, RUOV, may be output by use of
PARAM,IRES,1.
The quantity
T
1 2 { Po } { uo }
(5-64)
is calculated by the SSG3 module and printed under the heading External Work. This component of
strain energy includes effects of thermal loads, element deformations, and enforced displacements that
may be subtracted later in the solution process. For example, an enforced displacement that causes zero
strain will result in external work.
Remarks:
Main Index
SSG3 1483
Computes static solutions
5. PO or PL may be purged.
6. RUL and RUO may be purged.
Main Index
1484
SSG4
Updates static loads with inertial loads
SSG4
SSG4
PL,QR,PO,MR,MLR,DM,MLL,MOO,MOA,GOA,USET/
PLI,POI/
NOOSET $
PL
QR
PO
MR
MLR
DM
MLL
MOO
MOA
GOA
USET
PLI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set.
POI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set.
Parameter:
NOOSET
Remarks:
1. SSG4 computes rigid body accelerations based on the reactions on the fictitious supports. The
inertia loads on the structure are proportional to these accelerations.
Main Index
SSG4 1485
Updates static loads with inertial loads
2. All input and output matrices must be present if their corresponding degree-of-freedom set is
present. If PLI is purged, then PL, MLR, and MLL may be purged.
Main Index
1486
ST2DYN
Transforms IFP data from nonlinear static to transient analysis
ST2DYN
Transforms CASECC and several IFP data blocks from the nonlinear static analysis format to nonlinear
transient response format.
Format:
ST2DYN
CASECC,MPT,DYNAMIC,GEOM3,DIT,GEOM4/
CASENT,MPTNT,DYNAMNT,GEOM3NT,DITNT/
S,N,NBNLST/S,N,NBLSEQ $
CASECC
MPT
DYNAMIC
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
DIT
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity.
CASENT
MPTNT
DYNAMNT
GEOM3NT
DITNT
Parameters:
Main Index
NBNLST
NBLSEQ
STATICS 1487
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
STATICS
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix using the iterative or direct methods for the
solution and Lagrange Multiplier techniques for constraint processing. Also designed and implemented
to take advantage of distributed memory parallelism (DMP) or networked computers.
Format:
STATICS
KGG,PG,YS,RMG,CASECC,USET,EQEXIN,SIL,PC,XS,EDT/
UG,PC1,RUG,QG,QMG/
STATOPT/SIGN/ITSOPT/ITSMAX/ITSEPSR/
NSKIP/NOSPC/NOQMG/EPSNUM $
KGG
PG
YS
RMG
CASECC
USET
EQEXIN
SIL
XS
PC
EDT
Table which contains ITER Bulk Data entries. Required for NSKIP=1 only.
Main Index
UG
PC1
RUG
QG
QMG
1488
STATICS
Performs static analysis on real symmetric stiffness matrix
Parameters:
STATOPT
SIGN
Direct.
'ITER'
Iterative.
Positive.
-1 Negative.
ITSOPT
ITSMAX
ITSEPSR
NSKIP
NOQG
NOQMG
EPSNO
Remarks:
1. See the SOLVIT, 1468 module for further discussion related to the iterative method.
2. PC, XS, PC1, and RUG may be purged.
3. CASECC and EDT may be purged if NSKIP=-1.
4. ITSOPT, ITSMAX, and ITSEPSR are ignored if NSKIP>0.
Main Index
STDCON 1489
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
STDCON
STDCON
CASECC,EGPSF,EQEXIN,OES1,EGPSTR,ECT/
OEDS1,OGDS1,ELDCT,GPDCT/
S,N,NOEDS1/S,N,NOGDS1/S,N,NOELDCT/S,N,NOGDCT/A
PP $
CASECC
EGPSF
EQEXIN
GPL
OES1
EGPSTR
ECT
OEDS1
OGDS1
ELDCT
GPDCT
Parameters:
Main Index
NOEDS1
NOGDS1
1490
STDCON
Calculate stress discontinuities across elements and grid points
Main Index
NOELDCT
NOGPDCT
APP
Statics.
'REIGEN'
Normal modes.
STRSORT 1491
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
STRSORT
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables (e.g., stresses, strains, and forces).
Format:
STRSORT
OFPE,INDTA/
OFPES/
NUMOUT/BIGER/SRTOPT/SRTELTYP/SRTTYP $
OFPE
INDTA
OFPES
Parameters:
NUMOUT
Main Index
Output all quantities for elements in a group if the absolute value of one or
more elements is greater than BIGER.
-1
-2
BIGER
SRTOPT
Maximum magnitude.
Minimum magnitude.
Maximum algebraic.
Minimum algebraic.
SRTELTYP
SRTTYP
1492
STRSORT
Filters and sorts element data recovery tables
Remarks:
1. For further discussion see the DTI,INDTA and PARAM,S1 descriptions in the <emphasis>MSC
Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
2. SRTTYP=1 is used primarily to sort slideline element output by slave grid point identification
number.
Main Index
TA1 1493
Combines element data into tables
TA1
Combines all of the element data (geometry, connection, and properties) into a table(s) convenient for
generation of the element matrices (stiffness, mass, etc.) and output quantities (stress, force, etc.).
Format:
TA1
MPT,ECT,EPT,BGPDT,SIL,ETT,CSTM,DIT,ECTA,EHT,N2M/
EST,ESTNL,GEI,GPECT,ESTL,VGFD,DITID,NFDICT,ESTNSM/
LUSET/S,N,NOESTL/S,N,NOSIMP/NOSUP/S,N,NOGENL/SEID/
LGDISP/NLAYERS/S,N,FREQDEP/PSHLDAMP/
S,N,MGEFLAG/NSMSID/xESTM/MultiPhy/LGDISPU/Texist $
MPT
ECT
EPT
BGPDT
SIL
ETT
CSTM
DIT
ECTA
EHT
N2M
Main Index
EST
ESTNL
GEI
GPECT
ESTL
VGFD
DITID
1494
TA1
Combines element data into tables
NFDICT
ESTNSM
Parameters:
LUSET
NOESTL
NOSIMP
NOSUP
NOGENL
SEID
LGDISP
Main Index
NLAYERS
FREQDEP
PSHLDAMP
<>'SAME'
TA1 1495
Combines element data into tables
MGEFLAG
All PSHELL entries have uniform GE values across MIDi or the user
parameter SHLDAMP=SAME has been specified. Also all of the PBUSH
and PBUSHT entries have uniform values for Gi and TGEIDi.
Both 1 and 2.
NSMSID
XESTM
MultiPhy
LGDISPU
Texist
Remarks:
b. PBUSH
Check the GE2 through GE6 values and if they are not uniform with respect
to GE1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.
c. PBUSHT
Check the TGEID2 through TGEID6 values and if they are not uniform
with respect to TGEID1 exist then MGEFLAG is set to 1.
Main Index
1496
TA1M
Map bulk data to advanced nonlinear data structures
TA1M
Maps material, geometry, nodal and element information from bulk data-blocks into advanced nonlinear
data structures used for SOL400
Format:
TA1M
MPTS
EPTS
BGPDTS
ETT
CSTMS
Coordinate Systems
DIT
ESTM
ECTS
GPDM
PCOMPT
EDTS
CONTACT
ESTNL
GPECT
HRMSP
Main Index
ESTMG
GRPSTM
TA1M 1497
Map bulk data to advanced nonlinear data structures
MTSTM
ummary table contains offset data for advanced nonlinear elements and MATM
(advanced composites) data
MTSTM1,
MTSTM2,
MTSTM3,
MTSTM4
Material summary table contains pointers, sizing and control parameters for
materials associated with the advanced nonlinear elements
MMTX,
MMTX1
NLVECM
VCCTM
GCOMM
GPECTH
Parameters:
LUSETS
LGDISP0
NLAYERX
FOLLOWK
COMPMATT
COUPMASS
XGPECT
K6ROTX
Remarks:
1. TA1M is used in SOL 400 to map bulk data blocks into data structures for advanced nonlinear
elements. The nonlinear elements are triggered by the supplemental property cards PSLDN1,
PSHLN1, PSHLN2, PRODN1, PBARN1, PBEMN1 and PSHEARN.
Main Index
1498
TABEDIT
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
TABEDIT
Edits an existing table data block according to user-input directives. String-formatted records are
generally not acceptable. Three types of editing operations are possible:
1. Delete, add, or replace entire records. New records come from the IFP module or from user input.
2. Delete, add, or replace word strings to a specified record. New data come from user input.
3. Merge-edit two records of fixed-length word groups such as would be generated by IFP.
Format:
TABEDIT
TOLD,CONTROL,TA,TB,TC/TNEW/
MSGLVL/DUPWG/UNUSED3/UNUSED4 $
TOLD
CONTROL
Table data block containing directives that control the editing process
as described under Remarks (it will usually come from DTI input). If
CONTROL is purged, TNEW will be copied from TOLD.
TA,TB,TC
TNEW
Updated table data block from the edit process. May not be purged.
Parameters:
MSGLVL
DUPWG
Main Index
TABEDIT 1499
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
UNUSED3
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
UNUSED4
Input-integer-default=0. Unused.
Remarks:
1. The input data block CONTROL contains the directives that control the activity of the editing
process. One record of CONTROL contains one directive of the form:
dir (,parameters)
where dir is one of the directive codes from the table below and parameters represents the
parametric values that vary with the directive.
TABEDIT Directives
Directive
Main Index
Remarks
ER
QR, i
DR, i or DR ,i ,j
IR, i
CR, i, options
KRA,n
KRB,n
KRC,n
SRA,n
SRB,n
SRC,n
MEA,i,n
MEB,i,n
MEC,i,n
INT
1500
TABEDIT
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
2. The CR directive requires at least one subdirective from the table below:
CR Subdirectives
Sub-Directive
Remarks
QW, i
DW, i, j, n,
n words
IW, i, n,
n words
Insert after Word i of the record specified by the CR directive the n words
that follow on the CR directive record.
KWA,n
KWB,n
KWC,n
SWA,n
SWB,n
SWC,n
skip n words forward on TA, TB, or TC. Used to position secondary data
block TA, TB or TC for a subsequent KW* operation.
AWA,n
AWB,n
AWC,n
Append n Words from TA, TB, or TC onto TNEW after copying the rest of
the record specified by the CR directive.
KRA,n
KRB,n
KRC,n
Kopy the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC
onto TNEW.
ARA
ARB
ARC
Append the Remaining contents of the current record from TA, TB, or TC
onto TNEW after copying the rest of the record specified by the CR
directive.
3. TABEDIT copies the name of the input data block to the output data block. Since the name is part
of record 0, it can also be changed by TABEDIT commands.
Examples:
Let GEOM1 generated by a previous run have a third record consisting of the five GRID entries.
GRID,10,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,20,0,1.0,1.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.5,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,40,0,3.0,3.0,0.0,0,3456,0
GRID,50,0,4.0,4.0,0.0,0,3456,0
Main Index
TABEDIT 1501
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
A printout of GEOM1 using the TABPRT module (with OPT3=1) will show the following for record 1:
TABLE
GEOM1
RECORD NO.
1)
1)
21)
31)
41)
NAME
1
END OF
2 WORD RECORD.
GRID
H1
H2
H3
ID
CP
X1
X2
X3
CD
PS
4501
45
1120001
10
0 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
SEID
ID
CP
X1
X2
X3
CD
PS
SEID
ID
0
20
0 1.00000E+00 1.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
0
30
CP
X1
X2
X3
CD
PS
SEID
ID
CP
X1
0 2.00000E+00 2.50000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
0
40
0 3.00000E+00
X2
X3
CD
PS
SEID
ID
CP
X1
X2
X3
3.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0
3456
0
50
0 4.00000E+00 4.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
CD
PS
SEID
0
3456
0
END OF
43 WORD RECORD.
RECORD NO.
11)
HEADER
NAME
GEOM
RECORD NO.
2
END OF FILE
TRAILER WORD1 =
0 WORD2 =
0 WORD3 =
8 WORD4 =
0 WORD5 =
0 WORD6 =
1. Note that the GRID entry for grid point 30 has an error in the y-location coordinate, which should
be 2.0 instead of 2.5. Make this correction without going through the conventional XSORT-IFP
process by using TABEDIT. Assume GEOM1 was saved on a user tape on the previous run as
GEOM1C.
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/CONTROL,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2
/GEOM1C,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT
GEOM1C,CONTROL,,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX
GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $
END$
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CONTROL,1,CR,1,DW,23,23,1
,2.0
DTI,CONTROL,2,ER,ENDREC
ENDDATA
2. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was saved on a previous run, by using record substitution.
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
TABEDIT
XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX
GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,DR,1,ENDREC
DTI,CON,2,KRA,1,ENDREC
(all GRID entries, including the correction)
ENDDATA
3. Repeat Example 2 by using word substitution.
DTIIN
TABEDIT
EQUIVX
END $
CEND
Main Index
DTI,DTINDX/CON,,,,,,,,, $
XGEOM1,CON,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $
1502
TABEDIT
Performs editing operations on table data blocks
BEGIN BULK
DTI,CON,1,CR,1,DW,20,26,0
,SWA,3,KWA,7
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
4. Repeat Example 1, assuming GEOM1 was written onto a user file during the previous run, by
using the merge-edit feature.
DTIIN
DTI,DTINDX/C,,,,,,,,, $
INPUTT2 GEOM1OLD,,,,/-1 $
TABEDIT GEOM1OLD,C,GEOM1,,/GEOM1X $
EQUIVX
GEOM1X/GEOM1/ALWAYS $
END $
CEND
BEGIN BULK
DTI,C,1,MEA,1,8,ENDREC
GRID,30,0,2.0,2.0,0.0,0,3456,0
ENDDATA
Main Index
TABPRT 1503
Formatted table printer
TABPRT
TABPRT
TABLE//KEY/OPT1//OPT3 $
Format 2: (KEY=USET)
g-set
TABPRT
USET,BGPDT//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
or
TABPRT
USET,EQEXIN,SIL//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
p-set
TABPRT
USETD,EQDYN,SILD//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
ks-set
TABPRT
AEUSET,AEBGPDT//USET/OPT1/OPT2//
SETSTR1/SETSTR2/SETSTR3/SETSTR4 $
Format 3: (KEY=SEMAP)
TABPRT
SEMAP,ESTDATA,TIMSIZ,SGPDT//
SEMAP/OPT1/OPT2 $
Main Index
TABLE
USET
EQEXIN
1504
TABPRT
Formatted table printer
SIL
BGPDT
USETD
EQDYN
SILD
AEUSET
AEBGPDT
ESTDATA
TIMSIZ
SGPDT
Parameters:
KEY
OPTi
SETSTRi
See Format 2.
Format 1:
OPT1
Input-integer-integer-default=0.
OPT1=0
TABLE//KEY/OPT1 $
then format statements built into TABPRT are used to print TABLE, as selected by KEY. These formats
are limited to only those values of KEY listed in the table below.
TABLE
Main Index
KEY
TABLE
KEY
TABLE
KEY
BGPDT
BDPDT
ETT
ETT
GPTT
GPTT
CSTM
CSTM
GPDT
GPDT
SEMAP
SEMAP
TABPRT 1505
Formatted table printer
If
EQDYN
EQEXIN
GPL
GPL
any
FINDIT
EQEXIN
EQEXIN
GPLD
GPLD
USET
USET
OPT3 0 ;
TABPRT
TABLE//NDDLNAME/OPT1//OPT3 $
then the printout is identical to the TABPT module printout with the addition on NDDL item name labels
appearing above each value. NDDLNAME must be any data block name listed on the DATABLK
statement in the NDDL sequence. If NDDLNAME is not found in the NDDL sequence, then the printout
will contain no item name labels.
OPT3
Main Index
Print with labels defined under the DATABLK statement for data block name
specified for parameter KEY.
Same as OPT3=1 and any data with an undefined format will be printed as
"???".
-1
1506
TABPRT
Formatted table printer
Format 2: (KEY=USET):
OPT1
Input-integer-default=0.
Controls the tabular printout of the degree of freedom sets.
Sequence
None
Internal
External
USETPRT
None(default)
-1
10
11
12
The degrees of freedom can be listed in ascending order according to their internal
or external sequence number, but not both. The external sequence number is the grid,
scalar, or extra point identification number. The internal sequence number is the
number assigned after resequencing.
For a given sequence there are two types of tables that may be printed: row sort and
column sort. For row sort, a table is printed for each set selected by USETSEL. Here
is an example of row sort (USETPRT = 0 or 10):
U S E T
S O R T )
D E F I N I T I O N
T A B L E
A
-191=
Main Index
-2-102-1
-32-2
-4-
( I N T E R N A L
DISPLACEMENT SET
-5-6-
S E Q U E N C E ,
-7-
-8-
R O
-
TABPRT 1507
Formatted table printer
For column sort, a single table is printed for the following sets: SB, SG,
L, A, F, N, G, R, O, S, M, E. Here is an example of column sort
(USETPRT = 1 or 11):
U S E T
D E F I N I T I O N
M N
S O R T )
T A B L E
( I N T E R N A L
S E Q U E N C E ,
C O L U
OPT2
-1
>0
Selected sets according to the sum of their decimal equivalent numbers in the
following table.
Set
Name
Main Index
Sets printed
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
Set
Name
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
4194304
SB
1024
LM
2097152
SG
512
1048576
MR
16
524288
262144
1508
TABPRT
Formatted table printer
Set
Name
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
SA
131072
SETSTRi
Set
Name
2048
Decimal
Equivalent
Number
MP
Input-character-default='
'. Set name string for the row sort (OPT1 = 0 or
10). SETSTR1 through SETSTR4 form a single string of set name(s) and is 32
characters in length. For example, SETSTR1='M R N SG' and SETSTR2='A Q'
specifies the m, r, n, sg, a, and q sets be printed.
OPT1
Input-integer-default = 0.
If OPT2=0, 2, 3, or 5, OPT1 chooses a subset of record 2 for printing as follows:
OPT1 Value
-g
GRID List for Pattern Starting with Entry GRID identification number
= G (if any).
10X+0
10X+2
Main Index
100+X
List all point IDs for any unique connection list produced by X.
200+X
Same as 100+X except that additional pure interior points will not be
listed.
300+X
400+X
Same as 100+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.
TABPRT 1509
Formatted table printer
OPT1 Value
500+X
Same as 200+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.
600+X
Same as 300+X except that additional scalar points will not be listed.
OPT1 Value
>0
0
OPT2
OPT2 Value
Meaning
Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for superelement OPT1.
Write CSUPER Bulk Data entries for residual structure but give SEID = OPT1.
Meaning of Selection
-1
Print contents of all records (1, 2 and a record for each superelement) of
SEMAP except last two.
Print contents of Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0) and 2 (see OPT1 for
selection options within Record 2).
Print only Records 1 (except for OPT1 < 0), 2 (see OPT1 for selection
options within Record 2), and estimation data for each superelement.
Remarks:
1. If OPT2 = 4, then CSUPER entries are written on the punch file according to OPT1. Field 2
(SEID) is selected by OPT1. Field 3 will be 0. All other data fields contain the sorted list of grid
points for either the selected superelement (OPT1 > 0) or the residual structure ( OPT1 0 ).
Continuation mnemonics are generated in the form +xxxxyyy where xxxx is the left-adjusted
SEID and yyy is a right-adjusted record count. Two examples are shown below.
Main Index
1510
TABPRT
Formatted table printer
TABPRT
TABPRT
1
EMAP//SEMAP/1/4 $
EMAP//SEMAP/-100/4 $
CSUPER
11
13
14
CSUPER
100
11
13
14
21
24
31
34
51
53
54
61
64
71
74
230
330
630
730
10
2. If OPT2 = 0,3 or 5 and TIMSIZ is supplied, then TABPRT will produce an estimation printout
for each superelement except the residual structure. The equations used along with the
semiempirical constants are printed as well as dominant CPU time estimates, space estimates, and
wall clock estimates. The user is cautioned that these estimates will be valid only for large
superelements and should be adjusted for anomalous characteristics.
Estimate totals are also provided at the end of the SEMAP printout. If ESTDATA is also supplied,
then the constants of the estimating equations are adjusted. This technique is described on the
Bulk Data entry DTI,ESTDATA.
3. Under Format 1, the generic data block name is used, but the actual DMAP name for the same or
equivalent information is also acceptable. For example, in the superelement solution sequence
data blocks BGPDTS, CSTMS, EQEXINS, and GPLS are created and may be printed with
TABPRT. If FINDIT (default) is specified, the KEY will be taken from the header of the data
block.
Examples:
Main Index
EMAP//SEMAP/2/3 $
TABPRT 1511
Formatted table printer
8. Punch CSUPER entries for the residual structure with SEID field set to 100.
TABPRT
EMAP//SEMAP/-100/4 $
9. Print only estimation data for all superelements.
TABPRT
Main Index
EMAP,,TIMSIZ//SEMAP/-99999999/5 $
1512
TABPT
Table printer
TABPT
Table printer
TABPT
TAB1,TAB2,TAB3,TAB4,TAB5//PRTFORM/UNUSED $
TABi
None.
Parameters:
PRTFORM
UNUSED
Character-input-default-'
LONG
12 significant digits.
SHORT
4 significant digits.
Input-logical-default=TRUE.
Remarks:
1. Each input data block is treated as a table and its contents are printed on the system output file via
a prescribed format. Each word of the table is identified by the module as to type (real, character,
integer) and an appropriate format is used (10 items per line).
2. The trailer data items for the table are also printed.
3. A warning message is issued if all TABi do not exist.
4. TABPT may be used to print matrices.
5. TABPT may occasionally misidentify real numbers or character values. The TABPRT module
with OPT3 0 will properly identify real numbers and character values.
6. The TABPRT module with OPT3
item.
0 will also print tables like TABPT with labels above each
Examples:
TABPT
TABPT
Main Index
GEOM1/ $
GEOM1,GEOM2,GEOM3,GEOM4/ $
TAFF 1513
Creates tables for follower force stiffness
TAFF
TAFF
SLT,BGPDT/
ESTF,GPECTF/
LUSET/LOADID/LOADIDP/LOADFACR/NBLOCK $
SLT
BGPDT
ESTF
GPECTF
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET
LOADID
LOADIDP
LOADFACR
NBLOCK
1514
TAHT
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
TAHT
Adds to the element summary table and the grid point element connection table appropriate records for
loads with control nodes on QVOL, QVECT, and QBDY3 Bulk Data entries.
Format:
TAHT
SLTH
,EPT,SIL,ESTNL,GPECT,DIT/
DLTH
ESTNL1,GPECT1/
LUSET/S,N,NOSIMP/LSETID/RSTIME $
SLTH
DLTH
EPT
SIL
ESTNL
GPECT
DIT
ESTNL1
GPECT1
Parameters:
Main Index
LUSET
NOSIMP
LOADID
STIME
TAHT 1515
Adds records to element summary and grid point element connection table
Remark:
Main Index
1516
TASNP1
Computes the shell normal vectors on a superelement's boundary
TASNP1
TASNP1
BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS/
SNORMS $
BGPDTS
GPECTS
GEOM1S
CSTMS
SNORMS
Parameters:
None.
Remark:
TASNP1 is intended to be executed for each superelement if partitioned superelements are present.
Main Index
TASNP2 1517
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
TASNP2
Computes the grid point shell normal vectors and if superelements are present then process shell normals
at superelement boundaries.
Format Without or Ignoring Superelements:
TASNP2
BGPDT,GPECT,GEOM1,CSTM,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNT/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/-1/ /EFMFLG $
TASNP2
BGPDTS,GPECTS,GEOM1S,CSTMS,SEMAP,SCSTM,SNORM*/
GPSNTS/
SNORM/SNORMPRT/SEID/QUALNAM $
BGPDT
BGPDTS
GPECT
GPECTS
GEOM1
GEOM1S
CSTM
CSTMS
SEMAP
SCSTM
SNORM*
Main Index
GPSNT
GPSNTS
1518
TASNP2
Computes grid point shell normal vectors at superelement boundaries
Parameters:
SNORM
Input-real-no default. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal.
If angle is less than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.
SNORMPRT
No print or punch
Punch
Print only
SEID
QUALNAM
EFMFLG
Remark:
If there are partitioned superelements present then TASNP1 needs to be executed for all superelements.
Then in a separate superelement loop TASNP2 is executed for all superelements.
Main Index
TIMETEST 1519
Provide timing data
TIMETEST
Provides timing data for various unit operations that may be used to compare and evaluate computer and
compiler performance.
Main Index
1520
TIMETEST
Provide timing data
Format:
TIMETEST
TIMTS,A,B,C/TOUT,/N/M/T/OPT/CASE $
TIMETEST
,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
TIMETEST
,,,,/,/N/M/T/2/CASE $
TIMETEST
TIMTS3,,,/T3OUT,/N/M/T/3 $
TIMETEST
TIMTS4,,,/T4OUT,/N/M/T/4 $
TIMETEST
TIMTS5,,,/TOUT5,/N/5/1 $
TIMETEST
TIMTS5,A,B,C/TOUT5,/N/M/T/5/2 $
TIMETEST
T3OUT,T4OUT,T7OUT,T8OUT/TOUT6,/ / /
/6/CASE $
TIMETEST
TIMTS3,,,,/TOUT7,/N/M/ /7 $
TIMETEST
Main Index
TIMTS8,,,/TOUT8,/ / / /8/CASE $
TIMETEST 1521
Provide timing data
TIMTS3
1
DTI
3
IREC
4
CASE
5
M
6
N
10
CASE = Record number (null records are ignored so records may be numbered by
tens for convenience in making changes) IREC.
Note:
If no case value of K is found by the time the 10th case value is read then the 10th
case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for timing
constants.)
2
TIMT
S4
3
IREC
CASE
ROW
S
COLS
DENS
STRL
IREC
CASE
Note:
Main Index
If no case value of B is found by the time the 10th case value is read, then the
10th case is treated as the last case to be used in the least squares solution for
timing constants.
10
1522
TIMETEST
Provide timing data
ROWS
COLS
DENS
STRL
TIMTS5
1
DTI
TIMT
S5
IREC
TIMTS5
1
DTI
CASE
ROWS
COLS
DENS
TYPE
STRL
TIMT
S5
IREC
CASE
5
T
CORE
METHO
D
CASE
Value to be used.
CORE
METHOD
Method to be used.
TlMTS8
10
IREC
Note:
Main Index
10
TIMETEST 1523
Provide timing data
TOUT, TOUTi
Timing results.
Options 1 and 2: Default = 2. Data item type (1 = RSP, 2 = RDP, 3 = CSP, 4 = CDP).
Options 3-8: Not used.
OPT
CASE
Options 1 and 2: Default = 0. Code indicating which unit operations are to be tested.
If OPT = 1, then CASE means:
Main Index
WRITE
READ
READ BACKWARDS
BLDPK
16
INTPK
32
PACK
64
UNPACK
128
PUTSTR
1524
TIMETEST
Provide timing data
256
GETSTR
RSP
RDP
CSP
CDP
Main Index
TOLAPP 1525
Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
TOLAPP
Appends nonlinear output time or load factor lists and Case Control for data recovery.
Format:
TOLAPP
CASEXX,MPT,TEL/
TOL,,TOL1/
TOLAPPF/NSOUT $
TOLAPP
CASECC,MPT,ESTNL/
OLF,CASECCR,/
TOLAPPF//S,N,NSKIP/S,N,NEWP/S,N,POUTF $
CASECC
CASEXX
MPT
TEL
ESTNL
TOL
OLF
TOL1
CASECCR
Parameters:
TOLAPPF
Main Index
Nonlinear transient.
Nonlinear statics.
1526
TOLAPP
Appends nonlinear data and Case Control for data recovery
NSOUT
NSKIP
NEWP
POUTF
Remarks:
1. If TOLAPPF=0, TOLAPP reads the time values from TEL, takes every NSOUT-th one, and
appends these to TOL. The last time value from TEL is appended regardless of the value of
NSOUT. If NSOUT>0 then a maximum of NSOUT time values are written to TOL.
2. If TOLAPPF=1, TOLAPP reads a record from CASEXX, modifies it, and appends it to
CASECCR. If output has been requested (INTOUT field on the NLPARM Bulk Data entry) for
this load factor TOLAPP appends the current load factor from ESTNL to OLF.
Main Index
TRD1 1527
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
TRD1
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution.
Format:
TRD1
CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,SILD,USETD,
PARTVEC,PXT0,ROTORT,BGDD*,KCVDD*,RDG,PXTDV,PDXDVO/
UXT,PNL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/SETNAME/
NSOLT,NOTRLDFM/WTMASS $
Main Index
CASECC
TRL
NLFT
DIT
KXX
BXX
MXX
PXT
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset
of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD
PARTVEC
PXT0
ROTORT
BGDD*
KCVDD*
1528
TRD1
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
RDG
PDXDVO
PXTDV
Main Index
UXT
PNL
TRD1 1529
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
Parameters:
SOLTYP
NOUE
'DIRECT'
'IC'
NONCUP
NCOL
FAC3
SETNAME
NSOLT
NOTRLDFM
Input-integer-default=0. Fatal message flag when there the loads are null. See Remark
3.
0 Issue fatal message.
>0 Do no issue fatal message.
WTMASS
Method:
The solution for the response is performed in TRD1 (Transient Response Solution). In the case of a direct
formulation the following equation is integrated over the time periods specified via the TSTEP Bulk Data
entry:
x ] { u } = { P } + { P nl }
[ M dd p 2 + B dd p + K dd
d
d
d
Main Index
(5-65)
1530
TRD1
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
[ M hh p 2 + B hh p + K hh ] { u h } = { P h } + { P hnl }
(5-66)
The matrix
1
1
1
[ D ] = -------2- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] + --- [ K ]
2t
3
t
(5-67)
1
2
[ C ] = -------2- [ M ] --- [ K ]
3
t
(5-68)
1
1
1
[ E ] = -------2- [ M ] + --------- [ B ] --- [ K ]
2t
3
t
(5-69)
1 1
1
1
[ D ] { u 1 } = --- { P 1 + P 0 + P 1 } + { N 0 } + [ C ] { u 0 } + [ E ] { u 1 }
3
(5-70)
(5-71)
{ P 01 } = [ K ] { u 0 } + [ B ] { u 0 }
(5-72)
{ P 11 } = [ K ] { u 11 } + [ B ] { u 0 } = { P 01 } t [ K ] { u 0 }
Main Index
(5-73)
TRD1 1531
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
{ P 01 } . { u 2 } through { u n } are
(5-74)
If nonlinear loads are selected, they are evaluated directly at the solution points for a time step by the
following process. NOLIN1 loads are computed as
P i ( t ) = ST ( u j ( t ) )
(5-75)
where:
uj
P i ( t ) = Su j ( t )u k ( t )
where i , j ,
(5-76)
S { u j ( t ) }A if u j ( t ) > 0
Pi ( t ) =
0
if u j ( t ) < 0
(5-77)
S { u i ( t ) }A if u i ( t ) < 0
Pi ( t ) =
0
if u i ( t ) > 0
Main Index
(5-78)
1532
TRD1
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
P ga ( t )
P gb ( t )
Aa
F ab ( 1 a )
A a F ab
=
F ab A b F ab ( 1 a )
Ab
E a A a ( U a + TABS )
E A ( U + TABS ) 4
b b
b
(5-79)
TABS
Ua
Ub
The user specifies the set of times at which data are to be saved. If the current time is an output time, the
displacement vector for time t = t i is output.
The velocity vector given by
1
{ u i } = --------- [ { u i + 1 } { u i 1 } ]
2t
(5-80)
is output.
The acceleration vector is given by
1
{ u i } = -------2- [ { u i + 1 } + { u i 1 } 2 { u i } ]
t 1
(5-81)
is output.
If the time step is scheduled to change at t i + 1 from t 1 to t 2 , the displacement for time i + 1 has been
calculated. { u i 1 } , { u i } , and { u i + 1 } are saved along with { P i + 1 } . The matrices are formed and
decomposed as in (5-67), (5-68) and (5-69) for t = t 2 .
(5-82) is used for computing { u i + 2 } ,
1
[ D ] { u i + 2 } = --- { P i1 + P i + 1 + P i + 2 } + { N i + 1 } + [ C ] { u i + 1 } + [ E ] { u i1 }
3
Main Index
(5-82)
TRD1 1533
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
1
{ u i + 1 } = -------- ( { u i + 1 } { u i } )
t 1
(5-83)
1
{ ui + 1 } = -------2- ( { u i + 1 } 2 { u i } + { u i 1 } )
t 1
(5-84)
{ u i1 } = { u i + 1 } { ui + 1 }t 2
(5-85)
then
t 22
= { u i + 1 } t 2 { u i + 1 } + -------- { ui + 1 }
2
(5-86)
{ P i1 } = [ M ] { ui + 1 } + [ B ] { u i1 } + [ K ] { u i1 }
(5-87)
{ u i1 }
If the continue mode is set, TRD1 will extract the displacement ( u n ) , velocity ( u n ) , and acceleration ( un )
from the column number specified by NOL. u 1 (the first displacement of the continued run) is computed
as follows:
1
[ D ] { u i } = --- { P 11 + P 0 + P 1 } + { P 0 } + [ C ] { u n } + [ E ] { u 11 }
3
(5-88)
where
{ P 0 } = [ K ] { u n } + [ B ] { u n } + [ M ] { un }
(5-89)
t
{ u 11 } = { u n } t { u n } + -------- { un }
2
(5-90)
{ u 11 } = { u n } { un }t
(5-91)
{ P 11 } = [ M ] { un } + [ B ] { u 11 } + { K } { u 11 }
(5-92)
Main Index
1534
TRD1
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
and KHH are stored. The following data are necessary to solve the transient behavior of a modal
coordinate ( i ) .
ki
oi = ( k i m i )
12
(5-93)
bi
i = -------2m i
2
(5-94)
i = oi
(5-95)
tj
hj
f ij
The following coefficients are generated for each distinct time increment. There are four cases ( = 10
and the subscript i is implied.)
2
1. If o > + (underdamped):
F = e
1
G = ---- e sin h
(5-97)
2
2
2
-
1 h
A = ---------- e
- + h cos h + 2
-----------
---------------- h sin h ---------2
2
hk
o
2o
1 h
B = ---------- e
hk
Main Index
(5-96)
2 2
22-
- sin h + ---------cos
h
+
h
--------- ----------------2
2
2
o
o
o
(5-98)
(5-99)
TRD1 1535
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
o h
F' = --------- e sin h
G' = e
- sin h
cos h --
(5-100)
(5-101)
1
2
h
A' = ---------- [ e { ( + h o ) sin mh + cos h } ]
hk
(5-102)
1
h
B' = ---------- [ e ( sin h + cos h ) + ]
hk
(5-103)
F = e
G = he
( 1 + h )
(1)
(5-104)
1 h
1
2 2
A = ------ --2- --- e ( 2 + 2h + h )
hk
(5-105)
1
h
B = --------- [ 2 + h e ( 2 + h ) ]
hk
(5-106)
( 1 + h )
F' = he
G' = e
(5-107)
(5-108)
1 h
2 2
A' = ------ [ e ( 1 + h + h ) 1 ]
hk
(5-109)
1
h
B' = ------ [ 1 e ( h + 1 ) ]
hk
(5-110)
F = e
-- cosh h + sinh h
1 h
G = ---- e sinh h
Main Index
(5-111)
(5-112)
1536
TRD1
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
2
2
1 h +
A = ---------- e
h sinh h ---------- + h cosh h + 2
-----------
-----------------2
2
2
hk
o
o
o
1 h 2 + 2
B = ---------- e
------------------ sinh h + 2
----------- + cosh h + h 2
-----------
2
2
2
hk
o
o
o
(5-113)
(5-114)
h
F' = -----o- e sinh h
G' = e
- sinh h
cosh h --
(5-115)
(5-116)
2
h
1
A' = ---------- [ e { ( + h o ) sinh h + cosh h } ]
hk
(5-117)
h
1
B' = ---------- [ e ( sinh h + cosh h ) + ]
hk
(5-118)
4. If o = (undamped):
F = 1
(5-119)
G = H
(5-120)
A = h ( 3m )
2
(5-121)
B = h ( 6m )
(5-122)
F' = 0
(5-123)
G' = 1
(5-124)
A' = h ( 2m )
(5-125)
B' = h ( 2m )
(5-126)
The equations for each displacement, velocity, and acceleration in terms of the applied loads and previous
displacement and velocity are:
Main Index
i, j + 1 = F i i, j + G i i, j + A i f i, j + B i f i, j + 1
(5-127)
(5-128)
TRD1 1537
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
P i, j + 1 b i i, j + 1 K i i, j + 1
(5-129)
Remarks:
1. NLFT and PNLD1 cannot be purged if nonlinear loads are selected in CASEXX.
2. NCOL>0 indicates a restart.
3. By default, if all of the following quantities are null:
a. Nonlinear loads.
b. Initial conditions.
c. Applied loads.
d. Equivalent loads due to enforced motion then UFM 3046 is issued. The fatal termination may
be avoided by specifying NOTRLDFM=1. This is needed in the relative enforced motion
formulation.
Main Index
1538
TRD2
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
TRD2
Solves for the modal or direct, transient response, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution for
design optimization.
Format:
TRD2
CASECC,TRL,NLFT,DIT,KXX,BXX,MXX,PXT,DSPT1,SILD,
USETD,PARTVEC/
UXT,PNL,TOL/
SOLTYP/NOUE/NONCUP/S,N,NCOL/FAC3/TRD2OPT/SETNAME $
Main Index
CASECC
TRL
NLFT
DIT
KXX
BXX
MXX
PXT
DSPT1
SILD
Scalar index list for the p-set. Required for maximum efficiency during
symmetric decomposition and if KXX represents the d-set or a subset
of the d-set (SETNAME='D').
USETD
PARTVEC
TRD2 1539
Solves for modal/direct, transient, displacement, velocity, and acceleration solution
UXT
PNL
TOL
Parameters:
SOLTYP
'DIRECT'
'IC'
NOUE
NONCUP
NCOL
FAC3
TRD2OPT
SETNAME
Remarks:
Main Index
1540
TRLG
Generates applied loads in transient analysis
TRLG
TRLG
CASECC,USETD,DLT,SLT,BGPDT,SIL,CSTM,TRL,DIT,
GMD
GOD
PHDH
,
,EST,MPT,MGG,
,
,
RPX
V01P
APPLOD,ENFLODK,ENFLODB,ENFLODM,ENFMOTN/
PPT PST PDT PDT1 PHT
,
,
,
,
,TOL,DLTH,
PPT
PXT
YPT,YPO,TOLR/
S,N,NOSET/S,N,PDEPDO/IMETHOD/STIME/BETA/
S,N,FAC1/S,N,FAC2/S,N,FAC3/TOUT/TABS/
STIME/S,N,NCOLT/S,N,NSOLT/DVFLAG $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
USETD
DLT
SLT
BGPDT
SIL
CSTM
TRL
DIT
GMD
GOD
PHDH
RPX
EST
TRLG 1541
Generates applied loads in transient analysis
MPT
MGG
V01P
APPLOD
ENFLODK
ENFLODB
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
PPT
Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.
PST
Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.
PDT
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.
PDT1
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps.
PHT
Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.
PXT
Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) or d-set for all time
steps only when RPX is input and TOUT=2.
TOL
DLTH
YPT
YPO
Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the
output time steps.
TOLR
Parameters:
NOSET
PDEPDO
Output-integer-default=-1. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry.
0
-1 Skip factor is 1.
Main Index
1542
TRLG
Generates applied loads in transient analysis
IMETHOD
Linear analysis.
STIME
BETA
FAC1
FAC2
FAC3
TOUT
STIME
NCOLT
NSOLT
DVFLAG
Input-integer-default=0. Enforced motion processing flag for both the large mass
and direct methods of specification.
=
0
>
0
Remarks:
1. PPT, PST, PDT, PDT1, PHT, PXT, and DLTH may be purged except in the following cases:
If TOUT<2 and PST, PDT, and PDT1 are specified then PPT must be present. Also, GMD must
be present if the m-set exists and GOD must be present if the o-set exists. If PHT is specified then
PHDH must be present.
Main Index
TRLG 1543
Generates applied loads in transient analysis
If TOUT=2 and PXT is specified then PPT, RPX, and V01P must be present. GMD, GOD, PST,
PDT, and PDT1 may be purged.
2. MGG and MPT may be purged if there are no GRAV or RFORCE and PLOAD1 records in SLT,
respectively or SLT is purged.
3. DLTH and SLT may be purged.
4. If LSEQ entries exist, then SLT should be purged in order to avoid doubling of the LSEQ loads.
Main Index
1544
TRMCHK
Data checking for trim components
TRMCHK
TRMCHK
EDTt
EDTs
trmfrl
ougsin
ougfin
FRL
ougsout
ougfout
Parameters:
Main Index
trimid
funit
bimcor
matmap
TRMCHK 1545
Data checking for trim components
Remarks:
1. TRMCHK can be used in conjunction with GETFUNIT module to open/close physical files with
different names.
Example:
Main Index
1546
TRMUTIL
Utility for PEM via 'BEGIN BULK TRMC'
TRMUTIL
Perform utility functions for Poro-Elastic Material (PEM) via 'BEGIN BULK TRMC'.
Format:
TRMUTIL
CASECC,EQEXIN,SIL,idens,idena /
trmlst, PVSLD, PVFLD /
option/trimid $
CASECC
EQEXIN
SIL
idens
idena
trmlst
pvsld
pvfld
Parameters:
option
trimid
slddr
flddr
Remarks:
1. To generate a trmlst which has a list of trim IDs for a subcase if trimid>0. Or, to generate a trmlst
which has all trim IDs referenced on TRIMGRP case control if trimid=0
Example: to generate trmlst for all subcases
Main Index
TRMUTIL 1547
Utility for PEM via 'BEGIN BULK TRMC'
Main Index
1548
TRNSP
Matrix transpose
TRNSP
Matrix transpose
T
Computes [ X ] = [ A ] .
Format:
TRNSP
A/X $
Matrix [ A ] .
Matrix transpose of [ A ] .
X
Remarks:
1. Transposition of matrices for matrix multiplications can also be requested with the transpose
option in MPYAD and SMPYAD.
2. If [ A ] is purged,
Main Index
[ X ] will be purged.
TYPE 1549
Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
TYPE
The TYPE DMAP statement performs three different functions, depending on its format:
1. Identifies NDDL data blocks.
2. Specifies the type and authorization of NDDL parameters, qualifiers, and location parameters.
3. Specifies the type and authorization of local parameters.
The TYPE statement is a nonexecutable statement, but must appear before any NDDL data block,
parameter, qualifier, or location parameter; or any local parameter that relies on the TYPE statement to
identify its type and authorization.
The TYPE statement has the following formats:
Formats:
1. Data blocks:
TYPE DB, dblist $
2. NDDL parameters, qualifiers and location parameters:
TYPE PARM, NDDL, ptype,
3. Local parameters:
TYPE PARM,,ptype,
Main Index
N , prmlist $
Y
N , prmlist = [default] $
Y
1550
TYPE
Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
Describers:
dblist
ptype
Description
ptype
integer
RS
RD
CS
CD
character
logical
LOGICAL
N, Y
prmlist
default
NDDL
Remarks:
1. Within any subDMAP, parameters are typed at first occurrence in either a TYPE statement or a
DMAP module. Parameters occurring in Assignment(=) statements must be defined in a previous
DMAP module or TYPE statement.
2. A TYPE statement is required for a parameter if it appears first in one of the following
instructions:
Main Index
TYPE 1551
Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
CALL
MESSAGE
Assignment
Conditional (IF and DO WHILE)
DBVlEW module (WHERE clause if its not a qualifier)
3. Default values for NDDL parameters and qualifiers are specified on the PARAM and QUAL
NDDL statements and, if specified on the TYPE statement, result in a warning message.
4. With the exception of parameters declared as QUALifiers through the QUAL NDDL statement,
all NDDL parameters are stored immediately in the database on completion of a DMAP
assignment statement or the module S option.
5. As described under CALL DMAP statement, the (S,) option to save control and QUALifier
parameters is necessary to facilitate parallel and recursive processing.
6. Only the ptype is used on the TYPE PARM for parameters passed through a subDMAP argument
list. Also, default values are ignored.
7. It is recommended that all TYPE statements in a SUBDMAP appear immediately after the
SUBDMAP statement.
8. If NDDL data blocks passed through a SUBDMAP argument list are referenced on a TYPE DB
statement, then a fatal error will occur.
9. If data blocks not defined in the NDDL appear in a TYPE DB statement, then a fatal error will
occur.
10. If the parameter type and authorization specified on a TYPE statement do not match those
specified in a DMAP module, then a fatal error will occur.
11. If the parameter type specified on a TYPE statement does not match the type required by a DMAP
module, then a fatal error will occur.
12. Character parameters which appear on TYPE statements and also module instructions must be
defined with ptype CHAR8. For example:
TYPE PARM,,CHAR8,N,MAJOR,SETJ,COMP='COMP' $
MAJOR='G' $
SETJ='A' $
VEC
USET/VGACOMP1/MAJOR/SETJ/COMP $
Use of other lengths, such as CHAR4, results in fatal termination.
Examples:
The following TYPE PARM statements show how parameters are typed in a subDMAP. Note the use of
comments.
$
$ QUALS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,MODEL,SOLlD,SElD,BASE $
$ IFP PARAMETERS
TYPE PARM,NDDL,I,Y,ERROR,NOTRED,ASING,MODACC,FIXEDB,
BAILOUT $
TYPE PARM,NDDL,RS,,MAXRATIO $
Main Index
1552
TYPE
Declares NDDL data blocks, qualifiers, and parameters.
Main Index
UEIGL 1553
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems
UEIGL
UEIGL
KXX,QXX,MXX,DYNAMIC,CASECC,SVEC,BP,APL,APU/
PHX,ULAMA,PHXL,XORTH,LAMMAT,CLAMMAT,LAMA/
S,N,NEIGV/SID/F1/F2/ND/EPS $
KXX
QXX
MXX
DYNAMIC
CASECC
SVEC
BP
APL
APU
Main Index
PHX
ULAMA
PHXL
XORTH
Cross-orthogonality matrix.
LAMMAT
CLAMMAT
LAMA
1554
UEIGL
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems
Parameters:
NEIGV
Output-integer-no default. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to 1 if none were found.
SID
F1
F2
ND
EPS
Remarks:
1. In certain MSC Nastran applications the eigenvalue problem presented contains real,
unsymmetric matrices. One such application, the direct structural acoustic problem is formulated
as:
2
[ K aa + M aa ] = 0
where the stiffness and mass matrices are both real unsymmetric, containing coupled blocks of
structural and fluid matrices. Another case of unsymmetric but real eigenvalue problem is given
in the aeroelastic divergence solution posed as:
[ K ll + Q ll ] = 0
where Kll is the structural stiffness matrix, real, symmetric positive definite, however, the Q ll
divergence matrix is real, unsymmetric.
2. The left-handed solutions of the two problems presented before are:
T
( K aa + M aa ) = 0
for acoustics and
Main Index
UEIGL 1555
Solves both linear and quadratic real unsymmetric eigenvalue problems
( K ll + Q ll ) = 0
for aeroelastic divergence.
Based on the physical principals of above problems, the eigenvectors are real and the eigenvalues
are either real (aeroelastic divergence) or pure imaginary (acoustics).
3. QXX is required if MXX is purged and vice versa.
4. XORTH, CLAMMAT, SVEC, BP, APL and, APU may be purged.
Main Index
1556
UGVADD
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition would yield erroneous results
UGVADD
Adds two displacement vectors when direct addition based on small angle theory would yield erroneous
results. For old geometric nonlinear analysis only.
Format:
UGVADD
UGNI,DUGNI,SIL/
UGNT $
UGNI
DUGNI
SIL
UGNT
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
Main Index
UMERGE 1557
Merges two matrices based on USET
UMERGE
Merge two matrices with the same number of columns and with the rows based on degrees-of-freedom
sets defined in the USET table into a single matrix.
A11 [ A ]
A21
Format:
UMERGE
USET,A11,A21/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2 $
USET
USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from
DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).
Aij
Matrix partitions.
Assembled matrix.
Parameters:
Main Index
MAJOR
SETi
1558
UMERGE
Merges two matrices based on USET
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions.
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
m
s
g
n
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
ne
fe
ks
js
2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the
complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank)
then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set.
3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the
degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'.
For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See
Remark 2) and not just the s-set.
4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by
a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-)
character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this
resultant set is then unioned with the m-set.
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. A11 or A21 may be purged, in which case, they are assumed to be null.
Examples:
1.
Main Index
UMERGE
USET,PHA,PHO/PHF/'F'/'A' $
b.
UMERGE
USET,PHO,PHA/PHF/'F'//'O' $
UMERGE 1559
Merges two matrices based on USET
2.
3.
UMERGE
USET,PHA,/PHG/'G'/'A' $
b.
UMERGE
USET,,PHA/PHG/'G'//'A' $
Expand PHRC with rows corresponding to the r and c-set to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a.
Main Index
UMERGE
USET,PHRC,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C' $
1560
UMERGE1
Merges up to four matrices based on USET
UMERGE1
Format:
UMERGE1
USET,A11,A21,A12,A22/A/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
USET
USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from
DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).
Aij
Matrix partitions with rows and columns that correspond to degreesof-freedom in the USET table.
Assembled matrix.
Parameters:
MAJOR
SETi
IOPT
IOPT = 0
A11 A12 [ A ]
A21 A22
Main Index
IOPT = 1
A11 [ A ]
A21
IOPT = 2
A11 A12 [ A ]
UMERGE1 1561
Merges up to four matrices based on USET
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
m
s
g
n
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
ne
fe
ks
js
2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the
complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank)
then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set.
3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the
degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'.
For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See
Remark 2) and not just the s-set.
4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by
a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-)
character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this
resultant set is then unioned with the m-set.
5. USET and A may not be purged.
6. If an input matrix is purged, then it is assumed to be null.
Examples:
1.
Main Index
UMERGE1
USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'/'A' $
b.
UMERGE1
USET,KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/KFF/'F'//'O' $
c.
UMERGE1
USET,KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/KFF/'F'/'O' $
1562
UMERGE1
Merges up to four matrices based on USET
2.
Expand PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, to PHTOM, with rows
corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a.
Main Index
UMERGE1
USET,PHRC,,,/PHTOM/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
UPARTN 1563
Partitions a matrix based on USET
UPARTN
UPARTN
USET,A/A11,A21,A12,A22/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/IOPT $
USET
USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from
DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).
Aij
Matrix partitions
Parameters:
Main Index
MAJOR
SETi
IOPT
IOPT = 0
IOPT = 1
IOPT = 2
[ A ] A11 A12
A21 A22
[ A ] A11
A21
[ A ] A11 A12
1564
UPARTN
Partitions a matrix based on USET
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
m
s
g
n
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
ne
fe
ks
js
2. SET1 or SET2, but not both, may be set to 'COMP' (or blank) which means that one set is the
complement of the other. For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='COMP' (or blank)
then SET2 is assumed to be those degrees-of-freedom in the g-set that are not in the a-set.
3. If SET1 and SET2 are unique subsets of MAJOR but their union does not comprise all of the
degrees-of-freedom in the MAJOR set, then the SET2 partition is assumed to be SET2='COMP'.
For example, if MAJOR='G', SET1='A', and SET2='S' then SET2 is assumed to be 'COMP' (See
Remark 2) and not just the s-set.
4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by
a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-)
character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this
resultant set is then unioned with the m-set.
5. USET may not be purged.
6. A may be purged, in which case UPARTN will simply return, causing the output matrices to be
purged.
7. Any or all output data block(s) may be purged.
Examples:
1.
Main Index
UPARTN
USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'/'A' $
b.
UPARTN
USET,KFF/KAA,KOA,KAO,KOO/'F'//'O' $
c.
UPARTN
USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
UPARTN 1565
Partitions a matrix based on USET
2.
Extract PHRC, with rows corresponding to the union of the r and c-set, from PHTOM, with
rows corresponding to the union of the t, o, and m-sets.
a.
3.
UPARTNUSET,PHTOM/PHRC,,/'T+O+M'/'R+C'//1 $
Partition [KGG] into the q-set and its complement, columns only:
[ K gg ] K gq K gcomp
a.
Main Index
UPARTN
USET,KGG/KGQ,,KGCOMP,/G/Q//2 $
1566
UREDUC
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
UREDUC
Reduces rectangular matrices of displacements or loads from the p-set (or g-set) to the d- and/or h-set.
Format:
XD,XH,XS $
XP
XG
USETD
USET
GMD
GM
GOD
GOA
PHDH
PHA
XD
XH
XS
Parameters:
None.
Remarks:
Main Index
UREDUC 1567
Reduces rectangular matrices from p-set (or g-set) to d- and/or h-set
2. GM (or GMD) and GOA (or GOD) may not be purged unless their m-set and
o-set degrees-of-freedom do not exist.
3. The method of reduction is equivalent to a combination of the DMAP modules UPARTN,
UMERGE1, MPYAD, and MCE2.
Main Index
1568
VDR
Creates tables based on solution set output requests
VDR
Creates tables based on solution set output requests for displacements, velocities, accelerations, and
nonlinear loads.
Format:
EQDYN USETD
,
,UXY,OL,XYCDB,PNL,MODSELT/
EQEXIN
USET
CASECC,
VDR
OUXY1,OPNL1/
APP/SOLTYP/S,N,NOSORT2S/S,N,NOSOUT/S,N,NOSDR2/
FMODE/S,N,NOSORT2 $
Input Data Blocks:
Main Index
CASECC
EQDYN
EQEXIN
USETD
USET
UXY
OL
XYCDB
PNL
MODSELT
VDR 1569
Creates tables based on solution set output requests
OUXY1
OPNL1
Parameters:
APP
SOLTYP
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
Modal.
'DIRECT'
Direct.
NOSORT2S
NOSOUT
NOSDR2
FMODE
NOSORT2
Remarks:
Main Index
1570
VEC
Creates partitioning vector based on USET
VEC
To create a partitioning vector based on degree-of-freedom sets. The vector may be used by the MERGE
and PARTN modules.
Format:
VEC
USET/CP/MAJOR/SET1/SET2/UNUSED4/SET3 $
USET
USET table output from module GP4 or GPSP (or USETD table from
DPD for dynamics or AEUSET table from APD for aerodynamics).
CP
Partitioning vector.
Parameters:
Main Index
MAJOR
SETi
UNUSED4
SET3
Character-input-default='
'.
VEC 1571
Creates partitioning vector based on USET
Remarks:
1. The supersets formed by the union of other sets have the following definitions:
supersets
sets
mp
mr
sb
sg
o
q
r
c
b
lm
e
k
sa
j
m
s
g
n
t
ne
fe
ks
js
2. If MAJOR = 'BITID', then SET1 and SET2 are ignored and the set name specified for SET3
corresponds to the zeros in CP and MAJOR corresponds to G or P for USET and USETD,
respectively. Those degrees-of-freedom not in SET3 correspond to ones in CP.
3. If SET1 (or SET2, but not both) is set to 'COMP' (or left blank) then SET1 (or SET2) is assumed
to be the complement of SET2 (or SET1).
4. The set names MAJOR, SET1, and SET2, may specify a combination of set names separated by
a plus (+) or minus (-) character. The plus (+) character indicates a union and the minus (-)
character an exclusion. For example, 'a-b+m' indicates the a-set without the b-set and then this
resultant set is then unioned with the m-set.
5. USET may not be purged.
Examples:
1. To partition
VEC
USET/V/'F'/'O' $
PARTN
KFF,V,/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA $
Note that the same thing can be done in one step by
UPARTN USET,KFF/KOO,KAO,KOA,KAA/'F'/'O' $
2. Example 1 could be accomplished by
VEC
or
USET/V/'F'/'O' $
VEC
USET/V/'F'/'A' $
3. Example 1 could also be accomplished by
Main Index
1572
VEC
Creates partitioning vector based on USET
VEC
Main Index
USET/V/'BITID'////'A' $
VECPLOT 1573
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
VECPLOT
Performs utility functions on g-set size matrices, including computation of resultants, transformation
from one coordinate system to another, and generation of rigid body matrices.
Format:
VECPLOT
XG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,CASECC,
LAMA
,
USET
MEDGE,X66P,VGQ,RBF/
XOUT,RESMAX,HEADCNTL,X66/
S,N,GRDPNT/COORID/IOPT/TITLE1/TITLE2/TITLE3/
ALTSHAPE/WTMASS/SEID/SETNAM/RBFAIL $
Format for IOPT=11:
VECPLOT
PGRES,BGPDT,,,CASECC,,,QGRES,QMGRES/
XOUT,,,,/GRDPNT//11 $
Main Index
XG
Any matrix with rows corresponding to the g-set or p-set in the global
coordinate system. An example is a displacement or load matrix.
BGPDT
SCSTM
CSTM
CASECC
LAMA
USET
MEDGE
X66P
VGQ
RBF
PGRES
1574
VECPLOT
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
QGRES
QMGRES
XOUT
RESMAX
HEADCNTL
List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module
under IOPT=1 or 5.
X66
Parameters:
GRDPNT
COORID
IOPT
TITLEi
Main Index
VECPLOT 1575
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
ALTSHAPE
WTMASS
SEID
SETNAM
RBFAIL
Remarks:
1. The table below describes the contents of XOUT and the printed output for each IOPT.
IOPT
<0
Contents of XOUT
Printed Output
None.
Same as IOPT = 1.
u' z = u x + u y + u z + x + y + z ,
where u i and i are the translations and rotations of
XG.
XG is converted to the basic coordinate system.
Then the coordinate locations (x, y, z) in BGPDT
converted to a matrix and translated by XG:
x' = u x + x
3
y' = u y + y
z' = u z + z
Main Index
None.
1576
VECPLOT
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
IOPT
Contents of XOUT
Printed Output
Same as IOPT=1.
None.
None.
None.
Same as IOPT=1.
Same as IOPT=7.
None.
Main Index
VECPLOT 1577
Transforms, searches, and computes resultants of matrices
IOPT
Contents of XOUT
Same as IOPT=7.
10
Printed Output
User Information Message
7570, which shows
grounding check strain
energies and pass/fail report.
None.
A table suitable for processing by OFP. The table
consists of a single line for each type of force
resultants (OLOADs, SPCForces, and MPCForces)
present as well as a line that represents the total sum
of the force resultants. The results are summed about
the grid point specified in the EQUILIBRIUIM Case
Control command if specified.
11
2. If displacement coordinate systems exist, or COORID = 0, then CSTM may not be purged and
SCSTM may not be purged if partitioned superelements are present.
3. CASECC and LAMA may be purged.
4. BGPDT and XOUT may not be purged.
5. XG may be purged if IOPT=3, 4, or 6.
6. MEDGE may be purged if p-elements are not present.
7. USET may be purged except for IOPT=6, 9, and 10.
8. IOPT=11 processes, but does not require, the EQUILIBRIUM Case Control command and
requires the previous executions of VECPLOT to compute resultants of PG, QG, and QMG with
IOPT=1 or 8. It is assumed that the resultants, PGRES, QGRES, and QMGRES were computed
with the same value of GRDPNT.
Examples:
1. Convert a displacement vector in a global coordinate system that is cylindrical to the basic system,
and print it.
VECPLOT UG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/UGBASIC/0/0/1 $
MATGPR
BGPDT,USET,,UGBASIC//H/G $
2. Given a free-free model with no mechanisms, compute its rigid body modes in the global and
basic coordinate systems.
VECPLOT ,,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/RBGLOBAL///4 $
TRNSP
RBGLOBAL/RBT $
VECPLOT RBT,BGPDT,,CSTM,,,,/RBBASIC///1 $
3. Convert a load matrix to the basic coordinate system, and print out the maximum load at any grid
point for each load vector.
VECPLOT
MATPRN
Main Index
PG,BGPDT,SCSTM,CSTM,,,,/PGBASIC//0/5 $
PG,PGBASIC//$
1578
VIEW
Computes heat transfer radiation view factors
VIEW
VIEW
EST,BGPDT,EQEXIN,EPT,EDT,MATPOOL/
MPOOL $
EST
BGPDT
EQEXIN
EPT
EDT
MATPOOL
MPOOL
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
VIEWP 1579
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
VIEWP
Generates geometry tables for the view mesh in p-element data recovery.
Format:
VIEWP
GEOM1,GEOM2,EST,CASECC,OINT,EDT,EPT,
PELSET,BGPDT,EQEXIN,CSTM,PVAL0/
ELEMVOL,GEOM1VU,GEOM2VU,VIEWTB/
S,N,VUGNEXT/S,N,VUENEXT/VUGJUMP/VUELJUMP/
VUHEXA/VUPENTA/VUTETRA/VUQUAD4/VUTRIA3/VUBEAM/
S,N,VUEXIST $
Main Index
GEOM1
GEOM2
EST
CASECC
OINT
EDT
EPT
PELSET
BGPDT
EQEXIN
CSTM
PVAL0
1580
VIEWP
Generates geometry tables for view mesh in p-element data recovery
ELEMVOL
GEOM1VU
GEOM2VU
VIEWTB
Parameters:
Main Index
VUGNEXT
VUENEXT
VUGJUMP
VUELJUMP
VUHEXA
VUPENTA
VUTETRA
VUQUAD4
VUTRIA3
VUBEAM
VUEXIST
WEIGHT 1581
Calculates model's volume and/or weight
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
VELEM,EST,MPT,DIT,OPTPRM,OGPWG,DESTAB,XINIT/
WMID,WGTM/
WGTVOL/S,N,VOLS/S,N,FRMS/SEID/DOFRMASS $
VELEM
EST
MPT
DIT
OPTPRM
OGPWG
DESTAB
XINIT
WMID
WGTM
Parameters:
WGTVOL
Main Index
Weight only.
Volume only.
VOLS
SEID
FRMASS
1582
WEIGHT
Calculates model's volume and/or weight
Main Index
SEID
DOFRMASS
XSORT 1583
Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
XSORT
XSORT
FORCE,BULKOLD/
BULK,UBULK/
S,N,NOGOXSRT/S,N,QUALNAM/S,N,NEXTID/S,N,LASTBU
LK/
S,N,EQVBLK/REMCTN $
FORCE
BULKOLD
UBULK
BULK
UBULK
Parameter:
Main Index
NOGOXSRT
QUALNAM
Output-character-default='
'. Keyword which appears on the
BEGIN BULK command of the next Bulk Data Section; usually
SUPER or AUXMODEL.
NEXTID
LASTBULK
1584
XSORT
Reads and sorts Bulk Data Section
EQVBLK
REMCTN
Remarks:
1. XSORT does not stop on error detection; therefore, the following statement should appear after
the module:
IF (NOGOXSRT) EXIT $
2. If BULKOLD is purged or empty, then the current Bulk Data is sorted and copied into BULK.
3. XSORT must be specified after the IFP1 module.
Examples:
Main Index
XYPLOT 1585
Writes plot information to plot file (.plt)
XYPLOT
XYPLOT
XYPLOT// $
XYPLOT
None.
Parameters:
None.
Main Index
1586
XYTRAN
Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
XYTRAN
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OPG2,OQG2,OUG2,OES2,OEF2,OSTR2,OQMG2,
OVG2,OAG2,OESC2,OSTC2,OEFC2,OSRC2/
XYPLOT/
APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID/DVAFLAG $
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,,,,,/
XYPOLT/
RSPEC/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
XYTRAN
XYCDB,
MODE
RESP /PSET/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/
S,N,NOXYPLOT/S,N,TABID $
Format for VDR Outputs:
XYTRAN
Main Index
XYCDB,OUXY2,OPNL2,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
XYTRAN 1587
Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
XYTRAN
XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,,,,,/
XYPLOT/
APP/XYSET/S,N,PLTNUM/UNUSED/S,N,NOXYPLOT/
S,N,TABID $
XYCDB
PSDF
AUTO
OVG
OXRESP
OVG2
OAG2
OESC2
OSTC2
OEFC2
OSRC2
OUXY2
OPNL2
OFMPF2M
OFMPF2E
OSMPF2M
OSMPF2E
OPMPF2M
OPMPF2E
OLMPF2M
OLMPF2E
OGMPF2M
OGMPF2E
XYPLOT
Main Index
1588
XYTRAN
Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
Parameters:
APP
Normal modes.
'FREQRESP'
Frequency response.
'TRANRESP'
Transient response.
'CEIGEN'
Complex eigenvalues.
'VG'
'CONTACT'
Slideline contact.
'RAND' or
RANDOM
RANDSDVA Process only VDR module outputs which are requested with the
SDISP, SVELO , SACCEL Case Control commands.
XYSET
Main Index
RANDOMS
RANDMPF
'SET1'
'RSPEC'
Response spectra.
'DSET'
d-set.
'HSET'
h-set.
'PSET'
p-set.
PLTNUM
UNUSED
Unused.
NOXYPLOT
TABID
DVAFLAG
XYTRAN 1589
Creates table of plot instructions for x-y plots
Remarks:
1. OFPi2 may be element stresses, displacements, element forces, single-point forces of constraint,
applied loads, slideline contact stresses, nonlinear loads in p-set,
h-set, or d-set.
2. OFPi2 may be specified in any order.
3. If APP='RAND' then PSDF and AUTO must be specified.
4. If APP='RSPEC' then OXRESP must be specified.
5. If APP='VG' then OVG must be specified.
Examples:
XYCDB,OUDVC2,,,,/XYPLTFA/'FREQ'/'HSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
2. Direct transient response physical set (p-set) output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OPP2,OQP2,OUPV2,OES2,OEF2/XYPLTT/'TRAN'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLT $
3. Random response output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,PSDF,AUTO,,,/XYPLTR/'RAND'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOPLTR $
4. Response spectra output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OXRESP,,,,/XYPLTSS/'RSPEC'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP/S,N,TABID $
5. Aerodynamic V-g curve output:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OVG,,,,/XYPLTCE/'VG'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
6. Grid point output; i.e., grid points on the abscissa:
XYTRAN
XYCDB,OPG2X,OQG2X,OUG2X,OES2X,OEF2X/XYPLTT/'SET1'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NP $
7. Slideline contact output:
XYTRAN
Main Index
XYCDBS,OESNLBP2,,,,/XYPLTB1/'CONT'/'PSET'/
S,N,PFILE/S,N,CARDNO/S,N,NOXYP $
Glossary
MSC Nastran DMAP Programmers Guide
Glossary
Main Index
Parameter Glossary
Glossary 1591
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4
Name
Description
AA
AAP
ABESF*
ACPT
ADBINDX
ADELUF
ADELUS
ADELX
ADJG
ADJGT
ADJGT0
ADRDUG
ADRDUTB
AEBGPDT*
AEBGPDTI
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDT
1592
Chapter 4
Name
Description
AEBGPDTI*
Family of basic grid point definition tables for the interference js-set
aerodynamic degrees-of-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic js-set degreesof-freedom.
AEBGPDTJ*
AEBGPDTK
Basic grid point definition table for the aerodynamic ks-set degreesof-freedom.
AEBGPDTK*
AEBOX
AECMPOLD
AECOMP
AECSTMHG
AECTRL
AEDBIDX
AEDBINDX
AEDBUXV
AEDW
AEDWIDX
AEECT*
GEOM2
AEFIDX
AEFRC
AEGRID
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition tables for the aerodynamic model. Output
by APD as BGPDT with qualifier MODLTYPE='AEROMESH'.
AEIDW
AEIPRE
AEMONOLD
Glossary 1593
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 4
Name
Description
AEMONPT
AEPRE
AEPRSIDX
AERO
AEROCOMP
AEUSET*
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
USET
AG
AGD
AGG
AGX
AH
Aij
AJJT
AM2
AM3
AMLIST
AMSPLINE
ANORM
APART
APIMAT
APIMATT
Matrix of average power input per unit force for all EFM
superelements for all bands.
1594
Chapter 4
Name
Description
APL
APPLOD
APU
ARVEC
AUG1
AUTO
AUXTAB
AXIC
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
B2DD
Total damping matrix from viscous damping elements and the B2PP
Case Control command and reduced to the d-set. In transient
response analysis, B2DD may also include structural damping
effects.
B2GG
B2PP
BAA
BACK
BANDLIST
BANDPV
BASVEC
BASVEC0
Glossary 1595
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
BCON0
BCONXI
BCONXT
BD3X3
BDD
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the d-set for linear
elements only.
BDIAG
BDPOOL
BDICT
KDICT
BELM
KELM
BFEFE
BFHH
BGDD*
BGPDT*
BGPDT
BGPDT
BGPDT
BGPDTD
BGPDT
BGPDTFB*
Main Index
Description
BGPDTM
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table and updated for the current p-level.
Output by GP1 with GEOM1M and GEOM2M as inputs.
BGPDTN
BGPDT
BGPDTS
BGPDT
BGPDTX
BGPDT
1596
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDVB
BGPDT
BGPDVP
BGPDT
Basic grid point definition table for the forward (or central)
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAM.
BGPDVX
BGPDT
BGPECT
GEOM2
BGPP*
BHH
BHH1
BKDICT
KDICT
BKK
Main Index
Description
BLAMA
LAMA
BLAMA*
LAMA
BMODAL
BNDFIL
Table containing the local and global boundary grids in the order
given by extreme for domain decomposition. Output by SEQP.
BP
BPP
Damping (or heat capacitance) matrix for the p-set for linear
elements only.
BRDD
BTOPO
BTOPOCNV
BTOPOSTF
BULKINDX
BXX
BUG*
Glossary 1597
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
BUX
BULK
BULK*
BULKOLD
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
Rectangular matrix to be used in MPYAD module addition and
SMPYAD module product.
CASADJ
CASECC
CASDSN
CASECC
CASDSX
CASECC
CASE
CASECC
Table of Case Control commands for the current analysis type and
superelement.
CASEA
CASECC
CASEBK
CASECC
Case Control table for cyclic data recovery. One record for every
column in BACK. Required in static and pre-buckling analysis only.
Output by CYCLIC1.
CASEBUCK
CASECC
CASECC
CASECC
CASECC*
CASECC
CASECC1
CASECC
CASECCP
CASECCU
CASECC
CASECCBO
CASECC
CASECCP
Main Index
Description
1598
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
CASECCR
CASECC
CASECEIG
CASECC
CASEDM
CASECC
Case Control table for the recovery of design responses for modes.
CASEDMF
CASECC
Case Control for all load-cases for all design variables for the
perturbed configuration for modes. Output by DSAH.
CASEDR
CASECC
CASEDS
CASECC
Case control table for the data recovery of design responses. Output
by DOPR3 and DSTA.
CASEDSF
CASECC
Case Control table for all load cases and all design variables for the
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
CASEDVRG
CASECC
CASEFLUT
CASECC
CASEFR
CASECC
Updated Case Control table for static loads generation and solution
in cyclic symmetry analysis. One record for every distinct load set
identification number. Output by CYCLIC1.
CASEFREQ
CASECC
CASEHEAT
CASECC
CASEMODE
CASECC
CASEMTRN
CASECC
CASENT
CASECC
CASEP
CASECC
Glossary 1599
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
CASER
CASERS
CASECC
Case Control table for the residual structure and a given analysis
type.
CASES
CASECC
CASESADV
CASECC
CASESAER
CASECC
CASESMEM
CASECC
CASESMST
CASECC
CASESNMB
CASECC
CASESTAT
CASECC
CASESX
CASECC
CASEUNIT
Main Index
Description
CASEUPSE
CASECC
CASEVEC
CASECC
CASEXX
CASECC
CASEYY
CASECC
CCPOS
CCPOS1
CDELB
CDELK
1600
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
CDELM
CFSAB
CIDATA
CLAMA
LAMA
CLAMA1
LAMA
CLAMA2
LAMA
CLAMMAT
CLFMAT
CMAT
Complex matrix.
CMBXPHG
CMLAMA
CMSEQ
CMSQE
CMSTEQ
CMSTQE
CNTABR
CONTAB
CNTABRG
CONTAB
CNTABXE
CNTABXM
CNVTST
CONTABX
COELEM
COGRID
Glossary 1601
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
COLOR
Coloring array. Number of rows corresponds to size of MAT. The ith entry corresponds to the superelement identification number (tip
superelement or collector or 0 (residual)) to which the i-th degreeof-freedom. belongs. Output by PRESOL.
COMP
COMPi
CON
CONS1T
CONSBL
CONSBL*
CONTAB
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
CONTAB
CONTACT
CONTROL
CONTVDIF
CONTVX
CONTVXV
COORD
COORDN
COORDO
CP
CPERM
CPH1
CPH2
CPHFL
CPHP
CPHFR
1602
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
CPHX
CPHL
CSNMB
CASECC
Case Control table for a given superelement and all analysis types.
CSTM
CSTM
CSTMi
CSTM
CSTMi*
Main Index
Description
CSTM0
CSTM
CSTMA
CSTM
CSTMD
CSTM
CSTMM
CSTM
CSTMS
CSTM
CSTMX
CVAL
CVALO
CVAL
CVALR
CVALRG
CVALXE
CVEC
CVECT
CYCD
Glossary 1603
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
D1JE
D1JK
D2JE
D2JK
DAR
DBCOPT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DBCOPT
DB
Data block.
DBi
DBMLIB
DBNAME
DBOUTi
DBP
DBS
DBUG
DCLDXT
DCPHL
DEFUSET
DELB1
DELBSH
DELBSX
DELCE
1604
Chapter 3
Name
Description
DELDV
DELF1
DELFL
DELGM
DELGS
DELS
DELS1
DELTGM
DELVS
DELWS
DELX
DELX1
Matrix of delta trim variable responses for all design variables for a
single trim subcase. Output by DSARSN.
DEQATN
DEQIND
DESELM
DESGID
DESNEW
DESTAB
DESTAB
DESVCP
DESVEC
DESVECP
DFFDNF
DGEOM2
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
GEOM2
Glossary 1605
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
DGEOM3
GEOM3
Description
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static loads for the
perturbed configuration. Output by DSAH.
DGMVPT
DGSVPT
DGTAB
DISTAB
DIT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DIT
DITID
DITNT
DIVDAT
DIVTAB
DJX
DLCPHL
DLSTIN
DLSTOUT
DLT
DLT1
DLTH
DM
DMATCK
DMI
DMIi
1606
Chapter 3
Name
Description
DMINDX
DNODEL
DNVVPT
DPHG
DPLDXI
DPLDXI*
DPLDXT
DRDUG
DRDUGM
DRDUTB
DRDUTBM
DRLIST
DRMSVL
DRSTBL
DRSTBLG
DRUT
DRUT0
DSCM
DSCM2
DSCMCOL
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DCSMCOL
DSCMG
DSCMR
Glossary 1607
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
DSCOLL
DSCREN
DSDIV
DSEDV
DSEGM
DSESM
DSGRID
DSIDLBL
DSLIST
DSPT1
DSPT2
DSROWL
DSTABR
DSTABU
DTB
DTI
DTIi
DTINDX
DTOS2
DTOS2*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2K* except that the
PREF in each entry is the product of a DPLDXI element and the
corresponding design variable value. Output by DOPR5.
1608
Chapter 3
Name
Description
DTOS2J
DTOS2J*
DTOS2K
Same as DTOS2J except that the dvid in each entry refers to the
position of an internal design variable identification number in the
first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.
DTOS2K*
Family of tables which are the same as DTOS2J* except that the dvid
in each entry refers to the position of an internal design variable
identification number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by
DOPR4.
DTOS4
DTOS4J
DTOS4K
Same as DTOS4J except that the identification number in each fiveword entry is the position of an internal design variable identification
number in the first TABDEQ record. Output by DOPR4.
DUGNI
DUPV
DUX
DVIDS
DVPTAB
DVPTAB
DVPTAB*
DVPTAB
DVSLIS
DXDXI
DXDXIT
DYNAMIC
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
DYNAMIC
Glossary 1609
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
DYNAMICB
DYNAMICS
DYNAMNT
Chapter 3
Name
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to dynamics for the current
superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
DYNAMIC transformed for nonlinear transient response analysis.
Output by ST2DYN.
Chapter 2
Name
Description
Rectangular matrix to be used in SMPYAD module product.
ECT
GEOM2
ECT*
GEOM2
ECTA
GEOM2
EDITVEC
EDOM
EDOM*
EDOMM
EDOMS
EDT
EDT0
EDTM
EED
Main Index
Description
DYNAMIC
EFMASMTT
EFMMCOL
EFMDMP
Table containing mass values, damping loss factors and frequencydependent damping criteria for all superelements for which energy
flow modeling calculations are to be performed. Output by
SEEFMDMP.
1610
Chapter 3
Name
Description
EFMLIST
EFMMAT
EGK
EGM
EGPSF
EGPSF
EGPSTR
EGPSTR
EGTX
EGVREC
EGX
EHT
EHTA
ELDATA
ELDCT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
ELDCT
ELEMVOL
ELSET
EMAT
EMM
ENEMAT
ENFLODB
Glossary 1611
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
ENFLODK
ENFLODM
ENFMOTN
EPSSE
EPT
EPT
EPTT
EPTA
EPT
EPTC
EPT
EPTN
EPT
EPTS
EPT
EPTTAB
EPT
EPTTAB*
EPT
EPTX
EPT
EQACST
Main Index
EQDYN
EQEXIN
EQEXIN
EQEXIN
1612
Chapter 3
Name
EQEXINS
EQEXIN
Description
Equivalence table between external and internal grid/scalar
identification numbers for a superelement. Output by SEP2 and
SEP2X.
EQMAP
EQMAPD
EQMAPD0
ERHM
ERROR0
ERROR
ERROR1
ERROR
EST
ESTDATA
ESTL
ESTDCN
ESTDV2
ESTDVB
ESTDVM
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
EST
ESTDVP
ESTDVS
ESTF
ESTNL
ESTNL1
ESTNL0
Glossary 1613
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
ESTNLH
ESTR
ETT
ETTDCN
ETTDV
EUHM
EXCITEFX
EXCITF
EXCITP
1614
Chapter 3
Name
Description
F2J
FENL
Strain energy and grid point force at every element from the previous
load step in nonlinear matrix format.
FENL1
Strain energy and grid point force at every element at the current load
step in nonlinear matrix format. Output by NLITER.
FFAJ
FFGH
FG
FGNL
FLUTAB
FLUTABK
FLUTABP
Flutter summary table for all methods except K and KE. Output by
FA1.
FMPF
FMV
FMVT
FN
FOL
FOL
FOL1
FOL
FOLMAT
FOLR
FOLT
FORCE
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
FOL
Glossary 1615
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
FORE
FREQMASS
FRL
FRL1
FRLI
FRLR
FRMDS
FRQRMF
FRQRSP
FRQRPR
FRQRPRG
FSAVE
1616
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GAMMAD
GAPAR
GC
GDGK
Aerodynamic transformation matrix for displacements from the kset to g-set. Output by GI.
GDKI
GDKSKS
GDNTAB
GEG
GEI
GEOM1
GEOM1
GEOM1*
GEOM1
GEOM1A
GEOM1
GEOM1C
GEOM1
GEOM1EX
GEOM1
GEOM1M
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry and updated for
the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM1N
GEOM1
GEOM1P
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry updated for pelements and superelements. Output by MODGDN.
Glossary 1617
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GEOM1Q
GEOM1
Same as GEOM1 except SEQGP Bulk Data entry records have been
added and any pre-existing SEQGP records are removed. Output by
SEQP.
GEOM1R
GEOM1
GEOM1S
GEOM1
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry for the current
superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM1VU
GEOM1
GEOM1W
GEOM2
GEOM1X
GEOM1
Main Index
GEOM2
GEOM2
GEOM2*
GEOM2
GEOM2A
GEOM2
GEOM2DCW GEOM2
GEOM2EX
GEOM2
GEOM2M
GEOM2
GEOM2N
GEOM2
GEOM2R
GEOM2
1618
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GEOM2S
GEOM2
GEOM2T
GEOM2
GEOM2VU
GEOM2
GEOM2W
GEOM2
GEOM2 augmented with SPOINT entries to represent all of the nonfluid superelement component modes. Output by MODQSET.
GEOM2X
GEOM2
GEOM3
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads.
Output by IFP.
GEOM3B
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
with DAREA entry images converted to equivalent FORCE and
MOMENT entry images. Output by GP1.
GEOM3M
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
and updated for the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM3N
GEOM3
GEOM3NT
GEOM3
GEOM3S
GEOM3
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to static and thermal loads
for the current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM3T
GEOM3
GEOM3X
GEOM3
GEOM4
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity. Output by IFP.
GEOM4*
GEOM4
GEOM4CN
GEOM4
Glossary 1619
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GEOM4EX
GEOM4
GEOM4M
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity and updated for
the current p-level. Output by GP0.
GEOM4P
GEOM4
GEOM4S
GEOM4
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to constraints, degree-offreedom membership and rigid element connectivity for the current
superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
GEOM4W
GEOM4
GEOM4X
GEOM4
GETNUMPN
GEQMAP
Table of grid based local equation map indicating which grid resides
on which processors/partitions for domain decomposition. Output
by SEQP.
GLBRSP
GLBRSPDS
GLBTAB
GLBTABDS
GLERR
GLERR1
GM
1620
Chapter 3
Name
Description
GMD
GMNE
GMS
GOA
GOD
GPDCT
GPDT
GPDT
GPECT
GPECT1
GPECTDCN
GPECTF
GPFLBL
GPFMAT
GPFORCE
GPGK
GPKH
GPIK
GPKE
GPL
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
GPL
GPLD
GPMPF
GPSETS
Table of grid point sets related to the element plot sets. Output by
PLTSET and SEPLOT.
Glossary 1621
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
GPSNT
GPSNTN
Grid point shell normal table updated due to the interaction with
RSSCON elements. Output by GP4.
GPSNTS
Grid point shell normal table for the current superelement. Output by
SEP2 and TASNP2.
GPSPRT
Table of grid point singularity created on the first call to GPSP when
the MPC option is selected on the AUTOSPC Case Control
command and DONSET=0. Output by GPSP.
GPSPRT0
GPTT1
GRIDFMP
GRIDMP
GRIDSET
GRDRM
GS
1622
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
HARM
HDRLBLi
HEADCNTL
List of integer codes for header print control in the DISUTIL module
under VECPLOT options IOPT=1 or 5. Output by VECPLOT.
HIS
HIS
HISADD
HIS
HMKT
HOEF1
HOES1
Main Index
Description
Glossary 1623
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Ii
IEF
OEF
IES
OES
IFACT
IFD
IFG
Matrix of nonlinear element forces for the g-set at the output time
steps. Output by NLTRD.
IFP
IFPDB
IFS
IFST
IMAT
IMATG
INDTA
INVEC
Starting vector(s).
IQG
OQG
IUG
OUG
IUNITSOL
Main Index
Description
1624
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
K2DD
K2GG
K2PP
K4AA
K4KK
K4XX
KAA
KAAL
KBDD
KCVDD*
KCVPP*
KDD
KDDICT
KDICT
KDELM
KELM
KDICT
KDICT
KDICT1
KDICT
KDICTDCN
KDICTDS
KDICTNL
KDICT
KDICTX
KDICT
KELM
KELM
KELM1
KELM
Glossary 1625
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
KELMDCN
KELM
KELMDS
KELM
KELMNL
KELM
KFEFE
KFHH
KFRIC
KFS
KGG
KGG1
KGGNL
KGGNL1
KGGT
KHH
KHH1
KKK
KLL
KLR
KMM
KNN
KOO
KPP
KRDD
KRFGG
KRR
KRZX
1626
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
KSAZX
KSGG
KSS
KTPP
KTTP
KTTS
KUX
KVAL
KXWAA
KXX
Glossary 1627
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
LAJJT
LAM1DD
LAMA
LAMA
LAMA*
LAMA
LAMA1
LAMA
LAMAF
LAMA
Normal modes eigenvalue summary table for the fluid portion of the
model.
LAMAM
LAMAS
LAMASEL
LAMAX
Main Index
Description
LAMA
LAMMAT
LAO
LBTAB
LCDVEC
Partitioning vector for load case deletion. The row size is the same
number of columns in UGX and ones for columns which are retained
in UGX1. LCDVEC is intended for partitioning of analysis results
related to inertia relief and SPCforces. Output by DSAD.
LCOLLBLi
LCPHL
LCPHP
LCPHX
1628
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
LD
LFTAB
LGPART
LISET
LJSET
LKSET
LLL
LLLT
LMAT
LMTROWS
LMPF
LOCVEC
LOO
LSCM
LSEQ
LTF
LVTAB
LVTABI
LXX
Glossary 1629
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
M2DD
M2GG
M2PP
M9I
MA
MAA
MABXWGG
Mass matrix for the a-set, expanded to g-set, transformed to the basic
coordinate system, row-ordered in external grid identification
number sequence, and divided by WTMASS.
MAPS
MAPS*
MAR
MAT
MATi
Input matrices.
MAT1
MAT1N
MAT2
MAT2N
MATIi
MATGi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the gset. Output by MTRXIN.
MATJi
MATKi
MATNAMi
1630
Chapter 3
Name
Description
MATPi
Matrices defined on DMIG Bulk Data entries and intended for the pset. Output by MTRXIN.
MATPOOL
MATPOOLS
MATPOOLX
MATS
MATM
MBODY
MBSP
MCEIGCC
MCHI
MCHI2
MDD
MDICT
MDUGNI
MEA
MEDGE
MEF
MEM
MEMF
MES
MELM
MESH
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
KELM
Glossary 1631
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MESTNL
MESTNL0
MEW
MFACE
MFEFE
MFHH
MGG
MGG*
MGGCOMB
MHH
MHH1
MI
Mi
MIDLIS
MKK
MKLIST
MKNRGY
MLAM
MLAM2
MLL
MLR
MMCDB
MMP
MNRGYMTF
Matrix of modal energy values for all EFM superelements for all
bands.
MOA
1632
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MODRPR
MODRPRG
MODRSP
MODRSPR
MODSELT
MODSELT1
MODSELTF
MODSELTS
MODSELV
MOFPi
MON
MONi
Monitor tables
MONDISP
MONITOR
MOO
MP2S
MPAER
MPAERP
MPAERV
Glossary 1633
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MPAEUV
MPAR
MPART
MPARV
MPFEM
MPFMAP
MPJN2O
Mapping matrix to map j-set data from new order to old order.
Output by APD.
MPOOL
MPP
MPSER
MPSERP
MPSERV
MPSEUV
MPSIR
MPSIRV
MPSIUV
MPSR
MPSRP
MPSRV
MPT
MPT
MPTC
MPT
MPTN
MPT
MPTNT
MPT
MPTS
MPT
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to material properties for the
current superelement. Output by SEP2 and SEP2X.
1634
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
MPTT
MPT
MPTTC
MPT
MPTX
MPT
Main Index
MQE*
MQG
MR
MRR
MSNRGY
MTRAK
MUG
MUGNI
MULNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the dset from the previous subcase. Output by NLTRD2.
MUPN
MUX
MXWAA
MXX
Mass matrix in any set. Usually v-set in READ. Usually h-set or dset in CEAD, FRRD1, FRRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
MZZ
Glossary 1635
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
NAMEi
NEWDBi
NEWEPT
NFDICT
NLFT
NLRSMAP
NLRSMAP0
NORTAB
NSMEST
NWCASE
NWEDOM
1636
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OAG
OUG
OAG1VU
OUG
OAG2
OUG
OAGATO2
OUG
OAGCRM2
OUG
OAGNO2
OUG
OAGPSD2
OUG
OAGRMS2
OUG
OBJTAB
OBJTAB
OBJTABX
OBJTBG
OBJTBM
OBJTBR
Main Index
Description
OBJTAB
OBTABXE
OCCORF
OCEIG
OCPSDF
OEDE1
OEE
OEDS1
OES
OEEATO2
OEE
Glossary 1637
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OEECRM2
OEE
OEENO2
OEE
OEEPSD2
OEE
OEERMS2
OEE
OEF
OEF
OEF1
OEF
OEF1A
OEF
OEF1AA
OEF
OEF1DS
OEF
OEF1VU
OEF
OEF1X
OEF
OEF2
OEF
OEFATO2
OEF
OEFCRM2
OEF
OEFD1M
OEF
OEFDSN
OEF
OEFDSNM
OEF
OEFIT
OEF
OEFITDS
OEF
1638
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OEFITDSN
OEF
OEFNL1
OEF
OEFNO2
OEF
OEFPSD2
OEF
OEFRMS2
OEF
OEIG
OEKE1
OELOPDSN
OELOP1DS
OEP
OES
OES
OES1
OES
OES1C
OES
OES1CDS
OES
OES1DS
OES
OES1M
OES
OES1G
OES
OES1VU
OES
OES1X
OES
Glossary 1639
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OES2
OES
OES2GX
OES
OESATO2
OES
OESCDSN
OES
OESCRM2
OESD1M
OESDSN
OES
OESDSNM
OESNL1
OES
OESNLB1
OES
OESNLH
Main Index
Description
OESNLXR
OES
OESNO2
OES
OESPSD2
OES
OESRMS2
OES
OFMPF2M
OFPE
OFPES
OFPi
OFPi1
Output table in SORT1 format usually created by, but not limited to,
the SDR2 module.
1640
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OFPi2
OFPiX
OGDS1
OGPFB1
OGF
OGPFB1DS
OGF
OGPFDSN
OGF
OGPKE1
OGPLYFI
OGPLYSS
OGPMPF2M
OGPSR
OGPWG
OGPWG*
OGPWGBW
OGS1
OGS
OGSTR1
OGS
Oi
OINT
OINTDS
OINTDSF
OL
OL1
Glossary 1641
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OLDDBi
OLF
OLMPF2M
OMAT1
OMCF1
OMM
ONRGD1M
OEE
ONRGDSNM
OEE
Table of element strain energies from normal modes analysis for the
perturbed configuration.
ONRGY1
OEE
ONRGYDS
OEE
ONRGYDSN
OEE
OPG1
OPG
OPG2
OPG
OPG2X
OPG
OPGATO2
OPG
OPGCRM2
OPG
OPGNO2
OPG
OPGPSD2
OPG
OPGRMS2
OPG
OPLYSR
OPMPF2M
1642
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OPNL1
OPTPRM
OPTPRM
OPTPRMG
OPTPRM
OPTNEW
Main Index
Description
OQG
OQG
OQG1
OQG
OQG1DS
OQG
OQG2
OQG
OQG2X
OQG
OQGATO2
OQG
OQGCRM2
OQG
OQGDSN
OQG
OQGNO2
OQG
OQGPSD2
OQG
OQGRMS2
OQG
OQMATO2
OQG
OQMCRM2
OQG
OQMG
OQG
OQMG2
OQG
OQMNO2
OQG
Glossary 1643
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OQMPSD2
OQG
OQMRMS2
OQG
OSMPF2M
OSTR
OES
OSTR1CDS
OEE
OSTR1DS
OEE
OSTR1G
OEE
OSTR1VU
OEE
OSTR1X
OES
OSTR2
OEE
OSTR2GX
OEE
OSTRCDSN
OEE
OSTRD1M
OES
OSTRDSN
OEE
OSTRDSNM
OES
OTMT
Main Index
Description
OUG
OUG
OUG1
OUG
OUG1DS
OUG
1644
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
OUG1VU
OUG
OUG2
OUG
OUG2X
OUG
OUGATO2
OUG
OUGCRM2
OUG
OUGD1M
OUG
OUGDSN
OUG
OUGDSNM
OUG
OUGNO2
OUG
OUGPSD2
OUG
OUGRMS2
OUG
OUTVEC
OUXY1
OVG
OVG
Main Index
Description
OUG
OVG1VU
OVG2
OVGATO2
OVGCRM2
OVGNO2
Glossary 1645
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
OVGPSD2
OVGRMS2
OXRESP
1646
Chapter 3
Name
Description
P2G
PA
PA*
PAK
PANSLT
PARTVEC
PBGPDT
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
BGPDT
PBRMS
PBRMSD
PBRMSN
PBYG
Matrix of equivalent static loads due to enforced velocity for the gset.
PC
PC1
PCDB
PCDBS
PCDBDR
PCOMPT
PCOMPTC
Glossary 1647
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PCOMPTX
PD
PD1
PDT
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for output time steps.
Output by TRLG and NLTRLG.
PDT1
Transient response load matrix in the d-set for all time steps. Output
by TRLG.
PECT
PELSDSF
PELSET
PELSETDS
PFHF
PFP
PG
PG*
PG1
Combined static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual
structure. Output by PCOMB.
PGFB*
PGG
PGRV
Static load matrix applied to the g-set but due to gravity loads only.
Output by SSG1.
PGT
Static load matrix applied to the g-set appended for all boundary
conditions. Output by SDR1.
PGUP
Static load matrix for the g-set and in the residual structure due to
static loads in upstream superelements only.
1648
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PGVST
PHA
PHA1
PHAREF1
PHASH2
PHDFH
PHDH
PHF
PHF1
PHG
PHG*
PHG1
PHGREF
PHGREF1
PHIDLL
PHIDRL
PHT
Transient response load matrix in the h-set (modal) for all time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PHX
PHXL
PHZ
Glossary 1649
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PIj
PIj1
PJ
Static load matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and
applied to its interior points only.
PKF
PKYG
PL
PLI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the l-set. Output
by SSG4.
PLIST2
PLIST2*
PLMAT
PLOTMSG
PLSETMSG
PLTPAR
PMPF
PMYG
PNL
Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. Output
by NLTRD, NLTRD2, TRD1, and TRD2.
PNLLST
PNLT
Nonlinear load matrix appended from each output time step. (for
transient analysis only). Output by NLSOLV.
PO
1650
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
POI
Static load matrix with inertial loads and reduced to the o-set. Output
by SSG4.
POSTCC
POSTCC0
POSTCDB
PPF
PPL
PPLT
PPN
PPT
Transient response load matrix in the p-set for output time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PVPERQ
PPVR
PRBDOFS
PROPI
PROPI*
PROPO
PS
PSDF
PSDL
PSF
PSFL
PSI
Glossary 1651
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PST
Transient response load matrix in the s-set for output time steps.
Output by TRLG.
PTELEM
PTELEM0
PTELMDCN
PTELMDSX
PUG
PUG*
PUGD
PUGS
PUGX
PVAL0
PVAL1
PVEC
PVGRID
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the following
Case Control commands: DISPLACEMENT, VELOCITY,
ACCELERATION, FORCE, STRESS, STRAIN, SPCFORCE,
MPCFORCE, MPRES, GPFORCE, ESE, EKE, EDE, GPKE.
Output by OUTPRT.
PVGT
PVLOAD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom at which static and dynamic loads are applied. Output by
OUTPRT.
1652
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
PVMCFR
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the
MCFRACTION Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVMPC
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the
MPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVSBIT1
PVSBIT2
PVSPC
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to elements or grids specified on the
SPCFORCE Case Control command. Output by OUTPRT.
PVT
PVTS
PX
PXA
PXF
PXT
PXTDV
PXT1
PZ
Glossary 1653
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
QG
QHH
QHHL
QHJ
QHJK
QHJL
QKGUST*
QKH
QKHL
QLL
QMG
QMPF
QMPFM
QNV
QPF
QPFM
QPV
QR
QXX
1654
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
R
R1MAPR
Main Index
Description
Residual matrix. Output by SOLVIT.
R1MAP
R1TAB
R1TABR
R1TABRG
R1VAL
R1VALO
R1VALR
R1VALRG
R2MAPR
R2VAL
R2VALO
R2VALR
R2VALRG
R2VALXE
R3VAL
R3VALO
R3VALR
R3VALRG
R3VALXE
RBF
RCROSSL
RDEST
Glossary 1655
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Description
RECM
RDG
RESMATFT
RESMAX
RESMAX0
RESP12X
RESP12XM
RESP12XR
RESP3
RESP3R
RESP3X
RESP3XE
RESP3XM
RESP3XR
RESP12
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
RESP12
RGG
RHMCF
RLABEL
RMAT
RMATG
RMG
RMG1
RMPTQM
RMSTAB
RMSTABR
1656
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
RMSTBR
RMSVAL
RMSVALR
RMSVLR
ROTORT
RP
RPERM
RPH
RPV
RPX
RQA
RQATAB
RQATABR
RQATABRG
RR2IDR
RR2IDXE
RSLTDATA
RSLTSTAT
RSP12R
RESP12
RSP1CT
RSP2RG
Main Index
Description
RESP12
RSP2XE
RSP2XM
RSP3RG
RSPTQS
Glossary 1657
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
RSQUERY
RSTAB
RUG
RUL
RUO
1658
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
SCLFMAT
SCSTM
SELIST
SEMAP
SEMAP
SEQMAP
SET
Main Index
Description
SET
SETREE
SGPDT
SGPDTS
SGPDTS*
SHPVEC
SIL
SIL0
SILD
SKJ
SLIST
SLT
SLTF
SLT1
SLTH
SLTNL
SLTNL0
SMPF
SNORM*
Glossary 1659
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
SNORMM
SNORMS
SORTBOOL
SORTLIST
SPCCOL
Local f-size partitioning vector with 1.0 for the local boundary's sset degrees-of-freedom. Required only for geometric domain
decomp.
SPCPART
SPECSEL
SPLINE
Table of SETi, AELIST, and SPLINEi Bulk Data entry images with
external grid identification numbers. Output by MKSPLINE.
SPSEL
SRKS
SRKT
Matrix used to sum the forces and moments acting on the k-set
degrees-of-freedom to the reference point. Output by ADG.
STATDATA
STBDER
STBTAB
STRUCOMP
SVEC
SYSE
SZR
SZRi
1660
Chapter 3
Name
Description
TA
TAB
Table.
TABi
Tables.
TABDEQ
TABECN
TABEVP
TABEVS
TABEV2
TB
TC
TEF
TEL
TEMF
TES
TFPOOL
TIMSIZ
TKNRGY
TMINIT
TMLD
TNEW
TOFPi
TOL
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
TOL
Glossary 1661
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
TOL1
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
TOL
Description
Transient response time output list reduced by the OTIME Case
Control command or for the current nonlinear transient subcase.
Output by MODACC and TOLAPP.
TOLD
TOLR
TOPELE
TOPMC
TOPMC2
TOPOLE
TOPTAB
TOPTAB0
TOUT
TPRELE
Table of topology pole vs. element ids (used only for topology
manufacturing constraints). Output by DOPR1.
TQG
TR
TRANTR
TRL
TRX
TSNRGY
TUG
TXY
1662
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
UA
UACCE
UAJJT
UAM1DD
UBULK
UD
UD1
UDISP
UE
UG
UGD
UGDS
UGDS1
UGG
UGNI
UGNT
UGT
UGT0
UGX
Glossary 1663
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
UGX1
UH
UHF
UHFF
UHFM
UHFS
UHR
UI
UI1
UL
ULAMA
ULL
ULLT
ULNT
Solution matrix from nonlinear transient response analysis in the dset. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
UNITDISP
UNITPV
UNITS
Table of units. Usually input by the user via DTI Bulk Data entries.
UO
UOO
1664
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
UPF
UPFM
UPNL0
UPNT
UPSDT
UPSDTR
URDDIDX
URDDUXV
UX vector states for the active URDDi. These are rows of TRX that
are non-null. Null rows occur either because the USER didn't define
AESTAT, URDDi, OR because the associated URDDi is invalid for
this symmetry condition (e.g., URDD1,3,5 are invalid for
antisymmetric analysis). Output by MAKETR.
USET
USET
USET0
USET
USET1
USET
USETD
USET
USETM
USET
USETN
UTF
UVELO
UX
UXDAT
UXDIFV
Glossary 1665
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
UXF
UXR
UXT
UXT1
UXTRIM
UX vector at trim.
UXU
UXV
UXVBRL
UXVF
UXVP
UXVST
UXVW
1666
Chapter 3
Name
Description
V01P
VA
VDA
VDXC
VDXR
VELEM
VELEMDCN
VELEMN
VFO1
VG
VGA
VGD
VGDM
Partitioning vector for sparse design model with ones where design
response is required if SPDM=-1. Output by OUTPRT.
VGF
VGFD
Partitioning vector with ones at rows corresponding to degrees-offreedom connected to frequency-dependent elements. Output by
TA1.
VGA
VGQ
VIEWTB
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
VIEWTB
View information table, contains the relationship between each pelement and its view-elements and view-grids. Output by VIEWP.
Glossary 1667
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
VIEWTBDS
VTQU
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
VIEWTB
Description
View information table, contains the relationship between each pelement and its view-elements and view-grids for the perturbed
model. Output by DVIEWP.
Table of flutter sensitivity data. Output by DSFLTE.
1668
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
WETFACES
WGTM
WJ
WMID
WRJVBRL
Downwash matrix (NJ rows by NV columns). Downwash at the jpoints due to the linear, angle/rate rigid body aerodynamic extrapoints and linear control surfaces. Output by ADG.
WSKJF
WTCRID
WTDSCP
Glossary 1669
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
X66
X66P
XAA
XAA*
XD
XDD
XDICT
KDICT
XDICTB
XDICTDS
KDICT
XDICTX
KDICT
XELM
KELM
XELMB
Main Index
Description
XELMDS
KELM
XELMX
KELM
XG
XGG
XGGi
XH
XINIT
1670
Chapter 3
Name
Description
XJJ
Square matrix for the g-set of the current superelement and applied
to its interior points only.
XNENEi
XNNi
XO
XORTH
XOUT
XP
XPP
XPPi
XS
XSF
XSS
XYCDB
XYCDBDR
XYCDBS
XYPLOT
XZ
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
YACCE
YGBNDR
YPF
Glossary 1671
Data Block Glossary
Chapter 3
Name
Main Index
Chapter 2
Name
Description
YPO
Transient response enforced motion matrix in the p-set and for the
output time steps. Output by TRLG.
YPT
YS
YS0
YS1
YSD
YSD1
YSMAT
YVELO
1672
Chapter 3
Name
Chapter 2
Name
Description
ZETAH
Mass-normalized damping.
Z1ZX
ZZX
K_____
Stiffness
KD____
Differential stiffness
B_____
Viscous damping
K4____
__2DD
M____
Mass
___JJ
L__, U__
Note:
Some of the above names may be prefixed with a "C" to indicate a complex matrix.
Superelements:
CM____
_____S
__LIST
MAPS
SEMAP
Superelement map
Main Index
A_____
Aeroelastic or aerostatic
B_____
Buckling
Glossary 1673
Data Block Glossary
C_____
Complex modes
CY____
Cyclic symmetry
F_____
Flutter
_____F
Frequency response
_____T
Transient response
___NL_
_____NI
___PH__
Eigensolution
PH____
Normal modes eigenvector matrix; for example, PHG (g-set) and PHA(a-set)
CPH___
Complex modes eigenvector matrix; for example, CPHD (d-set) and CPHL (l-set).
BPH___
Solutions:
___U___
Static and dynamics (except eigen-) solution; for example, CYUG is the cyclic
static solution g-set
___Q___
Single point forces of constraint in statics and dynamics solution; for example, QG,
QPT, and CYQG. Also aerodynamic matrices; for example, QHH, QKHL, and
QLL
___QM__
CMPH___
__LAMA
__UH__
__OL__
Dynamic output list; for example, FOL (frequency) and TOL (transient).
___NT__
_____N
Nonlinear static solution appended for all loops; for example, UGN and QGN
Loads:
Main Index
P_____
Y___
Enforced displacement
PA
PJ
1674
PG
PP____
PH____
__PPF_
__PPT_
__UH__
__UG__
Static solution g-set; for example, UGN is the nonlinear solution at the g-set.
__UL__
Static or dynamic solution l-set; for example, ULN is the nonlinear solution at the
g-set.
__UP__
Dynamic solution p-set; for example, UPN is the nonlinear transient solution at the
p-set.
O__ES__
O__GPS__
O__GPF__
O__NRG__
O__EF__
O__EE__
O__STR__
O__UG__
O__UP__
O__QG__
O__QMG_
O__QP__
O_____1
Sort 1 format
O_____2
Sort 2 format
Miscellaneous:
Main Index
__CASE__
Case Control section tables; for example, Outputs from IFP1, SEP2 and SEDRDR
are CASECC, CASES, and CASEDR.
___CDB_
Glossary 1675
Data Block Glossary
GEOM__
Table of Bulk Data entry images related to geometry, connectivity, static loads,
and degree-of-freedom set membership.
USET__
Degree-of-freedom set; for example, USET0 (from GP4), USET (from GPSP),
and USETD (from DPD).
_GPDT_
CSTM_
O_____
Solution output tables; for example, OCYES1 is cyclic statics, element stresses,
and Sort 1. OCPHQP1 is complex modes, SPCForces, and Sort 1. OUG2 is statics,
displacements, and Sort 2.
_EST__
Element summary table; for example, Outputs from TA1 are named EST and
ESTL. Output from NLITER and NLTRD is named ESTNL.
_DICT_
Dictionary table for element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KDICT (linear),
KDDICT (differential), KDICTNL (material nonlinear), MDICT (mass)
_ELM_
Element stiffness, mass, etc.; for example, KELM (linear), KDELM (differential),
MELM (mass)
_____1
MODACC module outputs. (OTIME and OFREQ); for example, ULF1, FOL1
_____1X
Inconsistent Names:
Main Index
BUG
GM
POS
PSS
DM
MR
MRR
Stiffness matrix partition (r-set by r-set) from MTT; should be renamed to MRR1.
__V__
__PHI__
PHDH
1676
Parameter Glossary
The parameter Glossary lists the names and a brief description of all parameters shown in the module
descriptions in Detailed Descriptions of DMAP Modules and Statements, 601. Naming conventions
appear at the end of the glossary.
Name
AADJCOL
ACMS
ACON
ACOUSTIC
0
1
2
ACOUT
Root-mean-square
'PEAK'
Peak
ACTFREQ
ADELRF
ADELRS
ADJFLG
0
1
2
ADJMETH
Main Index
No adjoint sensitivity
Adjoint sensitivity for static analysis
Adjoint sensitivity for frequency response analysis
holds the full g-size solution vector and is recommended if disk space is
limited
Glossary 1677
Parameter Glossary
Name
ADPCON
Real. Scale factor for adjusting penalty values on restart. Update penalty values if
positive.
ADPTEXIT
Logical. Set to TRUE if this is the final adaptivity loop. Output by ADAPT.
ADPTINDX
AECONFIG
AEQRATIO
AERTYP
Aerostatic
'DYNAMICS'
'STADYN'
ALPHAD
ALPHAJ
Real. Real part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
ALTSHAPE
0
1
MacNeal set
Full product space set
AMLFLG
APP
ARCLG
Real. The arc length at the last converged step. Output by NLITER.
ARCSGN
Integer. The sign of PDD P at the beginning of the subcase. This is used in restarts
in the post-buckling region. Output by NLITER.
ASMUNIT
Integer. Fortran unit number for the .asm file to be generated if the ASMBULK
option is specified on the EXTSEOUT Case Control command.
ATQSET
TRUE
In G4:
Main Index
1678
Name
if AUTOQSET=.FALSE.
o-set
if AUTOQSET=.TRUE.
In SEP1X:
Automatic q-set generation flag. If .TRUE., automatic q-set will not be
generated here but in the MODQSET module.
AUNIT
AUNITS
Real. Used to convert accelerations expressed in gravity units to units of length per
time squared.
AUTOADJ
Character. Adjoint sensitivity automatic selection flag. If set to 'YES', then adjoint
sensitivity will be automatically selected if appropriate. Usually input via user
parameter.
AUTOMSET
Character. Auto m-set selection flag. If YES, then the dependent degree-of-freedom
specifications on MPC and rigid element Bulk Data entries will be rearranged to
avoid exclusive DOF set conflicts. Usually input by user parameter.
AUTOSE
AUTOSPC
AUXMFL
Logical. Auxiliary model loop control flag. Output by AXMDRV. Set to FALSE
when processing the last auxiliary model.
AUXMID
BADMESH
BAILOUT
BC
Integer. BC Case Control command set identification number specified in the 257th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
BCFLAG
BCKCOL
BCLBL
-1
0
1
Main Index
Glossary 1679
Parameter Glossary
Name
BEGSUP
BEGIN SUPER flag. Set to TRUE if BEGIN SUPER is specified for the first Bulk
Data section. Output by IFP1.
BETA
BETAD
BIGER
BIGMAT
BITID
BOV
BOXIDF
-1
BSKIP
Logical. Pre-buckling subcase skip flag. If TRUE, the skip first subcase in
CASECC.
BTBRS
BUCKCC
BULKFGi
Integer. Bulk Data entry record existence flag. Set to -1 if Bulk Data entry record
exists. Output by PARAML.
BULKNMi
CARDNO
Integer. Punch file line counter. CARDNO is incremented by one for each line
written to the punch file and is also written into columns 73-80 of each line. Output
by XYTRAN.
CASCOMi
CASEID
CCSET
Integer. Case Control set identification number which specifies a set of grids to be
used for the N1,N2... list of the COARSEN option. (Reserved for possible future
implementation).
CFDFLG
1
-1
CDIF
Main Index
Forward
Backward
1680
Name
Central
'NO'
Forward
CDOM
CFDIAGP
CFRANDEL
Real. Rate (percentage) at which CFAST elements are removed from the model.
Usually input by user parameter.
CHAR
CHAR2
Character. Character value of table element concatenated from the values in the
WRDNUM and WRDNUM-th position. Output by PARAML.
APPEND module: Character value in the same record as CHAR1 and following
CHAR1.
CHARi
CHOLSKY
CLOSE
Real. Close natural frequency scale factor. Under the OPTION='ABS' method, close
natural frequencies will be summed if the natural frequencies satisfy:
f i + 1 < CLOSE f i
CLOSEOPT
1
2
3
Close/keep (default)
Close/delete
CMDEREQ
Integer. Component modal damping energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 means
yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMEOUT
-2
-1
0
CMERTYPE
CMETYPE
Main Index
free vibrations
2
3
modal frequency
modal transient
Glossary 1681
Parameter Glossary
Name
1
2
3
kinetic energy
damping energy
CMFREREQ
Integer. Component modal forced response energy request flag. -1 means no and 0
yes. Output by CMSENGY.
CMFVEREQ
Integer. Component modal free vibration energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMKEREQ
Integer. Component modal kinetic energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes.
Output by CMSENGY.
CMPX
CMPXD
Complex double precision. Complex double precision value in the next record.
CMPXi
CMSEREQ
Integer. Component modal strain energy request flag. -1 means no and 0 yes. Output
by CMSENGY.
CNCNT
CNVFLG
0
1
2
No convergence is achieved
Soft convergence is achieved
Hard convergence is achieved
COLADJ
COLINC
COLNAM
Character. Degree-of-freedom set name for labeling matrix rows MATGPR output.
COLNUM
Integer. Selects the column number of the input matrix that will be sorted to produce
SORTLIST and SORTBOOL. Default selects the first column.
COMBMETH
0
1
2
3
<0
COMPNAME
Main Index
strain energy
Automatic
Single term
Scaled column
Multiple/add kernels
Same as above with diagnostic print
Character. Name of a component defining the set of points participating in the rigid
body motion.
1682
Name
COMPRPLC
Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from
COMP1 into COMP.
CONFAC
Integer. Image superelement congruence tolerance for the location of boundary grid
points and displacement coordinate systems.
CONSEC
Integer. A composite number equal to 10*(value of NSTEP the last time MAXBIS
was reached) + (the number of consecutive time steps which have reached
MAXBIS). If CONSEC=5, then solution process is terminated. Output by NLTRD,
NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
CONT3D
CONV
<0
No
>-1
Yes
Initialization
On output:
Main Index
-1
COORID
COUPMASS
Lumped
Coupled
CP
CRTPOS
Create CCPOS1
<=0
CSDIAGP
CSRANDEL
Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWSEAM elements are removed from the model.
Usually input by user parameter.
CSTRN
Integer. Composite lamina strain constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
CSTRES
Integer. Composite lamina stress constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
CTYPE
Character. Cyclic symmetry type as specified on CYSYM Bulk Data entry. Output
by CYCLIC1.
Glossary 1683
Parameter Glossary
Name
CVTYP
Rotational
'AXI'
Axisymmetric
'DIH'
Dihedral
1
2
3
Main Index
CWDIAGP
CWRANDEL
Real. Rate (percentage) at which CWELD elements are removed from the model.
Usually input by user parameter.
CYCLIC
DATAREC
Integer. Data recovery flag. If DATAREC>0, then DPD will not perform UFM 2071
checks for DELAY and DPHASE which are not need in data recovery.
DBCPATH
DBKNT
Integer. Total number of data blocks found on IUNIT. DBKNT is only computed
under ITAPE= -3 or -13. Output by INPUTT2.
DCEIGCC
Logical. Direct complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least
one ANALYSIS=DCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
DEBUG
DECOMP
DEFORMED
-1
DEFRMID
Integer. Element deformation set identification number. Usually obtained from the
DEFORM Case Control command. Required for use in stress recovery of
differential stiffness.
DELG
DELTAB
Real. Relative finite difference move parameter as specified on the DOPTPRM Bulk
Data entry and stored in the OPTPRM data block.
DELTAD
DESCYCLE
1684
Name
DESGLB
DESITER
DESMAX
DESOBJ
DESOPT
DESPCH
Integer. Punch control for updated DESVAR, DREPS1 and GRID Bulk Data entries.
See DESPCH (p. 740) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DESVAR
Integer. Retained DVPRELi or DVGRID entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to 1 if there are retained design variable perturbations. Output by SDSA.
DET
DETER
DFREQ
where f max and f min are the maximum and minimum frequencies across all
FREQi Bulk Data entries.
Main Index
DFRQCC
Logical. Direct frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=DFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
DIGITS
Integer. Number of digits for the fractional part of values written by the OUTPUT4
module.
DISCYC
Logical. Discrete design cycle flag. TRUE if this is a discrete design cycle.
DISMETH
DISVAR
DLOAD1
Integer. Dynamic load set identification number in the first frequency subcase.
Output by DSAD.
DMIGFN
DMPYIN
Logical. For DODMP>0, broadcast flag to input matrices from master processor to
slave processor(s).
DMPYOUT
Glossary 1685
Parameter Glossary
Name
DODMP
Main Index
DMRESD
Integer. Design model flag. If set to -1, then the design model is limited to the
residual structure. Output by SDSB.
DOANALY
Integer. Any analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DOBUCK
Integer. Buckling constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.
DOCEIG
Integer. Complex eigenvalue response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response.
DOCSTRAT
Integer. Composite stress ratio flag. Set to >0 if any composite stress ratio. Output
by DSPRM.
DOEIGV
DOELOP
Integer. Set to >0 if any element oriented force responses. Output by DSPRM.
DODIVG
Integer. Divergence analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOESE
Integer. Static analysis retained element strain energy response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOFLUT
Integer. Flutter analysis retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DOFREQ
Integer. Frequency response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOFRMASS
Integer. Fractional mass flag. Set to >0 if any fractional mass. Output by DSPRM.
DOFSPC
Integer. Frequency response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOGPF
Integer. Set to >0 if any grid point force responses. Output by DSPRM.
DOMODES
Integer. Normal modes constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by
DSPRM.
DOMTRAN
Integer. Transient response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
DONSET
Integer. Flag to execute GPSP again for automatic MPC processing. Output by
GPSP.
-1
1686
Name
Main Index
DOPT
Integer. Scaling method between grid points on the abscissa for the CURVPLOT
module.
DORMS
Integer. RMS response retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
DOSAERO
Integer. Aerostatic trim or stability derivative retained response flag. Set to >0 if any
retained response. Output by DSPRM.
DOSASTAT
Integer. Statics or aerostatic retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOSSPCF
Integer. Static analysis retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOSTAT
Integer. Statics constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output by DSPRM.
DOSTCOMP
Integer. Static compliance flag. Set to >0 if any static compliance. Output by
DSPRM.
DOTSPC
Integer. Transient response retained SPCforce response flag. Set to >0 if any retained
response. Output by DSPRM.
DOWGHT
Integer. Weight retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response. Output by
DSPRM.
DPEPS
Real. Tolerance for design model override of analysis model properties. See further
description in Parameters (p. 713) in the MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
DPHFLG
Nelsons method
Subspace iteration
DRATIO
Real. Design grid ratio as specified on the DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by
DSGRDM.
DRESP
Integer. Retained DRESP1 entry flag for superelement SEID. Set to -1 if there are
retained design responses. Output by SDSA.
DSAPRT
DSENS
Integer. Acceleration matrix creation flag. Set to 1 to generate AG, accelerations due
to inertial loads.
DSFLAG
Logical. Design sensitivity flag. Set to TRUE for design sensitivity job.
DSNOKD
Real. Scale factor on the differential stiffness matrix in buckling design sensitivity
analysis. Usually specified as a user parameter.
DSVGF
No scaling
Scale
Glossary 1687
Parameter Glossary
Name
DSZERO
Real. Design sensitivity coefficient print threshold. If the absolute value of the
coefficient is greater than DSZERO then the coefficient will be printed.
DTMi
DUPWG
DVAFLAG
Integer. Flag indicating velocities and accelerations are contained in separate data
blocks and any associated outputs follow suit.
DVFLAG
-1
=0
>0
DVGRDN
Character. Flag for skipping basis vector components associated with all GRIDNs in
DESVCP. If DVGRDN='YES', then components will be skipped.
DVRGCC
Logical. Aerostatic divergence analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=DIVERG command was found in CASECC and CASEDVRG is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
EIGNFREQ
ECTYPE
EDT1FLG
Main Index
Eigenvalue (radian/time)
Frequency (cycle/time)
EFMDIAG
EFMFLG
Integer. Processing flag for how shell normals are computed on superelement
boundary points.
0
1688
Name
Main Index
EFMMASS
Real. Total mass for all superelements for which energy flow modeling calculations
are to be performed. Output by SEEFMDMP.
EIGRFLD
Character. Field name of EIGR or EIGRL entry. EIGRFLD is also an output if the
field value is a character string. Output by MATMOD option 23.
EIGRVALI
Integer. Extracted integer value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by
MATMOD option 23.
EIGRVALR
Real. Extracted real value from the EIGR or EIGRL entry. Output by MATMOD
option 23.
ELEMSET
Integer. SET Case Control command identification number that contains a list
element point identification numbers.
ENDCOL
EPPRT
Real. Singularity print parameter. Singularities greater than EPPRT will not be
printed if PRGPST='YES'.
EPS
Real. Convergence criterion. By default EPS will be set to N/10000 where N is the
size of KXX, etc.
EPSBIG
EPSI
Integer. Static solution error ratio flag. Set to -1 if the error ratio is greater than 1.E3. Output by SSG3 and DISUTIL.
EPSLND
EPSMALC
EPSNO
EPZERO
Real. Singularity test parameter. Singularities greater than EPZERO will not be
constrained.
EQVBLK
ERR
Integer. Excessive factor diagonal ratio flag. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
ERROR
EXISTS
'DELETED'
'NONE'
Glossary 1689
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
EXTNAME
EXTRN
EXTWORK
F1
Real. The lower frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL.
Tolerance for treating small values as zero during decomposition in DCMP and
DECOMP. Maximum value to print in MATGPR output.
F2
Real. The upper frequency bound in cycles per unit time in READ and UEIGL. The
default value of 0.0 indicates machine infinity.
F6CNTR
F6SUFFIX
F6UNIT
FAC1
Complex. Square of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is
always zero. Output by TRLG.
FAC2
Complex. Reciprocal of twice the time step increment. Imaginary part is always
zero. Output by TRLG.
FAC3
Complex. Negative of the reciprocal of the time step increment. Imaginary part is
always zero. Output by TRLG.
FACTOR
FAILI
Integer. Composite failure index constraint flag. Set to >0 if any constraint. Output
by DSPRM.
FBREST
FBTYP
FCSENS
Fij
FILTERF
FILTERS
FIRSTBA
Logical. Zero frequency truncation flag. Set to TRUE if first frequency is truncated.
Output by FRRD1 or FRRD2.
FKQRTR
FKSYMFAC
Real. Follower stiffness symmetry factor tolerance. Usually input by user parameter.
1690
Name
Main Index
FLOOP
Integer. Flutter eigenvalue analysis loop counter. Set to zero for initial entry and
incremented by one for each loop until the last loop then set to -1. Output by FA1.
FLUID
READ and
LANCZOS
FLUIDMP
FLUIDSE
Integer. Fluid superelement identification number. Set to a value greater than zero if
ACMS='YES' and fluid elements are present. Output by SEQP.
FLUTCC
FMODE
Integer. The lowest structure mode number resulting from user parameter input of
LMODES, LFREQ, and HFREQ and also MODESELECT(STRUCTURE) Case
Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMODEF
Integer. The lowest fluid mode number resulting from user parameter input of
LMODESFL, LFREQFL, and HFREQFL and also MODESELECT(FLUID) Case
Control input. Output by GKAM.
FMPFEPS
FORM
FORMAT
Character. Eigenvalue problem type. Must specify 'MODES'. Buckling problems are
not supported.
FOUND
Integer. Integer value search flag. Set to -1 if integer value is found by PARAML.
Output by PARAML.
FOURIER
Integer. Fourier transform. Set to 1 if TLOADi Bulk Data entries are referenced by
the DLOAD set identification number in CASECC. Output by FRLG.
FREQ1
Integer. Frequency set identification number in the first frequency subcase. Output
by DSAD.
FREQ345
Logical. Flag indicating presence of FREQ3, FREQ4, and FREQ5 Bulk Data
entries.
FREQDEP
FREQINDX
Integer. Frequency or time step index. Selects frequency associated with UA.
FREQTYP
Glossary 1691
Parameter Glossary
Name
'ESTNF'
FREQVAL
FREQWA
FRM
FRMASS
FROMLABL
FRQLOOP
FSDCYC
Logical. Fully stressed design cycle flag. Set to TRUE if this is a fully stressed
design cycle.
GAMMAD
GDRTYP
ODAL
NOYSET is estimated
GEOMU
Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes geometric
information.
GETNUMPN
Logical. Panel static load computation flag. If TRUE then get number of panels flag
only and do not compute panel static loads.
GMAFLG
Integer. Test control flag for changes in the set identification numbers specified for
the SDAMPING, K2PP, M2PP, B2PP, and TFL commands.
GNLSTN
Green strain
GPF
GPFNAM
GPFORCE
Integer. The number of columns in FENL. If GPFORCE less than or equal to zero
then no GPFORCE or ESE command is present.
GPLABEL
GPSOPT
Main Index
Description
1692
Name
Set device code bit in OGS1s Id record to indicate plot only for direct
stress/strain for volume
Set device code bit in OGS1s Id record to indicate plot only for principal
stress/strain for volume.
GRDPNT
GRIDFMP
Integer. Case Control set identification number of fluid grids that will be output.
GRIDMP
Integer. Case Control set identification number for a set of fluid grids.
GRIDSET
Integer. SET Case Control command identification number which contains a list grid
point identification numbers.
GRPSZ
GUSTAERO
GUST2ID
HDRLBLi
HEATCC
Logical. Heat transfer analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=HEAT command was found in CASECC and CASEHEAT is specified
in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
HFREQ
HINDEX
HNAMEi
Character. For INPUTT2, HNAMEi is the data block name found in the header of
DBi on the Fortran unit. For OUTPUT2, HNAMEi is data block name to written into
the header for DBi on the Fortran unit. Output by INPUTT2.
HPFLAG
1
2
IAPP
IBAND
Main Index
h-element
p-element
2
3
Glossary 1693
Parameter Glossary
Name
IBLK
ICCOL
Integer. Column number of static solution matrix as derived from the IC(STATSUB)
Case Control command specification. Output by GETCOL.
ICOL
IEXT
Integer. Extraction level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the
SOLVIT, 1468 module description.
IFRMAS
IFTM
Constant
Cubic spline
IMACHNO
IMAG
IMETHOD
IBELONG
Integer. A zero value of this parameter indicates that the processor does not belong
to any of the subgroups associated with the TOLABEL label.
INCGRP
Input. The stride from the first processor identification number of the parent group
which is included in a given subgroup, to the processor identification number of the
parent group which corresponds to he first processor identification number which is
included in the next subgroup.
INCPID
Integer. The stride from one processor identification number of the parent group that
is included in a given subgroup, to the next processor identification number of the
parent group which is included in the same group.
INDDOF
Integer. If INDDOF<>0 then CLASS=DISP path is taken using RBE3D code with
Ci=INDDOF
INTGR
INTi
INVA
INVOKE
IOPT
Integer. LOADSET Case Control command processing flag. If IOPT=0, then the
LOADSET command is ignored and all LSEQ entries will be used to expand
CASECC. If IOPT=1, then only those LSEQ entries selected by the LOADSET
command will be used. Integer. Case Control command selection flag for the
MTRXIN module.
Integer. Normalization method.
Integer. Matrix partition or merge option.
Main Index
1694
Name
IOSTAT
Successful
Unsuccessful
For OPERATN='EXISTS':
0
IP1
IP2
IPAD
Integer. Padding level for reduced incomplete Cholesky factorization. See the
SOLVIT, 1468 module description.
IPANEL
Integer. The number of records to skip to get the required data in the PANSLT table.
IROW
IRTN
ISENS
ISKIP
Integer. Counter to update penalty values in BGP; updates on first pass and no
update later.
ISOFLG
ITAPE
-1
-1
-3
-4
-1
-3
-9
Main Index
-1
Glossary 1695
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
-3
ITERID
ITIME
Real. Time instant at which the dynamic loads are evaluated and converted to static
loads.
ITIME0
ITOPT
Integer. Preconditioner method for iterative solver. See the SOLVIT, 1468 module
description.
ITSEPS
Integer. Power of ten for convergence parameter epsilon for iterative solution
method. On output, set to 0 for convergence and 1 for no convergence.
ITSEPSR
ITSERR
No convergence
Insufficient memory
ITSMAX
ITSOPT
IUNIT
IUNITi
IUNITSOL
IVALUE
JPLOT
Integer. Number of element plot sets. Set to -1 if there are none. Output by PLTSET
and SEPLOT.
K6ROT
Real. Normal rotational stiffness factor for CQUAD4 and CTRIA3 elements.
KBAR
KDAMP
Integer. Viscous modal to structural damping flag. If set to -1, then viscous modal
damping (SDAMPING Case Control command) will be included in the stiffness
matrix as structural damping.
KDGEN
Integer. Differential stiffness matrix generation flag. Usually the column number in
UG to use in differential stiffness matrix generation.
KEY
KFLAG
Integer. Stiffness update flag. Set to -1 to update stiffness before starting bisection.
It reflects the NEWK and CONV status at the last converged solution or stiffness
update. Output by NLITER.
1696
Name
Main Index
KGTH
Integer. Set to -1 if all harmonic identification numbers (in analysis set) have been
processed. Output by CYCLIC3.
KMATUP
Integer. Stiffness matrix update count within the increment. Output by NLITER.
KRATIO
Complex. Stiffness ratio to be used for time step adjustment. Output by NLTRD2
and NLSOLV.
KSTEP
KSYM
KTIME
Real. CPU time remaining. If KTIME is positive then KTIME is the time remaining
at the start of the stiffness update. If negative, no stiffness update was done since the
last exit from NLITER. KTIME still holds the negative of the stiffness update time
from the last stiffness update. Output by NLITER, NLSOLV, NLTRD, and
NLTRD2.
LABL
LANGLE
Gimbal angle
Rotation vector
LASTBULK
Logical. Flag to indicate the current Bulk Data section is the last section in the input
file. Output by XSORT.
LASTCC
Integer. Last auxiliary model Case Control section flag. Output by IFP1.
LASTCNMU
Real. Last converged value of the arc-length load factor. Output by NLITER.
LASTSE
Integer. Last superelement flag. Set to -1 if the current superelement is the last to
process. Output by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
LASTUPD
Integer. The time step number of the last stiffness update. Set to 0 if the stiffness
update is performed due to the CGAP element during the iteration. Output by
NLTRD and NLTRD2.
LCOLLBLi
LDSEQ
LFREQ
LGDISP
Glossary 1697
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
LINC
LISET
Integer. Size of interference js-set extracted from the AEBGPTI table. Output by
MTRXIN.
LJSET
Integer. Size of js-set extracted from the AEBGPTJ table. Output by MTRXIN.
LKSET
Integer. Size of ks-set extracted from the AEBGPTK table. Output by MTRXIN.
LMFACT
Real. Lagrange multiplier scale factor. Usually input by user parameter and
overrides system cell 374.
LMODES
Integer. The number of lowest modes to use in modal transformation. All outputs
will have LMODES number of columns.
LMTROWS
Integer. Number of Lagrange Multipliers appended to the A matrix. These rows are
excluded from the internal reordering in the DCMP module.
LOAD
Integer. LOAD Case Control command set identification number specified in the
fourth word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
LOADFAC
Complex. Load factor. The real part is the load factor for the current iteration, having
a fractional value between 0 and 1. Output by NLITER.
LOADFACR
Real. Load factor in nonlinear static analysis. (Same as LOADFAC except real).
LOADID
LOADIDF
Integer. Load set identification number of the newly created static load set of
follower forces. Output by DLT2SLT.
LOADIDP
LOADU
Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes static load
information.
LOOPIDL
LPFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another CASEA record to process. Set to 1 for the last subcase and Mach number. Output by AELOOP and DSARLP.
LPRINT
Logical. Print flag for divergence analysis (DIVERG), flutter analysis (FA1), and
stability derivatives (SDP).
LSEQ
LST2REC
Integer. Last two records write flag. Set to TRUE to write last two records.
LSTEP
Integer. Load step. The current iteration step at the subcase level for static solutions.
LSTRN
LUMPB
LUMPM
1698
Name
LUSET
LUSETD
LUSETS
M36OPT
MACH
MACH0
MAJOR
MASSQUAL
MASSETID
MATCH
Matching mesh
Non-matching mesh
MATCPX
MATIDXi
Integer. Index to the current name in the SET containing the DMIG names.
MATNAMi
Character. Matrix name found on DMIG, DMIJ, DMIK, and DMIJI Bulk Data
entries.
MATTYPE
MONDSP1
MONPNT1
Main Index
MAXBLK
MAXLP
Integer. Maximum limit allowed for element relaxation iteration and the material
subincrement processes.
MAXNUSE
MAXR
MAXRAT
MAXRATIO
Glossary 1699
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
MAXSET
Integer. Vector block size for Lanczos method only. The actual value of block size
may be reduced depending on available memory and problem size.
MBCFLG
Logical. Multiple boundary condition in static analysis flag. Set to TRUE if multiple
boundary conditions are specified in static analysis.
MCEIGCC
Logical. Modal complex eigenvalue analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least
one ANALYSIS=MCEIG command was found in CASECC and CASECEIG is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MDCEQV
MDLGDEF
MDOPT
MDTRKFLG
MESH
Character. Shading summary print flag. Set to 'YES' to print summary; 'NO'
otherwise. Mesh type for aerodynamic or structural components: 'AERO' or 'STRU'.
MESHSET
Integer. MSGMESH set processing flag. If nonzero, then combine mesh sets defined
in the MSGMESH punch file.
METH
METHCMRS
METRIK
MINDIAG
Real. Norm of the minimum diagonal term in U. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
MFACT
Complex. Scale factor for hydroelastic boundary mass matrix. Output by BMG.
MFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether there is another Mach number to process in the
current subcase. Set to 0 for the last Mach number in the subcase. Output by
AELOOP.
MGEFLAG
Integer. Multiple structural damping flag for PSHELL, PBUSH, and PBUSHT
property entries. Output by TA1 and EMG.
MINNUSE
MINVAR
1, 2, 6 AND 7 only
PARTIAL
FULL
All
1700
Name
None
MFRQCC
Logical. Modal frequency response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MFREQ command was found in CASECC and CASEFREQ is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MKERRCHK
Perform check
FALSE
MNEWK
Integer. Matrix update flag for 3D contact. MNEWK < 0 means no and MNEWK >
0 means yes. Output by NLSOLV.
MNFOUT
Character. Output control of modal neutral file and nine mass invariants, M9I:
MODE
MNF
NINEMAI
M9I only
BOTH
Main Index
MODECC
Logical. Normal modes analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MODES command was found in CASECC and CASEMODE is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MODEPT
Logical. Analysis model element property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates
that the design model is overriding element properties in the analysis model. Output
by DOPR1.
MODETRAK
>0
MODGEOM2
Logical. Analysis model connectivity modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates that
the design model is overriding connectivity in the analysis model. Output by
DOPR1.
MODGM4
MODMPT
Logical. Analysis model material property modification flag. Set to TRUE indicates
that the design model is overriding material properties in the analysis model. Output
by DOPR1.
MONRPLC
Logical. If TRUE then components with duplicate names will be copied from
MON1 into MON.
MONTYPE
Glossary 1701
Parameter Glossary
Name
AERODYNAMIC
MPC
Integer. MPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the
second word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
MPCF2
Integer. Multipoint constraint set identification number change flag. Set to 1 if the
current subcase contains a different multipoint constraint set from the previous
subcase. Set to -1, otherwise, or if there are no multipoint constraints in the current
subcase. Output by GP4.
MPCFLG
MPCMETH
MPFSORT
Integer. Sort flag. A value in the first table is added to a value in the second table.
MPNFLG
MSCHG
Integer. Boundary condition change flag in. In nonlinear static analysis only. Output
by CASE.
MSGINP1
MSGINP2
MSGLVL
Integer. The level of diagnostic output for the Lanczos method only.
0
No output
Summary output
No
Yes
Main Index
MSGNUM
MSGOUT
1702
Name
Main Index
MTRNCC
Logical. Modal transient response analysis subcase flag. Set to TRUE if at least one
ANALYSIS=MTRAN command was found in CASECC and CASEMTRN is
specified in the output list. Output by MDCASE.
MU
Real. The magnitude of the last g-set displacement matrix. Output by NLTRD.
NAME
NASOUT
NBCONT
NBIS
NBLOCK
NBLSEQ
NBNLST
NBRCHG
Integer. Number of negative terms on the diagonal. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
NBSORT2
NCASE
Integer.
NCNOFFST
NCOL
NCOLMNP2
NCOLT
Integer. Column number in output of previous run from which the integration is to
be continued. Output by TRLG.
NCUL
Integer. Number of columns desired in the solution matrix for the residual structure.
Usually determined by the PARAML module.
ND
ND1
NDAMP
NDDLNAME
NDDLNAMi
NDES
Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues. If the last mode is repeated, then nDes
+ m (where m is the multiplicity of the last mode) solutions are found.
Glossary 1703
Parameter Glossary
Name
NDJ
Integer. The number of desired eigenvalues in j-th complex region. for pre-Version
70.5 Lanczos method.
NDVTOT
NE
NEIG
NEIGV
Integer. The number of eigenvectors found. Set to -1 if none were found. Output by
CEAD, READ, LANCZOS, and UEIGL.
NEWBULK
NEWCASE
NEWEPT
NEWGPSNT
Logical. Updated shell normal table flag. If the GPSNTN table is created (shell
normal table is updated due to the interaction with RSSCON elements), then the flag
is set TRUE. Output by GP4.
NEWK
NEWMSIZ
Integer. Only the first NEWMSIZ entries in CPERM are turned on.
NEWNAMi
Character. The generic name of the corresponding input table; e.g., NEWNAM3
corresponds to NEWDB3, etc.
NEWP
Integer. New subcase flag. Output by NLITER, NLTRD, NLTRD2, and TOLAPP.
-1 Current subcase has not been completed.
1 Current subcase has been completed.
NEWS
NEWSTEP
Main Index
1704
Name
NEXTID
Integer. Identification number which appears on the BEGIN BULK command of the
next Bulk Data section; usually superelement or auxiliary model identification
number. Output by XSORT.
NFEXIT
Logical. Termination flag. If FALSE do not issue User Fatal Message 2070 and do
not terminate the module if the matrix is not found.
NFREQ
NGERR
Integer. Error flag. If errors are encountered, then NGERR is set to -1; otherwise +1.
Output by GPSP.
NGP
Integer. Number of grid points and scalar points in the structure. Output by PLTSET
and SEPLOT.
NHBDY
Ni
NINPTPS
NJ
NK
NKEYS
NLAM
NLATYPE
NLAYERS
NLFLAG
NLOADS
Integer. The number of subcase records contiguous with respect to the MPC and SPC
command in the first subcase of the current boundary condition.
NLOFLAG
Main Index
Glossary 1705
Parameter Glossary
Name
On output--output exit:
= 0 No
> 1 Yes
NLPACK
Main Index
Integer. Nonlinear rigid element flag. Overrides system cell 377. Output by
MODGM2.
<0
=0
Nonlinear rigid elements exist and the Lagrange multiplier method is used
to obtain the solution.
>0
NLSTRAIN
Logical. Nonlinear strain data recovery, otherwise flag at word 11 of OES1 takes
precedence. Set to TRUE if nonlinear strains are to be processed.
NLTYPE
Statics
Transient response
NMASS
Integer.
NMAT
NMATDOM
Integer. Number of matrix domains into which the matrices are divided.
NMATDOM is used only with PRSLOPT=3 and must be a power of 2. The default
will be set to the number of processors.
NMK
NNDEGV
NNDFRQ
NNDGM
1706
Name
NNDGS
NNEWM
NNEWS
NOA
Integer. Constraint and omit set flag. Set to -1 if NOMSET=-1, NOSSET=-1, and
NOOSET=-1; otherwise the number of degrees-of-freedom in the a-set. Output by
GP4 and GPSP.
NOABFL
Integer. Matrix ABFL existence flag; 0 if ABFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by
BMG.
NOASET
NOASM
NOCSTMX
CSTMX created
NOB2
Integer. B2GG or B2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if B2GG or B2PP is generated; 1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOBGG
Integer. Same as NOKGG except for BELM and BDICT. Output by EMG.
NOBKGG
NOBSET0
NOCEAD
NOCHAR
NOCMPX
NOCOMP
Main Index
Glossary 1707
Parameter Glossary
Name
NODLT
Integer. Set to 1 if dynamics loads Bulk Data entries are processed, -1 otherwise. 1
also means DLT is created. Output by DPD.
NODR
Integer. Data recovery request flag. Set to -1 if there is no data recovery requested
for any superelement. Output by SEDRDR and SEP4.
NOEDS1
NOEED
NOEGPSF
NOEGPSTR
NOELDCT
NOEPT
Main Index
NOEST
NOESTL
NOFORT
NOFREQ
NOFRL
Integer. FRL generation flag. Set to -1 if FRL is not generated. Output by FRLGEN.
NOGDS1
NOGEOM1
NOGEOM2
NOGEOM3
Integer. GEOM3N creation flag. Set to 1 if GEOM3N is created, otherwise set to 1. Output by CYCLIC1.
NOGENL
Integer. The number of general elements. Set to -1 if there are no general elements.
NOGOIFP
Logical. IFP module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output
by IFP.
NOGOIFPi
Logical. IFPi module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected. Output
by IFPi.
1708
Name
NOGOMEPT
Logical. MODEPT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected.
Output by MODEPT.
NOGOMGM2
Logical. MODGM2 module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error is found.
Output by MODGM2.
NOGONL
NOGOXSRT
Logical. XSORT module error return flag. Set to TRUE if an error was detected.
Output by XSORT.
NOGPDCT
NOGRAV
Integer. Gravity load existence flag. Set to -1 if no GRAV Bulk Data entry images,
+1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOGUST
Integer. Gust load flag. Set to -1 if no gust loads exist; otherwise set to 1. Output by
GUST.
NOINT
NOK2
Integer. K2GG or K2PP generation flag. Set to +1 if K2GG or K2PP is generated; 1 otherwise. Output by MTRXIN.
NOK4GG
<3
On output:
NOKGG
-1
Otherwise
Generate
-1
Do not generate
On output:
Main Index
Generated
-1
Not generated
NOKBFL
Integer. Matrix KBFL existence flag; 0 if KBFL exists and -1 otherwise. Output by
BMG.
NOKVAL
Integer. Set to -1 if the value of HINDEX (K) is not in the analysis set of harmonic
identification numbers. Output by CYCLIC3.
Glossary 1709
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NOL
Integer. Dependent set flag. Set to -1 if all degrees-of-freedom belong to m-set, s-set,
o-set, and/or r-set; otherwise, the degrees-of-freedom in the l-set. Output by GP4.
NOLASM
Integer. Load assembly flag. Set to -1 if no load assembly and reduction is requested
for the current superelement based on the SELR or SEALL Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOLOAD
Integer. Static load existence flag. Set to -1 if no static loads and SLT is not created,
+1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOLOADF
NOLOOP
NOM2
NOMAT
Integer. Matrix generation flag. Set to -1 if no matrix generation is requested for the
current superelement based on the SEMG or SEALL Case Control commands.
Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMATi
NOMGEN
Integer. Fluid mass existence flag. Set to the MFLUID set identification number if
MFLUID is specified in CASECC. Output by MGEN.
NOMGG
Integer. Same as NOKGG except for MELM and MDICT. Output by EMG.
NOMPF2E
NOMPT
generated
-1
not generated
NOMR
Integer. Mass and damping assembly flag. Set to -1 if no mass and damping
assembly and reduction is requested for the current superelement based on the
SEMR or SEALL Case Control commands. Output by SEP2DR and SEP3.
NOMSET
NOMSGSTR
NONAMEi
NONCUP
1710
Name
Main Index
NONLFT
Integer. Set to 1 if nonlinear forcing function Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means PSDL is created. Output by DPD.
NONLHT
Integer. Nonlinear heat transfer flag. Set to -1 if nonlinear heat transfer elements are
detected. Output by EMG.
NONLNR
NOOGS1
NOOPT
NOOSET
NOOUT
Integer. Output request flag. Set to -1 if no output requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOP2G
NOPG
Integer. Upstream load presence flag. Set to -1 if there are no loads due to upstream
superelements. Output by SELA.
NOPGHD
-1
-2
NOPLOT
Integer. Plot request flag. Set to -1 if no deformed plot requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOPNLT
NOPRT
Integer. Print flag. Set to 1 if PRINT is requested on the SENSITY Case Control
command. Output by DSTA.
NOPSDL
NOPSLG
NOQG
Integer. Single point forces of constraint matrix creation flag. Default of 1 requests
computation of the forces. Specify -1 to request no computation.
NOQMG
NOQSET
NOQSETF
Glossary 1711
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NOQSETT
NORADMAT
No radiation
-1
Initial radiation
NORAND
NOREAL
NORM
NORMEV
Mass normalized
NORQA
NORSET
NOSASET
NOSAVE
Integer. Data base store flag. Set to 0 if SAVE is requested on the SENSITY Case
Control command. Output by DSTA.
NOSDR2
Integer. Physical set (g-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any physical set output is
requested in CASECC or XYCDB; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSE
NOSECOM
Integer. Superelement Case Control command flag. Set to -1 if there are no SEALL,
SEMG, SEKR, SELG, SELR, or SEMR commands specified in CASECC. Output
by SEP3.
NOSEDV
Integer. Pseudo-load generation flag based on the SEDV Case Control command.
Set to -1 if pseudo-loads are not requested for any superelement. Output by SDSB.
NOSEPLOT
1712
Name
Main Index
NOSERESP
Integer. Response sensitivity calculation flag based on the SERESP Case Control
command. Set to -1 if response sensitivities are not requested for any superelement.
Output by SDSB.
NOSET
NOSETi
Integer. Degree-of-freedom set existence flag. Set to positive integer if set i exists.
Output by PARAML.
NOSIMP
Integer. The number of elements exclusive of general elements. Set to -1 if there are
no simple elements. Output by TA1 and TAHT.
NOSORT1
Integer. SORT1 format flag. Set to -1 if SORT1 format is not requested for current
superelement. Output by SEDR.
NOSORT2
NOSORT2S
NOSOUT
Integer. Solution set (d- or h-set) output flag. Set to 1 if any solution set output is
requested; -1 otherwise. Output by VDR.
NOSSET
NOSUP
NOTEMP
Integer. Thermal load existence flag. Set to -1 if no TEMP or TEMPD Bulk Data
entry images in GEOM3 and ETT is not created, +1 otherwise. Output by GP3.
NOTFL
Integer. The number of transfer function Bulk Data entries. Set to -1 if no sets are
defined. Output by DPD.
NOTIME
Integer. Time out flag. Set to 1 if there is no time left for further iterations but enough
time to perform data recovery. Output by NLTRD.
NOTRACK
Logical. Mode tracking success flag. Set to TRUE if mode tracking was successful.
Output by MODTRK.
NOTRL
Integer. Set to 1 if transient time step parameter Bulk Data entries are processed, -1
otherwise. 1 also means TRL is created. Output by DPD.
NOUDCMP
Glossary 1713
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
NOUE
Integer. The number of extra points. Set to -1 if there are no extra points. Output by
DPD or PARAML.
NOUG
NOUGD
NOUNIT
NOUP
NOXGG
Integer. XGG existence flag. Set to -1 if XGG does not exist. Output by MATREDU.
NOXOUT
-1
NOXPLZER
Integer. Explicit zero existence flag. Set to -1 if no explicit zeros are found. Output
by MATMOD option 39.
NOXPP
Integer. XPP existence flag. Set to -1 if XPP does not exist. Output by MATREDU.
NOXYPLOT
Integer. X-Y plot request flag. Set to -1 if no x-y plot requests are specified for the
current superelement. Output by SEDR and XYTRAN.
NOYSET
NOZSET
NPROC
NQMAX
NQSET
NR1OFFST
Integer. Counter for retained type 1 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is
incremented by the number of records in R1TABR. Output by DSAD.
NR2OFFST
Integer. Counter for retained type 2 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is
incremented by the number of records in RSP12R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
NR3OFFST
Integer. Counter for retained type 3 responses. The value is initialized to 1 and is
incremented by the number of records in RESP3R. Output by DSAD and DSADX.
NRANVAR
NROW
NSEG
1714
Name
NSENQSET
NSKIP
AELOOP
DSARLP
GETCOL
GNFM
READ and
LANCZOS
LCGEN
NLCOMB,
Subcase record number to read in CASECC.
PCOMB, and SDRNL
NLITER and
TOLAPP
Main Index
NSKIPR
Output-integer. Total STEP cases in previous subcases from the restart point. Output
by NLRSLOOP.
NSMSID
Integer. Set identification number from the NSM Case Control command.
NSOLT
NSOUT
Integer. Number of time steps to output. By default all time steps are output.
NSTEP
Integer. Current time step position for subcase, set to 0 at the beginning of the
subcase. Output by NLTRD and NLTRD2.
NSUBGP
Glossary 1715
Parameter Glossary
Name
NSWELM
Integer. Current spot weld element identification number. Output by MODGM2 and
MODGM4.
NSWPPT
NTIPS
NULLMAT
NULLROW
Integer. Flag to insert null rows in the output matrices for nonlinear quantities.
0 Insert null rows, which is compatible with DRMS1 output format
NUMDB
NUMDIV
Integer. Number of domains assigned to the part of the model which will not be
designed as specifed on DOPTPTM Bulk Data entry. Output by DSGRDM.
1 Do not insert null rows, which is required for DRMH3 processing
NUMHDOF
NUMOUT
NUNIQF6
NUMPAN
NVECT
NX
OADPMAX
OBJIN
OBJOUT
OBJSID
OBJVAL
OCID
Integer. Print flag for coordinate system identification number in grid point output.
The following bits in OCID are set to 1 based on user output requests.
1 displacements
Main Index
1716
Name
Output by SDR2.
ODESMAX
OG
Integer. CURV module's grid point processing flag. If set to 0, then grid point
stresses or strains are computed.
OGRAV
OGSTR1
OLDDT
Real. Time step increment used in the previous iteration or time step to be used after
the matrix update or subcase switch. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
OLDNAMi
OMEGAJ
Real. Imaginary part of shift point Aj for pre-Version 70.5 Lanczos method.
OMID
OPERATN
OPT
Main Index
'EXISTS'
'OPEN'
Open file
'CLOSE'
Close file
'SQUARE'
'WHOLE'
OPTi
OPTEXIT
Integer. Design optimization termination option. See the OPTEXIT (p. 926) in the
MSC Nastran Quick Reference Guide.
Glossary 1717
Parameter Glossary
Name
OPTFLG
OPTION
Absolute
SRSS'
'NRL'
'NRLO'
ORIGDT
ORIGID
Integer. Offset for rigid element Lagrange multiplier identification numbers. Usually
input by user parameter.
OSTEP
OSWELM
OSWPPT
OUTFMP
OUTGS1
OUTGSTR1
OUTOPT
OUTSMP
OVRWRT
PANAME
Character. The name of the panel whose coupling matrix is created. Output by
ACMG.
PANELMP
PARCOMi
PARM
Integer. Equivalence flag on the EQUIVX module. Purge flag on the PURGEX
module.
PARMi
Logical. Output data block presence flag. Output by DMIIN and DTIIN.
PARTMETH
Main Index
1718
Name
PARTSE
PATH
Forward (analysis)
PCHSET
Integer. Punch flag. If PCHSET=1, then the set generated will be written to the
punch file in Case Control command SET format.
PDEPDO
Integer. Skip factor flag. See NOi on TSTEP Bulk Data entry. Output by TRLG.
0 Skip factor is >1.
-1 Skip factor is 1.
PEID
PENFAC
PENFN
Real. Lagrange multiplier penalty function. Usually input by user parameter and
overrides system cell 375.
PEXIST
Pi
Character. Generic name of the data block DBi to be processed by the DBC module.
Integer. Inputs to the MATGEN, MATMOD, and PARAML module. Any type.
Inputs to MESSAGE module.
PIDINI
Integer. The first processor identification number of the parent group which will be
included in the first new subgroup.
PLABEL
PLSIZE
Integer. Size of the load matrix. Compared to the size of load matrix in the previous
subcase in order to detect boundary condition changes in the current subcase.
Boundary condition changes are not allowed in the arc-length method. Output by
NLITER.
PLTCNT
On output:
>0 Current SEPLOT (or SEUPPLOT) command
Main Index
PLTNUM
PNLPTV
Glossary 1719
Parameter Glossary
Name
PNQALNAM
POSTCFLG
Generate POSTCC
POSTU
Integer. Fortran unit number to which the DBC module writes data recovery
information.
POUTF
POWER
PREC
Main Index
PRECOL
PREFDB
PREFONLY
PRESORT
PRGNAME
PRGPST
Character. Singularity summary print flag. If set to 'YES', then the summary is
printed.
PRNTOPT
PRJVEROP
'NEXT'
'SET'
'LAST'
'RESTART'
PROCID
PROGRAM
1720
Name
MSC.Patram
'GRASP'
MSC.Access
PROJ
PROPOPT
PROPTN
PROTYP
PROUT
PRSLOPT
PRTOPT
PRTUIM
PSEQOPT
Character. p-element append flag. Specifies append (default) or insert option for pelements in the SEQP module.
PSETID
Integer. Plot set identification number in GPSETS and ELSET record. If GPSET or
ELSET is not found then it is set identification number defined in CASECC which
specifies a collection of GPSETS and ELSET set IDS which in turn DEFINE a set
of nodes and elements to MSC.Adams:
-1 All grids and element plot sets present in GPSET and ELSET sets.
0 None; no plot set is used to restrict element and grid output; all grids and
elements will be output >0 : All grids and element plot sets present in
SET=PSETID.
PSHLDAMP
Main Index
Character. Structural damping default flag for MID2, MID3, and MID4 on the
PSHELL entry. Usually input by user parameter.
Glossary 1721
Parameter Glossary
Name
Main Index
<>SAME
PVALNEW
QKGUSTL
FALSE
QSETID
QSETREC
=-1
=-2
QUALNAM
QUALNAMP
QUALVAL
R1CNT
Integer. Counter for type 1 responses in data block R1TAB. Output by DOPR3.
R2CNT
Integer. Counter for type 2 responses in data block RESP12. Output by DOPR3.
R3CNT
Integer. Counter for type 3 responses in the RESP3 table. Output by DOPR3.
RBFAIL
Logical. Set to TRUE if grounding check does not pass strain energy threshold used
by IOPT=10. Output by VEPCLOT.
RCOLLBLi
RCONFIG
REACT
REAL
REALD
REALi
1722
Name
RECNUM
RECVCODE
REFi
Real. Location of point in the i-th coordinate direction of COORID about which
moments will be computed.
REPEAT
Integer. Last boundary condition flag. Set to -1 at the last boundary condition; +1
otherwise. Output by GP4.
RESFLG
Integer. Residual vector eigenvalue subheading print flag to be used by the OFP
module.
RESID
Integer. Residual structure flag. -1 means residual structure. Used only in SOLs 106
and 400.
RESPi
RESTYP
RGDEXIST
Logical. Flag, if TRUE, indicates there are rigid elements that need further
processing in MODGM4.
RGSENS
RIGID
Character. Sub-method type for the combined Lagrange and elimination method,
LAGR, LGEL, or LNEI. Usually input by user parameter. Output by
MODGM2.
ROWNAM
RP1
RP2
RSEID
RSFLAG
Logical. Main Bulk Data superelement presence flag. Set to TRUE if superelements
are defined in the main Bulk Data section. Output by SEP1X.
RSSTEP
RSSUBC
RSTEP
RSTFLG
Main Index
Glossary 1723
Parameter Glossary
Name
RSTIME
Real. Load factor (or time) of a previously executed load increment in static analysis
(or time step in transient analysis).
RUNIFPi
Logical. IFPi module execution flag. Set to TRUE if IFPi module execution is
required. Output by IFP.
RUNMEPT
SAERCC
SCNDRY
SDFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active stability derivative
response (STABDER on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1
indicates an active response. Output by DSARLP.
SDRDENS
Integer. Sparse data recovery ceiling density. If the density of PVGRID is greater
than SDRDENS divided by 100, then choose full data recovery.
SDRMETH
SDROVR
SDRPOPT
Compute in SDRP
'OFP'
Compute in OFP
SEBULK
SEDRCNTL
'
'CURR'
Main Index
SEDWN
SEFLAG
SEID
Integer. Superelement identification number. On output from SEP3 and SEP4, SEID
is an initialization flag; i.e., if there are superelements, then SEID is set to -1 to
initialize SEP2DR and SEDRDR; otherwise 0. Output by SEP2DR, SEDRDR,
SEP3, and SEP4.
1724
Name
SENDID
SEP1XOVR
Value(s)
1-3
Description
10
SEP2CNTL
'PSLGDV'
'DSLIST'
'SLIST'
'SEDWN'
'CURR'
SEP4CNTL
Main Index
SEPRTN
Logical. SUPER command processing flag. Set to TRUE to ignore SUPER command.
SEQMETH
SEQOUT
Glossary 1725
Parameter Glossary
SETi
SETKNTR
Integer. Pointer to desired member in set; e.g., 1 means first member in set, 2 means
second member, etc. If the set is exhausted then SETKNTR is reset to -1. Output by
PARAML SET option.
SETNAM
SETNAME
SETYPE
Character. Superelement type as specified on the SEBULK Bulk Data entry. Output
by SEP2DR and SEDRDR.
'REPEAT'
Repeated
'MIRROR'
Mirror
'COLLTR'
Collector
'EXTRNA'
External
'PRIMARY'
Primary
SHAPEOPT
SHAPES
Logical. Shape optimization Bulk Data entry presence flag. Must be TRUE if
DVGRID, DVSHAP, or DVBSHAP Bulk Data entries are present.
SHFSCL
Real. Estimate of the first flexible natural frequency. SHFSCL must be greater than
0.0.
SID
Integer. Alternate set identification number. If SID=0, the set identification number is
obtained from the METHOD command in CASECC and used to select the EIGR,
EIGB, or EIGRL entries in DYNAMIC. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC. If
SID>0, then METHOD command is ignored and the EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL is
selected by this parameter value. All subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.)
are ignored. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only. If SID<0,
then both the METHOD command and all EIGR, EIGB, or EIGRL entries are ignored
and the subsequent parameter values (METH, F1, etc.) will be used to control the
eigenvalue extraction. Similarly for CMETHOD and EIGC for Lanczos method only.
SIGMA
Real
SIGN
1Positive
Main Index
1726
-1Negative
SIGNAB
SIGNP
SIGNC
SIGNF
SING
Integer. Singularity flag. If singularities are found, then SING will be set to -1;
otherwise +1. Output by DCMP and DECOMP.
SKPMTX
SMEMCC
SMPFEPS
SMSTCC
SNORM
Real. Maximum angle between grid point normal and shell normal. If angle is less
than SNORM then grid point normal will be computed.
SNORMPRT
SOFFSET
Main Index
Real. Stiffness ratio for equivalent CBEAM generated for the offsets.
Glossary 1727
Parameter Glossary
SOLADJC
Integer. Flag to select solving adjoint load vectors along with applied load vectors
> 0Yes (generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
< 0No (do not generate adjoint load vectors in DOPR3)
SOLCUR
SOLCURR
Integer. Identification number of the output time step at the restart point. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
SOLPREL
SOLTYP
Modal
SORTFLAG
SORTNLFT
Logical. Sort flag for NLFT records. Usually set to TRUE in nonlinear solution
sequences to improve numerical conditioning.
SORTOPT
SORTP
Direct
Integer. Transpose flag for displacements, velocities and acceleration matrix inputs
and outputs.
1columns correspond to time steps
2rows correspond to time steps
SPC
Integer. SPC Case Control command set identification number specified in the third
word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SPCGEN
Integer. SPC Bulk Data entry punch flag. If set to >0, then singularities identified by
this module are written to the PUNCH file as SPC Bulk Data entries.
SPDM
Integer. Sparse design model flag. Output by OUTPRT. If -1, then VGDM must be
supplied.
-1Yes
0No
SPSELREC
Main Index
Output. Last record number processed in SPSEL. Set to -1 when processing last
record. Output by RSPEC.
1728
SRCOMPS
Character. Flag to request output of table of ply strength ratios (OESRT). Usually
input by user parameter.
SRTELTYP
Integer. Element type to be filtered and sorted. By default, all element types will be
filtered and sorted.
SRTOPT
Main Index
SRTTYP
Integer. Item code 1 sort flag. Set to 1 to perform an integer sort on item code 1 which
is usually an integer quantity.
START
Integer. Number of the grid points at the beginning of the input sequence in the SEQP
module.
STARTCOL
STATCC
STATIC
Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to zero for static analysis and one for dynamic
analysis.
STATOPT
Direct
'ITER'
Iterative.
STATSUB
Integer. STATSUB Case Control command set identification number specified in the
256-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
STEPCUR
Integer. Identification number of the STEP case at the restart point. Output by
NLRSLOOP.
STEPCURL
Integer. Identification number of the previous STEP case from the restart point.
Output by NLRSLOOP.
STEPRR
Logical. STEP Case Control command flag. Set to TRUE if the STEP command is
allowed in the current solution sequence.
STFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active static response (DISP,
STRAIN,STRESS, FORCE, CSTRAIN, CSTRESS, or CFORCE on the DRESP1
Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active response. Output by
DSARLP.
Glossary 1729
Parameter Glossary
STIME
Real. On initial input, starting time step and on output, accumulated time used for
restarts. Output by NLTRD, NLSOLV, and NLTRD2.
STIMER
Real. Load factor (or time) at the restart point. Output by NLRSLOOP.
STIMES
STOL
STPSCL
STRUCTMP
SUBCUR
SUPAERO
SUPER
SUPORT
Integer. SUPORT Case Control command set identification number specified in the
255-th word of the NSKIP-th record of CASECC.
SWCHECK
Logical. Spot weld check exit flag indicating that bit 256 is on in CHKRUN. Output
by SEP1X.
SWEXIST
Logical. Spot weld element existence flag. Set to TRUE if spot weld elements exist.
Output by MODGM2.
SYM
SYMFLG
SYMXY
SYMXZ
SYS66
TABID
Main Index
Integer. TABLED1 punch flag. If IDTAB is greater than zero, all requests for
XYPUNCH will produce TABLED1 Bulk Data entries for the curve. The table
identification number will start at TABID and increase by one for each table punched.
Output by XYTRAN.
1730
TABS
Real. Absolute temperature conversion. For example, set to 273.16 when specifying
temperatures in Celsius or 459.69 in Fahrenheit.
TADJCOL
Integer. Accumulated column count for adjoint load vector, for supporting adjoint
load method for multiple superelements. Output by DOPR3 and DSAD.
TCOLADJ
TEMPSID
TESTNEG
Integer. Load increment method flag in nonlinear static analysis. Output by CASE.
TFLG
Integer. Flag to indicate whether the current subcase has active trim responses (TRIM
on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry). 0 indicates no response, 1 indicates an active
response. Output by DSARLP.
TFLID
THRESH
Ti
when A is complex.
3Perform [A] [B] where [A] is the complex conjugate of A. Only meaningful
Real. Small element strain energy value. Element strain energies less than TINY will
not be printed.
TIPSCOL
TITLEi
TOLABEL
TOLAPPF
TOLRSC
Main Index
Glossary 1731
Parameter Glossary
TOTALK
TOUT
TRD2OPT
TRL5Ti
TSTART
Integer. CPU clock time at entry to FA1. Output by FA1 and FA2. On output from
FA2, set to -1 if there is insufficient time for another DMAP loop.
TSTATIC
Integer. Static analysis flag. Set to 1 to ignore inertia and damping forces.
TVALUE
TVOLFL
TWGTFL
TWODIV
Main Index
TYPE
UNCOUP
Logical. Setting UNCOUP to TRUE results in a special sparse FBS which is optimal
for uncoupled systems. (Unsymmetric FBS only.)
UNITNO
UNSYMF
UPFM
Integer. UFM 4252 print flag. Set to -1 to print UFM 4252 and set NOGO=-1 if there
are missing upstream boundary matrices.
UPSECC
USETBIT
1732
Main Index
USETADD
Integer. USET length extension. Extend the size of the USET by this amount.
USETOP
VALUED
Complex double precision. Contents of element at IROW-th row and ICOL-th column
in matrix [A]. Output by SCALAR.
VERS
VOLS
VREF
VUBEAM
VUELJUMP
VUENEXT
VUEXIST
VUGJUMP
VUGNEXT
Integer. Starting identification number for next view-grid. Output by DVIEWP and
VIEWP.
VUHEXA
VUPENTA
VUQUAD4
VUTETRA
VUTRIA3
W3
Real. Scale factor denominator for including stiffness in viscous damping for transient
analysis. Usually input by user parameter.
W4
WGTS
WGTVOL
Integer. Weight/volume retained response flag. Set to >0 if any retained response.
Output by DSPRM.
WRDNUM
WTMASS
Glossary 1733
Parameter Glossary
WVFLG
Integer. Weight/volume response flag. If CASECC does not contain any subcases for
statics, normal modes, or buckling subcase then set to 1 if there is a weight or volume
response specified on the DRESP1 Bulk Data entry image in EDOM. Output by
MDCASE.
XFLAG
XNORM
Real. Maximum absolute normalizing value over all columns. Output by NORM.
XNORMD
XTYPE
XYSET
XYUNIT
YOUNGM
Main Index
'DSET'
d-set
'HSET'
h-set
'PSET'
p-set
Integer. FORTRAN unit number to which the DOM12 module writes design
optimization x-y plot data.
Real. Young's modulus.
1734
ZCOLLCT
Integer. The absolute value is the number of collectors in the last level of a
multilevel tree (see ACMS='YES). If ZCOLLCT<0, then a single final collector
will be added. Output by SEQP.
ZFREQ
Integer. Zero frequency truncation selection. If set to 1 then the zero frequency, if
any, will be truncated from UXF and FOL.
Main Index
LUSET
NO__SET
NORC
NO_____
ALWAYS
NEVER
NP
NOGO
Hidden parameter set by module (no "S,N,NOGO" on module call) Must be trapped
immediately.
Index
MSC Nastran DMAP Programmers Guide
Arithmetic operators, 9
D
Data block
automatic deletion of, 38
basic definition of, 2
local, definition of, 14
permanent, definition of, 14
rules for, 38
scratch, definition of, 14
states of, 14
DATABLK NDDL statement, 575, 576
DBset, 13
DEPEN NDDL statement, 585
DMAP
general rules, 3
last time used (LTU) instruction, 38
output from previous module" rule, 37
DMAP control statements
conditional branching, 30
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 33
looping, 32
DMAP modules
basic definition, 2
description summary, by category, 592
detailed descriptions of,, see also specific
module name
list of, by category, 592
obsolete, 600
DO WHILE DMAP statement, 33
E
Errors, see also user errors
Main Index
Executive modules
description summary, 599
list of, 593
Expressions and operators
arithmetic operators, 9
character operator (&), 9
logical operators, 10
relational operators, 9
Logical operators, 10
N
NDDL (Nastran Data Definition Language)
basic definition of, 2
DATABLK NDDL statement, 576
DEPEN NDDL statement, 585
PARAM NDDL statement, 587
PATH NDDL statement, 589
purpose of, 574
QUAL NDDL statement, 590
summary of statements, 574
syntax of descriptions, 575
Relational operators, 9
S
SCRATCH data block
automatic deletion of, 38
special rules for, 38
SOLution 100, 39
Solution sequences, definition of, 2
SubDMAP
DBFETCH, 41
DBMGR, 41
DBSTORE, 41
U
Upward compatibility in Version 68,, see also
V68 DMAP changes
User errors, processing of, 40
User fatal message 1126,, see also DMAP
output from previous module" rule
Utility modules
description summary, 598
list of, 593
Main Index